nn
M
>!><;;*
1 ' ■ '
m
I
^^^H
'-■■:•' ',-■■•'
, ' ' '
^H
1
^^^^^^^^H
s ' ■• /
^
1
^^^H
■,i' ;■';■'
' ■ ' : ■ ■ '
. Ti
'^tH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^I
1
t
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
California Academy of Sciences
FOURTH SERIES
Vol. XXII
SAN FRANCISCO
PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY
I936-I94I
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. F. M. MacFarland, Chairman
Dr. Charles R. Camp Dr. E. P. Meinecke
^
P
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII
The Templeton Crocker Expeditions of the California
Academy of Sciences, 1932-1935
PAGES
No. 1. CuRRAN, C. H., with the Collaboration of C. P. Alexander
(Tipnlidae) and E. T. Cresson (Ephydridae) . Diptera,
(Plates 1, 2; 8 text figs.). Published December 18, 1936. . 1-63
No. 2. Setchell, William Albert, and Nathaniel Lyon Gard-
ner. A Preliminary Report on the Algae. (Plates 3-25;
1 text fig.). Published January 29, 1937 65-98
No. 3. Howell, John Thomas. The Plant Genus Coldenia in the
Galapagos Islands. (Plates 26, 27). PubHshed April 26,
1937 99-110
No. 4. Van Duzee, E. P. The Hemiptera of the Templeton Crocker
Expedition to Polynesia in 1934-1935. Published July 3,
1937 111-126
No. 5. Setchell, William Albert. Report on the Sargasstmis.
(Plates 28-33). Published December 31, 1937 127-158
No. 6. Strong, A. M., and Leo George Hertlein. New Species
of Recent MoUusks from the Coast of Western North
America. (Plates 34-35). Published December 31, 1937. . 159-178
No. 7. Clark, H. Walton. Additional New Fishes. Published
September 1, 1938 179-185
No. 8. SvENSON, H. K. The Cyperaceae. Published July 20, 1939. . 187-193
No. 9. BoNAR, Lee. Fungi from the Galapagos and Other Pacific
Coastal Islands. (2 text figs.). Published July 20, 1939.. . 195-206
No. 10. KiRBY, Jr., Harold. Two New Flagellates from Termites
in the Genera Coronympha Kirby, and Metacoronympha
Kirby, New Genus. (Plates 36-39). Published July 20,
1939 207-220
No. 11. Howell, John Thomas. The Genus Scalesia. Published
September 30, 1941 221-271
Index to Volume XXII 273-290
Errata • 290
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 1, pp. 1-66, pis. 1, 2 ; 8 text figs. December 18, 1936
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION TO WESTERN
POLYNESIAN AND MELANESIAN ISLANDS, 1933
No. 30
DIPTERA
BY
C. H. CURRAN
American Museum of Natural History, New York City
With the Collaboration of C. P. Alexander (Tipulidae)
and E. T. Cre^son (Ephydridae)
The Diptera collected by the Crocker Expedition to the South Seas
comprise an interesting collection containing a fairly large percentage
of undescribed species, and add to our knowledge of the distribution
of species previously known to science. Some of the specimens are
from other islands in the South Sea, but the vast majority are from
the Solomon Group. I have also included in this report a small
collection made by the Whitney South Sea Expedition of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History so that our knowledge of the fauna
may be more complete.
In order to conserve space I have not included the collector's
name after the data, except to indicate those specimens secured by
the Whitney Expedition. All other specimens were collected by Mr.
Maurice Willows, Jr., under the direction of Mr. Crocker, and the
types and uniques are deposited in the Museum of the California
Academy of Sciences. Duplicate material and the Whitney Expedi-
tion specimens are in the American Museum of Natural History.
No attempt has been made to identify the Culicidae, represented
by several species in indifferent condition. Dr. C. P. Alexander has
once more rendered great assistance by preparing a report on the
Tipulidae and Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., has prepared the report on the
December 18, 1936
2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser
Ephydridae. I wish to express my appreciation to them for their aid,
which has increased the value of this contribution, and also to Mr.
E. P. Van Duzee for the privilege of examining the collection and
retaining duplicate material.
C. H. CURRAN.
TiPULIDAE
(By Charles P. Alexander)
I am greatly indebted to Dr. C. Howard Curran for the privilege
of examining a small series of crane-flies from the Solomon and
Santa Cruz Islands, chiefly collected by Mr. M. Willows, Jr., while
a member of the Templeton-Crocker Expedition of 1933. The types
of the novelties of these species, mostly in very indifferent condi-
tion, are preserved in the Museum of the California Academy of
Sciences. Dr. Curran has also included for examination a few addi-
tional species from Bougainville and the other Solomon Islands,
belonging to the American Museum of Natural History.
Tipulinae
Megistocera fuscana (Wiedemann)
Nematocera fuscana Wiedemann; Dipt, exot., 1: 29, 1921.
Widely distributed in the Indo-Malayan and Australian regions:
Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Aru Islands and New Guinea,
northward to northern Luzon, southeastward to Queensland, east-
ward to the Solomon Islands. The genus is one of several crane-
flies that occurs in northern Luzon, yet does not reach Formosa.
One female, Guadalcanar Island, September 17, 1927; Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist. Accession No. 27590. The record is the most easterly so
far reported for this fly.
Nephrotoma guttipleura Alexander, new species
Text figure 1
Mesonotal praescutum yellow, with three black stripes, the outer ends of the
lateral pair suffused with more brownish areas that reach the outer margin; poster-
ior border of mediotergite with paired confluent black spots; pleura heavily vari-
egated with brownish black; wings yellow, prearcular region and cells C and Sc
clear light yellow; wing-tip weakly darkened; abdominal tergites orange, ringed
caudally with black, presenting a tigrine appearance.
Female: length, about 16 mm.; wing, 13.5 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head moldy, apparently yellow, with the nasus and
adjoining regions blackened; basal two segments of palpi brownish yellow, terminal
segments black. Antennae with scape and pedicel yellow; proximal flagellar
segments yellow, beyond the third or fourth flagellar segment with the basal en-
largement slightly darkened; verticils long, exceeding the segments. Head yellow,
the occipital brand small and poorly-delimited.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN— DIPT ERA 3
Pronotum yellow medially, brownish black on sides. Mesonotal praescutum
yellow, with three black stripes, the lateral pair somewhat more polished than
the median; a pale brown suffusion opposite the anterior ends of the lateral stripes,
reaching the pretergites; scutum yellow, each lobe with two confluent black areas;
a group of black setae on posterior lateral portion of each scutal lobe; scutellum
pale brown, the parascutella a little darker; mediotergite yellow, the posterior
border with two confluent polished black areas. Pleura pale yellow, conspicuously
variegated by brownish black, including most of the anepisternum; ventral sterno-
pleurite; extreme cephalic border of pteropleurite and adjoining posterior edge of
anepisternum and sternopleurite; ventral meron; and ventral edge of pleurotergite.
Halteres reddish brown, the apex of knob a little brightened. Legs with the coxae
orange, the base of middle coxae narrowly blackened, of posterior coxae more
broadly so; trochanters yellow; femora obscure yellow; tibiae brownish yellow, the
tip very narrowly blackened; (a single leg, fore, remains; tarsi broken). Wings
(Text fig. 1) strongly tinged with yellow, the prearcular field and cells C and Sc
clear light yellow; stigma oval, brown; wing-tip restrictedly darkened; veins pale
brown, the prearcular veins, C, Sc, R and Cu yellow. About a dozen stigmal
trichia in cell Ri. Venation: Sci opposite origin of Rs, Sci near tip; cell Mi nar-
rowly sessile; m-cu on Mt shortly beyond fork; M3 and Mt forking at a common
point.
Abdominal tergites orange; basal tergite with caudal border blackened; tergite
two with caudal border black, together with extensive lateral darkenings on basal
ring; tergites three to eight with transverse black caudal borders, presenting a
tigrine appearance; on lateral margins, these black borders turn slightly cephalad
and on segments three to five the cephalic-lateral angles of the segments are re-
strictedly darkened; ovipositor and genital shield orange.
Holotype: female, Bougainville Island, May 3, 1928; in Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., Accession No. 28250.
The present fly is readily told from other species and subspecies
in the Solomon Islands by the heavily spotted thoracic pleura and
narrowly darkened wing-tip. The clear yellow costal border is more
like Nephrotoma solomonis Alexander than N. opima Alexander.
The accompanying key will separate the known species and races
so far discovered in the islands.
The genus Nephrotoma in the Solomon Islatids.
1. Thoracic pleura heavily spotted with brownish black; extreme wing-tip
slightly infumed guttipleura sp. nov.
-. Thoracic pleura indistinctly variegated with reddish areas; wing-tip
undarkened 2
2. Cell Sc dark brown, contrasting with the pale yellow cell C . . . .opima Alexander
-. Cell Sc yellow, concolorous with cell C {solomonis and races) 3
3. Abdomen orange, scarcely patterned, only the ninth segment black
(male) solomonis malaitana subsp. nov.
-. Abdominal tergites yellow or orange, the posterior margins ringed with black 4
4. Praescutal stripes intensely black, the lateral pair turned outward at
their anterior ends; abdomen with basal four tergites orange, the
posterior margins black; segments five to nine chiefly black
solomonis guadalcanarana subsp. nov.
-. Praescutal stripes brownish black, the median stripe more or less oblit-
erated at anterior end; abdomen with basal seven tergites yellow,
the posterior margins black; segments eight and nine chiefly dark
brown solomonis solomonis Alexander
4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Nephrotoma opima Alexander
Nephrotoma opima Alexander; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 13: 49, 1924.
The type is a female from Pamua, San Cristoval Island, collected
by William M. Mann. A few additional specimens in the present
series: Males and females, Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July
1, 1933. One male, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July
2, 1933.
The male hypopygium is much as in Nephrotoma solomonis Alex-
ander and it is possible that the present fly will eventually be held
to be only a geographic race of the latter, despite very distinct de-
tails of coloration. The abdomen of the male has tergites two to
five orange, the posterior borders black; sternites two to five similar,
but the borders only indistinctly darkened; segments six to nine,
including hypopygium, black. Antennal flagellum chiefly black.
Nephrotoma solomonis Alexander
Nephrotoma solomonis Alexander; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 13: 48-49, 1924.
The types are from Tulagi, Florida Island, Solomon Group, col-
lected by William M. Mann. A few additional specimens which I
refer to this species show characters that necessitate the erection of
subspecies, which may well be found to be restricted to certain
islands of the Solomon Group.
Nephrotoma solomonis solomonis Alexander
Praescutal stripes brownish black, the median one more or less
obliterated at anterior end; abdominal tergites one to seven with
caudal margins narrowly and evenly blackened; segments eight and
nine dark brown; styli of hypopygium obscure yellow.
Nephrotoma solomonis malaitana Alexander, new sub-species
As in typical solomonis, differing as follows: Antennae more strongly bicolorous,
the basal enlargement dark brown, the remainder yellow; flagellar segments more
strongly incised. Ground-color of head and thorax more orange, the praescutal
stripes more reddish brown, subnitidous. Abdomen orange, without distinct
markings, only segment nine black. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle
yellowish brown.
Holotype: male. No. 4019, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Uras Cove,
Malaita Island, May 28, 1933.
Nephrotoma solomonis guadalcanarana Alexander,
new sub-species
As in typical solomonis, differing as follows: General coloration of body more
orange than yellow. Praescutal stripes intensely black, the lateral pair with a
velvety-black spot opposite their anterior end, outcurved to margin; scutellum
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 5
(male) with paired pale brown spots. Abdomen with basal four segments orange,
the posterior borders narrowly and evenly blackened; fifth segment black, the
extreme base vaguely brightened; succeeding segments (male) black.
Male: length, 10.5 — 11 mm.; wing, 10—10.5 mm.
Female: length, about 15 mm.; wing, about 12 mm.
Holotype: male, Guadalcanar Island, July 1927; Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., Accession No. 27, 590; allotopotype: female, No. 4020, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Kau Kau Plantation, Guadalcanar Island,
May 23, 1933, Templeton Crocker Expedition; paratopotype: male,
with the allotype; author's collection.
LiMONIINAE
Limonia (Laosa) bipartita Alexander, new species
Text figure 2
General coloration yellow, the posterior two-thirds of the praescutum, together
with the scutum, darkened; rostrum light yellow; knobs of halteres dark brown;
wings whitish, with an irregular, pale brown, crossbanded pattern; supernumerary
crossveins in cells Rs and R^; abdominal tergites yellow, their caudal borders black.
Female: length, about 7 mm.; wing, 7.2 mm.
Rostrum light yellow, relatively long, exceeding one-half the length of remainder
of head; palpi brownish black. Antennae with scape and pedicel yellow; flagellum
brownish black; terminal segment one-half longer than the penultimate; verticils
shorter than the segments. Anterior vertex reduced to a narrow, light gray strip,
about one-third as wide as the diameter of the scape; posterior region of head dark
brown.
Pronotum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum light yellow on anterior third,
the posterior portion darkened; scutum similarly darkened, including the median
area; scutellum pale yellow, the posterior border very weakly darkened; medioter-
gite yellow, the posterior half or less suffused. Pleura and pleurotergite pale
yellow. Halteres of moderate length, yellow, the knobs dark brown. Legs with
the coxae and trochanters light yellow; remainder of legs broken. Wings (Text
fig. 2) whitish, with an irregular pale brown pattern that is distributed about as
illustrated, the outer edges of the brown areas very slightly darker than the centers;
veins pale brown, darker in the clouded portions. Venation: Sc relatively long,
Sci ending about opposite one-fourth the length of cell 1st AI2, Sc2 at its tip; free
tip of Sc2 and Ro in approximate transverse alignment; supernumerary crossveins
in cells R3 and R^; cell 1st M2 long, widened distally, m shorter than the basal
section of M3', m-cu at near one-third the length of the cell; Anal veins beyond
base very strongly convergent, at narrowest point cell 1st A reduced to a linear strip.
Abdomen with the tergites obscure yellow, the caudal borders of the segments
black, this pattern involving segments two to seven; shield of ovipositor darkened;
sternites chiefly pale yellow. Ovipositor with the valves short but slender, the
cerci gently upcurved.
Holotype: female. No. 4021, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Star
Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July 1, 1933.
The only described regional species of Laosa with two supernu-
merary crossveins in the radial field of the wing are Limonia (Laosa)
falcata Alexander (New Britain), readily told by the falcate wings,
with abundant brown dots in the interspaces; and L. (L.) riedelella
Alexander (New Guinea), a much larger fly, with m much longer
than the short, transverse, basal section of vein Ms, and with the
6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
dark wing-pattern restricted to small seams on certain of the cross-
veins and deflections. I have indicated in other papers the reasons
for restricting the name Laosa to those species of Limonia having
one or two supernumerary crossveins in the outer radial field of the
wing.
Limonia (Libnotes) willowsi Alexander, new species
Text figure 3
Close to aurantiaca; general coloration yellow; praescutum variegated by
brownish black on posterior half; wings pale yellow; cells C and Sc more saturated;
conspicuous brown crossbands, including a more extensive fascia at and beyond
arculus, the yellow costal border beyond this band reduced in area; abdominal
tergites yellow, segments three to seven each with a conspicuous, triangular, black
area on either side, the midline narrowly pale.
Female: length, about 8.5 mm.; wing, 11 mm.
Rostrum yellow; palpi obscure yellow. Antennae with the scape yellow; pedicel
and basal segments of fiagellum black, the outer flagellar segments somewhat
paler, yellowish brown; basal flagellar segments short-oval, the outer ones more
elongate; terminal segment long and slender, about equal in length to the two
preceding segments combined; longest verticils unilaterally arranged, a little longer
than the segments. Posterior vertex and occiput brown; eyes broadly holoptic,
obliterating the anterior vertex.
Pronotum yellow, broadly dark brown behind. Mesonotal praescutum Hght
yellow on about the anterior half, the posterior half light brown, with a more
brownish black darkening on the anterior border of the infuscated portion, more
extensive on the sides; scutum yellow, the lobes chiefly blackened; scutellum light
yellow; mediotergite yellow in central portion, brownish black sublaterally. Pleura
and pleurotergite yellow. Halteres relatively elongate, the stem yellow, the knob
dark brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters light yellow; remainder of legs
broken. Wings (Text fig. 3) pale yellow, cells C and Sc more saturated yellow; a
conspicuous brown crossbanded pattern, more intense along the costa, somewhat
paler behind; the dark pattern includes the extreme wing-base; a broad fascia
beyond the arculus; cord; tip of Sc; stigma and outer end of cell 1st M^; wing-tip
more weakly darkened; small dark spots at outer ends of Anal veins; veins yellow,
darkened in the clouded areas. Venation: Sci ending shortly before outer end of
cell 1st Mi, Sci at its tip; R1+2 jutting distad beyond level of free tip of Sc^, the
latter lying shortly beyond level of R2; m-cu more than its length beyond the fork
of M.
Abdomen yellowish brown, the third to seventh tergites with a conspicuous
triangular black area on either side, the mid-line narrowly pale; sternites yellow.
Ovipositor with valves short but slender, reddish horn-color, the bases more
darkened; cerci strongly upcurved,
Holotype: female, No. 4022, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Uras
Cove, Malaita Island, May 28, 1933.
Limonia {Libnotes) willowsi is named in honor of the collector of
this interesting series of crane-flies from the Solomon Islands. The
fly is very close to L. (L.) aurantiaca (Doleschall) and may prove
to be a geographical form of this latter species. The much heavier
and more extensive brown wing-pattern and differences in the colora-
tion of the thorax and abdomen induce me to consider the fly as
being specifically distinct. L. (L.) flavipalpis (Edwards) and L. (L.)
illecebrosa (Alexander) are more distantly allied.
Vol. XXIIl
CURRAN—DIPTERA
Fig. 1. Nephrotoma gultipleura Alexander, new species, venation.
Fig. 2. Limonia (Laosa) bipartita Alexander, new species, wing.
Fig. 3. Limonia (Libnotes) willowsi Alexander, new species, wing.
Fig. 4. Limonia {Libnotes) ephippiata Alexander, new species, wing.
Fig. 5. Limonia (Dicranomyia) cruzi Alexander, new species, male hypopygium.
b, basistyle; g, gonapophysis; t, tergite; vd, ventral dististyle.
Fig. 6. Limonia {Pseudoglo china) fuscolata Alexander, new species, venation.
Fig. 7. Limonia (Thrypticomyia) spathulata Alexander, new species, venation.
Fig. 8. Trentepohlia {Mongoma) solomonensis Alexander, new species, venation.
Limonia (Libnotes) solomonis (Alexander)
Libnotes solomonis Alexander; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 13: 39-40, 1924.
Described from Guadalcanar Island, January 17-18, 1921, col-
lected by J. A. Kusche. Later reported by the present writer from
Rabaul, New Britain, January 1933, taken by Frank H. Taylor.
One male, Nupani Reef Island, Santa Cruz Group, May 8, 1933.
One male, Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
Readily told from all generally similar species of Libnotes by the
conspicuously blackened bases of all tibiae.
Limonia (Libnotes) ephippiata Alexander, new species
Text figure 4
General coloration of thorax reddish, with a transverse black saddle beyond
midlength of the praescutum; flagellum dark brown; head black, sparsely pruinose;
knobs of halteres dark brown; wings subhyaline, the prearcular region and cells
8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
C and Sc light yellow; stigma small, dark brown; wing-apex narrowly bordered
by dark; cell 1st Mi small; abdomen reddish, the basal two sternites with black
areas near outer ends.
Female: length, about 6.5 mm.; wing, 7 mm.
Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae with scape black; pedicel obscure
brownish yellow; flagellum dark brown; flagellar segments oval, gradually decreas-
ing in size outwardly, the terminal segment a little shorter than the penultimate;
verticils subequal in length to the segments. Head black, sparsely pruinose; eyes
very large, contiguous on vertex.
Prothorax and mesonotal praescutum entirely reddish except for a very con-
spicuous black saddle on the latter, lying transversely across the sclerite, its anterior
edge at near m.idlength of the praescutum, its posterior border some distance
before the suture; surface of thorax polished; posterior sclerites of mesonotum more
yellow. Pleura reddish. Halteres pale, with dark brown knobs. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters reddish; remainder of legs broken. Wings (Text fig. 4)
subhyaline, the prearcular region and cells C and Sc light yellow; stigma small,
subcircular, dark brown; wing-border from just beyond the stigma to end of vein
Ctti ver>' narrowly darkened; veins dark brown, yellow in the flavous areas. Vena-
tion: Sc\ ending nearly opposite r-ni, Sc^ a short distance from its tip; free tip of
Sci and R2 in transverse alignment; cell 1st Mi small, with m-cu at near one-third
its length; Anal veins gently divergent.
Abdomen reddish, the tergites unmarked; basal two sternites with a black mark
near outer margin, the second one larger; bases of hypovalvae blackened. Oviposi-
tor with the elongate cerci slender and nearly straight.
Holotype: female, No. 4023, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Star
Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July 3, 1933,
By Edwards' key to the species of Lihnotes (Journ. Fed. Malay
St. Mus., 14: 74-80; 1928), the present fly runs to couplet 61, differ-
ing from all forms beyond this point, and likewise from all other
more recently characterized species, by the transverse black saddle
beyond midlength of the praescutum.
Limonia (Dicranomyia) cruzi Alexander, new species
Text figure 5
Belongs to the tristis group; allied to subsordida; mesonotal praescutum obscure
yellow, with a median brown stripe, lateral stripes lacking; pleura brown, sparsely
pruinose, with a narrow, dark brown, longitudinal stripe; halteres yellow, the
knobs dark brown; male hypopygium with the rostral spines elongate, exceeding
one-third the length of the dorsal dististyle; mesal-apical lobe of the large blackened
gonapophyses with microscopic denticles.
Male: length, about 4 mm.; wing, 4.4 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval,
the verticils subequal in length to the segments. Head gray; narrowest point of
vertex about one-half as wide as the diameter of scape.
Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum obscure yellow, with a con-
spicuous brown median stripe that is partly interrupted at near midlength; no
lateral praescutal stripes; scutum obscure yellow, the mesal half of each lobe
darkened; scutellum testaceous brown; mediotergite weakly darkened, sparsely
pruinose. Pleura brown, sparsely pruinose; a narrow, dark brown line from the
cervical region to the base of abdomen. Halteres yellow, the knobs dark brown.
Legs with the coxae yellow, the bases weakly darkened; trochanters yellow; femora
yellow basall}', passing into brown; tibiae and tarsi pale brown, the outer segments
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 9
of the latter dark brown. Wings tinged with grayish, the small, subcircular stigma
brown; scarcely evident darkenings at arculus and origin of Rs; veins brown.
Venation: Sci ending opposite origin of Rs, Sd at its tip; free tip of Scz and R2 in
transverse alignment; m-cu at fork of M.
Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium (Text fig. 5) with the caudal margin
of tergite, 9t, convexly rounded, with nearly a score of strong setae arranged
around margin. Basistyle, b, short and stout, the ventro-mesal lobe basal in posi-
tion. Ventral dististyle, vd, large and fleshy, the rostral prolongation stout at
base, suddenly constricted before the spines; these latter are two in number, from
a conspicuous common tubercle; spines close together, long and slender, gently
diverging; each spine exceeds one-third the length of the sickle-shaped dorsal
dististyle. Gonapophyses, g, appearing as broad blackened plates; mesal-apical
lobe long and narrow, a little dilated at apex, the margin with a series of micro-
scopic denticles.
Holotype: male, No. 4024, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
The nearest ally is Limonia {Dicranomyid) suhsordida (Edwards)
of Samoa, which differs in slight details of coloration of the mesonotal
praescutum and halteres, and more evidently in the structure of the
male hypopygium, especially the rostral spines and the elongate
spinous mesal-apical lobe of the gonapophysis.
Limonia (Pseudoglochina) fuscolata Alexander, new species
Text figure 6
Allied to laticincta; mesonotum almost uniformly light brown; pleura chiefly
occupied by a broad, pale yellow, longitudinal stripe, the ventral sternopleurite
dark; tibiae white, with a very broad central brownish black ring; tarsi white;
wings with a brownish tinge, the stigma oval, darker brown; Sc\ ending about
opposite midlength of Rs; anterior cord oblique; m-cu beyond fork of M; cell
2nd A very small.
Female: length, about 5.5 mm.; wing, 5.6 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments oval,
clearly separated; verticils conspicuous. Front dark; vertex pale brownish yellow,
darker behind.
Mesonotum almost uniformly light brown, the humeral region of praescutum a
little darker. Pleura chiefly occupied by a very broad, pale yellow, longitudinal
stripe, restricting the brown color to the ventral sternopleurite and dorsal pleuro-
tergite. Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxae pale basally, darker apically;
trochanters brownish testaceous; femora brown, passing into dark brown; tibiae
snowy- white, with a very extensive brownish black central ring that is about twice
as wide as the pale apex beyond; basal white ring narrow; tarsi snowy- white, the
outer segment slightly darker. Wings (Text fig. 6) with a strong brownish tinge;
stigma oval, darker brown; veins brownish black. Veins somewhat stouter than
in laticincta. Venation: Sci ending some distance beyond origin of Rs, nearly op-
posite one-half the length of the vein; Rs and basal section of Ri+h shorter and more
oblique than in laticincta; m-cu shortly beyond the fork of M; cell 2nd A very
small, only about one-half as long as in laticincta.
Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites more yellowish brown.
Holotype: female. No. 4025, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., North-
west end of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933.
10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Limonia {Pseudoglochina) fuscolata is entirely distinct from the
larger L. (P.) laticincta (Edwards) of Samoa, which has a somewhat
similar leg-pattern but an entirely different venation, as shown
above.
Limonia (Thrypticomyia) spathulata Alexander, new species
Text figure 7
General coloration of mesonotum uniformly pale brown, the pleura yellow; legs
brown, the tarsi snowy-white, with about the proximal sixth of the basitarsi
darkened; wings almost uniformly tinged with brown, the prearcular cells more
hyaline; Sci ending just before origin of Rs; free tip of Sd about three times its
length before R^; R\+-i lacking; basal section of R^+s, short; m-cu at about one-third
the length of cell 1st Mo; abdominal tergites uniformly dark brown.
Female: length, about 4.5 mm.; wing, 5.5 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, relatively long, the long-oval
flagellar segments with conspicuous apical pedicels; verticils very long, especially
on the more basal segments. Head dark.
Mesonotum uniformly pale brown, the mediotergite a little paler. Pleura pale
yellow. Halteres brown. Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale yellow; femora
brown, the bases narrowly yellow; tibiae darker brown; tarsi white, with about the
proximal sixth of the basitarsi darkened. Wings (Text fig. 7) almost uniformly
tinged with brown, the prearcular cells more hyaline; stigma elongate, darker
brown; veins brownish black. Wing-form more accentuated spatulate than in
most members of the subgenus, the prearcular region and cells immediately beyond
arculus strongly narrowed. Venation: Sci ending just before origin of Rs, Sci some
distance from its tip; free tip of Sc^ about three times its length before i?2, the
latter meeting R\ at a right angle, with no basal spur of i?i+2 persisting; basal section
of i?4+6 unusually short, slightly angulated at near midlength; m-cu at about one-
third the length of cell 1st M2.
Abdominal tergites uniformly dark brown, the sternites paler.
Holotype: female, No. 4026, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 9, 1933.
Among the now rather numerous species of Thrypticomyia known
in the Australasian fauna, the present species comes closest to
Limonia {Thrypticomyia) doddi (Alexander) of Queensland, which is
best-separated by venational details (as the longer Sc, long basal spur
of Ri+1, elongate basal section of i?4+5, which is distinctly longer
than the basal section of Mi +2 and almost equal in length to m-cu)
and by the more extensive darkening of the basitarsi which involves
approximatel}^ the basal half of the segment.
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) brevipes Alexander
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) brevipes Alexander; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10) 7: 18-19,
1931.
Described from Suali, Vailala River, Papua, collected by Little-
child. Later discovered in New Britain (Toma, February 1933, col-
lected by Frank H. Taylor).
One female. Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July 3, 1933.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 11
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) solomonensis Alexander, new species
Text figure 8
General coloration of body pale brown; femora and tibiae uniformly darkened;
outer tarsal segments paling to obscure yellow; wings subhyaline; basal section of
Rs long; vein R3 exceeding one-half the length of vein Rt; proximal end of cell M3
lying basad of that of cell 2nd M2; m-cu at fork of M.
Male: length, about 6 mm.; wing, 6.3 mm.
Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi brown. Antennae with the scape a trifle brighter
in color than the remaining dark brown color of the organ; flagellar segments
cylindrical, with verticils that are subequal to or shorter than the segments. Head
dark, pruinose; anterior vertex reduced.
Mesonotum rather pale yellowish brown, the praescutum without clearly de-
fined stripes; setae of interspaces relatively long and erect. Pleura yellow. Hal-
teres dusky. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora and tibiae brown,
the outer tarsal segments paling to yellow; femora at bases with a series of from
6 to 8 short black spines; two long black setae at distal end of tibia (at least on
one pair of legs, detached, but presumably the posterior). Wings (Text fig. 8)
subhyaline; veins darker. A series of about 14 strong trichia on outer section of
vein Rs. Venation: Basal section of vein Rs relatively long, approximately two-
thirds the length of Rs; Rn sinuous, some distance before fork of Ri+i,' vein Rz
oblique, about three-fifths the length of Ri; inner end of cell M3 lying proximad of
that of 2nd M^; m-cu at fork of M; apical fusion of veins Cui and 1st A slight.
Abdomen dark brown, the basal sternites somewhat paler.
Holotype: male, No. 4027, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Kau Kau
Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, May 23, 1933.
By Edwards' key to the Australasian species of Trentepohlia
(Insects of Samoa, Part 6, fasc. 2, Diptera Nematocera, pp. 94-95;
1928), the present fly runs to Trentepohlia {Mongoma) brtmnea Ed-
wards, a large vigorous species with strongly infumed wings. I am
indebted to Doctor Edwards for a paratype specimen of this latter
insect. I know of no other more nearly allied species.
PSYCHODIDAE
There is a single, very badly rubbed specimen of Parabrunettia
from Santa Catalina Island, July 3, 1933, but its condition is too
poor for determination.
SCIARIDAE
This family is represented by two or possibly three species taken
on Santa Catalina Island, July 2, 1933. Two of the specimens are
in such poor condition that they cannot be named. Three speci-
mens may prove to be 5. pruinosa Riibsaamen. In these the first
flagellar segment is only half as long as the second, not twice as long,
as given in Edward's key. On account of the difference in the length
of the antennal segments I hesitate to identify the specimens, even
though I think the statement of length is erroneous.
12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«.
Stratiomyidae
There are five species before me, three of them represented only
by specimens collected by the Whitney South Sea Expedition.
Evaza Walker
Five specimens collected by the Whitney South Sea Expedition
represent three species, all of which appear to be undescribed. They
may be distinguished by means of the following key.
Table of Species
1. Sides of the mesonotum very broadly silvery white haired in front of the
suture 2
-. Sides of the mesonotum with a linear stripe of silvery white hairs in front
of the suture; genitalia reddish solomensis, n. sp.
2. All the tibiae dark brown; genitalia black; posterior tarsi wholly reddish
yellow incidens, n. sp.
-. Posterior four tibiae and tarsi yellowish white; genitalia reddish . .whitneyi, n. sp.
Evaza solomensis Curran, new species
Posterior four tibiae rusty reddish with the median third yellow-
ish. Length, 8 mm.
Male: head black, the frontal triangle and face white pollinose; lower part of
the occiput with brown, the cheeks with yellow pollen; occipital hair brown, that
on the proboscis yellow. Proboscis and palpi brown, the labellae reddish. An-
tennae brownish red, the third segment reddish yellow; arista light brown. Eyes
with enlarged facets on the upper two-thirds.
Thorax black, the humeri, posterior calli, a slender stripe on the upper edge of the
mesopleura and the area immediately surrounding the roots of the wings fer-
ruginous, the free border of the scutellum, except basally, and its spines yellowish.
Mesonotum with somewhat more than the median third on the posterior two-thirds,
the narrow lateral margins and the scutellum, with appressed silvery white hair,
otherwise with very short brown hair; pleura with silvery white hair.
Coxae and femora yellow; apical third of the posterior four femora and almost
the apical half of the anterior pair rusty reddish; hair pale yellow, black on the
dark portions. Anterior tibiae pale brown, brown haired; middle and posterior
tibiae pale brownish with about the median third reddish yellow, the middle tibiae
with yellowish hair in front and brown behind, the posterior pair mostly yellowish
haired but with some black hairs on the dark areas. Anterior tarsi brown and with
brown hair; posterior four tarsi reddish yellow, the hair wholly pale.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the costal border broadly brown on the apical half,
the apical third of the wing, except the discal cell, and the first basal cell pale brown.
Squamae brown. Halteres reddish yellow, with brown knobs.
Abdomen shining black, the hair brown. Genitalia reddish.
Female: front narrowest at the anterior fifth, a little more than twice as wide
in front of the ocelli, vertex rather deeply excavated on either side of the ocellar
tubercle; occiput strongly produced above, the edge rather sharp; antennae wholly
reddish yellow; eyes without enlarged facets. Abdomen brownish, the apices of the
segments and much of the venter dull reddish.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 13
Holotype: (cf), and allotype: (9): Vella Lavella Island, Solo-
mon Group, November 16, 1927 (Whitney Expedition); in American
Museum of Natural History.
Apparently related to fortis Walker, but the legs are differently
colored. Brunetti states that the posterior four femora and tibiae
are pale brown on the apical half in fortis.
Evaza incidens Curran, new species
Posterior four legs with the apical fourth of the femora and the
tibiae entirely brown. Length, 6 mm.
Female: head shining black, the front and occiput sometimes brown; face thinly
cinereous pollinose, the front with a small silvery spot immediately above the bases
of the antennae. Front twice as wide above as at the anterior fifth. Occiput
rather strongly produced on the upper half, deeply incised on the vertex on either
side of the ocellar tubercle. Hair on the occiput and face black, very short on the
face. Proboscis and palpi brown. Antennae reddish j^ellow, the arista black.
Thorax black, the humeri, a small spot on the posterior calli, and the upper edge
of the pteropleura shining brownish red. Hair silvery white, appressed, a broad
arch of brown hair extending across the front margin of the mesonotum and car-
ried back to the posterior border on either side, widened to reach the lateral margins
behind the suture but very broadly separated from them in front of the suture.
Free border of the scutellum except basally, and the spines, yellow.
Legs brown, the coxae, basal fourth of the front and two-thirds of the posterior
four femora, and the posterior four tarsi yellow; apices of the posterior four femora
black. Hair yellow on the pale parts, brown on the dark portions.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the costal border broadly brown on the apical half;
apical portion of the wing light brown beyond the discal cell. Squamae brown.
Halteres dark brown, the stem reddish.
Abdomen shining black, the hair brown, mostly pale on the middle of the venter.
Holotype (9), and paratype (9): Choiseul Island, Solomon
Group, November 26, 1927 (Whitney Expedition); in American
Museum of Natural History.
Apparently related to maculifera de Meijerc and indica Kertesz,
but differing in the color of the legs and in other respects.
Evaza whitneyi Curran, new species
Apical third of the femora black, the front tibiae and tarsi brown.
Length, 7.5 mm.
Male: head black; frontal triangle white pollinose, the face cinereous, the cheeks
brown; hair black. Palpi and proboscis brown, the labellae reddish brown. An-
tennae yellow, the arista black. Eyes with enlarged facets on the upper two-thirds.
Thorax black, with silvery and brown hair as in incidens, the scutellum similarly
colored.
Legs pale yellow, the femora black on the apical third; anterior tibiae and tarsi
brown. Hair j'^ellow, brown on the dark areas.
14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Wings colored as in incidens. Squamae and halteres brown, the latter with
reddish yellow stem.
Abdomen shining black, the hair wholly brown. Genitalia reddish.
Holotype (d^): Malaita Island (Whitney Expedition).
This species has the legs so strikingly different in coloration from
incidens that I do not believe the two forms can be sexes of one
species. The humeri are wholly black.
Lophoteles plumula Loew
Lophoteles plumula Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., ii, p. Ill (f), 1858.
Salduba exigua Wulp, Termes. Fuzet., xxi, p. 413 (f), 1898.
Two d^, 19, Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933;
cf, 9, Nupani Reef Island, Santa Cruz Group, May 8, 1933.
Pedicella mactans (Walker)
Sargus mactans Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, iv, p. 97, 1860.
Sargus mactans Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus., vii, p. 65, 1885.
Sargus mactans de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., liv, p. 263, 1911.
Male: Guadalcanar Island, September 18, 1927; 9, Choiseul
Island, November 25, 1927 (Whitney Expedition); 9, Kau Kau
Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, May 20, 1933.
This species is recorded from many of the oceanic Islands, occur-
ring from India to Australia.
ASILIDAE
In addition to the material secured by the Crocker Expedition
there are a number of specimens before me collected by the Whitney
South Seas Expedition during 1927.
Leptogaster crockeri Curran, new species
Related to trifasciata de Meijere, but the lateral black mesonotal
vittae are very broad; there are large basal yellowish spots on the
sides of the abdominal segments, and the apex of the wing is more
extensively brown. Length, 7 mm.
Male: head black in ground color. Face linear above, widening below and just
below the antennae, whitish pollinose; front narrow, with parallel sides, the ocellar
tubercle shining. Proboscis brownish red. Antennae reddish, the third segment
brown, narrow, not as wide as the second, tapering, the arista stout, brown, as
long as the antenna. Hair on face and occiput whitish.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 15
Thorax rusty reddish, the mesonotum darker and shining, with an entire,
posteriorly tapering median black vitta, the sides very broadly blackish on more
than the posterior half; pleura pale yellow pollinose. Scutellum concealed by gum.
Mesosternum more or less brown or ferruginous.
Coxae and trochanters yellow, the anterior coxae darker; femora yellowish,
the posterior pair swollen on the apical third, with a broad brown band on the apical
fifth; middle femora with a pale brownish band near the apical fourth; the hair
black. Tibiae pale brownish yellow, the posterior pair darker, the hair yellowish,
but mostly black on the hind pair. Tarsi brownish yellow, the basal one or two
segments paler.
Wings hyaline, the veins black, the apex with a broad brown border extending
from the apex of the marginal cell to the second submarginal where it forms a large
triangle. Halteres yellow, the knob brown.
Abdomen black, with violaceous tinge above; a broad band on the middle of
the second segment and the bases of the third to sixth segments moderately broadly,
reddish yellow, the basal yellow fasciae expanding laterally and extending over the
sternites; seventh sternite broadly yellowish basally, the eighth wholly yellow.
Hair black. Genitalia ferruginous below, brown above.
Holotype: male, No. 4028, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Santa
Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
Clinopogon nicobarensis (Schiner)
Stichopogon nicobarensis Schiner, Novara, p. 161, 1868.
A female from Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, is re-
ferred here with some doubt, since Schiner's description leaves much
to be desired.
Smeringolaphria ferruginosa (Wulp)
Laphria ferruginosa Wulp, Tijd. v. Ent., xv, p. 185, 1872.
Female; Auki Bay, Malaita Island, May 26, 1933.
The determination of this specimen must be regarded as tentative
since I have no material for comparison.
Maira Schiner
Many of the species belonging to this genus bear a close superficial
resemblance, and it is almost impossible to identify the species from
available descriptions. It seems likely that some of the published
synonymy is erroneous, and that the actual number of species will be
found to be greater than the number now recognized. I have before
me six species from the Solomon Islands, only one of which can be
placed with any degree of certainty. Three of these are represented
by females only and must be ignored until the genus has been prop-
erly revised. Two of the species are described as new, figures of the
genitalia being given, this seeming to be the only satisfactory means
of separating closely allied forms at the present time.
16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Table of Species
(All included species have the face golden).
1. Anterior four femora and tibiae with long golden yellow hair . .spectabilis Guerin
-. Legs without golden yellow hair 2
2. Occiput with black hair extending onto the lower half 3
-. Occiput with the black hair not extending to the middle 4
3. Mesonotum with numerous erect black hairs posteriorly species No. 1
-. Mesonotum with only the dorsocentral hairs posteriorly, almost without
erect hairs species No. 2
4. Posterior trochanters with only a few white hairs whitneyi, n. sp.
-. Posterior trochanters almost all white haired; knob of halteres yellow with
black base 5
5. Three or four pairs of scutellar bristles; bristles of the mystax all black;
collar with many black hairs willowsi, n. sp.
-. One pair of scutellars; lower bristles of the mystax yellow; collar without
black hairs species No. 3
Maira species No. 1
Female; N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 22, 1933.
This species is close to willowsi but has the halteres brown and the
whole posterior orbits and front of the cheeks bear black hair.
Maira species No. 2
Female: Guadalcanar Island, July, 1927 (Whitney Expedition).
Related to spectabilis because of the absence of long hairs on the
mesonotum behind, but the legs bear white hair and the antennae
are much shorter.
Maira spectabilis (Guerin)
Laphria spectabilis Guerin, Voy. de la Coquille, III, p. 85, 1830.
Two males: Bougainville Island, May 3, 4, 1928 (Whitney Ex-
pedition).
This species has the third antennal segment elongate and the male
bears long, golden yellow hair on the under surface of the anterior
four legs.
Maira whitneyi Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 7
Metallic blue; face golden; pleura whitish poUinose; legs with
long white hair. Length, 13 to 17 mm.
Male: face and front dark ochraceous pollinose; facial hair golden; six or seven
pairs of black bristles in the mystax; ocellar tubercle black. Occiput shining black
and black haired above, densely white pollinose and white haired on more than
Vol. XXIIl CURRAN—DIPTERA 17
the lower half; cheeks with white hair. Palpi black haired. Antennae black;
third segment slightly clavate, almost one-third longer than the basal two com-
bined; hair and bristles black.
Thorax and abdomen metallic blue, usually with violaceous tinge. Humeral
area and sides of the mesonotum bronzed, with brownish pollen; pleura white
poUinose; mesonotum with long hairs in front and behind and between the rows
of dorsocentrals; scutellum with two or three pairs of marginals. Hair black, white
on the pleura, except the upper part of the mesopleura; trichostichal bristles all
black.
Legs metallic steel blue or purplish, the coxae densely whitish pollinose and
with white hair; hair black, long and white on the under surfaces of the anterior
four femora and tibiae, the latter also with long black bristly hairs ventrally, the
posterior femora mostly white haired beneath; hair of tarsi and of the posterior
trochanters black.
Wings hyaline basally, grayish behind, brown to pale brown on the apical half;
anterior crossvein situated at the basal third of the discal cell. Squamae and
halteres brown.
Abdomen with black hair except on the sides of the first segment basally, and
on the venter, where there are white hairs mixed with the black. Genitalia short
and robust (PL 1, fig. 7).
Female: The long hairs on the mesonotum are sparser and do not extend be-
tween the dorsocentrals; there is very little white hair on the legs and the hair on
the venter and sides of the abdomen is much shorter.
Holotype: cf, allotype: 9, and paratype: cf, Florida Island,
September 12, 13, 11, 1927 (Whitney Expedition). American
Museum of Natural History.
Maira willowsi Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 8
Similar to the preceding species, but the legs bear more abundant
yellowish white hair, the posterior trochanters are practically all
white haired and the male genitalia are much narrower. Length,
13 to 15 mm.
Male: face and front golden yellow pollinose, the face with golden hair; three or
four pairs of black bristles in the mystax, the bristles along the oral opening yellow;
ocellar tubercle brown; occiput cinereous pollinose and white pilose, shining black
above, with thin brown pollen and black hair limited to the upper fourth. Cheeks
with white hair. Palpi with black bristles, basally with short white hair. Antennae
black, black haired, the third segment moderately wide, almost one-third longer
than the basal two combined.
Thorax dark metallic blue-green or blue, the pleura whitish pollinose, humeral
area and the sides more bronzed and with yellowish brown pollen. Hair black on
the mesonotum and scutellum, white on the pleura, long on the front and posterior
borders of the mesonotum and between the dorsocentrals, black on the upper part
of the mesopleura, the trichostichal bristles black above, white on the lower half.
Scutellum with three or four pairs of marginals.
Legs metallic blue, sometimes more or less violaceous, the coxae whitish pollinose
and pilose; hair white, largely or mostly black on the upper surfaces of the femora
and tibiae and entirely so on the tarsi; posterior trochanters with only a few black
hairs.
18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Wings hyaline on the basal half, pale grayish behind, smoky on the apical half.
Squamae with yellow fringe. Halteres brownish yellow, the base of the knob with
a Y-shaped brown marking.
Abdomen metallic green-blue or blue, the sides with yellowish white hair except
apically on the second .segment, the venter with pale 3'ellow hair. Genitalia mod-
erately narrow (PI. 1, fig. 8).
Female: the long hairs on the mesonotum are less numerous and do not extend
over the disc between the dorsocentrals; hair on legs somewhat shorter.
Holotype: cf, No. 4029, allotype: 9, No. 4030, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent.; and paratypes: three males, N.W. end of Bellona Island,
June 22, 1933.
Maira, species No. 3
A single female, Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 16, 1933,
differs from the preceding species in having only one pair of scutellar
bristles, the lower pair of bristles of the face yellow, the front more
golden and smaller size. It is only 8 mm. in length.
Ommatius excurrens Wulp
Ommatius excurrens Wulp, Tijd. v. Ent., xv, p. 265, 1872; ibid, xvi, plate 12, fig. 15.
Male and 4 9 , N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 22, 1933.
The male agrees fairly well with the original description, but the
anterior crossvein is situated at or beyond the middle of the discal
cell and not before the middle. The figure shows the crossvein at
the basal third of the discal cell. The male has the scutellum black
haired, the female with mostly white hair.
BOMBYLIIDAE
There are two specimens of Geron in poor condition.
Geron simplex Walker
Ceron simplex Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, iii, p. 90.
Two females, N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933.
These are placed tentatively as simplex. The mesonotum has a
broad cinereous, median vitta on the anterior fourth.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 19
Empidae
The three species in the collection are undescribed.
Syneches matema Curran, new species
Related to deficiens Walker, but with brown wings. Length, 6 to
7 mm.
Male: black, the thorax and legs mostly rusty reddish yellow. Head black, the
proboscis and palpi reddish; face cinereous pollinose. Hair yellowish on the occiput,
black on the palpi, antennae and vertex. Antennae reddish, the third segment
black, except basally; arista brown. Eyes with greatly enlarged facets on the upper
half.
Thorax rusty reddish, the mesonotum with the anterior half or more brown
on about the median half, but this color merges gradually into the reddish ground
and the whole is moderately brownish pollinose. Hair and bristles black; scutellum
bare on the disc, with a row of marginal hairs and bristles. Pleura thinly tawny
pollinose, without hair.
Legs rusty reddish yellow, the posterior femora and tibiae black; apical segment
of all the tarsi and the posterior coxae brown or ferruginous. Hair and bristles
yellowish, black on the posterior legs and on the upper surface of the tibiae and
tarsi. Posterior femora with a row of seven anteroventral bristles, the apical five
arising from more or less strongly developed tubercles, the under surface with four
or five tubercles apically, from which weak bristles or setulae arise; posterior tibiae
with a row of about seven weak ventral tubercles.
Wings light brown, darker anteriorly. Squamae brown, the fringe pale. Hal-
teres reddish yellow, the basal half of the knob more or less brown.
Abdomen brownish black, the first segment yellowish; venter yellowish basally,
becoming brown apically. Hair black, long and yellow on the sides of the basal
three segments. Genitalia small.
Female: the ventral tubercles on the posterior femora are stronger and each
gives rise to a short bristle, the anteroventral tubercles are weak, those on the
tibiae absent; abdomen with the basal segment reddish or brown.
Holotype: cf, No. 4031, allotype: 9, No. 4032, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent.; paratypes: 2 cf", 1 9 , Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group,
Jul}^ 9, 1933.
According to Melander's definition of the subgenera of Syneches
this species would fall in Harpamerus Bigot, although it does not
bear remarkably strong spines on the posterior femora. It seems to
belong more properly in Epiceia Walker, but its position here is
anomalous in view of the leg armature. I think that Harpamerus
might well be considered distinct from Syneches and that Epiceia
should be placed as a synonym of Bigot's genus, since these two sub-
genera have the third and fourth veins conspicuously convergent
toward the apices. The recognition of genera and subgenera upon
sexual characters does not seem to be sound policy, since it leaves one
sex entirely undeterminable unless it can be associated with the
determinable sex collected at the same time.
20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Ser.
Drapetis confusa Curran, new species
Shining, black, the anterior half of the thorax and base of the
abdomen reddish, the legs yellow. The male agrees well with the
description of the ^Australian bicolor Bezzi, but there is a reddish
brown band extending over the posterior border of the sternopleura
from the middle coxae to the base of the wings, this band being red-
dish in the female. This band is not present in the female of bicolor.
Length, 1.25 to 1.5 mm.
Female: head shining black, the bristles yellowish; front narrow, wedge-shaped;
face obliterated by the contiguity of the eyes except above and below, or repre-
sented by a very fine line. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Antennae reddish yellow,
the third segment and arista brown, the latter pubescent; third segment one-half
longer than wide, moderately pointed.
Thorax red on the anterior half, the red color rectangularly produced posteriorly
on the middle of the mesonotum and extending on the sternum to the middle coxae,
a broad band extending upward over the middle of the pleura to the base of the
wings, leaving a broad black band extending from the upper margin of the meso-
pleura to the middle of the sternopleura. Hair and bristles yellowish, the bristles
on the posterior half black or brown. Scutellum with one pair of bristles, its apex
rather transverse, the disc flattened.
Legs reddish yellow, the apical tarsal segment reddish brown; hair and bristles
yellow.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous or pale brown, yellow basally; hair
on the basal two-thirds of the costa fairly long. Halteres pale yellow.
Abdomen shining black, the first segment broad; second and third reddish yellow
or reddish, each with a triangular, brown lateral spot; sides of the fourth segment
with semi-squamose, black hair. Genital lamellae brownish yellow.
Male: bristles of the thorax wholly yellow; median pale band on the pleura
almost obsolete, rather ferruginous; third abdominal segment less extensively
yellowish; sides of the fourth segment with simple hairs; genital appendages
luteous; hair brown.
Holotype: 9 , No. 4033, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group,
July 2, 1933; allotype: d^, No. 4034, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.,
N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933; paratypes: 9, Santa
Catalina Island, July 2, 1933, and 9 , Matema Island, Santa Cruz
Group, Jiily 7, 1933.
The abdomen may be contracted so that the second and third
segments are largely concealed beneath the first, the yellow band
therefore appearing quite narrow.
Drapetis crockeri Curran, new species
Black, the legs yellowish. Differs from exul O.S. in having pale
yellow palpi. Length 1.5 mm.
Female: head shining black, the bristles black; front rather narrow; face linear,
the eyes distinctly separated; palpi pale yellow. Antennae reddish, the third seg-
ment elongate, but not twice as long as the basal two together; arista brown,
pubescent, somewhat longer than antenna.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA
21
Thorax shining black; hair and bristles yellow; disc of scutellum flattened, the
apex rather truncate.
Legs pale reddish yellow, the apical segment of the tarsi brown; hair and bristles
yellow; posterior tibiae with only one strong, anterodorsal bristle and without apical
spine.
Wings cinereous hyaline; veins pale brown, yellow basally; costa without long
hairs basally. Halteres white.
Abdomen shining black, the disc of the second and third segments reddish;
lamellae of the ovipositor brownish. Hair black, the sides of the fourth segment
without squamose hairs.
Holotype: 9 , No. 4035, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Puka Puka
Island, Cook Islands, April 9, 1933.
DOLICHOPIDAE
Most of the specimens belonging to this family are in poor condi-
tion or are females, and cannot be properly identified. The follow-
ing species are among those collected.
Rhagoneurus hirsutisetus de IMeijere
Rhagoneurus hirsutisetus de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Hx, p. 229, 1916.
Male, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
Sciapus evulgatus Becker
Sciopus evulgatus Becker, Cap. Zool., i, Deel 4, p. 205 (f).
Female: Matema Islands, July 10, 1933.
There is another species of Sciapus taken at the same place on
July 8, 10.
Chrysosoma divisum Becker
Chrysosoma divisum Becker, Cap. Zool., i, Deel 4, p. 182.
Female: Florida Island, Sept. 11, 1927 (Whitney Expedition).
There is a single specimen of another species from Guadalcanar
Island, May 20, 1933.
Syrphidae
Only two specimens belonging to this family were collected.
Lathyrophthalmus punctulatus (Macquart)
Eristalis punctulata Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 2, p. 59, 1847.
cf , 9 , Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 16, 1933.
22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
PiPUNCULIDAE
This interesting family is represented by two specimens, one of
them new to science.
Pipunculus synadelphus Perkins
Fipunculus synadelphus Perkins, Haw. Sug. Plant. Assoc, Ent. Bull. #1, p. ISO (f)
1905.
Female: Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
Pipunculus matema Curran, new species
Black, the bases of the femora, tibiae and tarsi yellow; third
antennal segment yellow. Length, 3.25 mm.
Male: face and front white; occiput cinereous white pollinose, becoming pale
brown at the vertex; vertical triangle shining black. Eyes touching for a distance
equal to the length of the frontal triangle. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Antennae
brown; third segment yellow, acute below but not produced; arista brown, stout
on the basal seventh.
Thorax black in ground color, the humeri yellow, cinereous pollinose, the meso-
notum and scutellum brown pollinose, the former broadly cinereous in front of
the base of the wings, the pollen on the lower edge of the scutellum with cinereous
tinge. Hair brown, inconspicuous.
Coxae, femora and apical tarsal segment blackish, the coxae rather thickly
pollinose and with pale apices; trochanters, bases and apices of the femora, tibiae
and the basal four tarsal segments reddish yellow; femora thinly pale pollinose,
with small setulae below apically, the tibiae without unusual hairs. Claws and
pulvilli normal in size, yellow, the former with black apices.
Wings cinereous hyaline; stigma pale brown; third costal section one-fourth-
shorter than the fourth; anterior crossvein situated well before the middle of the
discal cell. Squamae and halteres yellow.
Abdomen black, brown pollinose, the sides cinereous pollinose except on the
broad bases of the segments, the pale pollen extending onto the dorsum, but not
forming entire bands, the inner ends of the spots acute; first segment wholly
cinereous, the sides with black bristles. Fifth segment one-half longer than the
fourth, longest on the right side. Genitalia brown, thinly polUnose, the appendages
yellow, the apex with a moderately large, transverse, oval depression.
Holotype: male, No. 4036, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
This species is related to javanensis de Meijere, but has the legs
more extensively pale in color.
Vol. XXII]
CURRAN— DIPT ERA 23
Otitidae
This family, generally known as Ortalidae or Platystomidae, is
represented by seven species, belonging to four genera.
Rivellia Desvoidy
Two species, both widely distributed, are in the collection.
Rivellia basilaris (Wiedemann)
Trypeta basilaris Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl., ii, p. 510, 1830.
Two specimens, one from Malaita Island, May 28, 1933, and one
from Matema Islands, July 9, 1933.
Rusty reddish yellow, the abdomen usually mostly brown.
Rivellia fusca (Thomson)
Herina fusca Thomson, Eugenies Resa, Dipt., p. 575, 1868.
Three specimens from Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
Blackish, the base of the abdomen more or less distinctly reddish
or reddish yellow.
Scholastes Loew
Three species are before me from the Islands, all differing from
described forms. I have enlarged Hendel's key to include these.
Table of Species
1. Face with a black or brown band lying mostly below the middle 2
-. Face without such band, sometimes with blackish lateral spots 5
2. Wings with two outstanding brown costal spots bimaculatus Hendel
-. Wings rather uniformly checkered or banded, with only one outstanding
costal spot 3
3. Pleura blackish, more or less stained with reddish and with pale stripe
above, the sternum sometimes reddish in the middle 4
-. Pleura mostly pale, the pteropleura pale; antenna of both sexes with
preapical lemalla palmyra, n. sp.
4. Face reddish brown above; tibiae with black apical spot lonchifera Hendel
-. Face yellowish above; tibiae wholly yellow solomensis, n. sp.
5. Front in 9 as wide as long, in male wider 6
-. Front one-fourth narrower than long 7
6. Posterior tibiae with brown apical band cinctus Guerin
-. Posterior tibiae wholly yellowish whitneyi, n. sp.
7. Coxae and femora brown 8
-. Coxae and femora wholly reddish yellow vicarius Hendel
8. Face with two dark spots on the lower half distigma Hendel
-. Face wholly yellowish frauenfeldi Schiner
24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Scholastes palmyra Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 5
Shining black, reddish yellow and stramineous, the wings hyaline
and brown; arista with brown lamella in both sexes. Length, 7 to 8
mm.
Male: front brown, with a transverse, more or less interrupted median reddish
fascia; a pale yellowish fascia extending over the lunula and reaching the orbits,
and the vertex stramineous. One pair of frontal bristles and two pairs of verticals.
Occiput yellowish, brown on about the upper third, the posterior orbits stramineous.
Cheeks one-third as wide as the e^-e-height, broadly stramineous above. Face
stramineous, with the parafacials and a broad band on the lower third brown or
black. Proboscis and palpi reddish yellow. Antennae brownish red, the arista
moderately long plumose to beyond the middle, and bearing a preapical black
lamella, the apex whitish. Hair yellowish, the bristles black.
Mesonotum and scutellum shining black, with appressed tawny hair; a broad
stramineous stripe extends from the humeri to the posterior calli, and broadly
borders the scutellum except at the apex, the pale stripe being separated from the
lateral margins behind the humeri and above the wings. Two pairs of weak dor-
socentrals, the scutellum with three pairs of marginal bristles. Pleura mostly
reddish yellow, but the mesopleura and sternopleura mostly black or reddish brown,
the metanotum blackish; hair reddish yellow.
Legs reddish yellow, the apical three tarsal segments of the posterior legs black,
the front tarsi black, with the basal segment mostly reddish yellow; tibiae each
broadly brown apically on the upper half; hair rather golden from most views;
bristles on front femora black.
Wings checkered with brown and cinereous hyaline as shown in figure 5 of Plate 1.
Squamae white; halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining steel blue, the third and fourth segments with narrow yellow
apices; hair yellow, sometimes broadly black on the sides. Genitalia mostly reddish.
Female: ovipositor brown.
Holotype: male, No. 4037, allotype: female. No. 4038, Mus. Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ent.; paratypes: male and female, Palmyra Island, April
2, 1933. Paratypes in American Museum of Natural History.
Scholastes solomensis Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 4
Blackish, the abdomen steel blue; pleura mostly black; legs red-
dish yellow, the anterior femora more than half brown. Wings cin-
ereous hyaline and brown as in figure 4 of Plate 1. Length, 6 mm.
Female: front slightly longer than wide, brown, with a narrow median reddish
fascia; lunula pale yellowish; one pair of frontals and two pairs of verticals. Occiput,
cheeks and face reddish yellow; cheeks with a large brown spot above; face with a
broad black fascia extending across the lower third, the parafacials brown. Pro-
boscis brownish i-cd, the palpi pale orange. Antennae reddish, the third segment
broadly brown above and apically; arista plumose, the rays absent on the apical
half of the upper surface; no lamella. Hair yellow, black on the palpi.
Thorax blackish brown; mesonotum with a lateral stramineous vitta which
extends around the free border of the scutellum, the pale stripe separated from the
lateral margins except on the humeri, and with indications of three reddish vittae
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 25
on the disc; from anterior view, thinly brown pollinose; two pairs of dorsocentral
bristles and three pairs of marginal scutellars. Pleura with a broad stramineous
stripe above in front of the wings, the pectus reddish in the middle. Hair black.
Legs reddish yellow; anterior femora rather extensively brown; apical two or
three tarsal segments blackish; hair black, yellow on the ventral surfaces of the
tibiae and on the pale tarsal segments.
Wings with brown markings as in figure 4 of Plate 1. Squamae cinereous;
halteres pale yellow.
Abdomen steel-blue with the base broadly reddish; hair black, yellow on the
basal segment; ovipositor brownish yellow.
Holotype: female, No. 4039, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Star
Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July 1, 1933.
Scholastes whitneyi Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 3
Front as wide as long; pleura and legs reddish yellow, the apical
two or three tarsal segments black; mesonotum shining black; abdo-
men steel blue; ovipositor reddish on the apical half; wings with
irregular brown fasciae. Length about 9 mm.
Female: head dark rusty reddish, the cheeks and face somewhat paler; hair
yellow, brown on the front; the hairs along the inner edge of the parafacials below,
a few of the upper orbital cilia and most of the hairs on the palpi black. Arista
brown on the apical half, plumose on the basal four- fifths; first antenna! segment
with a long, fine bristle below.
Mesonotum shining black, reddish in front of the suture except toward the sides,
and with a faint reddish vitta connecting with a pale yellow stripe originating on
the posterior calli, the free margin of the scutellum also broadly pale yellow;
humeri mostly reddish, a yellow triangle immediately behind them, narrowly
separated from the lateral margin; hair black; three pairs of dorsocentrals and three
pairs of marginal scutellars. Pleura pale orange, with paler stripe above, the hair
almost all reddish yellow, the mesopleura and pteropleura with some fine black
hairs above.
Legs reddish yellow, the apical two or three tarsal segments black; hair yellowish,
black on the apical tarsal segments.
Wings cinereous hyaline, with irregular brown fasciae as in figure 3 of Plate L
Squamae dull yellowish; halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen metalHc steel blue, the basal segment broadly reddish on the sides;
hair black, yellow on the basal segment. Venter mostly reddish, becoming brown
apically. Ovipositor shining black, the narrow portion reddish.
Holotype: female, Guadalcanar Island, July 1927 (Whitney South
Sea Expedition).
Euprosopia lepida Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 2
Differs from fusifacies Walker in having the apical two transverse
brown fasciae on the wings broadly united posteriorly; abdomen
sparsely clothed with scales. Length, 7 to 10.5 mm.
26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.
Male: head yellowish in ground color, the upper half of the occiput and a very-
broad band extending to the anterior part of the oral margin black; frontal vitta
dark reddish with a brownish area above the lunule; occiput, narrow frontal orbits
and the upper half of the parafacials white pollinose; facial keel very broad and
transversely wrinkled. Proboscis brown; clypeus and palpi deep black, the former
with a more or less distinct reddish triangle in the middle, the palpi with a narrow
white tip. Antennae light ferruginous, the arista with moderately long rays on
practically its whole length. One pair of vertical bristles. Head distinctly higher
than wide.
Thorax slate-colored, the pleura and sides of the mesonotum thickly cinereous
white polUnose, the mesonotum with a moderately broad ashy median vitta, the
transverse suture narrowly whitish. Scutellum clothed with appressed yellow hair
and bearing four marginal bristles, the apex convex or very slightly concave, with-
out shining areas; mesonotum and mesopleura with short black hair, the former
with some pale hairs on the median vitta and on the humeri; pleural hair pale yellow.
Legs black, the femora in part more or less reddish, the tibiae dull reddish be-
neath on about the basal half.
Wings brown and hyaline, as shown in figure 2 of Plate 1. Squamae grayish
white, the halteres yellow.
Abdomen slate-colored, with short, appressed black hair, the middle of the
dorsum with a broad, longitudinal stripe of pale yellowish hair, the whole with
sparse, appressed, yellow scales. Venter with yellow hair, the third sternite broad
and with rather dense, bright yellow hair. GenitaUa shining brown, clothed with
white hair.
Female: ovipositor shining black, pale haired below, black laterally; third
sternite without abundant hair.
Holotype: male and allotype: female, Guadalcanal Island, July,
1927 (Whitney South Sea Expedition) in American Museum of Nat-
ural History; paratype: male, Guadalcanar Island, May 23, 1933, in
the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences.
Naupoda Osten Sacken
The single species, collected by the Whitney South Sea Expedition,
is apparently undescribed.
Naupoda ventralis Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 7
Black, the head, most of the legs and the abdominal venter orange;
pleura with stramineous stripe above; wings brown basally and
bearing three rows of brownish yellow spots. Length, 4.5 to 5 mm.
Female: head orange, the front above with a pair of large, shining, darker areas
occupying most of the vertical region; occiput black on the upper half except along
the orbits. Hair black, yellow on the occiput. Arista mostly brown, sparsely long
pubescent.
Thorax shining black, with sparse black hair, the mesonotum with an impressed,
closely setulose line toward either side; pleura with a narrow stramineous line above.
Scutellum with a subrectangular bare area apically, bearing two pairs of marginal
bristles on the apical half.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 27
Legs orange; the posterior four coxae and femora black, the latter orange on
about the apical third; hair yellowish, mostly black on the black portions of the
femora.
Wings brown, brownish yellow and hyaline, as in figure 7 of Plate 2.
Abdomen shining black above, the venter and ovipositor orange. Hair on the
middle of the dorsum rather long, erect and yellow, laterally short, appressed and
black.
Holotype: 9, Choiseul Island, November 26, 1927; paratype: fe-
male, Malaita Island, both collected by the Whitney South Sea
Expedition. Type in the American Museum of Natural History, the
paratype deposited in the Museum of the California Academy of
Sciences.
In Hendel's key (1914), traces to platessa O.S. but may be at once
distinguished by the much larger discal cell and probably the orange
venter. Osten Sacken described the abdomen as "black."
Trupaneidae
Of the five species in the collections before me three are evidently
undescribed.
Bactrocera umbrosa (Fabricius)
Dacus utnbrosus Fabricius, Syst. Antl., p. 274, 1805.
Dacus utnbrosus Wiedemann, 1830, Aussereur. Zweifi., ii, p. 517.
One female, Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
Themarohystrix Hendel
1914, Wien. Ent. Zeitung, xxxiii, p. 78.
1915, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung,, xiii, p. 432.
The single specimen belonging to this genus differs from erinaceus
Hendel in wing markings, entire black abdominal fasciae, etc.
Themarohystrix exul Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 6
Length, 7.5 mm.
Female: head dark reddish yellow, the face with a rectangular black spot in the
middle, the front with a wide brown vitta extending from the black ocellar triangle
to the anterior border. Front with almost parallel sides, one-third the width of
the head; three pairs of frontals, the upper pair reclinate; frontal vitta with very
fine hair; ocellars quite weak; outer verticals apparently weak. Occipital cilia
black. Cheeks a little wider than the third antennal segment. Proboscis and
28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
palpi orange, the latter normally clavate. Antennae dull orange, the third segment
more or less tinged with brown; arista black with the base pale, the rays of moderate
length.
Thorax reddish yellow, with ten black vittae, six on the mesonotum and four
on the pleura. The dorsocentral black vittae extend the whole length and are
united with each other and with the short sublateral vittae by a black prescutellar
band, the sublateral vittae extending forward to the suture; the lateral vittae
e.\tend from the humeri to the base of the wing; the upper vitta on the pleura
extends from the middle of the propleura to the middle of the pteropleura, while
the lower vitta extends from above the front coxae almost to the posterior edge of
the sternopleura. Hair and bristles black; one pair of dorsocentrals, situated well
behind the supra-alars; scutellum with six strong marginals; mesopleura with sev-
eral weak bristles in the middle below; propleural hair reddish.
Legs dark reddish yellow, the posterior femora more or less brown in front; hair
and bristles black; the hair yellow on the tibiae and tarsi; middle femora with a row
of bristles on the apical third in front; posterior femora with a bristle on the ventral
surface before the middle, two preapical dorsal bristles, a row of weak anteroventral
bristles on the apical fourth; posterior tibiae with three to five weak anterodorsal
and anteroventral bristles.
Wings brown and pale orange as in figure 6 of Plate 1, the first, third and fifth
veins bristled. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen pale orange, with black fasciae; second segment black with the an-
terior and posterior borders broadly pale, the third and fourth segments each with
a broadly interrupted black fascia, the fifth short with the sides black, the black
fasciae connected along the lateral margins; ovipositor black. Hair black, the
second to fourth segments with weak marginal bristles, those on the fourth be-
coming strong laterally. Venter wholly pale orange.
Holotype: female, Mouo Island, December 7, 1927 (Whitney Ex-
pedition).
Rhabdochaeta de Meijere
The genus was established in 1904 for a new species (pulchella)
from Java. The species before me differs mainly in the radiations
extending to the margin of the wing.
Rhabdochaeta crocked Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 6
Black, reddish and yellow, with cinereous pollen. Length, 2.25
mm. '
Female: head reddish yellow, thinly white pollinose. Front anteriorly half the
width of the head, widening posteriorly, bearing two pairs of large black frontals
and a pair of black verticals, and three pairs of shorter white frontals: across the
middle a row of four intrafrontals and immediately in front of the middle pair a
second pair. Hair and bristles white. Palpi with a narrow black border and with
small black bristles apically. Third antennal segment rather long and pointed,
sub-triangular, gently convex below; arista yellow, pubescent.
Thorax black, cinereous poUinose; sides of the mesonotum, upper and broad
anterior border of the i)leura reddish yellow in ground color, the pleural sutures
more or less reddish yellow. Hair very pale yellow, a few black hairs on the middle
of the mesonotum in front; bristles black or brown, the lateral ones more or less
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 29
yellowish; two pairs of dorsocentrals, the anterior pair situated close to the suture;
two pairs of scuteliars, the basal pair black and long, the apical pair sub-erect,
short and pale yellow; a pair of black hairs on the tip of the scutellum, the disc bare.
Legs wholly reddish yellow, the hairs and bristles yellow.
Wings (PI. 2, tig. 6) cinereous hyaline, 3'ellowish on the basal third, with large,
black discal spot and dark brown radiations, the markings brown behind the spot,
the dark area with some pure white punctures and shining areas; third vein bare;
costal border deeply incised at the tip of the subcostal vein, the costal bi'istles
moderately long.
Abdomen black, cinereous pollinose, the disc reddish on the basal half; ovi-
positor shining reddish with the base, and apex of the preceding segment, shining
black. Hair and bristles pale yellow, the fifth segment with a black apical bristle
on each side; a few tiny black hairs laterally on the apical segments.
Holotype: 9, No. 4040, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 9, 1933; paratype: 9 , Tai Lagoon,
Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
Paroxyna parca (Bezzi)
Oxyna parca Bezzi, Mem. Ind. Mus., iii, p. 159, 1913 (f).
Female: Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, June 30, 1933.
Platensina Enderlein
This genus is closely related to Xanthomyia Phillips (North Amer-
ica), but differs in having the palpi of ordinary size. In Xanthomyia
the palpi are greatly broadened. Both genera have the costal bristles
quite long and the wing venation is similar.
Platensina malaita Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 1
With wang markings as in zodiacalis Bezzi but with two pairs of
scutellar bristles. Length, 4 mm.
Female: head dull reddish; face yellow, the frontal orbits with a broad cinereous
border anteriorly; four pairs of black frontals, the upper pair reclinate and a pair
of weaker, mostly yellowish reclinate frontals; parafrontals with tiny yellowish
hairs; ocellars long and black; occipital hairs and bristles pale yellowish. Cheeks
narrow, with a row of tiny black hairs below and a black bristle posteriorly. Pro-
boscis and palpi reddish yellow, the palpi narrow and with black bristles apically.
Antennae reddish yellow; third segment sharply rounded at upper apex; arista
brown, pubescent.
Thorax black above and posteriorly, cinereous pollinose, the humeri, pleura
except behind, and the pectus dull reddish; hair brassy yellow; bristles black or
brown; mesonotum with trace of four brown vittae, the dorsocentrals arising from
brown spots. Scutellum with the free border shining dull reddish, bearing two pairs
of marginal bristles.
Legs reddish, with black hair, the bristles on the anterior femora black.
Wings dark brown, with hyaline spots as shown in figure. Halteres yellow with
brown knobs.
30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Abdomen blackish brown, the first to third segments cinereous pollinose with
very broad, interrupted brown posterior fasciae, the following segments and
ovipositor shining brown. Hair black.
Holotype: female, No. 4041, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Tai La-
goon, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
LONCHAEIDAE
The two species are known to science, L. aurea being widely dis-
tributed in Africa and the Oriental Region.
Lonchaea aurea Macquart
Lonchaea aurea Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv, p. 300, 1850.
Male: Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 10, 1933; cf,
Anuda Island, July 15, 1933.
Lonchaea atratula Walker
Lonchaea atratula Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, iv, p. 146, 1840.
Male: Santa Catalina Island, July 2, 1933; cf, Santa Ana Island,
July 3, 1933; 9 , San Cristoval Island, July 4, 1933.
It is impossible to be certain of the identity of atratula but the
specimens agree well with the description. The arista is rather
short plumose, the scutellum bears three hairs on the margin out-
side the apical bristles and usually a pair between the apicals. The
wings are brown, becoming gray posteriorly.
Calobatidae
I have before me, from Malaita Island (Whitney Expedition), a
poorly preserved specimen belonging to the genus Mimegralla
Enderlein.
Neriidae
Telostylinus lineolatus (Wiedemann)
Nerius lineolatus Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifi., ii, p. 552, 1830; Kertesz, Termes
Fuzetek, xxii, p. 181; Enderlein, Arch. Naturg., Ixxxviii, A, Heft 5, p. 143.
Two cf , 3 9 , Anuda Island, June 17, July 15, 1933; 9 , San Cris-
toval Island, July 1, 1933; 9 , N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 19,
1933; 2 9 , Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
I am by no means certain that the determination of these speci-
mens is correct, since the identity of lineolatus is rather uncertain.
Vol. XXIIJ
CURRAN—DIPTERA 31
The species was described from a female, and the males previously-
associated with it are said to have reddish antennae. In my speci-
mens the antennae are brown with the inner side mostly red in both
sexes, and the arista has a narrow, sub-basal whitish band; the legs
are brown, the tibiae being of a more reddish shade, the posterior
femora sometimes with a trace of a reddish, preapical band. The
wings are rather grayish, the tips of the second and third veins
clouded with brown, the costal area somewhat luteous on the basal
half. The yellow median vitta on the mesonotum extends to the
tip of the scutellum and the sides of the latter are broadly trans-
lucent brownish yellow. The males lack the short bristles on the
front coxae.
Wiedemann makes no mention of the median vitta on the mesono-
tum, but Enderlein, who examined the type, stated that it agreed
with the description of mocsaryi Kertesz, in which the vitta is well
marked. Kertesz had lineolatus before him when he described
mocsaryi, but gave no description. Nerius striatus Doleschall, from
Java, agrees, insofar as the very brief description goes, with my
specimens, except that the wings are stated to be hyaline, and the
figure on plate II might well represent the specimens before me.
The form recorded by Bezzi from the Fiji Islands has a row of
bristles on the front coxae, in addition to the apical ones, and, if
my determination is correct, represents a different species.
Sepsidae
There are three species of Sepsis in the collection, separable as
follows :
1. Wings with subapical black spot plebeia de Meijere
-. Wings without apical spot 2
2. Thorax mostly reddish spectabilis de Meijere
-. Thorax black; mesonotum brownish poUinose and without acrostical
setulae; legs mostly yellowish javanica de Meijere
Sepsis plebeia de Meijere
Sepsis plebeia de Meijere, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., iv, p. 171, 1906 (f).
6^, 9 , Matema Islands, Santa Cruz group, July 8, 1933; cf , 2 9 ,
Matema Island, Santa Cruz Islands, July 2, 1933.
Sepsis spectabilis de Meijere
Sepsis spectabilis de Meijere, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., iv, p. 178, 1906 (f).
9 , N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 22, 1933.
32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Sepsis javanica de Meijere
Sepsis javanica de Mdjere, 1904, Bijdr. Dierkunde, Afl. 17-18, p. 107; 1906, Ann.
Mus. Nat. Hung., iv, p. 184 (f).
Two 9, Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933; 2 9,
Guadalcanar Island, Mav 20, 1933 and 9 , San Cristoval Island,
July 1, 1933.
Lauxaxiidae
The collection contains several undescribed species in addition to a
number recorded from other islands. It is possible that some of the
species identified may be distinct, since many of the species in the
family are very similar in appearance and descriptions based entirely
on color are not satisfactory.
Steganopsis solomensis Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 5
Related to multilineata de Meijere but at once distinguished by the
yellow halteres and wing pattern; front dull metallic green, with two
or three transverse ridges, the sides broadly pollinose. Length,
2.5 to 3 mm.
Female: head black, the face and front green in ground color; face and occiput
white pollinose, the face with an incomplete longitudinal bare stripe in the middle;
frontal orbits thickly cinereous yellow pollinose; the frontal stripe with two or three
low, transverse ridges, sometimes more extensively wrinkled. Cheeks white polli-
nose above, narro\ver than the third antennal segment. Proboscis brown; palpi
black. Antennae reddish, the third segment brown on the apical three-fourths,
about four times as long as wide, gently concave above, its apex obtusely rounded;
arista black, moderately long plumose.
Mesonotum broadly brown pollinose in the middle, with alternate, irregular
cinereous and black stripes laterally (about eight cinereous vittae); three or four
pairs of acrostical bristles, the anterior ones weak, and an irregular row of hairs
outside them; three pairs of dorsocentrals, the anterior ones weaker; no intra-alar;
two sternopleurals, the pteropleura bare. Scutellum large, very gently convex,
brownish pollinose, the immediate border cinereous. Pleura with a large silver}'
white spot below the humeri and another along the upper edge of the sternopleura.
Legs black, the basal three segments of the posterior four tarsi, and two of
the anterior pair, pale yellow.
Wings brown and cinereous hyaline as in figvire 5 of Plate 2. Squamae pale
yellovv', the fringe partly brown. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen brownish black, obscurely yellowish brown pollinose.
Holotype: 9 , No. 4042, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., and 2 9
paratypes: Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Islands, July 2, 1933.
Steganopsis ceres Curran, new species
Related to anuulipes Malloch, but at once distinguished by the
color of the wings and legs. Length, 2.5 mm.
Vol. XXII]
CURRAN—DIPTERA oZ
Female: head brown in ground color; occiput white, face cinereous, more than
the lateral fotirth of the front cinereous yellow poUinose, the middle two-fifths of
the front dull green, very thinly poUinose, without transverse ridges; ocellars
minute. Cheeks very narrow, white above. Proboscis and palpi brown. Antennae
reddish, the broad apex of the third segment brown; arista brown, with long rays
above and short ones below.
Mesonotum cinereous poUinose, with brown dots and eight irregular brown
vittae; four or five pairs of acrostichals and three pairs of dorsocentrals. Scutellum
brownish, the free border and a smaU lateral spot on each side near the base cinere-
ous. Pleura brown, thinly pale poUinose behind, with a large cinereous white spot
below the humeri produced almost to the posterior edge of the mesopleura above,
a large area covering the middle of the mesopleura and a broad band on the upper
border of the sternopleura similarly poUinose; pteropleura bare.
Legs black, the basal three segments of the tarsi yellow.
Wings brown and cinereous hyaline as in solomensis.
Abdomen slightly shining brown.
Holotype: female, No. 4043, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Guadal-
canar Island, May 23, 1933.
Maquilingia Malloch
1929, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Ixxiv, Art. 6, p. 35.
There are two species before me agreeing in having four rows of
acrostichal hairs, the lateral rows situated on brown vittae and
therefore not conspicuous. In one species the anterior frontal bristles
are decidedly convergent, but in the other they are probably rec-
linate: it is not possible to be certain as the single remaining ante-
rior bristle has been bent out of position.
Key to Species
1 . A brown spot on the facial grooves below the antennae 2
-. No brown spot on the face below the antennae malaita, n. sp.
2. Front with a median brown vitta extending forward from the ocelli 3
-. Front without median vitta (PhiUppines) facialis Malloch
3. Cheeks with a row of three or four bristles below; abdomen pale brownish
with a median vitta and the segmental apices broadly yellow ....
matema, n. sp.
-. Cheeks with a single strong bristle below; abdomen yellow with the seg-
mental apices narrowly brown (PhiUppines) hirticeps Malloch
Maquilingia malaita Curran, new species
Yellow, thinly white poUinose, marked with brown. Length,
2.5 mm.
Female: head yellow; ocellar spot, an incomplete, narrow median vitta, a broad
stripe extending from the orbits to the antennae and the occiput behind the middle
of the eyes brown. Anterior frontal bristle probably reclinate (perhaps incurved),
34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
the front moderately haired on the anterior half. Cheeks with sparse hair and a
strong bristle near the anterior third below. Proboscis, palpi and antennae reddish
yellow, the arista brown, very short pubescent.
Mesonotum with a pair of narrow dorsocentral vittae, a narrow subdorsal vitta
on either side behind the suture and the sides, very broadly pale brown, the meta-
notum brown. Hair black; presutural bristle weak. Scutellum reddish yellow,
with a brown vitta on each side.
Legs with only the apical tarsal segment brown.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous. Squamae and fringe yellow. Halt-
eres yellow.
Abdomen yellow, the second to fifth segments each with the apical third brown.
Hair black.
H ol oty pe. ■ iemaXe, Malaita. Island (Whitney Expedition).
Maquilingia matema Curran, new species
Readily distinguished from malaita by the presence of a large
brown spot on the sternopleura, entire brown frontal vitta, mostly
brown abdomen, etc. Length, 2.75 mm.
Female: head yellow, ocellar spot, a broad spot extending from the orbits to the
base of the antennae and a large spot on either side below the antennae dark brown;
front with a slender, entire median vitta, the anterior frontals convergent, the hair
sparse; cheeks with a slender brownish fascia anteriorly and another behind, the
occiput more or less brown behind the eyes. Cheeks wide, with sparse hairs and
a row of four or five bristles below. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Antennae brownish
red, the arista brown, reddish basally, pubescent.
Mesonotum brown, with a very broad median yellow vitta and narrow ones
along the Hne of the dorsocentrals; acrostichal hairs in four rows; scutellum with a
pair of large, subtriangular, medianly connected, brown spots basally. Metanotum
brownish; pleura and scutellum pale yellow, the sternopleura with a large brown
spot above. Presutural bristle strong.
Legs yellow with the tarsi slightly darkening apically; anterior femora with a
row of posteroventral bristles.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous; crossveins narrowly and weakly
clouded with brown. Squamae, their fringe and the halteres pale yellow.
Abdomen yellow, the basal half of the second to fifth segment, expanding to the
whole length on either side of the broad median vitta, pale brown, the sixth segment
with less than the basal third brownish on either side. Hair black.
Holotype: female, No. 4044, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
In both the above species the head is shaped very much as in
Trigonometopus Loew.
Minettia Desvoidy
In the following key I have included two species that apparently
belong in Homoneura. These two have the intra-alar bristle dis-
tinctly developed but it is not as strong as is usual in Minettia.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 35
1. Mesonotum blackish, grayish, or with brown vittae 2
-. Mesonotum wholly shining rusty reddish; arista plumose H. orientis Hendel
2. Mesonotum mostly black in ground color 3
-. Mesonotum yellowish, with two brown vittae ethelia, n. sp.
3. Mesonotum grayish, with four distinct brown vittae obscura de Meijere
-. Mesonotum not vittate 4
4. Mesonotum shining, at most weakly pollinose surda, n. sp.
-. Mesonotum cinereous pollinose H. anuda Curran
Minettia surda Curran, new species
Shinging black; arista plumose; two sternopleurals. Length, 3.5
mm.
Female: head brownish, thinly cinereous pollinose, except on the front, the
parafrontals thinly pollinose, except anteriorly. Ocellars much weaker than the
anterior frontals; cheeks narrow. Proboscis brownish red; palpi reddish. Antennae
reddish, the third segment mostly brown, about one-half longer than wide; arista
black, moderately long plumose.
Thorax shining brownish black, the anterior border and postalar calli reddish;
pleura thinly pollinose. Eight rows of acrostichal hairs; three pairs of postsutural
dorsocentrals, the anterior pair situated close to the suture; two sternopleurals;
pteropleura bare.
Legs reddish yellow, the anterior coxae black in front; posterior four femora
black with the apices broadly reddish yellow. Anterior femora with a row of
posteroventral, posterior and posterodorsal bristles and with the comb of tiny
bristles; middle femora with very weak antero ventral and posteroventral bristles,
with four stronger anterior bristles on the apical half; posterior femora with a very
weak row of anteroventral bristles and without a preapical anterodorsal bristle.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous; border of the squamae and the
fringe brown. Halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen shining brownish black, the bristles weak.
Holotype: female, No. 4045, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Uras
Cove, Malaita Island, May 28, 1933.
Minettia ethelia Curran, new species
Plate 2, figures 1, 4
Rusty reddish yellow; mesonotum with two brown vittae; abdo-
men usually with two or three pairs of small brown spots. Length,
3.5 to 4 mm.
Male: head reddish yellow, thinly white pollinose, the face white. Ocellars
much weaker than the anterior frontals. Cheeks much narrower than the third
antennal segment. Proboscis and palpi reddish yellow, the palpi with the apices
brownish. Antennae reddish yellow, the third segment sUghtly darkened on the
apical half, one-half longer than wide, arista blackish, long pubescent.
Thorax yellowish, the mesonotum pale rusty reddish, with a pair of broad,
brown vittae lying just inside the dorsocentral bristles and extending weakly over
the scutellum, between the vittae with evident whitish pollen. Eight rows of
acrostichal hairs; three pairs of dorsocentrals; two sternopleurals, the pteropleura
bare.
36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Legs reddish yellow. Anterior femora with a row of strong posteroventral and
posterodorsal bristles and two weaker bristles below the dorsal row apically, and
with the comb of tiny bristles; middle femora with very weak ventral bristles on
both edges and with a row of strong anterior bristles on the apical half; posterior
femora with a row of weak anteroventral bristles on the apical third and with a
weak, preapical anterodorsal bristle.
Wings cinereous hyaline. Squamae with brown border and brownish yellow
fringe. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen yellow or reddish yellow, toward either side on the fourth to sixth
segments with a small, round blackish spot, the first and third pairs sometimes
absent or almost so. Bristles moderately strong. Genitalia reddish yellow.
Female: the abdominal spots appear to be more diffuse, slightly larger, but less
conspicuous.
Holotype: d" , No. 4046, allotype: 9, No. 4047, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent., and paratypes: 4 cf, 2 9 Nupani Island, Santa Cruz
Group, May 8, 1933; paratypes: two males, Matema Island, Santa
Cruz Group, July 2, 7, 1933.
Two of the females have the abdomen somewhat crushed, so I am
unable to determine the amount of variation in the dark spots.
Homoneura Wulp
A ke}'' is given below to the species contained in the collection,
four of which are described for the first time.
Table of Species
1. Arista plumose, the rays arising on the upper and lower surfaces 2
-. Arista pubescent, the rays usually arising from all surfaces, or little more
than twice as long as the basal thickness of the arista 7
2. Shining blackish species signatifrons Kertesz
-. Not shining black 3
3. Mesonotum uniformly yellowish 5
-. Mesonotum vittate or cinereous 4
4. Mesonotum yellowish, with six brown vittae; wings with brown spots
in addition to those on the crossveins punctipennis de Meijere
-. Mesonotum cinereous with the sides blackish; crossveins slightly clouded
with brown vialrix de Meijere
5. Anterior border of the wing broadly brownish laticosta Thomson
-. Wings not brown in front, at most the crossveins clouded 6
6. Abdomen without black spots; pteropleura with several hairs . . dislincta Kertesz
-. Abdomen with one or two pairs of round blackish spots apically; ptero-
pleura bare orientis Hendel
7. Mesonotum black in ground color, cinereous pollinose anuda, n. sp.
-. Mesonotum reddish yellow in ground color 8
8. Abdomen with three series of black spots, at least on one segment 10
-. Abdomen with only paired black spots 9
9. Abdomen with only one pair of black spots, on the sixth segment
acrostichalis de Meijere
-. Abdomen with black fasciae whitneyi, n. sp.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 37
10. Abdomen with median black spots on the third to fifth segments
monticola de Meijere
-. Abdomen with median black spot only on the fifth or sixth segment 11
11. Pteropleura with several small black hairs; median black spot situated
on the sixth abdominal segment crockeri, n. sp.
-. Pteropleura bare; median black spot on the fifth abdominal segment.
sikaiana, n. sp.
Homoneura signatifrons (Kertesz)
Sapromyza signatifrons Kertesz, Termes. Fuzet., xxiii, p. 264, 1900.
Nine cf, 3 9, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2,
1933; &, Malaita Island, May 28, 1933.
Homoneura viatrix (de Meijere)
Lauxania viatrix de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Iviii, suppl., p. 51, 1915.
cT, 9, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933;
cf , N. W. end of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933.
Homoneura punctipennis (de Meijere)
Sapromyza punctipennis de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., li, p. 143, 1908.
Twelve cf, 3 9, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, Julv 2,
1933.
Homoneura laticosta (Thomson)
Geomyza laticosta Thomson, Eugenies Resa, p. 598, 1868.
Sapromyza singaporensis Kertesz, Termes. Fuzet., xxiii, p. 261, 1900.
Two females, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
Homoneura orientis Hendel
Sapromyza orientalis Kertesz, Termes. Fuzet., xxiii, p. 272, 1900; (not Wiedemann).
Sapromyza orientis Hendel, Gen. Insectorum, No. 68, p. 42, July, 1908.
Sapromyza Kerteszi de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., li, p. 145, September, 1908.
Lauxania bioculata de Meijere, 1914, Tijd. v. Ent., Ivii, p. 225, 1914.
H. bioculata and kerteszi Malloch, Proc. U. S. N. M., Ixxiv, Art. 6, p. 78, 1929.
Rusty reddish yellow; arista plumose. Length, 3 mm.
Male: head thinlj' whitish pollinose except on the frontal vitta; ocellars not
more than two-thirds as long as the anterior frontals; cheeks narrow. Proboscis
pale orange, the palpi yellow. Antennae pale orange, the third segment brown on
38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
the apical half, slightly tapering, about one-half longer than wide; arista black,
with moderately long rays above and short ones below.
Thorax reddish yellow, the mesonotum darker; eight rows of acrostical hairs;
three pairs of postsutural dorsocentrals, the anterior pair close to the suture; two
sternopleurals; pteropleura bare. The intra-alar bristle is distinct.
Legs reddish yellow; anterior femora with strong posteroventral and postero-
dorsal bristles, with two weaker bristles apically below the posterodorsal row and
with the comb of tiny setulae; middle femora with only bristles on the apical half
of the anterior surface; posterior femora with a preapical anterodorsal and poster-
oventral bristle.
Wings cinereous hyaline, with slight luteous tinge. Squamae and halteres
yellow.
Abdomen rusty reddish yellow, the abdomen with one or two pairs of lateral
black spots on the fourth and fifth segments, and, rarely, a narrow black median
dash on the anterior half of the fifth; bristles moderately strong.
Five cf', 1 9, Santa Catalina Island, July 2, 1933; 6 d", 4 9,
Anuda Island, July 15, 16, 18, 1933; d* , Matema Island, Santa Cruz
Islands, July 7, 1933; 2 cf, 9, Matema Island, July 8, 1933.
There are two females from Nupani Island that are evidently
different since the orbits are strongly tinged with brown. Both are
somewhat teneral, and the color may not be natural. It is possible
that this may not be orientis but the specimens agree with the de-
scriptions given by Kertesz and de Meijere. Some specimens have
the third antennal segment a little more than half brownish while
others have it wholly reddish. About half the specimens have two
pairs of black spots on the abdomen while others have only those on
the fifth segment and only one shows the central black streak on
this segment.
Homoneura distincta (Kertesz)
Sapromyza distincta Kertesz, Termes. Fuzet., xxiii, p. 275, 1900.
Three 9 , Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
Homoneura acrostichalis (de Meijere)
Lauxania acrostichalis de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Iviii, suppl. p. 51, 1915.
Two cr', 3 9, Anuda Island, July 15, 18, 1933; 9, Sikaiana
Island, Stewart Group, May 15, 1933.
Homoneura monticola de Meijere
Lauxania monticola de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., lix, p. 203, 1916.
Female, Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 16, 1933.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 39
Homoneura anuda Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 8
Arista pubescent; thorax blackish, cinereous pollinose; abdomen
with broad brown bands. Length, 4.5 mm.
Male: head reddish in ground color; front brownish yellow pollinose, the orbits
yellowish; occiput with whitish pollen, the cheeks and face brownish yellow polli-
nose, except for a paler spot below each antenna. Cheeks moderately wide, a
small brown spot immediately below each eye, a brown line extending across the
upper edge of the supra-oral depression; sides of face not or scarcely swollen below.
Proboscis brownish; palpi reddish yellow. Antennae dull orange, the third seg-
ment not twice as long as wide; arista brown except basally, moderately long pubes-
cent.
Thorax blackish in ground color, the humeri and an adjacent spot inside them,
the posterior calli and the broad free border of the scutellum yellow, the dark part
densely cinereous pollinose. Acrostical hairs in eight rows, only the prescutellars
strong; three pairs of strong postsutural dorsocentrals, the anterior pair situated
close to the suture; a weak intra-alar bristle; pteropleura with a few black hairs;
two sternopleurals.
Coxae and femora black, the apices of the latter reddish; tibiae and tarsi reddish
yellow. Anterior femora with the anterior comb of tiny bristles, an incomplete row
of posterodorsal bristles and a complete row of posteroventrals; middle femora
with a row of anterior bristles on the apical half and complete rows of antero- and
posteroventral bristles; posterior femora with a row of anteroventral bristles that
become weak basally and a moderately strong preapical anterodorsal bristle;
tibiae with only the preapical and apical bristles.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous, yellow at the extreme base. Squamae
with luteous tinge. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen with the third and fourth segments brown with the apices very
broadly yellow, the first and second segments ferruginous with yellow apices, the
fifth yellow with a large black spot on each side, the sixth small and wholly yellow.
Genitalia reddish yellow; second to sixth segments with moderately strong margi-
nals.
Holotype: cf , No. 4048, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.; paratypes:
2 d^, Anuda Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 17, 18, 1933.
The intra-alar bristle is situated rather close to the dorsocentral
line and is poorly developed. The species can scarcely be placed in
Minettia.
Homoneura whitneyi Curran, new species
Rusty reddish yellow, the abdomen with broad, interrupted shin-
ing black fasciae. Length, 2.5 mm.
Female: head shining, the hair black; cheeks narrow; palpi and proboscis reddish.
Antennae reddish, the third segment only a little longer than wide; arista black,
short pubescent.
Thorax strongly shining; five pairs of acrosticals and three pairs of postsutural
dorsocentrals; intra-alar bristle absent; apparently two sternopleurals; pteropleura
bare.
Legs reddish yellow; anterior tarsi brown, with the apical three segments dis-
tinctly broadened, the apical two or three segments of the posterior four tarsi
40 CALIFORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
brownish. Anterior femora with three posteroventral bristles on the apical half
and a row of four posterodorsal bristles; middle femora with two weak anterior
bristles apically; posterior femora without ventral bristles, with a weak preapical
anterodorsal. No comb of tiny bristles on the anterior femora.
Wings cinereous hyaline; veins luteous, yellow basally. Squamae luteous, with
pale fringe. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining; first and second segments rusty yellowish, the second with
a narrow, broadly interrupted apical black fascia; third to sixth segments each
with the apical two-thirds or three-fourths black except very broadly along the
middle line, the black spots somewhat tapering toward the lateral margins of the
segments, not extending to the edges of the tergites, the spot on the sixth segment
reaching the base and about as broad as long.
Holotype: 9 , and 9 paratype: Malaita Island (Whitney Expedi-
tion).
Homoneura crockeri Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 10
Rusty yellowish, the frontal orbits and occiput behind the eyes
yellowish brown. Length, 4.5 mm.
Male: head dull, the frontal orbits and upper part of the occiput shining, the
orbits with brown tinge; front narrowing anteriorly, the occiput with thin whitish
pollen below. Cheeks as wide as the third antennal segment. Face with weak
swellings below. Proboscis and palpi reddish yellow. Antennae pale orange, the
third segment one-half longer than wide; arista black, pubescent.
Thorax wholly shining; four or five pairs of well developed acrosticals, the
anterior ones becoming short; three pairs of dorsocentrals, the anterior pair situ-
ated close to the suture; no intra-alar; pteropleura with a few black hairs; two sterno-
pleurals.
Legs reddish yellow; anteroventral and anterodorsal bristles on front femur
not extending to the base, the comb of tiny black bristles present; middle femur
without bristles below, the apical half with a row of anterior bristles; posterior
femur with a preapical anterodorsal bristle and three or four weak anteroventral
bristles apically.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous. Squamae brownish yellow. Halteres
yellow.
Abdomen shining, yellowish, the fifth and sixth segments each with an irregularly
orbicular brown spot posteriorly on either side, the sixth with a subtriangular
median spot on the apical half. Bristles moderately strong. Genitalia yellowish.
Holotype: male. No. 4049, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Guadal-
canar Island, May 23, 1933.
Homoneura sikaiana Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 9
Reddish yellow, the fifth abdominal segment with black lateral
and median spots; arista pubescent. Length, 3.5 mm.
Male: head dull rusty reddish, with brownish yellow pollen; hair black; cheeks
moderately narrow; face with weak swellings below. Proboscis and palpi reddish.
Antennae reddish, the third segment oval, reddish brown beyond the arista except
on the broad lower border; arista brown except basally.
Vol. XXII]
CURRAN—DIPTERA 41
Mesonotum shining rusty reddish, the pleura and scutellum paler. Acrostical
hairs in six rows, the middle row with four or five pairs of bristles, the anterior
ones weak; intra-alar entirely absent; pteropleura bare; two sternopleurals.
Legs reddish yellow; anterior femora with comb of tiny bristles and complete
rows of posterodorsal and posteroventral bristles; middle femora without strong
bristles but with a weak anterior row on the apical third; posterior femora with a
very weak preapical anterodorsal bristle and with only three or four anteroventral
bristles apically.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins luteous, becoming yellow basally. Squamae
with brownish fringe. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen rusty reddish yellow, the hair and bristles black. Fifth segment with
a small median black spot extending the whole length and with a large, orbicular
black spot on each side. Genitalia rusty reddish.
Holotype: male, No. 4050, Mus. Calif. Acad. vSci., Ent., Sikaiana
Island, Stewart Islands, May, 15, 1933.
Drosophilidae
Of the seven species in the collection five are apparently unde-
scribed. The relationships of the new forms are indicated in con-
nection with the descriptions, but it may happen that the species
are not closely related to species indicated, since I do not have ex-
amples for comparison.
Leucophenga xanthobasis Curran, new species
Differs from gibhosa de Meijere in having the wings clouded on the
median half, the anterior crossvein not included in the brown area.
Length, 2.25 mm.
Female: front brownish red, the sides somewhat darker, the broad anterior
border dull dark orange; no interfrontal hairs; anterior reclinate strong, arising a
little above the proclinate bristle; postocellars weak. Occiput brown, reddish
below. Cheeks narrow, yellow, the hairs arising from a brown stripe. Face reddish
brown with yellow parafacials; a single vibrissa. Proboscis dark reddish; palpi
large, black. Antennae reddish, the third segment brown, large, pubescent; arista
black, with six long rays above and three below.
Thorax rusty reddish above, yellow on the sides and sternum; mesonotum with
a large transverse darker rectangle before the scutellum; scutellum with the free
border broadly yellow, preceded by a pale brown band and with two pairs of equally
strong marginals; acrostical hairs not in rows; prescutellars as strong as the
anterior pair of dorsocentrals; three sternopleurals in an almost straight line, only
the posterior bristle strong.
Legs yellow. Wings cinereous hyaline, with a large brown cloud in the middle
extending back to the fifth vein and enclosing the posterior, but not the anterior
crossvein; third costal section a little more than half as long as the second; ultimate
section of the fourth vein somewhat more than twice as long as the preceding
section, the fourth vein reaching the wing margin very weakly. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining black; first segment, basal half or more of the second and
third, sixth in the middle, the ovipositor and venter, yellow; second segment with
a small brown spot on each anterior corner; ovipositor short and broad. Hair
black.
42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Holotype: female, No. 4051, Mtis. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Kau Kau
Plantation, Guadalcanar Island, May 23, 1933.
Drosophila willowsi Curran, new species
Rusty reddish yellow, the third antennal segment brownish.
Length, 1.5 to 2 mm.
Male: front anteriorly about equal to its length, strongly widening posteriorly;
broad anterior band paler than the upper portion, the broad orbits pale and with
thin, pale yellowish or whitish pollen; middle of the front with three or four fine
hairs on either side; median frontal bristle half as strong as the anterior; ocellars
long and strong; postocellars moderately long. Occiput black immediately above
the neck, with a single row of orbital hairs. Cheeks narrow. Facial keel narrow,
broadening below, convex below. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Antennae reddish
yellow, the third segment brownish red to brown; arista black, with six long rays
above and four below.
Thorax dull, with eight rows of acrostichal hairs and no trace of prescutellars,
two pairs of dorsocentrals; scutellum flattened, bare except for the two pairs of
marginals. Lower half of the pleura yellow; sternopleura with two bristles and
usually a strong hair above the posterior one, below them a row of hairs extending
downward and ending in front of the hairs on the pectus.
Legs reddish yellow, the coxae paler; anterior femora with a row of tiny, ap-
proximate setulae on the subapical half of the anteroventral surface; basal segment
of the front tarsi distinctly longer than the two following segments together.
Wings cinereous hyaline, with luteous tinge, the crossveins weakly clouded;
ultimate section of the fourth vein about one-fourth longer than the preceding
section.
Abdomen wholly dull rusty reddish yellow, the genitalia yellow; hair black.
Holotype: & , No. 4052, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., and paratype:
cf , Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
Differs from calceolata Duda in having yellow tarsi, color of the
abdomen, etc.
Drosophila ananassae Doleschall
Drosophila ananassae Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, p. 128, 1858.
Drosophila caribbea Sturtevant, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., ix, p. 335, 1916.
Eight cf, 27 9, Anuda Island, July 15, 1933; d^, Puka Puka
Island, Cook Islands, April 9, 1933; 2 9, Matema Islands, Santa
Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
In the males the abdomen is usually wholly reddish, but may have
the apices of the segments very narrowly brown, as in the females.
The rows of acrostical hairs vary in number from six to eight.
There are two sternopleurals, the anterior moderately strong, and
sometimes a bristly hair above the posterior one; the posterior sur-
face of the first two segments of the anterior tarsus bears a row of
short, approximate hairs or tiny bristles in the male, the femora
simple. The specimens before me agree with the type of caribbea.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 4:3
Drosophila mitis Curran, new species
Apparently belongs in Scaptodrosophila Duda, but the prescutel-
lars are not regularly present, one frequently being absent. Differs
from scaptomyzoides Duda in having the abdomen banded with
brown or black. Length, 1.25 to 1.5 mm.
Male: front narrower anteriorly than long, widening posteriorly, metallic brown-
ish red, the anterior border broadly dull orange, the orbits broadly pale pollinose;
small reclinate frontal situated opposite, or a little behind the proclinate frontal;
no hair on the middle of the front. Occiput mostly brownish in ground color,
thinly pale pollinose. Face and cheeks yellow, the latter very narrow; carina high
but narrow; parafacials and cheeks with thin white pollen; a single pair of vibrissae.
Proboscis and palpi reddish yellow. Antennae reddish, the third segment mostly
brown; arista with four rays above and two below.
Thorax rusty reddish yellow, the pleura darker on the upper half and usually
brownish just above the middle; acrostical hairs in six rows, the prescutellars
moderately strong, sometimes only one present; two pairs of dorsocentrals; scutel-
lum bare except for the marginal bristles, the basal pair not half as strong as the
apicals; three pairs of sternopleurals; a row of tiny hairs extending down the middle
of the sternopleura.
Legs wholly rusty reddish yellow, without unusual hairs or bristles; basal seg-
ment of the front tarsi about as long as the remaining segments.
Wings cinereous hyaline; second costal segment twice as long as the third;
ultimate section of the fourth vein about two and one-half times as long as the
preceding section. Halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen rusty reddish yellow, the segments each with a very broad brown or
black stripe posteriorly, the sixth segment wholly black, the fifth more than half
black or brown, the dark bands usually narrowed in the middle but not distinctly
interrupted. Hair black.
Female: brown abdominal fasciae usually paler, the sixth segment usually banded
with reddish basally; basal segment of front tarsi about as long as the remaining
segments combined, but the tarsi shorter than in the male.
Holotype: cf, No. 4053, allotype: 9, No. 4054, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent., and paratypes: 4 cf , 4 9 Santa Catalina Island, Solomon
Group, July 2, 1933.
Drosophila anuda Curran, new species
Belongs in Paradrosophila Duda and traces to latifascia de Meijere
in Duda's key (1924), and agrees in wing venation with his figure 61.
Duda's identification cannot be correct because latifascia was de-
scribed as having the sides of the scutellum blackish brown and the
black abdominal fasciae on the second and third segments well in
front of the posterior borders.
Male: front subtranslucent brownish orange, dark orange anteriorly, the orbital
stripes and ocellar triangle with pale pollen; anterior reclinate frontal situated
slightly above the proclinate; three or four hairs on either side of the median
vitta in an oblique row; postocellars well developed. Middle of the occiput brown
in ground color, pale pollinose. Face and cheeks yellow, the latter very narrow;
parafacials and cheeks with whitish pollen; one pair of strong vibrissae. Proboscis
and palpi reddish yellow. Antennae reddish, the third segment reddish brown;
arista black, with four rays above and two below.
44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Thorax rusty reddish; six rows of acrostical hairs and a pair of weak prescutel-
lars; two pairs of dorsocentrals and marginal scutellars, the basal pair of scutellars
about half as long as the apicals, the scutellum otherwise bare. Pleura rather
brown on the upper half, reddish yellow below; three sternopleurals and a row of
hairs extending down the middle of the stemopleura.
Legs reddish yellow, without unusual hair or setulae; first segment of the front
tarsus about as long as the remaining segments combined.
Wings cinereous hyaline; second costal section about twice as long as the third;
ultimate section of fourth vein more than twice as long as the preceding section.
Halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen black, rather dull, the apical segment shining; ver>' broad bases of
the fourth and fifth segments, base of the second and the whole middle of the
first pale reddish yellow, the fifth segment sometimes lacking the yellow fascia
or it is obscure and narrow. Hair black. Venter reddish yellow.
Female: front tarsi shorter; abdomen more brown, the third segment also
with a broad pale fascia, but variable, all the fasciae sometimes reddish or not
well marked; in fully colored specimens almost as in the male.
Holotype: cf, No. 4055, allotype: 9, No. 4056, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent. ; paratypes: cf , 5 9 Anuda Island, July 15, 1933 and cf ,
Nupani Reef Island, Santa Cruz Group, May 8, 1933.
Drosophila crockeri Curran, new species
Traces to couplet 61 in Duda's key (1924), where it disagrees with
all the alternatives, and particularly from lineata de Meijere in hav-
ing reddish yellow scutellum bearing two brown vittae and lacking
white vittae on the mesonotum. Length, 2.25 mm.
Female: front distinctly narrower than long, rusty reddish, with a pair of broad,
anteriorly converging brown vittae extending from before the ocellar triangle to the
anterior margin, the sides yellow anteriorly, the orbital stripes with whitish pollen;
ocellar triangle brown; anterior reclinate frontal situated behind the proclinate; a
row of four or five tiny hairs on each brown vitta; postocellars moderately strong.
Occiput reddish, brown between the vertex and neck. Cheeks very narrow, red-
dish yellow, the hairs arising from a black stripe. Face dull reddish yellow, thinly
whitish poUinose. Proboscis dull orange; palpi brown, moderately large. Antennae
reddish, the third segment mostly brown; arista black, with four long rays above
and two below.
Thorax yellow, the mesonotum posteriorly and the scutellum reddish yellow;
mesonotum with six brown vittae, the lateral ones extending only to the base of
the wings, the median pair extending to the end of the scutellum, the sublaterals
spreading over the posterior calli; pleura with a brow^n stripe above narrowly
separated from the lateral mesonotal vitta; acrostical hairs in six rows, the median
row becoming longer behind but not bristle-like; two pairs of dorsocentrals; scutel-
lum bare except for the two pairs of equally strong bristles; one strong and two
weak sternopleurals.
Legs yellow. Wings with brown tinge; second costal section not twice as long
as the third, the ultimate section of the fourth vein about one-fourth longer than
the preceding section. Halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen rusty reddish yellow or yellow, the second to fifth segments each with
a broad, posterior brown fascia and very broad median vitta, the median vitta
widened anteriorly on each segment; sixth segment wholly pale; venter wholly
reddish yellow; ovipositor of medium length.
Holotype: female. No. 4057, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN-—DIPTERA 45
Drosophila metallescens de Meijere
Drosophila metallescens de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Ivii, p. 265, 1914.
Liodrosophila metallescens Duda, Arch. f. Naturg., A, Heft 2, p. 160, 1922.
Two cf , Matema Island, Santa Cruz Island.s, July 8, 10, 1933; 9 ,
N.W. end of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933; 9 , Santa Catalina Island,
Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
Despite the poorly developed anal vein I do not believe that
Liodrosophila can be maintained, since this condition is approached
by species retained in Drosophila.
Drosophila, species
In addition to the species listed above there are three others, each
represented by a single specimen. In view of the fact that both
sexes are necessary for the identification of species in the group to
which they belong, it is not possible to determine them.
Agromyzidae
There are two specimens in the collection representing different,
and apparently undescribed, species of Agromyza, but, as they are
not in good condition, descriptions are not presented. One is from
Rennell Island, the other from Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group.
Phyllomyzidae
There are two species in the collection, one of them un-
described.
Desmometopa Loew
The species recorded from Java and New Guinea are separable
as follows.
1. Palpi black 2
-. Palpi yellow, sometimes with brown band 3
2. Legs, antennae and halteres black wtdpi Hendel
-. Tarsi yellow tarsalis Loew
3. Palpi with a brown band before the middle palpalis de Meijere
-. Palpi wholly yellow anuda, n. sp.
46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Desmometopa anuda Curran, new species
Black, the palpi, tarsi, halteres and under side of the third anten-
nal segment yellowish. Length, 1.25 mm.
Female: head black, the front slightly shining, the orbits and ocellar triangle
shining or with slight grayish tinge, the intraf rental stripes not differentiated;
anterior border rather narrowly reddish. Face cinereous pollinose. Palpi elongate,
reddish yellow. Antennae black, the third segment broadly reddish below on
the basal half.
Thorax black, the mesonotum and scutellum thinly cinereous pollinose, the
pleura shining except above.
Legs black, the tarsi reddish yellow with the apical segment brown; anterior
coxae reddish on the inner half or more, the knees narrowly yellow.
Wings cinereous hyaline, rather broad. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining black, slightly dulled by brown pollen.
Holotype: female, No. 4058, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.; and two
female paratypes: Anuda Island, July 15, 1933.
Phyllomyza flavipalpis de Meijere
Phyllomyza flavipalpis de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Ivii, p. 252, 1914.
Two specimens, Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Islands, Julv 2,
1933.
Chloropidae
Of the seven species in the collection six are descrioed as new, and
the identification of the other is somewhat doubtful.
Steleocerus obscurellus Becker
Steleocerus ohscurella Becker, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., ix, p. 45, 1911.
Female: Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Islands, July 2, 1933.
Originally described from New Guinea and Java.
In the specimen there is a large reddish abdominal triangle ex-
tending from the base to beyond the middle. It may not represent
the true obscurellus.
Chlorops lithofrons Curran, new species
Upper surface black or brown, the under surface yellowish; third
antennal segment practically all black. Length, 2.5 mm.
Female: vertical triangle shining ferruginous, reaching as a narrow point prac-
tically to the anterior margin of the front, its sides raised, in the middle, anteriorly,
with a longitudinal ridge, and on either side with two rounded V-shaped ridges
extending forward from the vertex, the smaller of the two with its base near the
middle of the triangle, the outer one wholly parallel with it; front dull reddish out-
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DiPTERA 47
side the triangle and bearing a few short black hairs, a row of stronger hairs along
the outer edge of the triangle. Occiput reddish yellow, brown below the vertex;
cheeks half as wide as the third antennal segment, bare. Face and cheeks yellowish.
Proboscis and palpi reddish yellow, the apices of the palpi broadly brown. Antennae
brownish red, the third segment black, except at the immediate base, rather small,
slightly longer than wide, its upper apex obtusely rounded; arista white, reddish
at the base.
Mesonotum with three broad and two narrow black, brownish gray poUinose
vittae, covering most of the surface, the pale vittae yellow in front, where they
are united with the yellow humeri, becoming reddish posteriorly, where they unite
and spread over the whole of the posterior border; the lateral yellow vittae extend
from the humeri to the base of the wings, the lateral margins broadly reddish be-
hind the suture; scutellum dull reddish in ground color, bearing two or three pairs
of marginal bristles, the apper surface with sparse short black hairs, except in the
middle. Mesonotal hair black and extremely short. Pleura yellow; sternopleura
with a large triangular black spot, a smaller spot above the posterior coxae, one
beneath the anterior spiracle, one on the lower part of the mesopleura and an
obscure one on the lower part of the pteropleura.
Legs reddish yellow, the tarsi with the apical one or two segments brown;
posterior femora with a very broad, pale brownish band near the middle. Hair
very short, black.
Wings cinereous hyaline; posterior crossvein oblique, situated about twice its
length from the wing margin. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen black above, the tip yellow; base brownish or brownish red, at least
in the middle; hair black. Venter and genitalia reddish yellow.
Holotype: 9, No. 4059, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.; paratypes:
2 9 , Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 8, 1933.
Apparently related to ochracea Becker but darker and without
yellow border to the frontal triangle which is narrower.
Oscinella vixen Curran, new species
Black, the pleura yellow above; mesonotum densely cinereous
white pollinose. Length, 1.75 mm.
Female: front reddish brown, broadly yellow in front, the ocellar triangle
cinereous pollinose, the pale pollen extending somewhat beyond the triangle;
vertical triangle not differentiated; hair and bristles yellow. Occiput black. Cheeks
brown, cinereous pollinose, about half as wide as the third antennal segment.
Parafacials and parafrontals whitish pollinose. Antennae black, the basal seg-
ments more brownish; third segment a little longer than wide; arista slender,
thickened only at the base.
Thorax black or brown, the mesonotum and upper half of the pleura densely
cinereous white pollinose, the hair and bristles yellow; mesonotum with a pair of
obscure yellow vittae on the dorsocentral lines, the sides, the prothorax and the
broad upper border of the mesopleura expanding behind, yellow in ground color,
the humeri and scutellum wholly yellow; scutellum flattened, with two pairs of
marginals and about ten hairs on the disc.
Legs brown, the coxae reddish brown; knees yellow; tips of the tibiae and the
posterior four tarsi brownish yellow, the tarsi paler below. Hair wholly pale.
Wings cinereous hyaline; veins brown. Halteres pale orange.
Abdomen brown, thinly pale pollinose, the hair yellow. Venter reddish, the
sides brown and thickly pollinose.
48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Holotype: female, No. 4060, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
Differs from taeniata Becker in the color of the legs, mesonotal
pollen, etc.
Oscinella solomensis Curran, new species
Shining black; abdomen broadly yellow basally; tibiae and tarsi
white. Length, 1.5 mm.
Male: head black, the vertical triangle polished and reaching to the anterior
sixth of the front; four pairs of orbitals and a row of hairs adjacent to the sides of
the triangle, the anterior pair strong and decussate. Cheeks and parafacials with
dark brown pollen, the former linear. Face very narrow. Proboscis and palpi
black. Antennae reddish, the third segment brown on more than the apical half,
subtriangular, twice as wide as long, the median and upper and lower angles
rounded, the brown arista arising on the outer side near the upper end and dis-
tinctly pubescent.
Thorax shining black, white haired, the bristles black. Scutellum with black
hair and two pairs of black bristles, the apical pair arising from tiny tubercles.
Anterior four femora black with the apices broadly reddish yellow, the posterior
pair rusty reddish yellow with an incomplete, broad brown band beyond the
middle. Tibiae and tarsi whitish. Hair pale yellow.
Wings pale brownish, becoming hyaline at the base, the costal border more
intensely brown in front. Posterior crossvein one and one-half times its length
from the wing margin. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen brown, the base very broadly yellow; hair black.
Holotype: male. No. 4061, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Santa
Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
Differs from noctilux Walker in the wholly black head, etc. The
species might almost be placed in Gaurax, but I can see onl}^ a single
notopleural bristle and the pubescence on the arista is shorter than
in typical species of Gatirax.
Hippelates tenuifacies Curran, new species
Traces to couplet 3 in Becker's key (1911), but diflfcrs in having
the mesonotum shining black with reddish sides; differs from nigri-
cornis Thomson in having a narrow face and much shorter spur on
the posterior tibia. Reddish, the dorsum of the thorax and abdomen
black. Length, 1.5 to 1.75 mm.
Male: head reddish, or yellow, shining, the cheeks and parafacials silvery white
pollinose; occiput black below the vertex, the face brownish yellow or yellow, the
middle part not twice as wide as either parafacial; vertical triangle extending very
broadly to the anterior margin of the front, somewhat darker than the para-
frontals; hair sparse, black, each side with four rather strong, reclinate bristles.
Occiput thinly pale pollinose; cheeks very narrow. Proboscis and palpi reddish or
yellowish, the "knee" of the probo.scis sometimes brown. Antennae black above,
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 49
yellow below, the third segment yellow on more than the lower half, elliptical,
more or less pointed dorsally; arista sub-apical, long pubescent.
Mesonotum shining black, with black hair and bristles, the sides broadly red-
dish, the pale color extending inwards before the scutellum and at the sides of the
suture, the humeri yellow. Scutellum yellow with the margin ferruginous or at
least darkened, except at the apex, bearing two pairs of marginals, the disc with
appressed black hair, rather flattened. Pleura shining reddish yellow.
Legs reddish yellow, the anterior tibiae and tarsi and the apical third of the
front femora darkened, brownish yellow; apical tarsal segment pale brown; hair
black. Spur of the posterior tibia apical, little longer than the tibial width.
Wings cinereous hyaline; last section of fifth vein almost twice as long as the
posterior crossvein. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining black above, with the base very broadly reddish yellow;
venter yellow, the genitalia rather large and shining black. Hair black, pale on
the venter.
Holotype: d^ , No. 4062, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.; paratype: cf :
Nupani Reef Island, Santa Cruz Group, May 8, 1933 and paratype:
d^ , Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 10, 1933.
The two specimens from Nupani Island differ in that the face of
the paratype is yellow, while that of the type is dark. The second
paratype agrees in all respects with the type.
Hippelates matema Curran, new species
Rusty reddish yellow, the mesonotum with three brown vittae;
third antennal segment angularly produced above. Length, about
2.5 mm.
Female: head pale ferruginous, the front paler; vertical triangle widely sepa-
rated from the eyes, produced as a narrow point to the anterior margin of the
front; frontal hair inconspicuous; three rather weak approximated orbitals on either
side. Cheeks very narrow, white poUinose; face moderately narrow, the para-
facials with whitish pollen; hair on lower edge of cheeks yellow, the vibrissae black.
Proboscis and palpi brown. Antennae reddish yellow, the upper border black,
the third segment much wider than long, produced angularly upward; arista black,
pubescent, arising on the outer side of the third antennal segment well below the
angle.
Thorax rusty reddish yellow, the mesonotum darker, with a median and lateral
brownish vittae, the hair yellowish, black above the bases of the wings, the bristles
black; scutellum flattened, bearing a pair of strong and a pair of weak marginals,
the disc with two or three small hairs on either side, bordered with brown except
at the apex.
Legs wholly reddish yellow, the hair yellow, but at least partly black or brown
on the upper surfaces of the femora and tibiae; tarsi not darkened apically. Spur
of the posterior tibia curved, decidedly longer than the tibial width.
Wings cinereous hyaline; posterior crossvein oblique, situated one and one-half
times its length from the wing margin. Halteres yellow.
Abdomen reddish yellow, darkened above except on the broad base; hair black.
Holotype: female. No. 4063, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933.
This species differs from bilineatus de Meijere in the shape of the
antennae, narrower face and slightly larger size.
50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Parahippelates variabilis Curran, new species
Related to aequalis Becker, but with reddish halteres and tarsi,
and usually reddish tibiae, but the latter may have broad, brown
median bands. Length, 2.25 to 3 mm.
Male: head reddish, the sides of the front on the upper half rich reddish brown,
the occiput brown in ground color on the upper two-thirds. Front about half as
wide as the head, moderately narrowing anteriorly; orbitals not or scarcely stronger
than the scattered hair on the anterior half of the front; vertical triangle extending
to the anterior fourth of the front, its apex broadly yellow, otherwise cinereous;
occiput with cinereous, the cheeks and face with white pollen; cheeks as wide as
the third antennal segment, with two irregular rows of short black hairs. Pro-
boscis brown; palpi dull reddish yellow. Antennae reddish yellow, the upper edge
brown; the third segment suborbicular; arista black, with long rays. Cheeks
with a yellow bristle at the posterior angle.
Thorax blackish or brown in ground color, thickly cinereous or cinereous yellow
pollinose, the mesopleura largely brown; mesonotum with three brownish vittae,
or with the disc mostly brownish, the color of the pollen quite variable, but the
sides always pale. Four pairs of dorsocentrals, the anterior three rather short.
In pale specimens the hair and bristles arise from tiny dark spots. Scutellum with
two pairs of marginals and with or without a pair of discals, cinereous pollinose.
Sternopleura with yellow hair. Border of the scutellum usually reddish in ground
color.
Legs reddish; femora brown with the broad apices reddish, cinereous pollinose,
clothed with black hair above and yellow below; posterior tibiae sometimes very
broadly brown in the middle, the anterior four sometimes more or less brown be-
yond the middle, usually wholly reddish; tarsi reddish with the apical segment
brown; hair black. Coxae brownish red, with yellow hairs and bristles. Spur on
hind tibia slightly longer than the tibial width.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins pale brown. Halteres reddish yellow.
Abdomen black or brown, brown pollinose, the apices of the segments broadly
cinereous yellow, their tips perhaps reddish in ground color; genitalia dark reddish;
hair black. The disc of the abdomen may be more or less brownish red and the
under surface is more or less reddish with rather thick cinereous pollen.
Female: the scutellum is reddish or brownish yellow in ground color, the disc
more or less brown and the pleura are practically all cinereous, there being only a
trace of brown on the mesopleura.
Holotype: cT, No. 4064; allotype: 9, No. 4065, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ent.; and paratypes: 2 d^, 8 9, Kau Kau Plantation, Guadal-
canar Island, May 20, 1933; 5 cf , 2 9, Santa Ana Island, July 3,
1933, and cf, Matema Islands, July 9, 1933.
Ephydridae
(By Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.)
A small collection of this family totalling eleven specimens, repre-
senting five species, was submitted to me for study. One of these I
consider, with some uncertainty, undescribed; the other four have
been previously recorded from several Indo-Australian Islands, par-
ticularly Samoa, New Guinea, Guam, Formosa and Java. It is very
probable that many of the species occurring on those islands and
northern Australia will be found on the Solomons.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 51
Stratiothyrea matema Cresson, new species
This is possibly Stratiothyrea femorata Meijere^ the type-species of
that genus, originally described from the island Waigeu. However
there being some discrepancies in Meijere's description I am con-
sidering the present species distinct. The figure of the face of
femorata does not show the evenly semicircular-like profile of the
facial tumourosity of the present species, but shows the entire lower
part of the face angularly convex, with the tormae prominent but
not projecting forwards. The scutellum here is not at all suberect,
and is provided with four marginal bristle-bearing tubercles. The
description of the fore femora is in agreement but their tibiae in the
present species are not particularly enlarged, nor are the wings rela-
tively narrow.
I have little doubt as to my generic determination, but here I may
be wrong and for this reason I am describing the species in more
detail than would otherwise be necessary.
Black; third antennal segment especially the lower portion, mid and hind tarsi
except apical segment, yellow. Halter-knobs and the two proximal segments of
fore tarsi white. Wings clear with pale costa and veins, becoming darker basally.
Entirely shining to polished without any trace of brown dusting, except sparingly
on the legs and spots in protected places.
Structurally similar to the species of Gymnopa and Athyroglossa. Head distinctly
broader than high. Eyes large. Frons sUghtly broader than long, oblique and con-
vex in profile; outer verticals absent; a few microscopic, proclinate orbital setulae;
ocellars strong, parallel, widely separated, aligned with anterior ocellus; mesofrons
rather ample, rounded anteriorly and attaining anterior margin; frontalia scarcely
differentiated; parafrontalia linear. Face about one-half as broad as frons, much
longer than broad; in profile convex above with lower two-thirds very prominent,
almost evenly semicircularly convex; parafacialia very narrow, scarcelj^ dilating
except at cheeks; facialia linear, marked as a series of bristle-bearing pimples, the
uppermost of which is above middle of facial profile, bearing the one pair of almost
cruciating facials, those below bearing short setulae; foveae well excavated but
with little evidence of median carina; medifacies very prominent, almost sub-
hemispherically convex, almost attaining the slightly reflexed epistoma. Tormae
as in Athyroglossa, narrow, projecting directly forwards. Cheeks almost as broad
as length of third antennal segment; postbucca of same width, with posterior mar-
gin sharp and reflexed. Antennae situated above center-line of eyes; second seg-
ment almost bare except the short dorsal hair and a short proclinate dorsal seta;
third segment almost discoidal, with long arista bearing six long hairs above.
Mesonotum densely setulose which are not seriated; a strong prescutellar near
lateral roots of scutellum, a postalar and one notopleural, present. Scutellum
broader than long, rectangular in outhne, flat but slightly convex along apical
margin, sparingly setulose, with two widely separated apical, and a slightly smaller
subapical, elongate, bristle-bearing tubercles, the apical pair longer than their
diameter and removed from each other about three to four times their length.
Mesopleura sparingly setulose with some long bristles at posterior margin.
Abdomen broadly ovate, smooth, very sparingly setulose; second to third seg-
ments subequal in length, fourth much longer, fifth very short.
Legs with few setulae; fore femora greatly enlarged in dorso-ventral diameter,
with a triangularly produced flexor tooth at proximal third, making the width of
the femora there about equal to its length; the posterior flexor ridge distad of this
> Bijd. Dierk., XIX, p. 66. p!. 20, fig. 26 (1913).
52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
tooth microscopically serratulate; an anterior flexor series of long hairs. Fore tibiae
distinctly curved, with series of short flexor hairs.
Wings with normal venation; costa with subbasal bristle and several long setae
on first section beyond humeral crossvein; second vein long, almost straight to tip,
making second section of costa three times as long as third; third and fourth veins
parallel, with third section of fourth twice as long as second; posterior crossvein
about one-third as long as second section of fourth, more than its length from mar-
gin of wing; alula linear.
Length, 2 mm.
Holotype: cf, No. 4066, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7, 1933; paratypes: 1 cT, topotypical
with same data. 1 cf , Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island, Solomon
Group, July 3, 1933.
Allotrichoma alium Cresson
Allotrichoma alium Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, LV, p. 173, 1929 (New Guinea).
One female, Matema Island, Santa Cruz Islands, July 7, 1933.
This species was described, and was previously known to me only
from New Guinea.
Trypetomima Meijere
Trypetomima Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., LIX, p. 265, 1916. (Java.)
Trypetomina Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, LV, p. 171, 1929. (Error.)
Eupsilopa Malloch, Ins. Samoa, VI, p. 315, 1934. (Genotype, E. fascipennis n. sp.;
Samoa.)
This genus was erected for T. pulchripennis n.sp. from Java, and
as here understood is separated from its allied genus Actocetor Becker
by the narrower, Psilopa-like. face with a subcarinate upper portion,
the bristles situated well below the middle of the facial profile, and
the very abrupt bend of the second vein before entering the costa,
the bend generally with an appendage into the submarginal cell. The
description of the genotype does not mention, nor does the figure of
the wing show, this character of the second vein. This may have
been an oversight on the part of the author, but if not, there are
probably other characters not mentioned which will give us an en-
tirely different generic concept. If such is the case Malloch's name
is available for the genus containing the species here considered.
Clear spots of the wings arranged in three transverse series ; only one spot in
submarginal cell besides that at its apex; costa not strongly setose;
arista with six hairs; Black species with sparce grayish vestiture
(Guam) solitaria Cresson
Clear spots conjoined to form three complete bands.
(Guam) complela Cresson
(Samoa) fascipennis Malloch
Clear spots not arranged in transverse series or bands; two clear spots beyond
first vein in submarginal cell not including that at its apex (if latter
is present); costa strongly spinose; arista with eight hairs. Grayish
species with black, gray banded abdomen (Formosa) .formosanus Becker'*
This may not be congentric with the other sptcies. The costal spines are very strong.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 53
Trypetomima solitaria Cresson
Trypetomina solitaria Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, LV, p. 172, 1929. (Type: 9 ;
Guam.)
This species was also recorded from New Guinea (Cresson, 1929),
and before me are two males and a female from Matema Island,
Santa Cruz Islands, July 9, 1933.
Discomyza maculipennis (Wiedemann)
Homalura maculipennis Wiedemann, Anal. Ent., p. 57, 1824.
One male; Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
This is a well distributed species in the Indo-Australian region,
but not known to me as occurring nearer the Solomon Islands than
Guam.
Leptopsilopa pollinosa (Kertesz)
Ephygrobia pollinosa Kertesz, Term. Fuzet., XXIV, p. 81, 1901. (Singapore.)
Leptopsilopa pollinosa Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, LI, p. 251, 1925. (Generic
change; distributional records.)
Psilopa irregularis Malloch, Ins. Samoa, VI, p. 314, 1934. (Samoa.) (New Syn.)
This seems to be a widely distributed Indo-Australian species, and
I have (1925) reported it from India, Formosa, New Guinea,
Australia and the Samoa Islands. There is considerable variation
in the metallic coloration. In some individuals there is none; in
others we have brilliant greens and blues. I do not have any doubt
as to the synonymy of Psilopa irregularis Malloch.
A small series is before me containing a male and a female from
Santa Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933. One male
from Anuda Island, Solomon Group, July 15, 1933.
BORBORIDAE
Two widely distributed species were taken by the Expedition.
Leptocera curvinervis (Stenhammar)
Limosina curvinervis Stenhammar, Coprom. Scand., p. 406, 1855; Zetterstedt,
Dipt. Scand., xiv, p. 6412, 1860.
Limosina salatigae de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent., Ivii, p. 269 (f).
Four specimens from Anuda Island, July 15, 1933.
Duda has indicated the synonymy of salatigae and shown that the
species is very widely distributed.
f4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Leptocera angulata (Thomson)
Borborus angulata Thomson, Eugenics Resa, v, p. 602, 1868.
One specimen from Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 2,
1933.
Clusiidae
The single specimen represents an undescribed species.
Czernyola pleuralis Curran, new species
Shining black and yellow, the bristles yellowish. Length, 2.75
mm.
Male: front shining black, the orbits reddish; a large V-shaped orange spot ante-
riorly; three pairs of frontals, the upper pair weak; ocellars and postocellars weak.
Cheeks and face white, the hairs and bristles pale yellow. Proboscis and palpi
reddish yellow. Antennae yellow, the upper border more orange, the third seg-
ment brown at the base of the brown, pubescent arista.
Thorax shining black, the lower half of the pleura and the pectus yellow; hair
and bristles yellowish; scutellum with a pair of strong yellow marginals and two
pairs of weak black bristles on the sides.
Legs reddish yellow, the posterior femora with the apical fifth or less reddish
brown or reddish; hair yellow.
Wings grayish, the apical two-fifths brown, the color fading to gray posteriorly.
Halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining black or brown, the stemites basally, and the genital appen-
dages, yellow.
Holotype: male. No. 4067, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Santa
Catalina Island, Solomon Group, July 2, 1933.
Differs from hiseta Hendel in the color of the pleura, face, etc.
PSILIDAE
The single specimen belonging to this family represents a new
genus.
Lasiopsila Curran, new genus
Head short and high, twice as high as long; front anteriorly almost as wide as one
eye, slightly narrowing above; two pairs of frontals, the ocellars very weak; post-
ocellars widely separated and convergent; cheeks wider than the third antcnnal
segment; palpi broad; antennae reaching to the lowest fifth of the face, the third
segment about one-third as wide as long; arista sparsely plumose; eyes thickly
haired, except on the orbits. Mesonotum rather flat, with bristles posteriorly and
laterally; one pair of dorsocentrals, one humeral, two notopleural and two bristles
on the posterior calli; no pleural bristles. Femora rather robust, the anterior pair
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 55
with weak posteroventral bristles and rather coarse hair behind. Wings as in figure
2 of Plate 2. Abdomen twice as long as wide, slightly tapering, sub-cylindrical,
the male genitalia large, sub-spherical; no distinct bristles, the hair conspicuous.
Genotype. L. fasciata Curran, new species.
This genus may be readily distinguished from others in the family
by the haired eyes and slightly produced oral margin. The single
known species bears a strong resemblance to certain Trupaneids and
Otitids but is at once distinguished by the wing venation.
Lasiopsila fasciata Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 11, Plate 2, figure 2
Black, the head and legs partly pale orange and yellow. Length,
4 mm.
Male: anterior two-fifths of the front pale orange, the orbits very narrowly white
pollinose; a line extending across the vertex and the narrow posterior orbits yellow,
white pollinose; cheeks brown below; face yellowish, with a brown spot on either
side below the middle and slightly darkened on the lower third. Proboscis and an-
tennae pale orange, the palpi white. Hair white, the bristles yellow.
Thorax shining black, with moderately abundant golden yellow hair and bristles,
the pleural hair paler than that on the mesonotum. Scutellum with two pairs of
bristles, the basal pair weak, the upper surface with short appressed hair. The
mesonotal hair is subappressed, that on the pleura erect.
Coxae blackish; anterior four femora with about the basal half brown, the apical
half reddish yellow, the pale color extending well toward the base on the under
surface of the anterior pair, and less so on the upper surface of the middle pair;
posterior femora brown with the apex broadly reddish above. Tibiae and tarsi
yellow, the tarsi pale basally. Hair and bristles yellow.
Wings brown and cinereous hyaline as in figure 2 of Plate 2.
Abdomen shining black, with rather short, appressed black hair and longer,
suberect black hair laterally; genitalia with erect yellow hair.
Holotype: male. No. 4068, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema
Islands, May 28, 1933.
MUSCIDAE
One of the species belonging to this family is undescribed.
Atherigona pallidipalpis Malloch
Atherigona pallidipalpis Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii, p. 183, 1923.
Eight males and seven females, Anuda Island, June 17, July 15,
18, 1933; 9 , Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 16, 1933.
The third antennal segment is wholly brown and the palpi of the
female are blackish. Some of the males have the palpi brown
basally.
56 CALIFORNIA ACADEAfV OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Atherigona matema Curran, new species
Plate 2, figure 3
Related to nudiseta Malloch but with the anterior tarsi wholly-
blackish, and differently shaped trifoliate process on the male geni-
talia. Reddish yellow, the disc of the mesonotum brown or black
in ground color and thickly ochraceous pollinose; front tibiae mostly
black or brown, their tarsi wholly so; abdomen with two pairs of
brown spots. Length 3.5 to 4 mm.
Male: head reddish yellow, the occiput, except below, and the vertex black,
cinereous white pollinose, the pollen also covering the frontal orbits; face and cheeks
with ochraceous pollen; bristles black. Proboscis brown; palpi orange, white haired
except for a group of short bristles near the base on the outer side. Antennae
broad, reaching almost to the vibrissae, orange, the third segment mostly brown;
arista reddish brown, the penultiinate segment more than twice as long as wide.
Thorax with ochraceous pollen that may appear lighter over the black disc of
the mesonotum and broad base of the scutellum, the black color extending to the
anterior and posterior margins; two pairs of equally strong scutellars, the apical
pair decussate; three sternopleurals, the lower decidedly weaker than the others.
Legs reddish yellow, the front tarsi brown, their tibiae brown on the apical half
to two-thirds, the apical tarsal segment yellowish; anterior femora simple and with-
out unusual bristling.
Wings cinereous hyaline; third and fourth veins distinctly converging apically.
Squamae and halteres pale yellowish.
Abdomen pale orange, slightly shining, the second and third segments each
with a pair of small roundish brown spots; second tergite produced downward, the
lower edges ending subrectangularly, without unusual bristling; fourth segment
very small. Knob-like genital process with rounded apex from lateral and dorsal
view, posteriorly emarginate only above; trifoliate process of the posterior forceps
as shown in figure 3 of Plate 2, the stem yellow.
Female: agrees well with the male, but the anterior femora are black or brown
on the apical half to three-fourths, their tibiae wholly blackish, the brown abdominal
spots are situated on the third and fourth segments and the genital lamellae are
brown; the apical segment of the front tarsi paler than the others, usually brownish
yellow.
Holotype: male, No. 4069; and allotype: female, No. 4070, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., Matema Island, Santa Cruz Group, July 7,
1933. Paratypes: 2 cT, 4 9 , Matema Island, July 2, 7, 1933; cf , 9 ,
Matema Islands, July 8, 1933; 2 d", 3 9 , Guadalcanar Island, May
23, 1933.
Pygophora torrida (Wiedemann)
Ccenosia torrida Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl., ii, ]). 437, 1830.
Female, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
Limosia tumidiventris (Stein)
Ccenosia tumidiventris Stein, Tijd., v. Ent., xlvii, p. 112, 1904.
Male,. Matema Islands, July 9, 1933.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 57
Limosia sp.
Two females from Matema Island, July 7, 1933, do not agree with
any published descriptions.
Limnophora plumiseta Stein
Limnophora plumiseta Stein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, ii, p. 109, 1903.
One cf, 5 9, Anuda Island, July 15, 18, 1933; 18 9, Kungava
Bay, Rennell Island, June 14, 16, 1933; 9, Tai Lagoon, Malaita
Island, May 30, 1933; 9, Guadalcanar Island, May 20, 1933; 9;
Star Harbor, San Cristoval Island, July 1, 1933.
Helina propinqua (Stein)
Spilogaster propinqua Stein, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xx, p. 386, 1900.
Twelve males and eighteen females, Anuda Island, July 15, 18,
1933.
Dichaetomyia rufa Stein
Spilogaster rufa Stein, Termes. Fuzet., xxiii, p. 132, 1900.
Two males and 30 females, Anuda Island, June 17, July 15, 18,
1933; 9 , Nupani Reef Island, May 8, 1933; 9, Matema Islands,
July 9, 1933.
One male has the third and fourth abdominal segments and the
broad apex of the second in the middle, and the sternites black but I
can find no structural differences. The female from Matema Island
has the third and fourth abdominal segments black.
Dichaetomyia atratula Malloch
Dichaetomyia atratula Malloch, Phil. Journ. Sci., xxvi, p. 325, 1925.
Female, Santa Catalina Island, July 2, 1933; 9, Guadalcanar
Island, May 22, 1933.
Dichaetomyia quadrata Wiedemann
Female, Guadalcanar Island, May 21, 1933.
58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Orthellia timorensis Desvoidy
Male, Guadalcanar Island, May 23, 1933; 4 cf , 8 9 , Santa Cata-
lina Island, July 2, 1933; 10 d^, 12 9 , Kungava Bay, Rennell Island,
June 14, 1933.
Byomya vetustissima Walker
Musca vetustissima Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. AIus., iv, p. 902, 1849.
Twenty-three cf", 28 9, Anuda Island, July 7, 15, 16, 18, 1933;
9 cf, 21 9, Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 14, 16, 1933; cf,
N. W. end of Bellona Island, June 19, 1933.
Byomya xanthomelas (Wiedemann)
Musca xanthomelas Wiedemann, Anal. Ent., p. 49, 1824.
Male and eight females, Anuda Island, June 15, 1933.
Resembles nehulo Fabricius, but has the propleura bare.
Musca nebulo Fabricius
Musca nebulo Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iv, p. 321, 1794.
Two males, Anuda Island, July 15, 18, 1933.
The propleura are haired in the middle and there are four pairs
postsutural dorsocentral bristles.
Metopiidae
The genera in the collection may be separated by the following key.
Key to Genera
1. Arista pectinate, with rays on upper surface only Stomorhina Rondani
-. Arista plumose 2
2. Lower lobe of squamae haired above 7
-. Lower lobe of squamae bare above 3
3. Ridge at inner end of squamae with long hairs Lucillia Desvoidy
-. Ridge bare 4
4. Propleura bare; two or more sternopleurals 5
-. Propleura haired in the middle; two sternopleurals 6
5. Abdomen tessellate Sarcophaga Meigen
-. Abdomen densely pollinose, not tessellate Chrysosarcophaga Townsend
6. Abdomen tessellate Notochaeta Aldrich
-. Abdomen densely pollinose, not tessellate Phalacrodiscus Enderlein
7. Stem vein haired posteriorly Chrysomya Desvoidy
-. Stem vein bare Calliphora Desvoidy
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 59
Stomorhina quadrinotata (Bigot)
Idia quadrinotata Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, p. 238, 1874.
Rhinia quadrinotata Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, p. 504, 1926.
There is a good deal of confusion regarding the identity of this
species, discolor Fabricius, and some related forms. The typical
discolor has the basal third or more of the posterior femora reddish
and the tibiae only darkened at the apex while quadrinotata has the
femora practically all black and the apical third of the posterior
tibiae black or brown. Malloch expressed the belief that the two
names applied to the same species. The question is an open one and
can be decided only by an examination of the type of discolor, if it
still exists. The chaetotaxy of the posterior femora furnishes an
excellent means of distinction between some of the species, and the
females of some can be separated by the color of the first tergite. I
think there can be no doubt that the specimens recorded below are
referable to quadrinotata.
Six 9 , Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 14, 16, 1933.
I might point out here that the species recorded by Malloch as
simplex Walker can not be that species since Walker states that the
palpi are "pale testaceous."
Chrysomya megacephala Fabricius
Twenty-five cf, 43 9, Kungava Bay, Rennell Island, June 14,
1933.
A common and widely distributed species.
Lucillia, species
One specimen from Malaita Island is in too poor condition to be
determined.
Calliphora melinda Curran
Calliphora melinda Curran, Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 375, p. 8, 1929.
Male and two females, Santa Ana Island, July 3, 1933.
Helicobia australis Johnson and Tiegs
Helicobia australis Johnson and Tiegs, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxxiii, p. 50, 1921.
Female, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Sarcophaga Meigen
Of the two species in the collections one is evidently undescribed,
or the genitalia have not been figured. The species cannot be recog-
nized without figures of the male genitalia.
Sarcophaga orchidea Boettcher
Sarcophaga orchidea Boettcher, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., xi, p. 375, 1913 (f).
Sarcophaga gamma Johnson and Tiegs, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl., xxxiii, p. 6 (f).
Sarcophaga brunneo palpus Johnson and Tiegs, Proc. Rov. Soc. Queensl., xxxiv,
p. 184 (f).
Sarcophaga gamma Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W., xlviii, p. 125 (f).
Male: Florida Island, September 11, 1927 (Whitney Expedition);
9 , Guadalcanar Island, May 23, 1933.
The male genitalia do not quite agree with the figures published
by Hardy and Boettcher, but there can be little doubt about the
specimen belonging to gamma, which seems to be a synonym of
orchidea. Senior White's figure also differs from the other two men-
tioned, but all the figures agree in essential details. The palpi are
reddish or brownish red, thus distinguishing the species from the
others recorded from the islands.
Sarcophaga zethus Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 9
Related to orchidea Boettcher, but much larger, the arms of the
posterior forceps of the male genitalia without the angular lobe before
the apex on the inner side. Length, 12 to 16 mm.
Male: head golden yellow poUinose, the frontal vitta black; hair black, reddish
yellow on the occiput and lower half of the cheeks. Front about half as wide as
one eye; twelve to fourteen pairs of frontals, the upper pair reclinate; ocellars
weak; a pair of bristles behind the verticals; a row and partial double row of black
hairs behind the occipital cilia. Cheeks five-twelfths as wide as the eye-height,
rather grayish above. Parafacials with a row of hairs; vibrissae almost level with
the oral margin. Proboscis and palpi black. Antennae black, the third segment
twice as long as the second.
Dorsum of the thorax pale golden yellow, the pleura paler poUinose; median
black vitta narrower than the others and extending well onto the scutellum; no
acrosticals; two strong and two weak postsutural dorsocentrals; scutellum with
three pairs of marginals, the apical pair weak and decussate, and a pair of weak
discals; propleura bare; three sternopleurals; hair black.
Legs black, the coxae and under surface of the anterior femora pale poUinose;
pulviUi long, black with reddish margins. Middle tibiae with a single anterodorsal
bristle, not ciliate; middle femora with long hair below on the basal two-thirds, the
apex with anterior comb; posterior tibiae with long, fine hair on both ventral
surfaces, their femora with rather long hair below and long bristly hairs behind,
the anteroventral row of bristles incomplete, obsolete on the basal third.
Vol. XXII] CURRAN—DIPTERA 61
Wings cinereous hyaline, brownish yellow basally and along the veins. Squamae
white with yellow rim; halteres reddish with brown knob.
Abdomen black, cinereous pollinose, tessellate, with a narrow median brown
vitta and brown longitudinal stripes on the basal half of the second and third
segments toward the sides. Second segment with pair of weak median marginals,
the third segment with a stronger pair, the fourth with a row; ventral edges of the
fourth segment bearing abundant long hair. Genitalia shining brown, the first
segment pollinose, without bristles. Lateral view of genitalia as in figure 9 of
Plate 1.
Female: front almost four-fifths as wide as one eye; bearing two pairs of fine
orbitals; outer verticals strong; apical scutellars absent; legs without long hair,
the middle tibiae with a second small, anterodorsal bristle; second abdominal
segment without median marginals, the apices of the segments more or less brown
pollinose except laterally.
Holotype: cf, Guadalcanal Island, July 1927 (Whitney Expedi-
tion); allotype: 9 , No. 4071, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., N. W. end
of Bellona Island, June 21, 1933; paratypes: 3 9, same data as
allotype; 9, Malaita Island; female, Matema Islands, Santa Cruz
Group, July 8, 1933.
Notochaeta indusa Curran, new species
Plate 1, figure 10
Differing from the described species by the shape of the male
genitalia; posterior tibiae with a few long hairs on the apical half of
the ventral edges. Length, 11 mm.
Male: head pale golden yellow pollinose, the occipital pile reddish yellow. Front
less than half as wide as one eye; about eleven pairs of frontals, the upper two
reclinate; ocellars long and fine; a weak bristle behind the vertical; a row of black
setae behind the occipital cilia; yellow pile encroaching on the cheeks posteriorly.
Cheeks four-ninths as wide as the eye-height; vibrissae situated practically level
with the oral margin; parafacials with a row of fine hairs. Proboscis and palpi
black. Antennae black, the third segment brownish red.
Thorax cinereous yellow pollinose; mesonotum with three broad black vittae,
the median one extending to beyond the middle of the scutellum; a pair of weak
prescutellar acrosticals; two strong and two weak pairs of postsutural dorso-
centrals; three pairs of marginal scutellars, the apical pair long and decussate; no
discal scutellars; propleura haired in the middle; two sternopleurals.
Legs black; middle femora with long hair below toward the posterior edge,
and bearing the usual apical comb; middle tibiae not villous, bearing a single
anterodorsal bristle; posterior femora with moderately long hair below, with two
anteroventral bristles near the middle, their tibiae with long hairs on the apical
half of both ventral edges; pulvilli long, brown with reddish edges.
Wings cinereous hyaline, the veins bordered with pale brown; third vein bristled
half way to the small crossvein; bend of fourth vein angular. Squamae white with
yellow rim; halteres yellow with brown knob.
Abdomen tessellate, cinereous pollinose, a median vitta and the apices of the
segments brown. Second and third segments each with a pair of strong median
marginals, the fourth with a row; lobes of the fifth sternite with rather long fine
bristles on the inner edge. Genitalia shining brown, the basal segment pale polli-
nose, without bristles; lateral view of genitalia as in figure 10 of Plate 1.
62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Holotype: male, Florida Island, September 11, 1927 (Whitney
Expedition).
This genus has not been recorded from the Indo- Australian region,
but I believe that the specimen properly belongs here.
Chrysosarcophaga superba Townsend
Chrysosarcophaga superba Townsend, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, xl, p. 442, 1932.
Female, Guadalcanar Island, July 20, 1927 (Whitney Expedition).
The bristles are all fine and short, the prescutellars very weak.
The species recorded by Baranov under this name is not the same,
but is undoubtedly the following since there are three black mesono-
tal vittae.
Phalacrodiscus ? whitneyi Curran, new species
"i Chrysosarcophaga superba Baronov, Veterin. Arhiva (Zagreb), p. 475 (£), 1934.
Differs from P. dahlianus Enderlein in having black genital seg-
ments and the median vitta wider than the posterior fascia on each
abdominal segment. I am not sure that this species belongs to
Phalacrodiscus since Enderlein makes no mention of the propleura.
Head and upper surface golden yellow, the under surface black, the
dorsum with black markings. Length, 17 mm.
Female: head golden yellow, the frontal vitta, facial grooves, proboscis, palpi
and antennae black; hair pale golden, very sparse and black on the front and
parafacials. Frontal vitta scarcely widening anteriorly; frontals fine, extending
to below the middle of the second antennal segment, the upper pair rechnate;
orbitals fine, the upper pair weak; ocellars long and fine; outer verticals three-
fourths as long as the verticals; occipital ciha extending to the lowest third of the
eyes. Third antennal segment brown; arista with long rays on the basal two-
thirds.
Black mesonotal vittae shining, moderately wide, the median one narrowest
but broadened behind and extending to the middle of the scutellum. Bristles
rather weak; prescutellars moderately long; four or five pairs of postsutural dorso-
centrals. Pleura golden yellow on the upper half in front of the wings, but with a
black vitta between the humeri and wings; lower half shining black, very thinly
cinereous poUinose; hair black, yellow on the middle of the propleura. Scutellum
without discals, with four pairs of equally strong marginals. Prosternum weakly
haired laterally.
Legs black. Wings cinereous hyaline, tinged with brown basally. Squamae
yellow, the disc with white reflection in some lights. Halteres reddish, the base
of the knob tinged with brown.
Abdomen golden above, with the apices of the segments and a median vitta
shining black; first segment black with golden poUinose spot on either side. The
black posterior border occupies one-fifth of the second segment and is narrower
than the median vitta; on the third segment the median vitta is narrower than on
the second and the black fascia is very narrow; the median vitta on the fourth
segment is about as wide as the preceding fascia, the tip of the segment without
Vol. XXII] CURRAN— DIPT ERA 63
conspicuous fascia. Under side of abdomen and the genital segments shining black.
Hair wholly black; third and fourth segments each with a row of fine marginals,
that on the third segment broadly interrupted on either side of the median margi-
nals.
Holotype: female, Guadalcanar Island, July 20, 1927 (Whitney
Expedition).
Tachinidae
The collection contains two species belonging to the genus
Actia.
Actia hyalinata Malloch
Actia hyalinata Malloch, Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus., xvi, p. 138, 1930.
Male, Matema Islands, Santa Cruz Group, July 10, 1933.
Agrees with the description, but has the third antennal segment
black on the upper half beyond the arista, and the mesonotal pollen
is grayish yellow instead of grayish.
Actia subae quails Malloch
Actia subaequalis Malloch, Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus., xvi, p. 142.
Female, Tai Lagoon, Malaita Island, May 30, 1933.
64
CAUFORyiA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 1
Fig. 1. Platensina malaita Curran, new species.
Fig. 2. Euprosopia lepida Curran, new species.
Fig. 3. Scholastes whitneyi Curran, new species.
Fig. 4. Scholastes solomensis Curran, new species.
Fig. 5. Scholastes palmyra Curran, new species.
Fig. 6. Themarohystrix exul Curran, new species.
Fig. 7. Maira whitneyi Curran, new species. Lateral view of cT genitalia.
Fig. 8. Maira willowsi Curran, new species. Lateral view of cf genitalia.
Fig. 9. Sarcophaga zethus Curran, new species. Lateral view of d^ genitalia.
Fig. 10. Notochaeta indusa Curran, new species. Lateral view of cT genitalia.
Fig. 11. Lasiopsila fasciata Curran, new species.
PROC. CAL ACAD, SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 1
[OURRAN] Plate 1
66
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 2
Fig. 1. Minettia ethelia Curran, new species. Ventral view of cT genitalia.
Fig. 2. Lasiopsila fasciata Curran, new species.
Fig. 3. Atherigona matema Curran, new species. Ventral (a) and lateral (b)
views of trifoliate genital process of cf .
Fig. 4. Minettia ethelia Curran, new species. Lateral view of cf genitalia.
Fig. 5. Steganopsis solomensis Curran, new species.
Fig. 6. Rhabdochaeta crockeri Curran, new species.
Fig. 7. Naupoda ventralis Curran, new species.
Fig. 8. Homoneura anuda Cvirran, new species. Lateral view of c? genitalia.
Fig. 9. Homoneura sikaiana Curran, new species. Lateral view of cf genitalia.
Fig. 10. Homoneura crockeri Curran, new species. Lateral view of d' genitalia.
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 1
[CURRAN] Plate 2
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 2, pp. 65-98, pis. 3-25, 1 text fig. January 29, 1937
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 31
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE ALGAE
BY
WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL
Emeritus Professor of Botany
University of California
AND
NATHANIEL LYON GARDNER
Emeritus Professor of Botany
University of California
The most of the botanical collections of the expedition were made
by Mr. John Thomas Howell, Assistant Curator of the Herbarium of
the California Academy of Sciences, who was especially concerned
with the Phanerogams, the collection of algae being more or less
incidental. However, up to the present time our studies have re-
vealed at least one hundred and twenty-five genera and approxi-
mately two hundred and fifty species.
Collections of algae were made at thirty-two different stations,
principally among the Galapagos Islands. A considerable number of
species were collected along the coast of Lower California, interest-
ing principally in giving us new data on the southern extension in
the known distribution of many species common along the coast of
California. A few interesting species were collected on the coast of
Costa Rica, at Guadalupe Island off the northern coast of Lower
California, and at Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Group.
The present paper deals with the new species, varieties, and combi-
nations that have been identified during our studies up to the present
January 29, 1937
66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
time. Possibly before completing the study we may come across a
few more.
Of these new species 18 are Myxophyceae, 1 Chlorophyceae, 3
Melanophyceae, and 23 Rhodophyceae.
It is hoped that we may be able to render the complete account
in the near future.
Polycystis clarionensis Setchcll and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figures 2a, 2b
Coenobia forma magnitudineque valde variabilis, gelina firma ultra massam
cellularum minime extendente margine levi inclusa, usque ad 600 /x in diametro
longiore; cellulis atrocyaneo-viridibus, dense conglobatis, homogeneis, sphericis
usque ad ellipsoideis, 3-7 /x diam. (vulgo 4-5 n).
Colonies extremely variable in shape and size, enclosed, by a firm jelly extending
only slightly beyond the cell mass, making a smooth margin, up to 600 n in longest
diameter; cells dark blue-green, densely congested, homogenous, spherical to
ellipsoidal, 3-7 fi diam. (mostly 4-5 m).
On rocks among encrusting algae.
Type: No. 236504, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(No. 569a) Mar. 24, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island.
Dermocarpa simulans Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figure 3
Cellulis sphericis, liberis, 35-38 m diam., protoplastis homogeneis, aeruginosis;
parietibus levibus, hyalinis, 4-4.5 n crassis; gonidangiis cellulis magnitudine simi-
libus; gonidiis 2-2.5 m diam.
Cells spherical, not attached, 35-38 ju diam., protoplast homogeneous, aerugin-
ous; cell wall smooth, hyaline, 4-4.5 m thick; gonidangia same size as the cells;
gonidia 2-2.5 /x diam.
Floating free among Rhizoclonium rohustum.
Type: No. 236530, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(No. 170b) June 11, 1932, at North Seymour Island, Galapagos.
The specimens were very sparse and floating free, making it diffi-
cult to determine much in regard to the variations in size, etc. among
the individuals, but the specimens represented are quite constant in
shape and size and all seemed to be mature.
They differ very little from D. sphaerica S. and G., from the Cali-
fornia coast. They are two to three times greater in diameter than
that species.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 67
Dermocarpa sphaerica var. galapagensis Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
Cellulis sphericis, 15-18 n diam., parietibus 4 /* crassis, conspicuis; gonidangiis
16-20 n diam.
Cells spherical, 15-18 fi diam., cell wall 4 n thick, conspicuous; gonidangia 16-20 m
diam.
Growing on the surface of colonies of Aphanocapsa salinarum.
Type: No. 236517, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(No. 576) June 1, 1932, southeast side of Narborough Island,
Galapagos.
Xenococcus angulatus Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figures 6a, 6b
Cellulis in parietibus externis cellularum superficialum hostis numerosis, valde
angulatis et forma magnitudineque irregularibus, sed vulgo ut in sections hostis
visis radialiter elongatis, in gregibus 1-6 aggregatis.
Cells embedded in the outer walls of the surface cells of the host, very angular
and irregular in shape and size but usually somewhat elongated radially as seen
in section view of the host, occurring in groups of one to six; gonidangia not ob-
served.
Endophytic in the walls of Callymenia angustata.
Type: No. 236508, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(739a) Aug. 12, 1932, from 16 fathoms depth, at Santa Maria Bay,
Lower California.
This species of Xenococcus is extremely abundant on the surface
walls on both sides of the host of which we have but a single speci-
men. The cells are small and angular, dividing in two planes perpen-
dicular to each other and both planes perpendicular to the surface
of the host. The manner of cell division leads us to place the species
in the family Chamaesiphonaceae rather than in the Chroococcaceae,
although we have seen no gonidia.
Xenococcus endophyticus Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figures la, lb, Ic
Endophyticus, plus minusve distortionem cellularum efficiens, ante divisionem
lenticularis, demum vulgo coenobia 4-12-cellularia formans; cellulis singulis
maturis 14-20 n X 8-12 m- iti planis duobus dividentibus; colore aeruginosis;
gonidiis nondum observatis.
Plants endophytic, causing more or less distortion of the cells of the host, lenti-
cular in form before division, then usually forming colonies of 4-12 cells; single
mature cells 14-20 /x X 8-12 n, dividing in two planes only; gonidangia not ob-
served; color aeruginous.
68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Embedded in the cell wall of Rhizoclonium riparium.
Type: No. 236509, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(429b) May 22, 1932, five miles northeast of Webb Cove, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos.
Lyngbya adherens Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 5, figure 13
Filaraentis vulgo per longitudinem totam epiphyticis, plus minusve tortuosis,
sed interim rectis; trichomatibus 2.8-3.2 /u diam., apicibus rectis, obtusis, attenu-
atisque, ad dissepimentis valde conspicuis constrictis; vaginis tenuissimis, hyalinis,
moderate gelatinosis; cellulis quadra tis aut quam longis parum brevioribus;
protoplasto homogeneo.
Filaments epiphytic mostly throughout their entire length, but in part with
free ends, usually more or less tortuous, although occasionally straight; trichomes
2.8-3.2 /i diam., with straight, blunt, non-attenuated apices, constricted at the
very conspicuous cross-walls; sheath very thin, hyaline, somewhat gelatinous;
cells quadrate to slightly shorter than the diameter; protoplast homogeneous.
Clinging closely to various small species of Rhodophyceae.
Type: No. 236520, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(278) May 17, 1932, at Charles Island, Galapagos.
Lyngbya Holdenii DeToni from Connecticut seems to be a very
close relative of this species from the Galapagos Islands, judging
from the similarity in structure. The cross-walls of the Galapagos
material are more conspicuous, the cells are narrower and shorter,
and the filaments are attached mostly by their whole length and are
much shorter.
Lyngbya prostrata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figures 4a, 4b
Filamentis tortuosis, per longitudinem totam adhaerentibus, 0.8-1.1 n diam.,
ad dissepimentis constrictis, neque apice attenuatis neque capitatis; cellulis quad-
ratis usque ad parum longioribus brevibusve; vaginis inconspicuis.
Filaments tortuous, adhering to the host by their entire length, 0.8-1.1 m diam.,
constricted at the cross-walls, neither attenuated at the apices nor capitate; cells
quadrate to very slightly longer or shorter; sheath inconspicuous.
Adhering to Polysiphonia sp.
Type: No. 236511, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(608a) Aug. 4, 1932, dredged from 20 fathoms depth at San Jose del
Cabo, Lower California.
This species of Lyngbya was observed on but one specimen of
Polysiphonia. The filaments are short and adhere very firmly to the
Vol. XXII] S ETCH ELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 69
host throughout their entire length, not having the ends free like
certain members of the Leihleinia group. The paucity of specimens
observed is to be regretted, but specimens of the host are exceedingly-
scarce among the collections.
Lyngbya epizooica Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Filamentis inter apices liberas adhaerentibus, vulgo minus quam 300 /tx longis;
trichomatibus neque attenuatis, constrictis neque capitatis, arcuatis 5-5.4 n diam.;
cellulis 1-1.5 IX longis, protoplastis homogeneis usque ad minute granulatis, aeru-
gineis; vaginis tenuissimis, hyalinis, homogeneis.
Filaments attached between the free ends, mostly less than 300 /u long; trichomes
neither constricted nor attenuated nor capitate, straight or arcuate, 5-5.4 n diam.;
cells 1-1.5 M long, with homogeneous to finely granular aeruginous protoplasts;
sheath very thin, hyaline, homogeneous.
Attached to very small worm tubes.
Type: No. 236523, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(497) Mar. 24, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island.
A few small worm tubes were found among algae which had an
abundance of this diminutive species of Lyngbya attached to them.
It belongs to the Leihleinia section of the genus, and of the known
species is probably closest to L. gracilis Rabenhorst, originally from
Europe. The filaments are narrower, not constricted, of a different
color, and the cells are much shorter.
Lyngbya Willei var. galapagensis Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
A typo per trichomata aeruginea usque ad 175 n longa, 2.4-2.8 ^ diam., et per
cellulas quam diametro J^ brevioras, abludens.
Trichomes aeruginous, up to 175 ix long, 2.4-2.8 m diam.; cells ]/2 as long as the
diam. ; otherwise as the species.
Attached to the filaments of Boodlea sp.
Type: No. 236513, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(413a), Apr. 27, 1932, at Villamil, Albemarle Island, Galapagos.
Lyngbya Kuetzingiana var. pacifica Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
A typo per filamenta comparate longa tortuosaque, per vaginas distinctissimas,
trichomata 3.6-3.8 n diam.; et per cellulas H-3^ breviora, protoplastis homogeneis,
abludens.
Filaments relatively long and tortuous; sheath very distinct; trichomes 3.6-3.8 m
diam.; cells H-/^ as long as broad, with homogeneous protoplast; otherwise like the
species.
70 CAUFORNIA ACADEMY OP SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Intermingled with other Myxophyceae, in tide pools.
Type: No. 236510, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(776) July 2, 1932, at Braxillito Bay, Costa Rica.
Lyngbya sinuosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov,
Plate 4, figure 7
Filamentis brevibus, usque ad 400 ^L longis; trichomatibus lente regulariterque
sinuosis aut plus minusve tortis; ad dissepimenta lente constrictis, apicibus leviter
attenuatis, 5 m diam., cellulis 1.6-2.4 n longis; cellula terminali non capitata.
Filaments short, up to 400 n long; trichome gently and regularly sinuous or more
or less irregularly contorted, slightly constricted at the cross-walls, slightly at-
tenuated at the apices, 5 n diam., with cells 1.6-2.4 n long; end cell blunt, not
capitate.
Sparsely distributed among other microscopic algae scraped from
rocks.
Type: No. 236512, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(310) Mar. 22, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island.
This species does not seem to be abundant and is probably in the
juvenile stage, the longest filaments being only about 400^ long.
Structurally it resembles very closely Lyngbya spiralis Geitler, from
a hothouse at the University of Vienna. It differs in being slightly
attenuated at the apices and constricted at the cross-walls.
Lyngbya codicola Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Trichomatibus singulis aut in fasciculis parvis, 2.4-2.7 n diam., cellulis quadra tis
aut quam longis leviter brevioribus, rectis, neque attenuatis neque constrictis,
cellula apicali neque capitata neque pariete terminali incrassato; vaginis tenuibus
sed distinctis.
Trichomes single or in small fascicles, 2.4-2.7 n diam., with quadrate cells or
slightly shorter than broad, straight, neither attenuated nor constricted; end cell
neither capitate nor with a thickened end wall; sheath thin but distinct.
Among the utricles of C odium Geppii.
Type: No. 236521, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(806) July 2, 1932, at Braxillito Bay, Costa Rica.
Lyngbya consociata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Trichomatibus singulis aut lente fasciculatis, 1-1.3 (t diam., cellulis quadratis
aut quam crassis leviter longioribus, rectis, neque attenuatis neque constrictis;
dissepimentis inconspicuis; protoplastis homogeneis; vaginis tenuissimis incon-
spicuisque.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 71
Trichomes single or in small fascicles, 1-1.3 n diam., with cells quadrate or
very slightly longer than broad, straight, neither attenuated nor constricted; cross-
walls inconspicuous; contents homogeneous; sheath very thin and inconspicuous.
Among utricles of Codium Geppii.
Type: No. 236522, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(807) July 2, 1932, at Braxillito Bay, Costa Rica.
Near to L. suhtilis but has narrower and shorter cells.
Microcoleus subtorulosus var. pacificus Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
A typo per trichomata in vaginis communibus 12-15, 8.5-9 >t diam.; cellulis
3-4 ti longis; cellula apicali quadrata aut quam crassa leviter longiore; dissepi-
mentis valde distinctis; abludens.
Trichomes 12-15 in a sheath, 8.5-9 n diam.; cells 3-4 n long; apical cell quadrate
to slightly longer than broad; cross- walls very distinct; otherwise as the species.
Dredged from 20 fathoms depth.
Type: No. 236516, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(614a) Aug. 14, 1932, at San Jose del Cabo, Lower California.
The species, M. subtorulosus of Gomont, was founded on Phor-
midium suhtorulosum Brebisson, who collected it at Falaise, France,
It has been reported since from Sweden, Florida, and the Indo-
Malaysian Archipelago, always in fresh water.
The material of the variety proposed here is marine, exceedingly
sparsely represented in this collection, and was brought up in the
dredge among other diminutive algae.
Microcoleus Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 3, figure 5
Filamenta per algas alias sparsa, non stratum formantia; vaginis firmis, hyalinis,
comparate levibus, trichomata usque ad 25 arete coUecta includentibus; tricho-
matibus aeruginosis, 6-6.5 n diam., ad apices lente attenuatis, neque capitatis
neque constrictis; cellulis 2-3 /i longis, protoplastis homogeneis.
Filaments scattered among other algae, not forming a stratum; sheath firm,
hyaline, relatively smooth, enclosing up to 25 trichomes tightly bound together;
trichomes aeruginous, 6-6.5 fi diam., slightly tapering at the apices, not capitate,
not constricted; cells 2-3 fi long, with homogeneous protoplast.
Mingled with other small algae on rocks.
Type: No. 236515, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(413), Apr. 27, 1932, in tide pools at Villamil, Albemarle Island,
Galapagos.
72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Calothrix Laurenciae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Filamentis epiphyticis, per totam longitudinem ad hostem adhaerentibus,
parte terminali solummodo libera; trichomatibus basi tumidis, usque ad pilos valde
graciles (2 fj. diam.) attenuantibus, proxime 100 ft longis usque ad plus minusve,
basi 8-10 m diam., eramosis; cellulis quam diam. J^- J^-plo brevioribus ; heterocystis
basalibus, subsphericis; vaginis valde tenuibus, totaliter arete applicatis, hyalinis,
homogeneis; sporis nondum visis.
Filaments epiphytic, adhering to the host by their entire length or only the
apical portion free; trichome swollen at the base, tapering to a very slender (2 p
thick) hair, approximately 100 n long to slightly more or less, 8-10 m diam. at the
base, unbranched; cells J^ to J^ as long as broad; heterocysts basal, subspherical;
sheath very thin, close fitting throughout, hyaline, homogeneous; spores unknown.
Growing on Laurencia sp.
Type: No. 236525, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(231b) Mar. 24, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Galapagos.
The species seems to be near to C. codicola S. and G., from Guada-
lupe Island. It is a smaller plant and is unbranched. Its habitat
is strikingly different.
Scytonema guyanense var. marinum Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
Filamentis 28-40 n diam.; trichomatibus 10-18 m diam.; cellulis quadratis usque
ad in filamentorum partibus vetustioribus duplo longioribus in apicibus increscenti-
bus J^-J^ brevioribus; vaginis vulgo homogeneis sed pro parte leviter lamellosis.
Filaments 28-40 /x diam.; trichome 10-18 n diam.; cells quadrate to 2 times as
long as the diam. in the older parts of the filament, 3^-H as long at the growing
apices; sheaths mostly homogeneous but in part slightly lamellose.
Forming a dense stratum on a lava flow in tide pools exposed at
low tide.
Type: No. 236480, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(819) May 28, 1932, at northeast side of Narborough Island,
Galapagos.
Mastigocoleus corallinae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 4, figure 8
Filamentis valde tortuosis, 2.5-3.5 a* diam., cellulis quam diam. 3-5-plo longi-
oribus; protoplastis homogeneis dilute cyaneo-viridibus; vaginis valde incon-
spicuis; heterocystis sparsis, 3-5 /k diam., in ramulis curtis terminalibus aut ses-
silibus, non intercalaribus.
Filaments very tortuous, 2.5-3.5 n diam., with cells 3-5 times as long as the diam.;
protoplast homogeneous, pale blue-green; sheath very inconspicuous; heterocysts
sparse, 3-5 m diam., terminal on short branches or sessile, not intercalary.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 73
Growing among crustaceous Corallines.
Type: No. 236514, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(570) Mar. 24, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island.
This species of Mastigocoleus closely resembles M. testareum
Lagerh., usually found in the shells of various species of mollusks.
The filaments are narrower and the cells are longer and the hetero-
cysts smaller than in that species.
Rhizoclonium robustum Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 5, figure 11
Filamentis comparate curtis (1-2 cm. longis) tortuosisque, 350-400 n (usque
ad 650 fi) diam.; segmentis diametro 1-3-plo longioribus; parietibus crassis, in
segmentis vetustioribus usque ad 40 n; rhizoideis frequentissimis, magnis, seg-
mento singulo, attenuate, tortuoso, simplice ramosove aut pro parte in segmentis
propriis diversis instructo; pyrenoideis numerosissimis parvisque.
Filaments relatively short (1-2 cm. long) and tortuous, 350-400 ft (up to 650 /u)
diam.; cells 1-3 diameters long; walls thick, up to 40 fi thick in the older segments;
rhizoids numerous, large, composed of a long, tapering, tortuous, unbranched or
branched segment, or in part separated by cross-walls into several segments;
pyrenoids very numerous and small.
In tide pools at low tide.
Type: No. 236507, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(170a) June 11, 1932, at North Seymour Island, Galapagos.
The specimens representing the species are very sparse, there being
but a small tuft among specimens of Bifurcaria galapagensis, making
it extremely difficult to determine much as to the range of variation
in the species. It is one of the very largest species thus far described
as regards the diameter of the filaments, but the filaments are very
short. The rhizoids are large, some being a hundred microns in
diameter at the point of origin. Some are simple, others more or less
branched, segmented or unsegmented. Some are attenuated to a
point and others are divided into hapteres. The species is apparently
a very close relative of Rhizoclonium grande Boergesen recently pub-
lished from Bombay, India. The filaments and rhizoids average
larger but not modified for attachment, and are segmented. The
filaments were not attached.
Ectocarpus granulosoides var. pygmaeus Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
A typo per frondem 1 cm. aut minus altum, cellulis filamentorum primariorum
40-45 M diam., iis ramulorum ultimorum 12-15 n diam., ramulis ultimis pro parte
piliferis; gametangiis sessilibus, 35-45 n longis, 11-15 n diam.; filamentis corti-
cantibus sparsis; zoosporangiis nondum visis; abludens.
74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OP SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Fronds 1 cm. or less high, cells of the main filaments 40-45 n diam., those of the
ultimate ramuli 12-15 n diam.; ultimate ramuli in part piliferous; gametangia
sessile, 35-45 n long, 11-15 m diam., corticating filaments sparse; zoosporangia
unknown. Otherwise as the species.
Growing on Cysioseira osmundacea.
Type: No. 236518, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(625) Aug. 20, 1932, at San Martin Island, Lower California.
The general size of the plants, the dimensions of the cells and of the
gametangia are all less than those of the species, the type locality
of which is San Pedro, California.
Ralfsia pangoensis var. galapagensis Setchell and Gardner,
var. nov.
Thallus peripherice valde irregularis, 4-6 mm. latus; filamentis erectis cellulis
25-35 compositis; sporangiis inter filamenta erecta sparsis non in nematheciis
aggregatis, 28-34 /x X 115-125 n, in pedicellis filamentorum erectorum, cylindricis,
5-7 n diam., diametro 1-2-plo longiore, apicalibus pyriformibus usque ad sub-
globosis.
Thallus very irregular in outline, 4-6 mm. wide, erect filaments composed of 25-35
cells; sporangia scattered among the erect filaments, not in nemathecia, 28-34 n X
115-125 n, on 8-12-celled pedicels; cells in erect filaments, cylindrical, 5-7 n diam.,
1-2-times as long as broad, apical cell pyriform to subglobose.
Adhering firmly to rocks by the whole under surface.
Type: No. 236506, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(781) June 8, 1932, at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos.
The variety is probably much more widely distributed among the
islands of the Galapagos than is indicated here. The plants grow
among other encrusting algae and are not readily recognizable.
Spatoglossum Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 9, figure 27, text figure 1
Frons linearis, 20-38 cm. alta, 4-7 mm. lata, 400-500 fi crassa, basi dense stuposa,
breviter stipitata, marginibus regulariter et crasse serrata, dichotomo ramosa dicho-
tomiis paucis, colore atro-fusca, siccitate fere atra; medullae cellulis parietibus
tenuibus, 4-stratis; cellulis superficialibus chromatophoris sphericis dense conglo-
batis impletis, quadratis usque 2-plo longioribus a supero visis, maturitate in parti-
bus fructificantibus in sectione radiater elongatis; oogoniis (?) ellipsoideis, 90-110 |x
longis, 55-65 ti crassis, numerosissimis, singulis aut valde rare binis super partes
magnas laterum binorum frondis sparsis; antheridiis tetrasporisque nondum visis.
Fronds linear, 20-38 cm. high, 4-7 mm. wide, 400-500 y. thick, with a dense stupose
base, a short (1-2 cm.) stipe, and irregularly and coarsely serrate margins, dicho-
tomously branched, but with few dichotomies; color dark brown, almost black on
Vol. XXII]
SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE
75
drying; medulla mostly composed of four layers of thin- walled cells; surface cells
filled with densely congested, spherical chromatophores, square to 2 times as long
as broad in surface view, elongated radially in section view at maturity in the frmt-
ing parts; oogonia (?) ellipsoidal, 90-110 m long, 55-65 fi wide, very numerous,
scattered singly or very rarely in pairs over a large part of both sides of the frond;
antheridia and tetraspores not observed.
In tide pools.
Fig. 1. Spatoglossum Howellii Setchell and Gardner, new species. Apical por-
tion of a frond showing the character of the cells. X 45.
Type: No. 236485, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(958) May 22, 1932, five miles northeast of Webb Cove, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos.
Gelidium (Pterocladia) Okamurai Setchell and Gardner,
sp. nov.
Plate 6, figure 16; plate 17, figure 38
Frondibus complanatis, vulgo e rhizomatibus repentibus orientibus, 3-4-plo
dense pinnatis, 3-5 cm. altis, axibus primariis 1-1.5 mm. latis, ramulis basi J^-plo
aut plus constrictis et apice nullo modo aut leviter attenuatis et rotundatis; cellula
apicali parvissima inconspicuaque, medulla cellulis cylindriciis arete compactis,
20-25 M diam. 2-3-stratis subcorticalibus leviter minoribus composita; corticibus
2-stratosis cellulis coloratis 5-7 n diam. compositis; filamentis rhizoidalibus in par-
tibus frondium nonnuUis apparentibus, in partibus nuUis copiosis, per medullam
totam maxime inaequaliter distributis et angustissimis; tetrasporangiis in sons
linearibus aggregatis et in ramulis ultimatis subultimatisque positis; cystocarpiis
antheridiisque nondum visis.
76 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Fronds complanate, mostly arising from a creeping rhizome, 3-4 times densely
pinnate, 3-5 cm. high, main axes 1-1.5 mm. wide, with the ramuli constricted one-
half or more at the base and not at all or only slightly tapering and rounded at the
apices; apical cell very small and inconspicuous; medulla composed of closely com-
pacted cylindrical cells 20-25 m diam., the 2-3 subcortical layers slightly smaller;
cortex composed mostly of 2 layers of color-bearing cells 5-7 /u diam.; rhizoidal fila-
ments present only in certain parts of a frond, in no parts very abundant, distributed
very unevenly throughout the entire medulla and very narrow; tetrasporangia in
linear sori on the ultimate and subultimate ramuli; cystocarps and antheridia
unknown.
Type: No. 236482, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(462) Mar. 24, 1932, at Clarion Island.
The extreme flatness of the frond coupled with its pinnate method
of branching lead us to suspect that it belongs to the genus Ptero-
cladia rather than to Gelidium. Positive determination must be
deferred until the cystocarps are found, since the character of these
seems to be the only reliable method of distinguishing the two genera.
The presence of rhizoidal filaments in the center of the medulla, as
proposed by Okamura as a method of distinguishing the two genera,
does not seem to hold in all cases. The species here described has
these rhizoids, when present, distributed throughout the whole in-
terior of the frond except among the cortical cells. In some parts of
the frond they are entirely lacking and in no part are they abundant.
The species seems closely related to Pterocladia nana Okamura
(Icon. Jap. Alg., 6:53, pi. 278, figs. 1-14, 1931). It differs chiefly in
details of the inner structure of the frond and the abundance and
distribution of the rhizoidal filaments as illustrated by Okamura
(loc.cit.) and in a more recent paper (Journ. Imp. Fish. Inst. 29:
1934). This new species is respectfully dedicated to the memory
of Dr. K. Okamura of Tokyo, Japan, in recognition of his able
exposition of the Gelidiums and Pterocladias of Japan.
Weeksia Templetonii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 10, figure 28
Frondibus disco parvo affixis, mucilagineis, fiaccidis, linea exteriore orbicularibus,
8-12 cm. altis, 200-250 m crassis; stipite curto gracilique, venis falsis (textu non
differentiato) paucis obscurisque; medulla reticulo filamentarum cellulis comparate
rectis 5-7 n diam., diam. 8-12-plo longiorum, composita; corticibus strato singulo
cellulis chromatophoriferisleviterradialiterelongatis, 7 XIO m compositis; stratissub-
corticalibus 2-stratosis, cellulis sphericis subsphericisve, pauce chromatophoriferis
compositis; cystocarpiis numerosis, parvissimis, super superficies frondium uni-
formiter sparsis; ramellis auxiliaribus curvatis, plurime 6-8-cellularibus; cellulis
proxime 7 n diam.; tetrasporangiis late ellipsoideis usque ad subsphericiis, 18-22 y,
X 22-26 M. cruciatis; antheridiis nondum visis.
Fronds attached by a small disk, mucilaginous, flaccid, orbicular in outline, 8-12
cm. high, 200-250 n thick, with a very short slender stipe and a few faint, radiating,
false veins, but no differentiation of tissues to form them; medulla composed of a
network of filaments with relatively straight cells 5-7 ix diam., 8-12 times as long;
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 77
cortex composed of a single layer of color-bearing cells slightly elongated radially,
7 X 10 n] subcortex composed of mostly 2 layers of spherical or subspherical cells
with few chromatophores; cystocarps numerous, very small, distributed uniformly
over the surface of the frond; curved auxiliary branchlets composed of 6-8 cells
mostly; cells of these branchlets approximately 7 ix diam.; tetrasporangia broadly
ellipsoidal to subspherical, 18-22 /« X 22-26 n, cruciately divided; antheridia
unknown.
Dredged from 20 fathoms.
Type: No. 236484, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(703), Aug. 15, 1932, at Cedros Island, Lower California.
Weeksia Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 1 1 , figures 29 and 30
Frondibus elongatis usque ad suborbicularibus, disco parvo affixis stipite in
frondem ipsam directe transiente, irregulariter lobatis aut marginibus laciniatis,
tenuibus flaccidisque, 20-30 cm. altis; medulla filamentis comparate rectis, cellulis
6-8 fi diam. et 8-12-plo longioribus composita; corticibus 1-stratosis cellulis parum
radialiter elongatis, plus minusve conicis; subcorticibus 2-3-stratosis cellulis forma
magnitudineque irregularibus, plerumque angulatis et granulis dense farctis; cysto-
carpiis frondis omnis sparsis in medulla immersis; ramellis auxiliaribus curvatis
7-9-cellulis, 10-13 fi diam. compositis; tetrasporangiis uniformiter sparsis, non fre-
quentibus, sphericis usque ad subsphericis, 18-22 n diam., antheridiis nondum visis.
Frond elongated to suborbicular, attached by a small disk with stipe merging
almost directly into the frond, irregularly lobed or laciniate margins, thin and flaccid,
20-30 cm. high; medulla composed of moderately straight filaments with cells 6-8 /x
diam. and 8-12 times as long; cortex composed of a single layer of cells slightly
elongated radially and more or less conical; subcortex composed of 2-3 layers of
cells irregular in shape and size, mostly angular and densely filled with granules;
cystocarps distributed over the frond, deeply embedded in the medulla; curved
auxiliary branchlets composed of 7-9 cells; cells of auxiliary branchlets 10-13 m
diam.; tetrasporangia distributed evenly over the frond, not abundant, spherical to
subspherical, 18-22 n diam.; antheridia unknown.
Dredged.
Type: No. 236496, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(89) Aug. 17, 1932, at Natividad Island, between Cedros Island and
the main land. Lower California.
Callymenia angustata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 12, figure 32
Frondibus linearibus, in lobis paucis, angustis, stipitatis fissis et proliferationibus
paucis marginalibus, tenuibus, membranaceis flaccidis, basi cuneata, stipite gracili,
7 cm. altis, usque ad 18 mm. latis, 50-60 fi crassis; medulla fibris laxis, comparate
sparsis in diam. irregularibus composita; corticibus strato uno cellulis proxime iso-
diametricis, angustis, 5-8 fi diam. et strato uno cellulis plus minusve ellipsoideis
quam cellulis superficialibus leviter majoribus, compositis; cystocarpiis comparate
magnis, latere uno leviter et latera altero prominente protuberantibus, clausis;
tetrasporangiis antheridiisque nondum visis.
78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sbr.
Frond linear, deeply split into a few narrow, stipitate lobes and a few marginal
proliferations, thin, membranaceous and flaccid, with a cuneate base and very
slender stipe, about 7 cm. high, widest part 18 mm. wide, 50-60 m thick; medulla
composed of loose, relatively sparse fibers irregular in diameter; cortex composed
of a single layer of nearly equidiametric, angular cells 5-8 ^ diam. and a layer of
more or less ellipsoidal cells slightly larger than the surface cells, cystocarps rela-
tively large, protruding slightly on one side and prominently on the other side of
the frond, without an ostiole; tetrasporangia and antheridia unknown.
Dredged from 16 fathoms depth.
Type: No. 236489, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(739) Aug. 12, 1932, at Santa Maria Bay, Lower California.
We have but a single cystocarpic specimen of the above species
from which to make the determination and description. The plant
was in formaldehyde and was considerably softened and blistered,
as may be seen from the illustration on plate 12.
The determination can thus necessarily be only tentative. Tetra-
sporic and young cystocarpic plants will be required before a
thoroughly satisfactory classification can be attained.
Gymnogongrus martinensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 12, figure 31
Frondibus dense caespitosis, cartilagineis, pluribus e basi communi confluente
orientibus complanatis 2-3.5 cm. altis, infra furcam primam 2-4 mm. latis, 0.5-0.75
mm. crassis, basi cuneatis, fere astipitatis, dichotomis sed per occasionem marginibus
pinnato-ramosis; medulla cellulis crassi-parietalibus subsphericis 100-125 /x diam.,
adversus superficiem minoribus, composita, in subcortice et in seriebus anticlinis
transeuntibus; protoplastis cellularum iis series anticlinas exceptis profuse anasto-
mosantibus; cystocarpiis parvis, proxime 1 mm. diam., e superficie una tantum
protuberantibus.
Fronds densely caespitose, cartilaginous, several arising from a common confluent
base, complanate, 2-3.5 cm. high, 2-4 mm. wide below the first forking, 0.5-0.75 mm.
thick, cuneate at the base, almost without stipe; dichotomously branched, with
occasional pinnate branching from the margin; medulla composed of thick- walled
subspherical cells, 100-125 /x diam., smaller toward the surface, merging into the
subcortex and into the anticlinal rows of cortical cells; protoplast of all cells except
the anticlinal rows profusely anastomosing; cystocarps small, approximately 1 mm.
diam., projecting only on one side of the frond.
Growing on rocks in the lower littoral belt. San Martin Island,
Lower California, Aug. 19, Howell No. 192; San Bartolome Bay,
Lower California, Aug. 14, Howell No. 697.
Type: No. 236483, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(192) Aug. 19, 1932, at San Martin Island, Lower California.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 79
Gracilaria secundata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Frondibus cartilagineis, cylindricis usque ad leviter compressis, ramis curtis,
secundatis et ramulis fructiferis numerosis; medulla cellulis subsphericis comparate
tenuiparietalibus, 135 /x diam.; in subcortice gradatim deminuentibus; corticibus
seriebus anticlinis cellularum 2-3, coloratis, subsphericis et a superficie visis 4-9 m
diam.,compositis; in planta tetrasporangialibusradialiterelongatis; cellulis subcorti-
calibus anastomosantibus; tetrasporangiis numerosis, in ramulis fructiferis et supra
partes vetustiores frondis sparsis, subsphericis, 24-28 /* diam.; magnitudine plantae
totae et reproductione altera ignota.
Frond cartilaginous, cylindrical to slightly compressed, with short secund branches
and numerous fructiferous ramuli 1-3 mm. long; medulla composed of subspherical,
relatively thin-walled cells, up to 135 fi diam., gradually diminishing in size in the
subcortex; cortex composed of short anticlinal rows of 2 or 3 color-bearing cells,
subcircular and 4-9 m diam., as seen in surface view, elongated radially in the tetra-
sporic plant; subcortical cells anastomosing; tetrasporangia numerous on the fructi-
ferous ramuli and also scattered over other parts of the frond, subspherical, 24-28 /i
diam. Size of whole plant and other forms of reproduction unknown.
Dredged from 20 fathoms depth.
Type: No. 236481, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(733b) Aug. 4, 1932, at San Jose del Cabo, Lower California.
A single branching fragment of the upper part of a species of
Gracilaria was found among other species of algae dredged at San
Jose del Cabo. The fragment shows abundance of tetrasporangia,
mostly immature. These are produced most abundantly in short
papillae distributed promiscuously on the part of the frond at our
disposal.
In general, the naming of species from such fragmentary parts
should be decried, but the form, structure and distribution of the
asexual spores of this fragment seem to us to be so distinct from all
described species as to make it desirable to place it on record.
Sarcodiotheca meridionalis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 13, figure 33
Frondibus magnitudine variabilibus, 8-16 cm. altis, 5-16 mm. latis, flaccidis,
colore saturate carminatis, infero ad stipitem curtum angustumque leviter attenu-
atis, per discum parvum ad saxa, etc., affixis, 2-4-plo furcatis et per occasionem ramo
parvo laterali instructis; medulla 2-3-stratosa, cellulis magnis, subsphericis et parie-
tibus crassis minutis in lateribus quibusque strati tenuis centralis filamentorum,
nonnullorum quam diam. 40-plo longiorum; corticibus 2-stratosis, cellulis in plantis
tetrasporangialibus forma irregularibus; tetrasporangiis 50-56 X 82-88 ;*; cysto-
carpiis antheridiisque nondum visis.
Fronds variable in size, 8-16 cm. high, 5-16 mm. wide, flaccid, of a rich carmine
color, tapering gradually below to a short narrow stipe, attached to rocks, etc. by a
small disk, 2-4 times furcate and with an occasional small lateral branch; mediilla
composed of 2-3 layers of large, thick-walled, subspherical cells on either side of a
80 CALIFORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
thin central layer of filaments, some of which are 40 times as long as broad; cortex
composed mostly of two layers of irregularly shaped cells in the tetrasporic plant;
tetrasporangia 50-56 X 82-88 n; cystocarps and antheridia unknown.
Dredged from 15-20 fathoms depth.
Type: No. 236487, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(72) Aug. 20, 1932, at San Martin Island, Lower California.
Sarcodiotheca cuneata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 14, figure 34
Frondibus usque ad 14 cm. altis et infra furcam primam 3 cm. latis, 5-6-plo
dichotomis, ramis ad furcam quamque deminuentibus, ad occasionem proliferatione
marginali, per discum parvum affixis, stipite ex usu carente sed supra discum basi
cuneata directe mergentibus; colore saturate carminato; medulla 3-stratosa, cellulis
vulgo magnis subsphericis, 75-100 /x X 120-180 n, in lateribus quibusque reticuli
angusti fibrarum cellulis 5-8 /j. diam. et 15-20-plo longioribus, composita; corticibus
1-stratosis, cellulis chromatiferis leviter radialiter elongatis compositis; subcorti-
cibus 1-2-stratosis cellulis majoribus dilute coloratis compositis; cystocarpiis com-
parate paucis magnisque, a uno latere plus protuberantibus, corticibus supra parte
protuberante usque ad 7-10 strata incrassatis, pericarpiis fibris cellulis curtis et
protoplasmate farctis inclusis; carposporis in glomerulis magnis densisque conglo-'
batis, 45-55 ft diam., forma subsphericis usque ad irregularibus, non angulatis;
antheridiis tetrasporangiisque nondum visis.
Fronds up to 14 cm. high, up to 3 cm. wide below the first forking, 5-6 times
dichotomously branched, branches diminishing in size at each forking, with an occa-
sional marginal proliferation, attached by a small disk, practically without stipe,
merging directly into the cuneate base; color dark carmine; medulla composed of
three layers, for the most part, of large subspherical cells, 75-100 X 120-180 n, on
either side of a narrow mesh of central fibers with cells 5-8 n diam., 15-20 times as
long; cortex composed of a single layer of color-bearing cells slightly elongated
radially; subcortex of 1-2 layers of larger cells with little color; cystocarps relatively
few and largem protruding much more prominently on one side than the other, with'
the cortex thickened to 7-10 layers of cells over the bulging part, enclosed by a
dense pericarp composed of fibers intermingled with short cells rich in protoplasmic
content; carpospores in large dense clusters, 45-55 n diam., subspherical to irregular
in form, not angular; antheridia and tetrasporangia unknown.
Dredged in 15-20 fathoms.
Type: No. 236488, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(72a) Aug. 20, 1932, at San Martin Island, Lower California.
Sarcodiotheca linearis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 5, figures 12a, 12b; plate 15, figure 35
Frondibus linearibus, 6-13 cm. altis, 2-6 mm. latis, comparate tenuibus flacci-
disque, 2-5-plo furcatis, ramificatione in speciminibus nonnuUis prope basim
oriente, per totam longitudinem in latitudine prope aequalibus, basim usque ad
stipitem curtam attenuatis, per discum parvum affixis; medulla cellulis magnis sub-
sphericisque in subcortice magnitudine deminuentibus, centro filamentis paucis
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 81
angustique interspersis; corticibus 2-3-stratosis, cellulis chromatiferis leviter radi-
aliter elongatis, compositis; cystocarpiis in centro frondis locatis et a lateribus qui-
busque symmetrice protuberantibus, per pericarpium proprium inclusis; antheridiis
per superficiem frondis sparsis, numerosis, radialiter elongatis; tetrasporangiis per
superficiem frondis sparsis, 25-60 n diam.
Fronds linear, 6-13 cm. high, 2-6 mm. wide, relatively thin and flaccid, 2-5 times
furcate, in some specimens beginning to branch very close to the base approximately
the same width throughout the greater portion of the length, tapering at the base
to a short stipe, attached by a small disk; medulla composed of large subspherical
cells diminishing in size in the subcortex, with a few narrow filaments interspersed
in the center of the frond; cortex composed of two to three layers of color-bearing
cells slightly elongated radially; cystocarps located in the center and bulging equally
on both sides of the frond, surrounded by a definite pericarp; antheridia distributed
over the surface of the frond, numerous, elongated radially; tetrasporangia dis-
tributed over the surface of the frond, 25-60 n diam.
Dredged from 20 fathoms depth. San Lucas Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia, Howell Nos. 41, 44a, 48.
Type: No. 236479, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(48) Aug. 5, 1932, at San Lucas Bay, Lower California.
Laurencia clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 7, figures 19-21
Frondibus carnosis, microscopicis, usque ad 3 mm. altis, 150-225 n diam., pro
parte erectis pro parte prostratis; ramulis fructiferis cylindricis, basi non constrictis;
cellulis superficiaribus ad apices ramulorum non radiaUter elongatis; crassitudinibus
lenticularibus parietalibus cellularum meduUae in axibus frondium et vulgo ad basim
ramorum sparsis; cystocarpiis urceolatis, prope apices ramuli fructiferorum laterali-
bus; tetrasporangiis comparate magnis sparsisque, 100-125 fx diam., 2-4-prope
apices ramorum fructificantium positis.
Fronds carnose, microscopic, up to 3 mm. high, 150-225 m diam., in part erect and
in part prostrate; branching sparse and irregularly alternate; fruiting ramuli cylin-
drical, not constricted at the base; surface cells not radially elongated at the apices
of branches, lenticular thickenings in the walls of the medullary cells sparse in the
main axes, usually at the base of the branches; cystocarps urn-shaped, lateral near
the apices of fruiting ramuli; tetrasporangia relatively large and sparse, 100-125 n
diam., 2-4 near the apices of fruiting branches.
Growing on rocks among other diminutive algae. Sulphur Bay,
Clarion Island, Mar. 24, Howell Nos. 231, 234, 305 and 308a.
Type: No. 236503, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(305) Mar. 24, 1932, at Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island.
82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OP SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Laurencia densissima Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 16, figure 36; plate 17, figure 37
Frondibus cylindricis, cartilagineis, disco parvo aflBxis, fere valde abundanter
multifarie e basi ramosis, ramis primariis et ordinibus 3-4 quibusque successivis
prope basim axis majoris longissimis deinde gradatim longitudine usque ad apices
ex iis oriendis deminuentibus, peripheriam conicam efficientibus; cellulis super-
ficiaribus apicalibus frondium neque protuberantibus neque radialiter elongatis et
palisadiformibus; crassitudinibus parietalibus lenticularibus comparate in medulla
frequentissimis; ramulis fructiferis cylindricis usque ad leviter clavatis; pro parte
compositis, vulgo simplicibus.
Fronds cylindrical, cartilaginous, attached by a small disk, branching very pro-
fusely on all sides beginning near the base; primary branches and each succeeding
three or four orders longest near the base of the main axis and each order likewise
in turn, then gradually diminishing in length to the apices of the axes from which
they spring, producing a conical effect to the outline; cells neither protruding nor
elongated and arranged like palisades at the apices of the fronds; medullary cells
provided with fairly abundant lenticular thickenings; fructiferous ramuli cylindrical
to slightly clavate, compound in part, but mostly simple.
Albemarle Island, May 22, Howell Nos. 352, 389, 405, 428a, 443,
484; Charles Island, May 15, Howell Nos. 435, and May 17, Howell
No. 506; Narborough Island, May 31, Howell No. 875; all Galapagos.
Type: No. 236486, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(405) May 22, 1932, at Albemarle Island, Galapagos.
Laurencia turbinata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 19, figure 40
Frondibus a disco et a ramulis rhizoidalibus prope basim orientibus affixis, usque
ad 25 cm. altis, cylindricis, robustis, cartilagineis, rubro-purpureis, ramifications
abundanti, multifaria, ramis ordinum successivarum regulariter in longitudine de-
minuentibus, frondem total conicam efficientibus; axibus primariis percurrentibus;
ramulis fructiferis immaturis compositis, turbinatis, cellulis superficiaribus proxime
isodiametricis; crassitudinibus lenticularibus in parietibus cellularum meduUarum
frequentibus; plantis omnibus sterilibus.
Fronds attached by a disk and by numerous rhizoidal branches from near the
base, up to 25 cm. high, cylindrical, robust, cartilaginous, reddish-purple, branching
profusely on all sides, the branches of different orders reduced regularly and gradu-
ally in length, giving the frond as a whole and the branches of each order a conical
appearance; main axes percurrent; fructiferous ramuli compound, turbinate, their
surface cells approximately equidiametric; lenticular thickenings abundant in the
walls of the medullary cells; reproductive organs unknown.
San Martin Island, Lower California, Aug. 17, Howell No. 66;
northeast side of Narborough Island, May 31, Howell No. 147;
Albemarle Island, May 22, Howell No. 37.
Type: No. 236494, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(147) May 31, 1932, at Narborough Island, Galapagos.
Vol. XXII]
SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 83
In habit, this species resembles L. virgata very closely, from which
it differs in being more densely branched and the branches of various
orders forming more regularly conical fronds, and in having turbinate
instead of cylindrical fruiting branches, as illustrated by Kuetzing
(Tab.Phyc, 15:pl. 73) for L. ericoides, considered by Yamada (Notes
on Laurencia, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., 16:208, 1931) to be a synonym
of L. virgata.
Laurencia mediocris Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 18, figure 39
Frondibus a disco parvo affixis, cartilagineis, cylindricis, 4-7 cm. altis, axi central!
percurrenti, modice irregulariterque ramosis, ramis ramulisque curtis, compositis,
turbinatis, fructiferis indutis; cellulis corticalibus in apicibus ramulorum fructi-
ferorumque non radialiter elongatis sed a superficie visis quam longae 2-plo latiori-
bus; crassitudinibus lenticellaribus in parietibus cellularum medullae modice fre-
quentibus; speciminibus omnibus sterilibus.
Fronds attached by a small disk, cartilaginous, cylindrical, 4-7 cm. high, with a
central percurrent axis, moderately and irregularly branched, the branches being
densely clothed with short, compound, turbinate, fruiting ramuli; cortical cells not
radially elongated in the ultimate and fruiting ramuli, but approximately twice as
wide as long, as seen in surface view at the apices of the ramuli; lenticular thicken-
ings moderately abundant in the cells of the medulla. Specimens all sterile.
Type: No. 236492, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(404) May 22, 1932, at Albemarle Island, Galapagos.
The plants of this species are relatively small. They resemble in
gross morphological characters certain forms of L. paniculata but
lack the palisade arrangement of the cortical cells and have char-
acteristic lenticular thickenings in the walls of the medullary cells,
a character lacking in L. paniculata.
This species of Laurencia seems to be closely related to L. pannosa
Zanardini, the type locality of which is Sarawak, Borneo, the descrip-
tion of which is incomplete so far as the details of cellular structure
are concerned. We have not examined the type, but are relying upon
Yamada's observation {loc. cit., p. 199) on the material in the her-
barium of Weber von Bosse from the Malay Archipelago and identi-
fied by her as L. pannosa Zan. Our plants do not show the projecting
cells radially elongated and forming a palisade-like layer, reported
present in the material from Malay. They are also considerably
smaller.
84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser
Chondria pacifica Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 20, figure 41
Frons gracilis flaccidaque, 7-12 cm. alta, 0.5-0.75 mm. diam., axi percurrente
abeunte; ramificatione alterna, multifaria, in 3-4 ordinibus, moderate abundanti;
ramulis ultimis fructiferis, simplicibus, cylindricis, basi valde constrictis, apice
truncatis; medulla cellulis (75 X 300 n, in partibus vetustioribus multo longioribus)
parietibus tenuibus, et cum axi centrali percurrenti cellulis usque ad 800 m longis
prebita; cortice axium primariorum cellulis longis angustisque, 10-15 X 90-150 /x
composito; puncto vegetationis in depressione distincto apicali cum flocco pilorum
curtorum, ramosorum, protrudentium immerso; tetrasporangiis generis typicis;
antheridiis cystocarpiisque nondum visis.
Fronds slender and flaccid, 7-12 cm. high, 0.5-0.75 mm. diam., without a distinct
percurrent axis; branching alternate on all sides, of 3-4 orders, moderately abundant;
ultimate, fruiting ramuli simple, cylindrical, much constricted at the base, with
truncate apices; medulla composed of large (75 X 300 n, much longer in older parts)
thin-walled cells and a distinct percurrent central filament with cells up to 800 n
long; cortex composed of a single layer of long, narrow cells, 10-15 X 90-150 n, on
the main axes; growing point a distinct apical depression with a tuft of short,
branched, protruding hairs; tetrasporangia typical of the genus; antheridia and
cystocarps unknown.
Dredged in shallow water.
Type: No. 236491, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(674) Aug. 14, 1932, at San Bartolome Bay, Lower California.
This species belongs to the section Coelochondria of Falkenberg
(p. 191, 1901), the growing point being sunken in an apical depres-
sion, the central filament there giving rise to a dense tuft of short
branched hair filaments which fill the depression and protrude only
slightly.
Heterosiphonia erecta Gardner (emend.)
Plate 21, figures 42-43; plate 22, figure 44; plate 23, figure 46
Fronds 2-5 cm. long, in part prostrate and attached to the substratum by rhizoids
and in part erect, both the prostrate and the erect parts branched; the system of
branching being sympodial, producing a more or less zigzag appearance in various
axes; the main axis divided into few to many similar axes; all axes clothed with
ramuli of limited growth which in turn bear ultimate subulate, monosiphonous
ramuli 8-12 cells long, some of which become fructiferous; all branches in one plane;
main axes approximately 400 m diam. and composed of 4 large pericentral cells;
normally two or three segments between each successive pair of alternate branches
but at times four; mature tetrasporangial stichidia approximately 1 mm. long,
cylindrical with a conical apex; tetraspores tetrahedral; cystocarps sparse, sessile
near the base of ultimate ramuli, relatively large, 600-700 m diam. at the base, flask-
shaped with relatively long neck and definite ostiole.
Growing on various species of jointed Corallines, etc., abundant
on the southern coast of California. San Nicholas Island, California,
Mar. 13, H. W. Clark, No. 444; San Bartolome Bay, Lower Cali-
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 85
fornia, Aug. 14, Howell No. 760b. Specimens all fragmentary and
immature.
Heterosiphonia suhsecundata Setchell and Gardner, Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 19:164, 1930.
Exsiccatae. The species was distributed from the Herbarium of
the University of California, centuries. No. 255, sub Heterosiphonia
suhsecundata (Suhr) Falkenb., collected at about three miles north
of Santa Monica, Calif., by N. L. Gardner, Jan. 1913, and by Col-
lins, Holden and Setchell, Phyc.Bor.Amer., No. 146, sub Dasya
suhsecunda Suhr, collected at La JoUa, Calif., June 1895, by Mrs.
E. Snyder.
Gardner, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., 14:98, 1927.
Recently in connection with the study of the very scanty material
collected on the Crocker Expedition we became suspicious as to the
identity of our California species with the Dasya suhsecundata of
Suhr, the type locality of which is Valparaiso, Chile. Through the
courtesy of Prof. Dr. E. Irmscher of the herbarium at Hamburg we
have been able to examine the type specimen coming from Herb.
Binder (plate 21, figs. 42 and 43), and probably the same as the one
from which Suhr drew his description, certainly the same specimen
from which Harvey (Ner.Austr., p. 67, pi. 27, 1847) made his de-
scription and drawings. We find that the species has seven peri-
central cells as described and figured by Harvey (loc.cit.), but the
pericentral cells are not so uniform in length as Harvey shows them,
nor are they so uniformly divided crosswise in each segment as fig-
ured by Falkenberg in his Rhodomelaceae (plate 18, fig. 20). The
California species has uniformly four large, undivided, uniform,
pericentral cells.
Heterosiphonia erecta Gardner was described from a single speci-
men which has uniformly two segments between the successive
branches of different orders, and was thus figured, and was compared
with a seemingly typical specimen of the species passing currently as
Heterosiphonia suhsecundata (Suhr) Falkenb., which had uniformly
three segments between branches, and consequently the new species,
H. erecta, was based upon this seeming difference in character. In
the present study we have examined a large number of individuals
and find that the number of intervening segments is exceedingly
variable, some individuals having uniformly two, others three, and
still others in which there is a mixture, and finally there are occa-
sionally four segments between branches. This character there-
fore, being variable, cannot be used as a specific difference, and we
are extending the original description to include what apparently
was two species. There is much variation in the length and thick-
ness of the fronds, in the branching, and in the extent of attachment,
but we have not been able to discover at present any permanent
basis for segregation into species.
86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Antithamnion sublittorale Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 6, figure 15
Frondibus diminutivis, pro parte repentibus pro parte erectis, 6-10 mm. altis,
axibus primariis 55-65 n diam.; furcatione axium primariarum comparate rara,
semper ramulo ramis lateralibus ejusmodi opposite; cellulis infero diam. 3-4-plo
longioribus; ramificatione disticha; ramulis binis geminatisve alterne et distiche
ramosis, 3-5-ramulosis; ramulis binis 12-15-cellulis longis, cellula basali curtiora,
cellulis mediis fere 15 X 45 m; ramificatione ramulorum binorum in cellula e basi
tertia incipiente, supra cellula quaque succedente ad finem superiorem 3-5 ramulos
succedentes, alternos, ultimos steriles generante; tetrasporangiis basim 1-2, ad
latera superum ramulorum geminatorum et ad cellulas primas et secundas, vulgo
secundas, eo e cellula basali abortante, cellulis glandularibus comparate magnis,
per ramulos distributis sparsis; antheridiis in ramulis ultimis geminatisque positis,
glomerulos parvos ramulosque formantibus; cystocarpiis nondum visis.
Fronds diminutive, partially creeping and partially erect, 6-10 mm. high, main
axes 55-65 /u diam.; forking of the main axes relatively sparse, always a ramulus
opposite to such lateral branches; cells below 3-4 times as long as broad, shorter in
the upper erect part; branching distichous; paired, or geminate ramuli branched
alternately and distichously, 3-5 branches; paired ramuli 12-15 cells long, the basal
cell being shorter than the other cells, those in the median part being about 15 X
45 fi', branching of the paired ramuli beginning on the third cell from the base, each
successive cell above giving rise at the upper end to the 3-5 successive alternate,
ultimate, sterile ramuli; tetrasporangia 1-2 at the base, on the upper side of the
paired ramuli and on the first and second cells, usually the latter, the one from the
basal cell being abortive; gland cells relatively large, scattered among the ramuli,
sparse; antheridia in small branched clusters on the geminate and the ultimate
ramuli; cystocarps not observed.
Epiphytic on other algae, dredged from 20 fathoms depth.
Type: No. 236524, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(613) Aug. 4, 1932, at San Jose del Cabo, Lower California.
The species seems to be closely related to Antithamnion antillanum
Boergesen but differs much in details of branching.
Antithamnion sp.
A few sterile specimens of a species of Antithamnion seemingly
very closely related to A. sublittorale described above were noted
among the specimens of that species. They are constructed very
much the same, but the ultimate and the geminate ramuli do not
taper, and the cells are shorter and cylindrical.
Neomonospora Setchell and Gardner, nom. nov.
Monospora Solier, in Castagne, Cat. PI. Mars., p. 242, 1845; non
Monospora Hochstetter, Flora, 2: 660, 1841.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 87
Neomonospora multiramosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 4, figures 10a- 10c
Frondibus flaccidissimis, caespitosis, 6-10 cm. altis, basi 250-300 m diam., usque
ad apices leviter et gradatim attenuatis, parietibus cellularum vetustiorum et prope
basim incrassatis lamellosisque; cellula apicali obtuse acuta, 20-30 m diam.; rami-
ficatione valde profusa, vulgo alterna sed simulate dichotoma, ramis 1-3-cellulis
post cellulam apicalem orientis, primum prope apicem cellulae suppositae sed mox
ad apicem progressis et magnitudinem axis primarii aequantibus; protoplastis sub-
tiliter granulosis; chromatophoris numerosis parvissimisque; tetrasporangiis sub-
sphericis, singulis in pedicellis curtis 1-3-cellulosis suffultis, positionem ramorum in
apicibus cellularum occupantibus, 50-65 n diam., cruciatis; cystocarpiis anthe-
ridiisque nondum visis.
Fronds very flaccid, caespitose, 6-10 cm. high, 250-300 n diam. at the base, taper-
ing gradually to the apices, cell wall in the older cells near the base thick and
lamellose; apical cell bluntly acute, 20-30 /* diam., branching very profusely, mostly
alternate though seemingly dichotomous, the branches arising from one to three
cells back of the apical cell and laterally near the top of the cell but soon moving
around to the top of the cell and becoming equal in size to the main axis; protoplast
finely granular; chromatophores numerous and very small; tetrasporangia sub-
spherical, borne singly on short, 1-3-celled pedicels occupying the position of
branches on the upper ends of cells, 50-65 n diam., cruciately divided; cystocarps
and antheridia not observed.
Type: No. 236490, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(720) Aug. 4, 1932, dredged from 20 fathoms depth at San Jose del
Cabo, Lower California.
We hesitate to place this species of Rhodophyceae in the genus
Monospora of Solier. The material is all nonsexual. In addition,
the absence of monospores — propagula — a prominent character of
M. pedicellata, the type species of the genus, renders it still more
problematical.
Following strict rules of nomenclature, the generic name Mono-
spora for a genus of algae must be suppressed, having been antedated
by a genus of flowering plants, proposed by Hochstetter, Flora,
2:660, 1841. Solier's Monospora was proposed in 1845, in Castagne,
Catalogue des plantes, Marseille, page 242. We are here proposing
the generic name Neomonospora for the entity.
The branches arise not by the splitting of the apical cell, but
laterally, at the upper end of the second, third, or even fourth cell
back of the apical cell, and soon catch up in length with the branches
from which they spring, at the same time its base moving around
and assuming a position on top of the mother cell, giving the appear-
ance of a true dichotomy, whereas in reality they are alternate.
Typically the species seems to be dichotomously branched, but
occasionally two branches arise simultaneously on opposite sides of
the filament, finally giving the appearance of a trichotomy. More
frequently than this, a branch seems to arise from the middle of a
cell, or if from the top of the cell it is not carried up with the increas-
ing length of the mother cell.
88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sbr.
Typically there is a single sporangium at a node, occupying the
position of one fork, but occasionally there are two by the side of
the main axis, or one between two forks. They have from one- to
three-celled pedicels.
Ceramium Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 6, figure 14
Frondibus 4-7 mm. altis, 180-220 m diam., rhizoideis affixis, pro parte prostratis,
pro parte erectis, ramis sparsis, filamentorum prostratorum secundis, erectorum
irregulariter alternis, curtis, et patentibus, in toto corticatis, nodis a superficie visis
nuUis; cellulis corticantibus angulatis, 4-7 /i diam., inordinatis, unistratosis; cellulis
centralibus magnis cylindricisque, approximeisodiametricis; tetrasporangiis omnino
immersis, numerosis, irregulariter in ramellis lateralibus, curtis, et paululum tumi-
dis positis; antheridiis partes superiores frondis tegentibus; cystocarpiis nondum
visis.
Fronds 4-7 mm. high, 180-220 ft diam., attached by rhizoids, partly prostrate and
partly erect, branching relatively sparse, secund on the prostrate filaments, irregu-
larly alternate and short and widespreading on the erect filaments, completely
corticated throughout with no indication, on the surface, of nodes; corticating cells
angular, 4-7 /x diam., without definite arrangement, one layer only; central filament
composed of large cylindrical cells, approximately as long as broad; tetrasporangia
completely embedded, numerous and without definite order on short, somewhat
swollen lateral branches with irregular cruciate division; antheridia covering the
upper part of the frond; cystocarps unknown.
Growing on rocks, southeast side of Narborough Island, June 2,
Howell Nos. 283, 379, 668.
Type: No. 236527, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(379) June 2, 1932, at the southeast side of Narborough Island,
Galapagos.
This species of Ceramium is apparently a close relative of C. bicorne
S. and G. (New Mar. Alg. 1924, p. 773, pi. 28, fig. 64 and pi. 74)
from Isla Partida, Gulf of California. It differs from that species
in the character of the apices, in being less branched, and in being
completely corticated.
Ceramium fimbriatum Setchell and Gardner
Plate 7, figure 18
Tetrasporangiis verticillatis, sphericis, 55-65 /* diam., protuberantibus, bracteatis,
bracteis in parietibus tetrasporangiis indutis.
Tetrasporangia in whorls, spherical, 55-65 n diam., protruding, bracteate, bracts
within the sporangial wall.
Dredged from 20 fathoms depth, San Jose del Cabo, Lower Cali-
fornia, Aug. 4, Howell No. 618b.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 89
Setchell and Gardner, New Mar. Alg., Calif., Acad. Sci., 12: 777,
1924.
Among some other small algae dredged at San Jose del Cabo were
found a few specimens of the above species reported from Gulf of
California, at Eureka, by Setchell and Gardner (loc.cit.) The type
material was sterile. The specimens reported here are in excellent
tetrasporic fruit and show very plainly that they belong to J. G.
Agardh's series Brachygonia, in which the tetrasporangia are borne
in whorls.
Ceramium zacae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 8, figures 22a-22c
Frondibus epiphyticis, hostem per rhizoidea curta, penetrantibus, 3-6 mm. altis,
100-130 M diam., dichotomo-ramosis, ad nodos solummodo corticatis; cingulis
corticantibus proxime 5 seriebus cellularum tametsi magnopere angulatarum et
irregulariter positarum, infero truncatis, supero cellulis paululum elongatis et
irregularibus, non tumidis, marginibus frondium levibus; cellulis filamenti centralis
subsphericae, paululum longioribus quam crassis; tetrasporangiis protrudentibus
in lateribus frondum et adaxialibus et abaxialibus, ebracteatis; antheridiis cysto-
carpiisque nondum visis.
Fronds epiphytic, attached to the host by short, branched, penetrating rhizoids,
3-6 mm. high, 100-130 n diam., dichotomously branched, corticated only at the
nodes; corticating bands composed of approximately 5 horizontal rows of cells al-
though quite angular and irregularly placed, truncate on the lower side and cells
somewhat elongated and irregular on the upper side of the band, not swollen, mak-
ing the frond smooth on the margin; cells of the central filament subspherical, being
slightly longer than broad; tetrasporangia protruding on both adaxial and abaxial
side of the frond, not bracteate, antheridia and cystocarps unknown.
Growing on Codium fragile.
Type: No. 236529, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(757) Aug. 14, 1932, at San Bartolome Bay, Lower California.
This species of Ceramium clearly belongs to J. Agardh's Series 2,
Dicholinea, in which the tetrasporangia are arranged in two fairly
regular rows, one on each flank (abaxial and adaxial) of the last
three to four dichotomies of the frond. Its nearest known relatives
seem to be C. Ledermannii Pilger and C. leptosiphon Pilger, both im-
perfectly described, diminutive species, epiphytic on other algae.
Ceramium codiophila Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 8, figure 23
Frons epiphytica, floccosa, per filamenta rhizoidalia plus minusve apicibus bul-
bosa affixa, 4-6 mm. altis, proxime 0.25 mm. diam., vulgo simplex, rare bifurcata et
ramulis paucis curtisque, lateralibus vestita, lente basi apiceque attenuata, pilis
numerosis longis, angustis unicellularis, dense prorsusque a nodis et e cellulis par-
vioribus verticillater orientibus vestitis; cellulis corticantibus comparate magnis,
90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
usque ad 38 n diam., subsphaericis, chromatophoris parietalibus sparsis instructis;
cellulis filamenti centralis magnis, sphericis; tetrasporangis verticillatis, internodali-
bus, immersis sed interdum protrudentibus, 55-65 /x diam.; antheridiis nondum
visis.
Fronds epiphytic, tufted, attached by rhizoidal filaments more or less bulbose at
the apices, 4-6 mm. high, approximately one-fourth of a milUmeter in diameter,
mostly simple though occasionally bifurcate, and with a few short lateral ramuli,
tapering slightly at the base and the apex, densely corticated throughout, and
clothed with numerous long, narrow, unicellular hairs arising in whorls between the
nodes and from smaller cells; cortical cells relatively large, up to 38 n diam., sub-
spherical, with scattered parietal chromatophores; cells of central filament large,
spherical; tetrasporangia in whorls between the nodes, embedded within the frond
but occasionally slightly bulging outward, 55-65 m diam.; antheridia not observed;
cystocarps near the apices of the principal axes, surrounded by 2-3 relatively large
involucral branches.
Attached to Codium fragile.
Type: No. 236526, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by H. W. Clark
(229) Mar. 18, 1932, at Guadalupe Island.
Ceramium Templetonii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 8, figures 25, 26
Frondibus diminutivis, 5-10 mm. altis, 110-130 fi diam., dichotomo-ramosis,
apicibus forcipatis, corticatione, zonata, cylindricis, nodis fructiferis exceptis non
tumidis; cingulis nodalibus proximo 5 seriebus cellularum, proxime isodiametri-
carum tametsi infero lente majorum longiorumque quam supero; axibus centralibus
cellulis subsphericis usque ad triplo longioribus chromatophoris longis, flexuosis et
pro parte ramosis compositis; tetrasporangiis comparate magnis, 55-65 m diam.;
4-6-verticillatis, bracteatis, bracteis simulate in parietibus sporangiorum; anthe-
ridiis cystocarpiisque nondum visis.
Fronds diminutive, 5-10 mm. high, 110-130 n diam., dichotomously branched,
forcipate apices, with zonate cortication, cylindrical, not swollen except at the fruit-
ing nodes; nodal bands composed of approximately five horizontal rows of cells,
nearly equally truncate above and below and composed of cells of nearly uniform
dimensions although slightly larger and longer below than above the center of the
band; central axis composed of cells subspherical to three times as long as broad,
with long, crooked, in part branched, narrow chromatophores; tetrasporangia rela-
tively large, 55-65 m diam., in whorls of 4-6, bracteate, the bracts seemingly within
the sporangial wall; antheridia and cystocarps unknown.
Growing on rocks.
Type: No. 236528, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(276) May 17, 1932, at Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Galapagos.
This species of Ceramium belongs to J. Agardh's Series 3, Peri-
clinia, in which the tetrasporangia develop in whorls at the nodes
on the last few dichotomies of the frond.
Vol. XXII) SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 91 ;
I
Hildenbrandtia galapagensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. \
.1
Frondibus tenuibus, ad saxa per superficies inferas totas adhaerentibus, rhizoides j
carentibus, 300-350 /* crassis, speciminibus usque ad 4 cm. plura expansis; fila- ]
mentis erectis arete compactis, cellulis 3.5-4 fi diam. et proxime isodiametricis; cavi- 1
tatibus fructiferis subsphericis, ostiolo angusto; tetrasporangiis 10-14 n X 22-28 /u, I
irregulariter divisis. i
Fronds thin, adhering very firmly to rock by the entire under surface, without
rhizoids, 300-350 n thick, some specimens several centimeters in expanse; erect fila- !
ments very closely compacted, with cells 3.5-4/1 diam. and approximately as long as !
broad; fruiting cavities subspherical, with a small aperture; tetrasporangia 10-14 ]
X 22-28 n, irregularly divided. |
j
Apparently very abundant on rocks in the lower littoral and j
upper sublittoral belts.
Indefatigable Island, June 8, Howell No. 162a; North Seymour !
Island, June 11, Howell Nos. 171, 177; Charles Island, Apr. 26, ;
Howell Nos. 242, 273, 537; Cedros Island, Lower California, Aug. 15, ,
Howell No. 703a; Indefatigable Island, June 9, Howell No. 975;
southeast side Narborough Island, June 2, Howell No. 984. ;
Type: No. 236519, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell I
(537) Apr. 26, 1932, at Charles Island, Galapagos.
The combination of characters which distinguishes the species
from all other marine species of this genus is the thinness and expanse
of the thallus, the small size of the cells, and the globular shape of ^^'{Ti V"
the tetrasporangial cavities. /"M^.--^^
Polyopes clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Wt"-', 'V^'^<^
{•^.>\
Plate 4, figure 9; plate 6, figure 17; plate 23, figure 45
Frondibus erectis, infero cylindricis rigidisque, supero complanatis ligulatisque,
2.5 cm. altis, parte ligulato 1-1.5 mm. lato et 125-150 m crasso, subdichotome ramoso,
medulla K-plo partis complanatae occupante et fibris complexis, 5-7 m diam. com-
posita; corticibus filamentis anticlinis cellulis 4-6 coloratis compositis; tetra-
sporangiis numerosis, in nematheciis latera utraque et prope apices segmentorum
terminalium occupantibus, 25-30 /it longis, 10-13 /* latis, cruciatis; cystocarpiis
antheridiisque nondum visis.
Fronds erect, cylindrical and rigid below, flat and ligulate above, 2.5 cm. high,
the ligulate portion 1-1.5 mm. wide and 125-150 m thick, subdichotomously branched;
medulla occupying approximately one-third of the thickness of the flattened portion
and composed of compound fibers 5-7 yn diam.; cortex composed of anticlinal fila-
ments with 4-6 color-bearing cells; tetrasporangia numerous, in nemathecia on both
sides and near the apices of the terminal segments, 25-30 ju long, 10-13 ix wide,
cruciately divided; cystocarps and antheridia not observed.
Type: No. 236505, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(462a) Mar. 24, 1932, at Clarion Island.
92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IProc. 4th Ser.
A single tetrasporic plant of this diminutive species was detected
among specimens of Gelidium Okamurai. It is therefore impossible
at present to state anything of the variation in size of the plants of
this species.
Its nearest known relative is probably Polyopes sinicola S. and G.,
from the Gulf of California. This species is more markedly differ-
entiated into stipe and blade than is P. sinicola, and there is a distinct
difference in the internal structure of the two species.
Phycodrys elegans Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 24, figure 47
Frondibus tenuissimis flaccidisque, axi central! percurrente, approxime 12 cm.
altis, basi usque ad stipitem gracilem erosis, profuse alterneque ramosis, ramis
primariis basi angustatis, prope apices manifeste amplificatis et in lobis numerosis,
linearibus, rotundatis, magnitudine variabilibus divisis; costa in axi centrali et
ramis primariis conspicuis, in partibus superis evanescentibus; venulis aut nerviis
microscopicis, alternis; cystocarpiis antheridiisque nondum visis; tetrasporangiis
maxima parte in soris binis distinctis prope apices loborum ultimorum positis.
Frond very thin and flaccid, with central percurrent axis, approximately 12 cm.
high, wearing away to a slender stipe at the base, profusely and alternately branched,
beginning near the base, the lower primary branches being approximately 6 cm.
long, primary branches narrowed at the base, decidedly broadening near the apices
and divided into numerous linear, rounded, ultimate lobes very variable in size;
midrib conspicuous in the central axis and primary branches, vanishing in the upper
parts; veinlets, or nerves microscopic, alternate; cystocarps and antheridia un-
known; tetrasporangia for the most part in two distinct sori near the apices of the
ultimate lobes.
Type: No. 236493, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by Albert
Stewart (No. 2327) Feb. 23, 1905, at Chatham Island, Galapagos.
Ochtodes Crockeri Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 25, figure 48
Frondibus cartilagineis, purpureo-rubris, comparate robustis, vulgo pluribus e
disco confluento oriendis, praecipue supero, abundanter ramosis; ramificatione
irregulari, subdichotoma usque ad irregulariter altema aut pro parte subsecunda;
ramulis curtis acutis, neque longis neque leviter attenuatis; medulla axium prim-
arium et ramorum majorum cellulis crassi-parietalibus, subparenchymaticis, sub-
sphericis composita; corticibus seriebus anticlinis in partibus senioribus cellularum
3-4, in ramuH plurium compositis; cystocarpiis valde prominentibus, simpHcibus
aut in nematheciis inconspicuis pluribus plus minusve confluentibus immersis; tetra-
sporangiis zonatis, 5.5-6.6 X 28-32 ix in seriebus anticlinis corticis ramulorum sup-
positis; antheridiis nondum visis.
Fronds cartilaginous, relatively robust, generally several arising from a confluent
disk, 7-18 cm. high, profusely branched, especially so in the upper parts; branching
irregular, subdichotomous to irregularly alternate, or in part subsecund; ramuli
short, acute, but not long and gradually tapering; medulla in the main axes and
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 93
principal branches composed of thick-walled, subparenchymatous, subspherical
cells; cortex composed of anticlinal rows of 3-4 cells in the older parts, more in the
ramuli; cystocarps very prominent, simple or several, more or less confluent; tetra-
sporangia in inconspicuous nemathecia on ramuli, terminal on anticlinal filaments of
the cortex, 5.5-6.5 X 28-32 n, zonate; antheridia unknown; color purplish-red.
Growing on rocks. Five miles northeast of Webb Cove, Albe-
marle Island, May 22, Howell Nos. 395, 403, 424, 967; northeast
side of Narborough Island, May 31, Howell Nos. 139, 876; June 2,
Howell No. 829; southeast side of Narborough Island, June 1,
Howell No. 147a.
Type: No. 236495, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by J. T. Howell
(139) May 31, 1932, at northeast side of Narborough Island,
Galapagos.
Two species of this interesting genus have previously been
described, viz., 0. secundiramea (Mont.) Howe, from Martinique,
and 0. capensis J. Ag. from the Cape of Good Hope. The first species
was doubtfully referred to the genus Hypnea by Montagne and has
been variously referred by different authors since. The species here
described differs from both of these species in being very much more
robust, some of the specimens measuring eighteen centimeters high
and the chief axes about two millimeters in diameter, in not tapering
so gradually in the upper parts, the attenuation being principally
at the apices of the ultimate ramelli, and in being much more pro-
fusel}'' branched. The cells of both the cortex and medulla seem to be
larger in general than those of the other two species mentioned above,
those of the medulla becoming over 100 n in diameter.
A conspicuous character of the genus, well represented in 0.
Crockeri, is the prominent seriate cystocarps, often several coalescing.
The presence of tetraspores has apparently hitherto been unobserved
and they are here reported for the first time. They occur in quite
numerous but inconspicuous nemathecia on the ramuli of the upper
parts of the fronds. The sporangia are formed by the elongation of
terminal cells of the anticlinal rows of cells, or anticlinal filaments.
Practically all of the terminal cells of a nemathecial area are thus
transformed. They are narrow and zonately divided.
94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 3
Figs, la, lb, Ic. Xenococcus endophyticus Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Show-
ing various stages in development in the walls of the host, Rhizoclonium. X 400.
Fig. 2a. Polycystis clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Showing various
shapes and sizes of colonies, diagrammatic and much enlarged.
Fig. 2b. Polycystis clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A single small
colony. X 300.
Fig. 3. Dermocarpa simulans Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Several typical
plants, some vegetative and some with gonidia. X 300.
Fig. 4a. Lyngbya prostrate Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Diagrammatic.
Fig. 4b. Lyngbya prostrata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Typical trichomes.
X 1000.
Fig. 5. Microcoleus Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Terminal portion
of three trichomes. X 450.
Fig. 6a. Xenococcus angulatus Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Several groups
as seen in surface view on the host. X 500.
Fig. 6b. Xenococcus angulatus Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Groups as seen
in sectional view of the host. X 500. The host is Callymenia angustata Setchell
and Gardner, sp. nov.
Plate 4
Fig. 7. Lyngbya sinuosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Part of a single normal
filament. X 500.
Fig. 8. Mastigocoleus corallinae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A group of
normal trichomes. X 700.
Fig. 9. Polyopes clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A fragment of a
longitudinal section of a tetrasporic plant. X 350.
Fig. 10a. Neomonospora multiramosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Terminal
parts of filaments showing various stages in the development of branches. X 50.
Fig. 10b. Neomonospora multiramosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A fragment
taken from near the base of a filament showing thick, laminated walls. X 50.
Fig. 10c. Neomonospora multiramosa Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Three
filaments showing variation in position and length of pedicels of tetrasporangia.
X 50.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— ALGAE 95
Plate 5
Fig. 11. Rhizoclonium robustum Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Showing simple,
branched, and septate rhizoids. X 25.
Fig. 12a. Sarcodiotheca linearis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Section of
antheridial plant. X 200.
Fig. 12b. Sarcodiotheca linearis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Longitudinal
section of sterile plant. X 200.
Fig. 13. Lyngbya adherens Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A few filaments
attached to the host. X 500.
Plate 6
Fig. 14. Ceramium Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Fragment show-
ing surface cells and a tetrasporangial branch. X 150.
Fig. IS. Antithamnion sublittorale Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A piece of a
tetrasporic frond showing the position of tetrasporangia and gland cells and the
method of branching. X 100.
Fig. 16. Gelidiutn (Pterocladia) Okamurai Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Cross
section of frond showing the position of rhizoids. X 200.
Fig. 17. Polyopes clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Cross section of
a frond. X 350.
Plate 7
Fig. 18. Ceramium fimbriatum Setchell and Gardner. A fragment of a tetra-
sporangial plant. X 150.
Fig. 19. Laurencia clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Apical portion
of a ramulus showing a single lateral cystocarp. X 320.
Fig. 20. Laurencia clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. A portion of a
prostrate filament with erect branches with tetraspores. X 40.
Fig. 21. Laurencia clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. The same as
fig. 20 but not fruiting. X 40.
96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 8
Fig. 22a, 22b. Ceratnium zacae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Apical portions of
tetrasporic fronds. X 150.
Fig. 22c. Ceramium zacae Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Portion of lower part
of frond showing corticating bands. X ISO.
Fig. 23. Ceramium codiophila Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Apical portion
of a frond. X 100.
Fig. 24. Ceramium codiophila Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Portion of a tetra-
sporic frond. X 100.
Fig. 25. Ceramium Templetonii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Apical portion
of a tetrasporic frond. X 150.
Fig. 26. Ceramium Templetonii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Segment from
the lower part of the frond showing corticating bands and chromatophores in
central cells. X 150.
Plate 9
Fig. 27. Spatoglossum Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of
dried plants, the type.
Plate 10
Fig. 28. Weeksia Templetotiii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of a
battered specimen, the type. X 1.
Plate 11
Fig. 29. Weeksia Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen of a dried cystocarpic plant.
Fig. 30. Weeksia Howellii Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen of a dried tetrasporic plant.
Plate 12
Fig. 31. Gymnogongrus martinensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photo-
graph of a group of normal plants. X 1.
Fig. 32. Callymenia angustata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen of a cystocarpic plant. X 1.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL A^D GARDNER— ALGAE .97
Plate 13
Fig. 33. Sarcodiotheca meridionalis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photo-
graph of the type specimens.
Plate 14
Fig. 34. Sarcodiotheca cuneata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of
the type specimen of a cystocarpic plant. X 1.
Plate 15
Fig. 35. Sarcodiotheca linearis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of a
series of typical plants. X 1.
Plate 16
Fig. 36. Laurencia densissima Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of
the type specimen of a tetrasporic plant. X 1.
Plate 17
Fig. 37. Laurencia densissima Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of a
branch of the type specimen of a tetrasporic plant. X 4.
Fig. 38. Gelidium (Pterocladia) Okamurai Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov.
Photograph of the type specimen. X 1.
Plate 18
Fig. 39. Laurencia mediocra Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of
the type specimen. X 1.
Plate 19
Fig. 40. Laurencia turbinata Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen of a tetrasporic plant.
98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th SbR.
Plate 20
Fig. 41. Chondria pacifica Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of a
group of dried plants. X 1.
Plate 21
Fig. 42. Dasya subsecunda Suhr. Photograph of the type specimen.
Fig. 43. Dasya subsecunda Suhr. Photograph of a branch of the type specimen.
X 10.
i
Plate 22 I
<
Fig. 44. Heterosiphonia erecta Gardner. Photograph of a much branched erect I
frond.
j
Plate 23 !
Fig. 45. Polyopes clarionensis Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of
the type specimen. X 2. ;
i
Fig. 46. Heterosiphonia erecta Gardner. Photograph of a group of typical tetra-
sporic plants. XI.
Plate 24
Fig. 47. Phycodrys elegans Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen. X 1.
Plate 25
Fig. 48. Ochtodes Crockeri Setchell and Gardner, sp. nov. Photograph of the
type specimen. X 1.
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SOI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2
[SETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 3
PROG. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 (SETCHELL AND GARDNER) Plate 4
PROC. GAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2
SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 5
PROC. CAL ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2
ISETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 6 t
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2
(SETCHELL AND GARDNER) Plate 7
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2
[SETCHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 8
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 9
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 | SETCHELL AND GARDNER) Plate 10
JSk
^f ■■,
4 *-
28
■ ■'^
• i
-
» ■ *
Mr*' '
■%,^
- -^
■ ,4^
^';
•
V-
'4. ,
.«»
•I ;
PROC. CAL ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETOHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 11
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 12
32
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 13
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 14
PROG. GAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 15
PROC. CAL ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 16
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELLAND GARDNER ] Plate 17
PROC. CAL ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 18
PROC.CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 19
MILUIIEITEIl.
PROC.CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 20
PROC.CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol, XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 21
^
^J
7.^ <^<-^=^
MILLIMETER.
1 1 1
-^
43
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELLAND GARDNER] Plate 22
%^
<%»*•>
\.
J t
"m^'i;^-jf^ "' *^
44
llllllllllllllllllllllllllll
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series. Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 23
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 | SETCHELL AND GARDNER ] Plate 24
PROC.CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 2 [SETCHELL AND GARDNER] Plate 25
prcx:eedings
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 3, pp. 99-110, plates 26, 27
April 26, 1937 "' ^^^
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 32
THE PLANT GENUS COLDENIA IN THE
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS
BY
JOHN THOMAS HOWELL
Assistant Curator, Department of Botany
California Academy of Sciences
Introduction
History. The first species of Coldenia {Boraginaceae) to be known
from the Galapagos Islands were described in 1847 as species of
Galapagoa, a genus specially erected by Hooker f. to care for them
(Trans, Linn. Soc. 20: 196, 197). In the rather meager material
before him. Hooker distinguished two species, G. Darwini and G.
fusca, differentiated in his descriptions chiefly by pubescence. Not
many years later in 1862, these were recognized as species of Col-
denia by Asa Gray and this generic disposition of the plants was
accepted by Bentham and Hooker in the Genera Plantarum, by
Hooker and Jackson in the Index Kewensis, by Giirke in Die Natur-
lichen Pflanzenfamilien, and by all later workers who have con-
sidered them. Until Johnston prepared his "Tentative Classifica-
tion of the South American Coldenias" (Contrib. Gray Herb.,
n. ser., 70: 55-61, 1924), Hooker's two original species were main-
tained and specimens from the islands were referred to them chiefly
on characters of pubescence. But in his survey of the island mate-
rial, Johnston could distinguish no specific line, remarking: "I. . .
am forced to the conclusion that the archipelago has but one variable
April 26. 1937
100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.
Species of Coldenia. The island plants vary considerably in com-
pactness, size and pubescence of leaves, but these differences seem
clearly responses to different habitats" (pages 59, 60).
Such a disposition of the island material would probably have
been followed in the present instance had I not become convinced in
the field, as botanist on the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the
California Academy of Sciences in 1932, that more than one species
of Coldenia could be readily distinguished. In the course of my
collecting of Coldenia, I regret that I was not particularly critical,
and it was only during my last days on the islands that three dis-
tinct plants were found in close proximity in the vicinity of Sulivan
Bay on James Island, two actually growing together. Although
these two plants might have been passed as variants of the same
species by a too casual collector, only the slightest attention to them
immediately revealed that they were entirely distinct. Other in-
stances of this sort and further variations might have been de-
tected at other stations had I been more alert and critical earlier.
But certainly in habit and gross aspect the coldenias closely resem-
bled each other and a closer scrutiny of plants was not deemed
necessary. At Sulivan Bay it was variation in color and shape of
corollas in neighboring plants which all too late focused my attention
on dissimilarities in plants superficially alike; but, nevertheless, the
observation was in time for me to realize that critical points could be
adduced from a consideration of the flower.
About two years ago, when I came to examine critically all col-
lections of Galapagian Coldenia in the Herbarium of the California
Academy of Sciences (C), it was at once discovered that added to
characters of habit and flower which had been noted in the field
were even more important characters in the fruit, some plants hav-
ing nutlets smooth and shining and others having nutlets tuberculate
and dull. Four major entities and several minor forms came to be
recognized; but when I sought to apply Hooker's original specific
names to two of them, I was unable to do so. Hooker in his original
description of Galapagoa fusca neglected to describe the fruit, and,
from the characterization given, it was impossible to determine
whether the characters described should be correlated with smooth
or rough nutlets. It was at this point that I was able to examine the
collections by Darwin, Macrae, and Edmonston in Herbarium
Hookerianum (Herb. Hook.) at Kew in the summer of 1935, and to
determine to which two of the entities the specific names Darwini
and /wsca should be applied.
Even at Kew all was not so simple as might be anticipated, and
no little difficulty was encountered in determining which specimens
should serve as types for Hooker's species. Because the specific
nomenclature of the island plants depends on the decisions made,
the notes prepared at Kew and at the herbarium of the University of
Cambridge (Herbarium Cantabrigense, Herb. Cantab.) are given
here in full.
Vol. XXII]
HOWELL— THE GENUS COLDENIA 101
Selection of Types. From the description of Galapagoa Darwini,
it is clear that in Herb. Hook, at Kew there is only one sheet that
has mounted on it plants which can be taken as the ones described
by Hooker. (Plate 26.) On this sheet three specimens are mounted
and the following data are given: Charles Island, Edmonston; Albe-
marle Island, Macrae; and, Charles Island, Darwin. The data are
so placed that it is not evident at first which specimen goes with
which data, and this is important to determine, since only two of
the three specimens are cited by Hooker; and, moreover, in the light
of present knowledge at least two species are represented. By refer-
ence to Darwin's specimens in Herb. Cantab., it is immediately evi-
dent that the specimens on the right side of the sheet in Herb. Hook,
are the Darwin specimens, and this is as it should be because the
Darwin label is placed immediately beneath them. And by refer-
ence to the specimens in Herbarium Benthamianum (Herb. Benth.)
at Kew, it is evident that the specimen in the lower left hand corner
is a part of Macrae's collection from Albemarle Island: and again this
is as it should be, because not only does the position of the Macrae
label show the closest possible affiliation for this particular specimen
but also the specimen at one point overlies the Edmonston data
which are written on the sheet, thus showing that the specimen
taken to be Macrae's was added subsequently to the mounting of
Edmonston's specimen and to the writing of his data. Thus the
Edmonston data go with the two plants in the upper left hand
corner of the sheet.
From a careful examination of these three specimens and a com-
parison of them with the original description of Galapagoa Darwini
and with drawing of dissections prepared by Hooker, it is evident
that the description and drawings do take care of both the Darwin
and Macrae specimens but do not fit the Edmonston collection.
This agrees with Hooker's statement in the original description that
G. Darwini is based on collections of Darwin and of Macrae. For
the type of the species, there should be no hesitancy in choosing
Darwin's specimens in Herb. Hook, because (1.) the material is
adequately covered by the original description of G. Darwini and
is clearly included in Hooker's drawings of dissections; (2.) it is the
first cited collection; (3.) the species named after Darwin should have
as the type this specimen collected by him, if his plant is included in
the original description. This decision is reached and held in spite
of the fact that Darwin's collection in Herb. Hook, is labelled
"Charles Island," while the island named both in the original
description and in the data accompanying the specimen in Herb.
Cantab, is Chatham Island; and also in spite of the fact that the
specimen from Charles Island by Darwin in Herb. Benth., which is
labelled G. Darwini, is C. fusca and exactly corresponds to Edmon-
ston's plant from Charles Island in Herb. Hook.
The choice of a specimen to serve as type for Galapagoa ftisca is
likewise difficult because of conflicting data and discrepancies in
102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
labelled specimens. In the original description, the locality given
for the type and only collection cited is "Charies Island" by Dar-
win, Now, in Herb. Hook, the only collection by Darwin, and that
given as from Charles Island, has been cautiously and critically
chosen as the type for G. Darwini. In Herb. Benth. there is a Dar-
win collection from Charles Island labelled G. Darwim but even a
casual glance shows the plant so labelled to be identical with Ed-
monston's collection from Charles Island in Herb, Hook.; and
although the leaves of this collection are almost "destitute of those
curious large setae, . , . so prominent in G. Darwim," the plants
are not "of a lurid brown color" and the leaves are not conspicu-
ously "rugose on the upper surface between the lateral nerves."
In Herb. Cantab, there is a second specimen of Galapagoa said to
have been collected by Darwin, Although it is labelled G. fusca,
it cannot be that species according to the original description of
G. fusca, and most closely resembles Macrae's collection from Albe-
marle Island that Hooker cited with G. Darwini.
So the problem narrows down to the question whether there is a
specimen collected by Darwin or by someone else which was avail-
able to Hooker at the time he described Galapagoa fusca, which,
agreeing with the original description, may be selected as the type.
There is such a specimen, a second collection by Macrae from Albe-
marle Island, represented in Herb, Hook, by a very full sheet and
also by an adequate specimen in Herb, Benth, This specimen fills
so perfectly all the particular requirements given by Hooker in the
original description of G. fusca, that it is unavoidable to conclude
that the description of the species was based on this Macrae col-
lection, and that an error was made in citing the original locality
and collector in the literature. This conclusion is still further forti-
fied by the drawings made by Hooker which are details evidently
taken from the Macrae plant, and which are at present pinned to
that specimen. That these drawings have always been attached to
the Macrae specimen can be readily deduced by a study of the sev-
eral sets of pin-holes on the edge of the drawing paper and along
the edge of the herbarium sheet. Hence the Macrae collection from
Albemarle Island in Herb. Hook, is chosen as the type of G. fusca.
Ecology and Relationships. The species of Coldenia are widespread
in the Galapagos Islands, and have been reported from all of the
larger islands, except Duncan, as well as from several of the smaller
islands. They are most frequent in loose porous soils of sandy or
ashy character, and are to be counted as a characteristic element
in the vegetation of sandy flats and low dunes immediately inland
and above the calcareous beaches. In fact all of the species and most
of the collections have been recorded from such a littoral habitat.
Only C. Galapagoa has been commonly noted as occurring away
from the strand on rocky slopes in shallow soil; and the closely re-
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS COLDENIA 103
lated C. fusca is found inland on gentle slopes or flats of volcanic
ash, or, more rarely, in crevices of lava pavements.
Certainly the species resemble each other closely in general aspect;
the difference in appearance between individuals of the same species
in youth and age is at times more pronounced than that between in-
dividuals of different species of about the same age. But there are
real differences in the species as they are seen growing, although,
again, to the casual observer they may seem very much alike. Both
C. Darwini and C. fusca, as far as the writer has observed, are truly
prostrate even to the tips of the branchlets. Where these two species
grew together at Tagus Cove, they were superficially indistinguish-
able, and it was only after a critical examination of the collection
in the laboratory that the two species were separated {Howell No.
9514 and 9514A). Coldenia Galapagoa and C. conspicua are more
decidedly divergent, not only between themselves but also from the
true mat-plants, C. Darwini and C. fusca. Neither forms a perfectly
prostrate mat. Of the two, C. Galapagoa has the more sprawling
habit but its assurgent branches develop at least a low loose habit.
From all species of Coldenia in the Galapagos Islands, the suffrutes-
cent habit assumed by C. conspicua is different, forming as it does
a low broad shrubby growth, perhaps up to a half meter in height.
In habit, it was in notable contrast to the prostrate mats of C. Dar-
wini with which it was associated.
Johnston (/. c, page 57) refers the plants of the Galapagos
Islands to the section Eddya of the genus Coldenia, and considers
them closely allied to the continental species C. paronychioides
Phil., which ranges from northern Chile to Bolivia and northern
Peru. The section, which also includes several species in the Mexi-
can region, is to be recognized by the unappendaged corolla and the
ventrally attached nutlets with an anterior grooved keel (cf. John-
ston, I. c, page 56). Without a critical knowledge of the relations
on the mainland, it is scarcely feasible to propose a possible phylo-
geny for the insular complex, unless it would be to suggest that
the variations in the Galapagian group appear to have arisen
through hybridization, with consequent partial stabilization through
segregation and isolation. It only remains to be stated that, al-
though the Galapagian species are closely allied, not only geneti-
cally, but also physiologically and ecologically, nevertheless the
several species seem very distinct and adequate taxonomically.
Acknowledgments. In the preparation of this review of the Gala-
pagian coldenias, specimens have been borrowed from the Gray
Herbarium of Harvard University (G) and from the Herbarium of
the Brooklyn Botanic Garden (B). In Europe, studies were made in
England at the Royal Herbarium, Kew (Kew.), and the Herbarium
of the University of Cambridge (Cantab.); and, in Sweden, in the
Herbarium of the Kungliga Riksmuseum (Holm., i. e., Herbarium
Holmiense). To the officers and assistants of all of these institutions,
104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr,
I am deeply grateful for the opportunity for study and for the many
courtesies and privileges I have enjoyed. Particularly do I wish
to thank Dr. T. A. Sprague, Deputy Keeper of the Royal Herbarium,
Kew, for his valuable advice and assistance in helping me to inter-
pret the confusion of Coldenia specimens; as always, I am grateful
to Mr. Templeton Crocker, not only for the advantages he gave me
as botanist on his expedition in 1932, but for his continued interest
in the studies of the collections obtained; and, I wish to express my
gratitude to Miss Alice Eastwood who made possible my European
summer and all that it has meant to me.
Taxonomic Treatment
Key to the Galapagian Species of Coldenia
A. Nutlets nearly or quite smooth and shining.
B. Plants prostrate; corolla sordid- white, the tube campanulate-
funnelform; hairs on the stem spreading or appressed-
ascending 1. C. Darwini
B. Plants bushy, to 3 or 4 dm. tall; corolla pure white, the tube cylin-
drical; hairs on the stem mostly retrorse 2. C. conspicua
A. Nutlets granular to finely tuberculate, dull.
C. Stems prostrate; corolla 1-2 mm. long, the tube campanulate-
funnelform; stamens about 1 mm. long; style-branches
distinct or united only near the base 3. C. fusca
C. Stems somewhat assurgent; corolla 3-4 mm. long, the tube cylin-
drical; stamens 3.5 mm. long; style-branches united 0.5-
1 mm. above base 4. C. Galapagoa
1. Coldenia Darwini (Hook, f.) Gray
Plate 26, Plate 27, figure 1
Galapagoa Darwini Hook, f., Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 196 (1847)
Coldenia Darwini (Hook, f.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 341 (1862)
Stems prostrate, forming a mat 4-8 dm., or perhaps even a meter, in diameter,
woody and dark at base, the branchlets numerous, cinereous, tomentellous, or more
frequently the pubescence upwardly appressed and strigose or subhirsute; leaves
small, elliptic to narrowly ovate, acute, tlae midrib depressed above, very prominent
below and nearly filling the concavity formed by the strongly revolute margins,
lateral veins not evident, the hairs of two sorts, the shorter hairs substrigose and
not so stout, the longer hairs setose and scattered, sometimes abundant, sometimes
nearly lacking; calyx-lobes more or less unequal, free nearly to the base, 1-2 mm.
long in anthesis; corolla 1.5-2.5 mm. long, campanulate-funnelform, the lobes
spreading, rounded; stamens attached near the bottom of the tube, about 1 mm.
long; style about 1 mm. long, the branches distinct nearly or quite to the base;
nutlets narrowly ovate dorsally, 0.75 mm. long, black, smooth and shining above
and on the back, very minutely reticulate-roughened and only sublucid on the sides
near the base, the groove on the ventral angle scarcely widened upward.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS COLDENIA 105
Collections studied. Type collection, Darwin in 1835 ("Charles
Island," Kew. in Herb. Hook., frag. G; "Chatham Island," Herb.
Cantab.). Galapagos Islands: Edmonston in 1846 (G); Andersson
No. 135 (Kew.). Abingdon: on lava beds near the shore, Stewart
No. 3144 (C). Albemarle: Macrae in 1825 (Kew. in Herb. Hook,
and Herb. Benth.); east side, 3 miles south of Equator, Howell No.
9610 (C); Tagus Cove, Stewart No. 3146 (C, G), Howell No. 95 14 A
(C). Bindloe: Baur No. 383 (G); Snodgrass & Heller No. 764 (G);
Stewart No. 3147 (C) ; northwest coast, Howell No. 8566 (C). Charles:
Darwin in 1835 (Cantab., a specimen different from the type collec-
tions); on sand beaches, Stewart No. 3148 (C); Black Beach, Sven-
son No. 181 (B, G, Kew.), Howell No. 9383 (C); Post Office Bay,
Howell No. 8810 (C). Chatham: Andersson in 1852 (G, Holm., frag.
C); Bassa Point, Stewart No. 3149 (C, G). James: Orchilla Bay,
Baur No. 384 (G); Sulivan Bay, Howell No. 10011 (C); Bartholomew
Island at Sulivan Bay, Howell No. 10060 (C).
The collections of this species present two extremes in the char-
acter of pubescence. A few collections from Chatham and Charles
islands have the stems almost villous-tomentose with soft spreading
hairs. The majority of specimens, however, have the stems more or
less bristly-hairy as well as strigose with usually closely appressed
hairs. The type collection belongs to the former variant that is rare;
the plants generally collected belong to the second variant. The
recognition of these differences by named forms would perhaps be
desirable, although the character is variable, and a precise definition
and separation is scarcely possible.
Of all the specimens of C. Darwini, only one has been seen which
seems to agree with the type in every detail, and this is Stewart's
collection from Bassa Point, Chatham Island. This fact lends strong
support to the writer's belief that the original collection is correctly
labelled in Herb. Cantab, and that the specimen in Herb. Kew.,
which is to be taken as the type, is incorrectly labelled Charles
Island. (Cf. discussion in Introduction.) It is true that Stewart's
collection from Charles Island also resembles Darwin's plants in
critical details of pubescence, but the plant does not have the very
close, almost identical resemblance, which is shared by the type col-
lection and Stewart's plants from Chatham.
2. Coldenia conspicua Howell, spec. nov.
Plate 27, figure 1
Fruticulus argenteus, 3-4 dm. altus; caulibus assurgentibus vel suberectis, basi
lignosis et vestitis cortice fusco tenuiter sulcato, ramulis numerosis, cinereis pilis
retrorsis vel subpatentibus; foliis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, strigoso-canescenti-
bus, 1.5-2 mm. longis, petiolis villoso-hirsutis, costa prominenti, costis lateralibus
haud manifestis; floribus fere latentibus inter folia congesta ramulorum nanorum;
segmentis calycis oblongis, inaequalibus, longissimis 2 mm. longis, brevissimis 1.5
mm. longis, post anthesin maioribus et coriaceis; corolla Candida, 3 mm. longa,
106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
tuba fere cylindracea, inappendiculata; staminibus glabris, 2 mm. longis; stylo 2
mm. longo, ramis 1.5 mm. longis; nuculis circa 0.75 mm. longis, partim inclusis
basibus segmentorum calycis, laevibus, nitentibus, atris, angusto-ovatis, subacutis,
rotundatis dorso, acutis ventre, sulco ventrali subaequaliter lato omnino.
Low pale bushes, 3-4 dm. tall, the stems loosely spreading or suberect, woody
below and covered with a shallowly furrowed light brown bark, much-branched
above, the upper stems cinereous with mostly close retrorse or somewhat spreading
pubescence, the primary internodes long, the secondary branches abbreviated,
spur-like and bearing rosette-like clusters of numerous small crowded leaves; leaves
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, strigose-canescent, 1.5-2 mm. long, petioles hirsute-
villous, those of the primary leaves longer, midvein prominent but lateral veins
not at all evident; flowers nearly concealed among the congested leaves of the dwarf
shoots; calyx- divisions oblong, unequal, in flower the longest 2 mm. long, the short-
est 1.5 mm. long; corolla white, not sordid, 3 mm. long, the tube nearly cylindrical,
without appendages; stamens glabrous, 2 mm. long; style 2 mm. long, the branches
about 1.5 mm. long; nutlets partly enveloped by the concave base of the calyx-
divisions, smooth, shining, black, narrowly ovate, subacute, rounded dorsally,
acute ventrally, the ventral groove about equally wide throughout.
Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., No. 229734, collected on the north-
west side of Bartholomew Island at Sulivan Bay, James Island,
Howell No. 10059, June 14, 1932. The plants were abundant on an
ashy talus, conspicuously mottling the dark brown slope with bright
silvery patches. This species was also collected on the mainland of
James Island where it grew in sandy stretches along the shore of Suli-
van Bay, Howell No. 10010, June 13, 1932. It has not been seen in
any other collection from the Galapagos Islands. At both stations
where this very distinct species was detected, it grew with the strictly
prostrate C. Darwini, but no intermediates or notable variants of
either species were seen.
From the particular combination of characters which mark
C. conspicua, it would appear that it may have arisen through the
hybridization of C. Darwini and C. Galapagoa, the two species which
are locally abundant at Sulivan Bay. If that be the case, the dis-
tinctness and stability of the C. conspicua population would seem to
indicate that the interspecific crossing occurred long ago, and, that
from the possibly variable filial descendants, the extremely rigorous
desert condition at Sulivan Bay has selected the single successful
survivor.
3. Coldenia fusca (Hook, f.) Gray
Plate 26
Galapagoa fusca Hook, f.. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 197 (1847)
Coldenia fusca (Hook, f.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 341 (1862)
Stems prostrate, forming cinereous or fuscous mats 1.5-8 dm. across, woody
and dark below, the branchlets cinereous, pubescent with ascending subappressed
hairs, or the hairs rarely spreading; leaves small, elliptical to ovate or subrotund,
obtuse or subacute, pubescence strigillose with the hairs appressed or subhirsute
with the hairs suberect and bristly, loosely subsericeous below, both the midrib
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS COLDENIA 107
and lateral veins prominently impressed above and evident below, margins very
narrowly revolute; calyx 1.5 mm. long, the tube half as long; corolla campanulate-
funnelform, 1-2 mm. long, the tube tending to be cylindrical; stamens about 1 mm.
long, attached somewhat above the bottom of the tube; style 1-2 mm. long, the
branches distinct to the base or sometimes united a very short distance; nutlets
dark brown or black, 0.75 mm. long, lanceolate-ovate dorsally, subobtuse, dull,
granular or tuberculate, the ventral groove somewhat widened upward. j
1
'*»-0«
Collections studied. Type collection, Albemarle Island, Macrae
in 1825 (Kew. in Herb. Hook., type, and in Herb. Benth., frag. G). ^
Albemarle: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass & Heller No. 180 (G), Howell ■
No. 9514 (C) ; southern part, Baur No. 382 (G) ; Villamil, Stewart No. ...»j
3145 (C, G), Howell No. 8919 (C); in lower region on trail to Santo >; ^^
Tomas, Howell No. 8969. Harrington: Snodgrass & Heller No. 468
(G), Stewart No. 3155 (C, G). Brattle: Stewart No. 3156 (C, G).
Chatham: lower region, southwest end, Baur No. 217 (G); Wreck
Bay, Howell No. 8612 (C). Hood: Baur No. 218 (G) ; Stewart No.
3153 (C, G); beach at Gardner Bay, Howell No. 8647 (C). Inde-
fatigable: on sand beaches, southeast side, Stewart No. 3150 (C, G);
Academy Bay, Svenson No. 10 (B, G, Kew.), Howell No. 9057 (C),
SchimpffNo. 9 (C, Holm.). James: James Bay, Howell No. 9712 (C).
Three collections of C. fusca have been seen with very dubious
data. Two are in Herb. Kew. from Charles Island, one by Darwin
(Herb. Benth.), the other by Edmonston (Herb. Hook,). Critical
study of the specimens would seem to indicate that they are parts of
the same collection. Until C. fusca is again collected on Charles
Island, these collections cannot be regarded seriously in distribu-
tional studies in the archipelago. The third dubious collection is
what is taken to be a mixture of C. fusca and C. Galapagoa, said to
have been collected by Andersson on "insula Indefatigable" (Herb.
Gray.). Undoubtedly the data are authentic for the specimen of
C. Galapagoa, but it is likely that Andersson collected the material
of C. fusca at either Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, or at James Bay,
James Island, at both of which places the frigate Eugenie visited and
at both of which C. fusca is known to grow. No specimen of C. fusca
collected by Andersson was noted at the herbarium in Stockholm.
Variations in C. fusca appear to be the only ones decided enough
to offer entities worthy of taxonomic recognition. Because of the
nature of these variations, the logical treatment of them would be
to name a series of forms, one for nearly every one of the islands
where the species occurs. Plants typical of the species are found on
Albemarle and James islands; and, what is probably a typical plant,
has been collected on the southeast side of Indefatigable {Stewart
No. 3150). As noted above, it is doubtful whether the Darwin and
Edmonston collections reported from Charles Island are correctly
labelled, but the collections represent typical C. fusca. All the other
collections, distributed across the southern end of the archipelago,
are variable in pubescence, leaves, flowers, and nutlets. All have
108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
leaves averaging slightly larger than those of typical C. fusca, a
character in which they approach C. Galapagoa. There is a tendency
for the pubescence to be spreading, either hirsutulous or subvillous,
this character being especially noticeable in specimens from the
widely separated Hood and Brattle islands. The plants on Hood
Island have the undivided part of the style longer than in any other
Galapagian Coldenia except C. Galapagoa. The most notable
divergence from typical C. fusca is found in the fruit of plants from
Chatham Island, Harrington Island, and Academy Bay, Indefati-
gable Island. Instead of having the nutlets finely but distinctly
tuberculate as is typical for the species, these plants have the nutlets
dull and very minutely granular. For the present it seems desirable
to consider all these variations as simply C. fusca, though eventually
some should perhaps be recognized taxonomically. The group might
well afford exhaustive study in the problems of the origin of small
entities or incipient species through segregation and isolation in a
variable complex.
4. Coldenia Galapagoa Howell, spec. nov.
Plate 27, figure 2
Planta humilis, subhirsuta, ramosissima; caulibus patentibus, non vere pros-
tratis, subassurgentibus, 0.8-5 dm. longis, basi lignosis, cortice tenui, atro-fusco,
ramulis villosis vel subhirsutis; foliis ovatis oblongo-ovatis vel oblongo-obovatis,
raro angustioribus et oblongo-lanceolatis, 4-6 mm. longis, 2-4 mm. latis, sub-
hirsutis ad hispidis, nervis profunde impressis supra et prominentibus infra, petiolis
dense et hirsute floccoso-ciliatis; floribus sessilibus et fere latentibus inter folia
congesta; calyce 2-3 mm. longo, tuba circa 1 mm. longa, lobis subinaequalibus,
lineari-oblongis, pilosis, pilis longis, albis, erectis, setiformibus; corolla sordido-
alba, 3-4 mm. longa, tuba subcylindracea, 2.5 mm. longa, inappendiculata; sta-
minibus glabris, 3.5 mm. longis; stylo 2.5-3 mm. longo, ramis 1.5-2 mm. longis;
nuculis minute tuberculatis, atris, subovatis, apice oblique acutis, 0.75 mm. longis,
rotundatis dorso, angulatis sulcatisque ventre, sulco superne paulum dilatato.
Plants low and spreading, forming loose mats 1.5-10 dm. across, the stems not
strictly prostrate, somewhat assurgent, woody at the base and covered with a thin
black-brown bark, the branches numerous, villous or subhirsute, the longer hairs
straight, the shorter hairs generally somewhat retrorse, the primary internodes
long, the secondary branches short and leafy-congested; leaves ovate, oblong-
ovate, oblong-obovate, or rarely narrower and oblong-lanceolate, 4-6 mm. long,
2-4 mm. wide, subhirsute to hispid, the veins deeply impressed above and promi-
nently raised below, the petioles densely and hirsutely tufted-ciliate; flowers sessile
and nearly concealed among the leaves; calyx 2-3 mm. long, the tube nearly 1 mm.
long, the lobes somewhat unequal, linear-obloiig, long-hairy with white bristly
erect hairs; corolla sordid-white, 3-4 mm. long, the tube subcylindrical, 2.5 mm.
long, without appendages, the lobes rotund-oblong, entire or undulate, a little more
than 1 mm. long; stamens glabrous, attached at base of corolla-tube, 3.5 mm. long;
style 2.5-3 mm. long, the branches 1.5-2 mm. long; nutlets finely tuberculate,
black, ovatish, obliquely acutish, 0.75 mm. long, rounded dorsally, angled and
grooved ventrally, the groove somewhat widened upward.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS COLDENIA 109
Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., No. 229733, from higher reaches of
the beach, Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9862,
June 8, 1932.
Other collections studied. Galapagos Islands, Andersson No. 136
(Kew.). Daphne: Wheeler Rose & Beehe No. 81 (G) ; Daphne Major,
Pool No. 294 (B, G). Indefatigable: Andersson in 1852 (G, Holm.,
frag. C); Conway Bay, Baur No. 385, (G), Chapin No. 1143 (B);
north side, Snodgrass & Heller No. 679 (G), Stewart No. 3151 (C, G),
Howell No. 9882 (C). James: Stdivan Bay, Howell No. 10033 (C).
Jervis: at 950 ft. elevation, Stewart No. 3152 (C) ; slopes above north
end of island, Howell No. 9767 (C). Seymour (South) : Snodgrass &
Heller No. 587 (G) ; Wheeler Rose & Beehe No. 3 (G) ; in sand, Sven-
son No. 264 (B, G); middle western part, Howell No. 9937 (C).
Coldenia Galapagoa is obviously related to C. fusca but it differs
in gross appearance and in the larger size of all its parts. Although
distinct as a specific entity, it is a variable plant and the several
islands support races which may be worthy of formal recognition
when they are more fully known. Most conspicuous among these
forms is the very pale one which grows on the volcanic slopes above
Sulivan Bay, James Island; and the narrow-leaved one which is
found on South Seymour Island, The center of distribution of the
species is in the north central part of the archipelago. It is believed
appropriate and fitting that this species should bear as a specific
name the old generic name given by Hooker to the coldenias of the
Galapagos Islands.
110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OP SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.
Plate 26
The sheet carrying the type specimen of Coldenia Darwini in Herb. Hook, at
Kew. The type of C. Darwini consists of the two specimens on the right. The
lower specimen on the left is also C. Darwini, collected by Macrae on Albemarle
Island and cited by Hooker. The two upper specimens on the left, collected by
Edmonston, are C. fusca. Photographed at Kew.
Plate 27
Fig. 1. Coldenia conspicua and C. Darwini on ashy slopes of Bartholomew Island
at Sulivan Bay, James Island. Plants of C. conspicua are larger and bushy, those
of C. Darwini are prostrate. A portion of a plant of Opuntia galapageia Hensl. is
in the immediate foreground. Photographed by Toshio Asaeda.
Fig. 2. Looking east from James Island to Sulivan Bay and Bartholomew
Island. The low pale plants in the foreground are Coldenia Galapagoa. Photo-
graphed by J. T. Howell.
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 3
[HOWELL] Plate 26
"^ -*-.- i *.
0/ip
^
Ueterminav;'.
Oj.
J+«-<<.
,Jji.
Q-t^C^
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 3
[HOWELL] Plate 27
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 4, pp. 111-126 July 3, 1937
No. 33
THE HEMIPTERA OF THE TEMPLETON CROCKER
EXPEDITION TO POLYNESIA IN 1934-19351
BY
E. P. VAN DUZEE
Curator of Entomology
California Academy of Sciences
In the fall of 1934 and early part of 1935 Mr. Templeton Crocker
spent several months in scientific exploration with his yacht the
Zaca, covering certain of the island groups in eastern Polynesia,
embracing the Marquesas, Tuamotus, Austral and Gambler Islands,
with stops at Pitcairn, Ducie and Rapa Islands, and the South
American islands of Juan Fernandez and the Galapagos, on the
return journey. This expedition was made primarily in the interest
of the American Museum of Natural History^, but Mr. Crocker
very kindly turned over to the California Academy of Sciences the
Hemiptera taken. Mr. Maurice Willows accompanied Mr. Crocker
on the earlier part of the expedition and while with the Zaca did
much of the insect collecting. After he was called home further
insect material was taken by Mr. Crocker himself or under his
immediate supervision. The material turned over to the Academy
of Sciences by Mr. Crocker consisted of 276 specimens representing
44 species, of which nine were hitherto undescribed and a number
of the others proved to be new to the Academy collection.
'Note: Vol. XXI of the Proceedings was originally planned to contain only the reports upon the
Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences in 1932. Mr. Crocker's further ex-
peditions to the South Pacific have added so much new material to the Academy's collections that it has
seemed desirable to incorporate the reports upon this later material with those of the earlier expedition.
Volumes XXI and XXII have accordingly beer; set aside for this purpose. Consecutive numbering of the
reports has been adhered to. — Editor.
*For an account of this expedition see Natural History for April, 1935.
July 3, 1937.
112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
The study of this material has proved most valuable, especially
from the point of view of geographical distribution. It has served
as a cross-section, as it were, of eastern Polynesia, including some
small isolated islands such as Pitcairn, Ducie and Rapa. The
Chilean island of Juan Fernandez and the Galapagos added some
important forms pertaining to the South American fauna. The
Hawaiian Islands seem to have a distinct insular insect fauna,
while that of the Philippines and the islands to the south are Indo-
Australian. Much more material is needed from the islands of
Polynesia and Micronesia before we can trace their relationships
with any degree of certainty. Work such as Mr. Crocker is doing
is of the greatest importance to an understanding of these relation-
ships. Few groups of animals can compare with the insects in the
opportunities they afford for the study of faunal origins. In their
relationships may be found an important key to the complex geologic
history of those island groups.
HETEROPTERA
Family Cydnidae
Geotomus pygmaeus Dallas
One specimen of this widely distributed Cydnid was taken at
Taio Hae Bay, Nuku Hiva, Marquesas Islands, October 1934.
Family Pentatomidae
Thyanta perditor Fabricius
Three examples of this common American insect were taken by
Mr. Crocker at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 22, 1934.
The insect fauna of the Galapagos Islands is strictly tropical or
subtropical American. Many of the species are identical, others,
especially those that have migrated to the higher interior portions
of the islands, have become differentiated into species more or less
distinct from their continental relations. The area of distribution
of the Galapagos insect fauna apparently embraces the West Indies
and Panama with a smaller representation of the Peruvian and
Equadoran fauna, possibly indicating a former land connection
to the north rather than to the east.
Glaucias venusta Van Duzee
One specimen of this handsome green Pentatomid was taken
October 18, 1934, at Taio Hae Bay, Nuku Hiva, Marquesas Islands,
by Mr. Crocker. This species was described by me in a paper on
the Hemiptera taken by the Pacific Entomological Survey, pub-
lished by the Bishop Museum, (Bulletin 114, Article 26, p. 314,
Vol. XXII] VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA 113
1935.) Of the four previously known closely allied species, vitiensis
China inhabits the Fiji Islands, samoanus China, Samoan Islands,
marcidus Cheesman the Tuamotu Islands and sulcatus Montrouzier
New Caledonia and the Island of Woodlark. Other species are
found in Malayasia and as far west as India.
Nezara viridans Stal
Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 23, 1935. This insect
seems to be confined to the Galapagos Islands where it is not un-
common.
Piezodorus hybneri Gmelin
South side of Rurutu Island, Austral Islands, November 28, 1934,
three individuals, two of which are not fully pigmented. A widely
distributed oriental species formerly known under its preoccupied
name rubrofasciatus DeGeer.
Oechalia consocialis Boisduval
Nine specimens of this insect were taken January 23, 1935, on
Ducie Island, eastern Polynesia, three on Rapa Island, December
7, 1934, and one on Raivavae Island, Austral Islands.
Platynopus melacanthus Boisduval
Raivavae (Vavitao) Island, Austral Islands, December 2, 1934.
Mr. Crocker secured three examples of this "Soldier bug".
Family Coreidae
Liorhyssus hyalinus Fabricius
South side of Rurutu Island, Austral Islands, November 28, 1934,
one example. This is practically a cosmopolitan species occurring
throughout the southern Palearctic and Nearctic Regions as well
as in the tropics of Asia, Africa and America and in the islands of
the south Pacific.
Family Lygaeidae
Paromius pallens Montrouzier
Rikitea, Mangareva (Gambier) Island, December 16, 1934, 13
examples; south side of Rurutu Island, November 28, 1934, and
Raivavae Island, Austral Islands, December 2, 1934, one example;
Pitcairn Island, December 23, 1934, one example. A species of
the South Pacific Islands.
114 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Orthaea ventralis China
Rurutu Island, south side, November 28, 1934, four adults and
one nymph. Described from the Samoan Islands. These agree in
every particular with Mr. China's description. They greatly extend
the range of the species.
Orthaea pacifica Stal
Rikitea, Mangareva Island, December 16, 1934, nine examples;
south side of Rurutu Island, November 28, 1934, eleven examples;
Pitcairn Island, December 31, 1934, eleven examples. This species
is more clearly marked and quite distinct from vincta Say, a species
that seems to have found its way into the Hawaiian Islands. 0.
pacifica is widely distributed in Oceanica.
Nysius marginalis Dallas
Indefatigable Island, March 16-20, 1935, six examples. It seems
to be peculiar to the Galapagos Islands.
Nysius baeckstroemi Bergroth
Mas-a-Fuela Island, Juan Fernandez Islands, Chile, January 20,
1935, two specimens. This interesting species was described by
Dr. Bergroth in 1923 from material taken by the Skottsberg Es-
pedition to these Islands (Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez Is., Ill, p.
395.)
Family Nabidae
Nabis capsiformis Germar
Rikitea, Mangareva Island, December 2, 1934, seven specimens;
Rapa Island, December 7, 1934, nine examples; Rimatara Island,
Austral Islands, November 25, 1934, one example; Virgin Bay,
Futa Hiva, Marquesas Islands, October 8, 1934; Raivavae Island,
December 2, 1934, seven examples; Easter Island, January 15,
1935, six examples; Pitcairn Island, December 31, 1934, twenty-
eight examples. This cosmopolitan species seems to have been
common on the islands of the south Pacific visited by Mr. Crocker.
Many immature individuals were taken with the adults. It inhabits
the more open coastal areas of the islands.
Nabis punctipennis Blanchard
Mas-a-Fuela Island, Juan Fernandez Islands, Chile, January 30,
1935, two adults and two young. This insect occurs also in con-
tinental Chile and in Argentina.
Vol. XXII] VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA US
Family Reduviidae
Ploiaria dohrni Signoret
Juan Fernandez Islands, Chile, January 31, 1935, one example.
Repipta annulipes Barber
Indefatigable Island, March 22, 1935, one example. This in-
dividual was taken at Conway Bay by Mr. Crocker. Mr. Willows
took another on the same island on Mr. Crocker's 1932 expedition.
Family Miridae
Creontiades fuscosus Barber
Indefatigable Island, March 22, 1935, five examples from Conway
Bay. Apparently precinctive. A very distinct species.
Creontiades insularis Poppius
South side of Rurutu Island, Austral Islands, November 28, 1934,
two females; Rikitea, Mangareva Island, December 16, 1934, one
female; Pitcairn Island, December 31, 1934, six males.
The males are more deeply colored than the females and have
the clavus more or less infuscated. Other specimens were taken
at Virgin Bay, Futa Hiva, Marquesas Islands, October 21, 1934,
seven examples; Taipa Bay, Nuku Hiva, Marquesas Islands, Oc-
tober 8, 1934, three examples.
This fine series of nineteen specimens is of much interest from the
distributional standpoint. Poppius described this species from a
single damaged female from New Caledonia. The present series
extends its range eastward through the Austral, Mangareva and
Marquesas groups to Pitcairn. Mr. Crocker did not secure this
species on Easter Island, so it is possible that Pitcairn Island rep-
resents about the eastern extension of its range. Toward the west
it is found as far as the Solomons where he secured specimens on
his expedition of 1933. On the expedition of the California Academy
of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921 I found an allied Amer-
ican species, C. femoralis Van Duzee, on Salicornia, a salt marsh
plant growing along the shores of a number of the islands in the
Gulf of California, and it is not unlikely that C. insularis has similar
habits which may account for its wide distribution.
Creontiades willowsi Van Duzee
Indefatigable Island, March 28, 1934, one female. This specimen
is somewhat immature and does not show the point at base of the
hind tibiae, but it has the same exceptionally prominent tylus, not
116 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sbr.
found in insularis, and wants the obscure dark irrorations of that
species. C. willowsi can readily be distinguished from femoralis by
the less protuberant front. The black point at the base of the
hind tibiae is present in all fully pigmented examples of femoralis
known to me.
The references for these species are:
insularis Poppius, Of. Finska Vet.-Forh., LIII, Afd. A, No. 3, p. 1, 1911.
femoralis Van Duzee, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 19, 1914.
willowsi Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (Ser. 4), XXI, p. 28, 1933.
Engytatus geniculatus Reuter
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 24, 1935, four males;
Chinche Island, Peru, one male. This widely distributed American
insect has recently been introduced into the Hawaiian Islands
where it is doing some damage to the tomato crop.
Poeciloscytus insularis Van Duzee, new species
Aspect of Lygus ruhicundus Fallen. Ovate, castaneus brown,
closely pale pubescent, elytra indistinctly mottled or irrorate with
pale spots on which the vestiture is closer; apex of corium and inner
margin of clavus more or less red, the tip of the cuneus black;
membrane maculate; tibial spines black. Length 4 mm.
Head two-thirds as wide as humeral width of pronotum, eyes large, vertical,
their height, as viewed from the side, twice their width, overlapping the anterior
pronotal angles; face broad, smooth, the clypeus and cheeks tumidly convex.
Antennae long, slender, reaching to tip of cuneus; segments as 11:34:20:11. Ros-
trum attaining apex of hind coxae, segment I only thickened. Pronotum closely,
obsoletely punctured, hind margins evenly feebly arcuate, not at all emarginate
medianly. Scutellum scarcely broader than long, somewhat convex. Elytra ob-
soletely chagreened, the costa scarcely arcuate.
Color castaneous brown becoming more yellowish on the head, pronotum an-
teriorly, apex of scutellum, antennae, legs and beneath; costal area and much of
cuneus paler and subhyaline; extreme tip of antennals I, II, and III and all of IV
embrowned; apex of corium and base of cuneus more or less sanguineous, extreme
tip of the latter blackish; tip of rostrum, tibial spines and a dot at their base black;
a cloud on the metasternum and sometimes one on the metapleurae infuscated.
Vestiture pale, rather long and dense on the elytra where it is segregated into
paler maculations. Membrane faintly smoky hyaline except the apex of the
areoles and two large spots beyond, veins pale; venter sometimes showing a mottling
of sanguineous; femora with a broad area of brownish or sanguineous, of variable
extent, before their apex.
Holotype: female, No. 4153, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., and
six female paratypes, taken by Mr. Crocker on Pitcairn Island,
December 31, 1934. This insect has much the aspect of Lygus ruhi-
cundus but the eyes are broader, the pronotum is not distinctly
punctate and the antennae are much longer and more slender.
It is now placed provisionally in Poeciloscytus. A single male and
Vol. XXII] VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA 117
one female labeled "south side of Rurutu Island, November 28,
1934" probably belong here but more material is needed to decide
this point.
Poeciloscytus modestus (Blanchard)
Mas-a-Fuela Island, Juan Fernandez Islands, January 30, 1935,
one male, two females. The females agree well with the Blanchard
description except that the scutellum is transversely rugose rather
than punctate and the punctation of the pronotum is very close
and fine, giving a shagreened effect. One female is 4 mm. long;
the head above, pronotum and sides of the scutellum are deep
piceous, almost black; the slender margin of the vertex, a median
longitudinal line on the vertex, sides of the clypeus and the cheeks
and a longitudinal vitta on anterior lobe of the pronotum, not
attaining the anterior margin, yellowish; base of antennal I, and
base and apex of II piceous; cuneus red, a basal lunule and the nar-
row inner edge and tip whitish, the extreme inner angle black;
membrane fuscous, veins whitish; legs pale, the hind femora piceous,
tibial spines and apex of tarsi black; anterior and intermediate
femora and coxae marked with brown. The second female differs
only in being smaller and in wanting the pale basal edge to the
vertex, and the antennae are a shade darker. The male is deep
black instead of piceous, without the pale marks on the head and
pronotum, and only the tip of the scutellum is yellow. In the larger
female the slender hind edge of the pronotum is pale. These differ-
ences are not greater than we find in our related North American
species and I have little doubt but the present material pertains
to Blanchard's species.
Poeciloscytus sp.
Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 16, 1935, one specimen
that I have not been able to identify to my satisfaction.
Mr. Barber in his paper on the Heteroptera of the Galapagos
Islands (Medd. Zool. Mus., Oslo, No. 42, p. 288, 1934) places my
Poeciloscytus vegatus in the genus Polymerus, evidently following
Poppius and some others in uniting these genera. I still consider
them distinct. The short rostrum, opaque surface and general
habitus, it seems to me, are quite sufficient for generic distinction.
There may be annectant species but so there are between many of
our accepted genera. I can see nothing to be gained in uniting them.
Europiella mella Van Duzee, new species
Minute, ovate, croceus; elytra honey-yellow, membrane smoky
with the areoles hyaline, beneath pale yellowish with the pleurae
croceous; impunctate, clothed with deciduous scale-like hairs.
Length 2 mm.
118 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Head vertical, clypeus prominent below, its basal suture distinct, placed above
the line of the antennal scrobes. Antennae rather stout; segment I scarcely at-
taining apex of clypeus; II as long as head and pronotum together, a little thicker
apically; III and IV together a little shorter than II. Prosternal xyphus sub-
tuberculate. Rostrum attaining intermediate coxae. Pronotum trapezoidal,
nearly twice as wide as long, humeri sharply rounded. Scutellum scarcely wider
than long. Elytra broad, costa feebly arcuate, disk of corium subhyaline; mem-
branal veins concolorous.
Color more or less croceous; legs and abdomen pale yellowish; the elytra honey-
yellow; membrane smoky, the areoles hyaline; femora unspotted, sometimes
somewhat infuscated; tibial bristles, extreme apex of tibiae and the tarsal claws
black; antennae dusky yellowish.
Holotype: male No. 4154, and allotype, female No. 4155, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., secured by Mr. Crocker at Conway Bay,
Indefatigable Island, March 16 (type) and 22nd, 1935. This is a
very small ruddy species of much interest in extending the distribu-
tion of this genus of inconspicuous mirids well to the South.
Family Gerridae
Halobates robustus Barber
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 24, 1935, two ex-
amples. Mr. Barber's types were taken by the Williams Galapagos
Expedition at Conway Bay, on the same island.
HOMOPTERA
Family Cicadidae
Tettigades chilensis Amyot and Serville
Southern Chile. Mr. Crocker brought back four specimens of
this interesting species that were presented to him by a Chilean
entomologist. They made a valued addition to the Academy
collection.
Family Fulgoridae
Oliarus galapagensis Van Duzee
This species was founded upon a unique female secured by Mr.
Crocker on his 1932 expedition. The present material contains
two males, taken at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March
16, 1935, that make possible the definite placing of the species.
It is very close to franciscanus Stal, a species that is common
throughout California. However it is definitely darker in color
with the elytral venation heavier, the vertex is more produced be-
fore the eyes and the basal segment of the hind tarsi is longer.
Vol. XXII] VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA 119
The genital characters of the male are somewhat similar but the
miedian tooth of the pygofer is shorter and the plates are longer
with their rounded apex much broader.
Nymphocixia unipunctata Van Duzee
This interesting fulgorid was described by me (Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ser. 4, XII, p. 189, 1923) from a series taken on Espiritu
Santo Island, Gulf of California. I beat them from Mangroves
(Avicennia nitida) that were growing along the shore and were
partially submerged by the high tides. In the Galapagos another
species of Avicennia {officinalis) grows along the shores of many
of the islands and it is quite possible that it was from these that
Mr. Crocker secured the present material. The records of the
Crocker material are: Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, March 10,
1935, 10 examples; Elisabeth Bay, Albemarle Island, March 9,
1935, and Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March 23, 1935, one
each.
Philatis cinerea Osborn
Tower Island, Galapagos Islands, March 25, 1935, seven examples.
For description see Zoologica, VI, p. 78, 1924.
This genus was founded by Stal in 1862 (Rio Janeiro Hemip.,
II, p. 68) with Mycterodus productus Stal as type.
Philatis productus Stal
Conway Bay, March 16, and Academy Bay, March 24, 1935,
Indefatigable Island, three examples.
Philatis major Osborn
With the preceding species, eleven examples.
Euthiscia crockeri Van Duzee, new species
Size and aspect of tuberculata Van Duzee, from Lower California,
but without the six dorsal tubercles and with less expanded elytra.
Length 3.5-4 mm.
Head produced, horizontal, its length is to its width between the eyes as 14:21;
vertex flat, median line carinate basally, its surface feebly transversely rugose;
sides acute, slightly sinuate before the eyes. Front smooth, sparsely clothed with
short hairs, a median carina feebly indicated, the produced apex subterete, be-
neath with obscure transverse rugae; sides parallel from eyes to antennae. Ros-
trum attaining hind coxae. Pronotum acutely produced to the middle line of the
eyes, slightly broadly excavated behind. Scutellum excavated medianly and at
basal angles, leaving a slightly oblique carina and the apex elevated; the median
120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IProc. 4th Ser.
line impressed. Elytra ovate, one fourth longer than wide, sinuate dorsally; a
median bulla at basal fourth; costal area narrower than in tuber culata; longitudinal
veins heavy, the reticulations weaker; inner area of corium with four whitish trans-
verse veins. Tibiae unarmed. Last ventral segment of female with a semicircular
sinus. In tuherculata this sinus is broad and shallow with the edge of the fundus
thickened medianly, while in signata, the type species, the hind margin is produced
in a large bifed tooth.
Color yellowish brown varied with darker, the elytra more fuscous toward the
apex; front and legs more brownish.
Holotype: female, No. 4156, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., and one
female paratype, secured by Mr. Crocker at Academy Bay, Inde-
fatigable Island, March 24, 1935. It affords me pleasure to name
this interesting species after its discoverer.
I took tuherculata on Sideroxylon, but as no closely related plant
has been reported from the Galapagos Islands it is quite possible
that the record from the islands of the Gulf of California may rep-
resent an accidental capture of a specimen that had gotten on
Sideroxylon from some adjacent plant. As genus Euthiscia is virtu-
ally wingless it could not have flown there.
Tylana intrusa Melichar
Raivavae Island, Austral Islands, December 2, 1934, two females;
Pitcairn Island, December 3, 1934, one male. These agree in all
essential particulars with Melichar's description, but seem to be
less highly colored. In the females the elytral veins are concolorous,
in the male blackish; the brown marking either side of the pale
discal spot of the elytra is feebly indicated in the females and is
almost obsolete in the male, while in both sexes the black punctures
on the face are absent, or are indicated only by scattering fuscous
punctures on the lateral compartments of the front. These differ-
ences are in degree of pigmentation and are hardly of specific value.
The distribution shown here is not unusual. The type locality of
intrusa is about as far from the Austral Islands as those are from
Pitcairn where Mr. Crocker took the male. It evidently is widely
distributed in Polynesia.
Sogata placita Van Duzee, new species
Aspect of furcifer Horv. {albolineosa Fowler) ; black with a broad
white median vitta on vertex, pro- and mesonotum, which is slen-
derly continued on the claval commissure; Legs pale. Length to
tip of elytra 3 mm.
Macropterous male: vertex one fifth longer than its basal width, very slightly
wider at base, extending one third its length beyond the eyes; carinae rather low
and flat over the apex; front narrow, sides feebly arcuate from near the base; median
carina of front and clypeus low and heavy, pale. Basal segment of antennae
longer than wide, II about twice the length of I and much thicker. Pronotum a
Vol. XXII] VAN DU ZEE— HEM I PT ERA 121
third wider than head; median carina strong; lateral straight, nearly attaining the
feebly emarginate hind margin well laterad of the scutellar carinae. Mesonotum
tricarinate, the lateral carinae but slightly divergent posteriorly. Elytra exceeding
the abdomen by one third their length; veins distinctly granulate. Hind tibiae
bispinose, one basal the other medial; spur cultrate, moderately tectiform, its
lower margin closely set with minute black-tipped teeth. Male stiles slender,
approximate at base, but very feebly curved toward their base, nearly attaining
the anal tube.
Color blackish fuscous; a broad dorsal vitta covering the vertex and median
area of pro- and mesonotum between the carinae, a slender sutural line on basal
two thirds of the clavus and the hind legs, ivory white; anterior and intermediate
legs, rostrum, median carina of the front and clypeus, antennal II and extreme
tip of I pale ochraceous, the metapleura in part white. Elytra with a whitish area
covering most of the first three apical cells and the stigma,
Holotype: male, No. 4157, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., taken by
Mr. Crocker on Rapa Island, Austral Islands, December 7, 1934.
One male paratype was secured by Mr. Crocker on Pitcairn Island,
December 3, 1934.
I am placing this insect in genus Sogata on account of its produced
vertex and its close relationship with furcifer (= albolineosa Fowler).
I wish to call attention here to the fact that Mr. Muir followed
Kirkaldy in refusing to accept the statement by Stal that his genus
Liburnia was the genus ^^Delphax of authors". Its type is not
one of the species included by Stal in his Hemiptera Africana
(IV, p, 179), a work devoted to the African fauna. I have gone
fully into this matter in the Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Nat-
ural Sciences, X, p. 504, 1912, and will not repeat it here. Whether
we should sink Liburnia as a synonym of Delphacodes Fieber is
another matter, but as Fieber sank his Delphacodes as a synonym
of Liburnia in 1872 in his Catalogue, and again in his monograph
of 1879, we may feel fairly certain that Stal's name had priority.
The entomologists of those days were not more anxious, as an act
of courtesy, to sink their own genera to one published later, than
they are today.
Liburnia spp.
In this material there are females of three species of Liburnia
and a male of another but their condition will not allow of definite
determination, Mr, Crocker also secured a female of another large
and interesting delphacid at Virgin Bay, Fatu Hiva, October 21,
1934, but I have found it difficult to place it without more material.
122 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Family Cercopidae
Lallemandia fenestrata rapana Lallemand
Lallemand, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 10, I, p. 634, 1928
China, Bishop Mus., Bui. 113, p. 47, 1935
Rapa Island, Austral Islands, December 7, 1934, 11 males, 1
female, the latter somewhat teneral.
Mr. W. E. China very properly establishes a new genus for Clovia
fenestrata (Fabricius) and its allied forms from Polynesia. Some of
the present specimens have the black basal vitta on the vertex
weakened or almost interrupted at the center between the ocelli,
while one has it continued as a narrow median line to the transverse
suture. The anterior edge may have a slender fuscous or black line
from the eyes to the ocelli or it may be wanting.
Lallemandia crockeri Van Duzee, new species
Aspect of fenestrata, but apparently specifically distinct; elytra
mostly coriaceous, the nervures obsolete in the black areas, nearly
so in the pale, propleurae produced in a ligulate process each side
of the anterior acetabulae; above black, most of the vertex, an
irregular median band on the pronotum, scutellum and clavus
ochre yellow, as is the lower surface; costal margin pale. Length
9 mm to tip of elytra.
Vertex flat, longer than in fenestrata, longer than the width between the eyes
(28:21): distance between the ocelli greater than that to the eyes; carinate sides
of the pronotum two-thirds the greatest length of the eyes; front more convexly
prominent than in fenestrata; elytral nervures obsolete or hardly traceable on the
whitish subapical costal spot.
Color pale ochraceous; sometimes with a slender marginal line above the an-
tennal scrobes and a basal spot of variable size either side of the ocelli, black;
pronotum, except a median vitta widened posteriorly, and the slender edges of the
scutellum, black; elytra black medianly, the commissural margin with a broad
pale yellowish vitta to the end of the clavus where it is slightly produced as a
whitish mark on the corium, the commissural nervure slenderly black; costal margin
broadly pale, connecting with an oval whitish subapical costal spot about as in
fenestrata rapana; abdomen black, the segments edged with pale; apex of rostrum
and the tarsal claws black; metapleura more or less infuscated; wings faintly smoky,
especially apically; sides of pronotum inferiorly black behind the eyes. Whole
upper surface closely punctate and clothed with short appressed golden hairs.
Holotype: male, No. 4158, and allotype, female. No. 4159, Mus*
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., secured by Mr. Crocker at Raivavae Island?
Austral Islands, December 2, 1934, and one male paratype, same
date. This island sometimes is called Vavitao Island. This is a
most interesting addition to the Polynesian cercopid fauna. The
specific name is given in recognition of the important contributions
Mr. Crocker has made to our knowledge of the insect fauna of the
islands of the south Pacific.
Vol. XXIIJ VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA 123
Family Cicadellidae
Agallia mera Van Duzee, new species
Size and aspect of sinuata Mulsant and Rey, but with the veins
of the corium pale and obsolescent; creamy white; two large spots
on the vertex and two on the pronotum black; disk of the elytra
milky with two vittae on the clavus and the claval suture fuscous.
Length 4 mm.
Female: head obviously wider than the pronotum; anterior and posterior margins
parallel. Pronotum almost twice as wide as long, very minutely shagreened; hind
margin feebly emarginate. Scutellum short as in sinuata, the incised line but feebly
impressed. Elytra nearly three times as long as their combined width when folded.
Last ventral segment broadly feebly emarginate, the hind edge broadly lobed either
side, oviduct much exceeding the pygofers.
Color pale creamy yellowish with a slightly dusky median cloud on the vertex
and apical two thirds of pronotum; two large round dots on vertex, wider apart
than are the ocelli, and a pair of larger ones near basal margin of pronotum; scu-
tellum immaculate; clavus with adjacent margin and base of corium milky opaque,
the rest of the corium hyaline; two longitudinal vittae on the clavus and a narrower
one on the corium near the claval suture ferruginous brown; beneath with the ter-
gum and legs uniformly pale, only the front tinged with cream yellow; tarsal
claws black; ovipositor pale fulvescent.
Holotype: a unique female, No. 4160, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ent.,
taken by Mr. Crocker at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Gala-
pagos Islands, March 15, 1935. It is a little larger and paler than
the European sinuata and wants the black tergum, the black dot
below the eye, and the heavy fuscous corial veins of that species.
This insect runs to genus Agallia (sensu strict.) in the Oman
key of 1933, but, wanting the male, it is impossible to place it more
accurately. However a careful reading of the description of all
the species not known to me, with the help of Mr. Oman's excellent
figures, convinces me that it is new. The above comparison with
sinuata will help to place it. Among our American species it seems
to be nearest to modesta Osborn & Ball.
Platymetopius retusus Van Duzee, new species
Short, stout, with a blunt vertex, dull fulvous brown with a large
fuscous mark at base and a smaller one at apex of the clavus, apex
of the corium with a blackish cloud. Length 3.5 mm.
Male: head scarcely as wide as pronotum; vertex about as long as its width
between the eyes at narrowest point; apex rounded-subangulate, its median length
but little more than that next the eye (7:5); median impressed line distinct; front
strongly convex, subparallel, a little widened at base and narrowed from basal
angle of lorae to clypeus; clypeus nearly parallel, outer margin of cheeks but slightly
sinuate below the eyes. Pronotum short, its width twice its length, the humeral
angles obviously alate, base nearly rectilinear. Scutellum about one-half as long
as its basal width. Elytra short, their width singly nearly one third their length;
124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
about ten oblique veins in costal area; two cross veins in cell. Valve long, rounded
at apex; plates exceeding valve by about the length of the valve, their apex obtuse,
their sides scarcely sinuate and closely armed with stout spines.
Color dull fulvous brown, paler on base and apex of vertex and on inner angle
and part of costal area; face minutely irrorate with darker brown, pale at base and
apex; vertex pale at apex and on basal margin, incised median line dark; pronotum
darker anteriorly, median line and lateral angles paler; scutellum pale yellow, the
base interruptedly fuscous; elytra with a large fuscous commissural area broken
by a pale band before the apex and enclosing a round pale spot a little before the
pale band; corium faintly vermiculate; costal re flexed veins heavy; inner apical
areole pale, carrying a sagitate fuscous mark at apex, the adjoining areole fuscous
with a large white central area, third areole fuscous with a round white dot at base
and a yellowish marginal line; fourth areole soiled white next the stigmal area,
the three anteapical areoles each with a round white dot at apex; appendix with
a black point at tip of clavus; beneath fuscous, the connexivura, genital segments
and legs pale.
Holotype: No. 4161, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ent., a unique male,
taken by Mr. Crocker at Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, March
16, 1935. This species might be placed in Ball's subgenus Convelinus
but it wants the "shark's mouth" pale vitta on base of front. It
has the shortest vertex of any Platymetopius known to me.
Jassus infestus Van Duzee, new species
Apparently allied to galapagoensis but differing in proportions of
head and in genitalic characters. Length 8 mm.
Female: vertex as long as its width at inner angle of eye; median line and a point
either side dusky; anteriorly broadly rounded; ocelli a little farther apart than their
distance from the eyes (5:3); front above the antennae four times as wide as the
tempora (14:3), twice as wide as at the ocelli, the median carina nearly obsolete;
clypeus nearly one half longer than its apical width, abruptly expanded at apex of
lorae, its apical margin sinuate; cheeks longitudinally wrinkled exterior to line of
the lorae. Pronotum but little longer than the superior aspect of the head, feebly
sinuate behind, granulate to near the hind margin. Apical lamina on inner margin
of hind femora about half as wide as long, the basal segment of its tarsi a little
longer than the apical. Last ventral segment strongly produced, extending about
one third its length beyond the lateral angles, and emarginate-sinuate at median
line.
Color pale yellowish; a brown line on base of vertex, slender margin of front
below the antennae and of the base of the clypeus, black. Pronotum black above,
yellow inferiorly, with a black spot against the eye and a broken croceous vitta
behind base of vertex, the hind margin touched with the same color; scutellum
croceous, the lateral angles and two median dots black; elytra dusky hyaline with
the veins and a broad longitudinal vitta blackish; beneath pale, sternum, disk of
the pectoral pieces and of the oviduct and the sides of the pygofer piceous; tips
of the tibiae and tarsi rufo-piceous.
Holotype: a unique female, No. 4162, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ent.,
was secured by Mr. Crocker at Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island,
March 24, 1935.
Professor Osborn has described Jassus galapagoensis from the
opposite side of the same island but he says that the last ventral
Vol. XXII] VAN DUZEE—HEMIPTERA 125
segment of the female is scarcely produced posteriorly and but
feebly sinuate while the present species has this segment strongly
produced and deeply notched on the median line. It also differs
in proportions and color. It seems best to consider it a distinct
species.
Eugnathodus juventus Van Duzee, new species
Closely allied to hehe Kirkaldy, paler, with the tergum scarcely
touched with black and with different male genital characters.
Length 3 mm. to tip of elytra.
Vertex evenly rounded before, with the anterior and posterior margins parallel;
front flatter and broader below than in hehe. Valve of male longer and more obtuse
at apex than in hebe, plates broader, but little narrowed to the obtusely rounded
apex. In hebe the plates are more narrowed to their apex where they are produced
in finger-like processes about as long as the sutural margin of the plates are produced
beyond the valve; the sides also are armed with longer and stouter spines in hebe,
in both species these are five in number.
Color very pale yellow, the elytra almost hyaline with the veins yellowish;
wings more yellowish hyaline with deeper yellow veins, the apex slightly infuscated
in the Mangareva female.
Holotype: male No. 4163, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ent., secured by
Mr. Crocker on the south side of Rurutu Island, Austral Islands,
November 28, 1934. One female taken December 7, 1934, on
Rapa Island I designate as a paratype. It has the last ventral
segment truncate but marked with a median triangular somewhat
infuscated area. Another female taken on Rikitea, Mangareva
Island, December 16, 1934, is a little larger with the dorsal surface
of the abdomen touched with black at the base.
My comparison with hebe is made from a topotype from the Fiji
Islands received by me from Mr. Kirkaldy at the time he published
the description, and three others taken by Mr. Koebele at the same
time and place, and presented by Mr. Muir with his determination.
Professor Osborn's figure of the male genital plate does not show
the very distinct spine-like apices and the long marginal setae and
may represent a distinct species. The male plates of juventus are
shaped about as shown in Professor Osborn's figure of areolata, but
the species are quite distinct.
In the Ohio Jl. Sci., xxxiii, p. 55, 1933, Mr. DeLong states that he
has examined the type of my Gnathodus ahdominalis and found it
to be the same as my Gnathodus impictus studied b}^ me at the same
time and published on the same page. I well remember my work
on these species. Prof. Baker's specimens on which he founded his
genus Eugnathodus were determined by me and were compared with
my type of ahdominalis. There never before has been any question
as to the identity of this species and it is very evident that the type
126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
has become mixed, either in shipment or at some later date. My
description of abdominalis calls for a species with a brown tergum
and three fulvous lines on the pronotum and scutellum, also the
color of the elytra and wings must differ. At that time I was much
too familiar with this group of Jassids to describe the same species
as two. The synonymy will stand as follows:
Eugnathodus Baker, Invertebrata Pacifica, I, p. 1, 1903.
Agellus DeLong and Davidson, Ohio Jl. Sci., xxxiii, p. 210, 1933.
Eugnathodus abdominalis (Van Duzee), Can. Ent., xxiv, p. 113, 1892 (Gnathodus).
neglectus DeLong and Davidson, Ohio Jl. Sci., xxxiii, p. 55, 1933.
Family Chermidae
Mesohomotoma hibisci Froggatt
Rapa, Austral Islands, December 7, 1934, seven examples; south
side of Rurutu, Australs, November 28, 1934, seven examples;
Raivavae, Australs, December 2, 1934, one example; Rikitea Island,
Mangarevas, December 16, 1934, one example.
Mr. Koebele took this species on New Caledonia and the Fiji
Islands and Aulmann reports it from Queensland, Australia; it
seems to be widely distributed in Oceanica. Froggatt reports it as
very abundant on Hibiscus tiliaceus.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 5, pp. 127-158, pis. 28-33. December 31, 1937
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 34
REPORT ON THE SARGASSUMS
BY
WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL
Professor of Botany, Emeritus
University of California
The Sargassums of the Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1932,
on the yacht Zaca, collected chiefly by John Thomas Howell, assist
most materially in rounding out our knowledge not only of the
species of this considerable and complicated group, but also of their
morphological and distributional relations. The collections of ma-
rine algae of the expedition extending from Guadalupe Island on
the north to the Galapagos Islands on the south, are both extensive
and numerous, and this is particularly to be mentioned, since the
plant collector was primarily concerned with the spermatophytic
land flora.
The Sargassums of the Pacific coasts of both North and South
America, and particularly of the latter, are still far from being well
known. The first species of the genus to be credited to this extended
area were from the coasts of Chile and were collected by D'Urville,
of the corvette La Coquille on her voyage around the world during
the years 1822 to 1825. In the botany of this voyage (pp. 119-131,
published Feb. 1828), Bory de Saint Vincent enumerated and de-
scribed all the Sargassums collected during the voyage and referred
December 31, 1937
128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
specimens collected at Concepcion, Chile, to some five separate
species, to which he assigned the following names:
5. pacificum Bory
5. Esperi C. Ag.
5. granuUferum C. Ag.
S. acinaria (Turn.) C. Ag.
5. compactum Bory
J. G. Agardh, in 1847 (Nya Alger fran Mexico, p. 8), named some
specimens collected at St. Augustin, on the Pacific Coast of Mexico,
"5. Liebmanni," after their collector. In 1876, Farlow (List Mar.
Alg.U.S., p. 16) listed two species from western North America,
under the names:
S. Agardhianum Farlow mscr. (San Diego, California)
S. piluliferum (Turn.) C. Ag. (Guadalupe Is., Mexico)
In 1886, Grunow contributed to Antonio Piccone's account of the
algae of the Vettor Pisani an enumeration of the Sargassums and
listed or described and figured the following species from the Galap-
agos Islands:
S. galapagense Grun.
S. " var. setifolia Grun.
.S. lendigerum var. foliosa Grun.
S. " " " f. subdelicatula Grun.
S. " " " f. rigidiuscula Grun.
S. " " furcifolia Grun.
S. " " " f. denticula Grun.
In 1914, Marshall A. Howe (Mar. Alg. Peru, pp. 66, 67, pi. 25)
treated of one species, the 5. pacificum Bor}^, found among Coker's
Peruvian specimens.
In 1915-1916, there was published, posthumously, the "Addita-
menta ad cognitionem Sargassorum" of Grunow, and the following
species are credited to the west coasts of the two Americas:
S. Palmeri Grun.
5. Liebmannii J. Ag.
S. Agardhianum Farl.
5. ilicifolium var. compacta (Bory) Grun.
S. oocyste J. Ag.
S. pacificum Bory.
5. ambiguum var. americana (Sonder) Grun.
S. filiforme var.? chilensis Grun.
5. cymosum var. foliosa Grun.
.S. " " " /. subdelicatula Grun.
S. " " " f. rigidiuscula Grun.
3. " " furcifolia Grun.
5. " " " f. denticulata Grun.
S. divaricatum var.? chilensis Grun.
S. galapagense Grun.
5. " var. setifolia Grun.
5. fuliginosum var. calif ornica Grun.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 129
From Grunow's revision, there are seemingly between twelve
and seventeen more or less distinct species, varieties, or forms to be
looked for on the Pacific coasts of North and South America.
In 1924, however, Setchell and Gardner (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
ser. 4, 12 (29) : 731-740, 20 figs.) found among the remarkably exten-
sive collections made in the Gulf of California by Ivan M. Johnston
during the 1921 expedition of the California Academy of Sciences,
some 15 species or varieties of Sargassum, all of which still remain
seemingly distinctive of, as well as endemic to, the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, thus indicating what is borne out by the remaining marine
flora of this body of water, that it forms a "pocket" of more than
ordinary distributional interest. At the close of their account, Set-
chell and Gardner {loc. cit., 739, 740) gave a synoptical list of nineteen
species or varieties known from the Pacific Coast of North America.
Besides the two species of the outer coast, 5. Liehmannii J. Ag. and
5. Palmeri Grun., there was added 5. paniculatum J. Ag. This last
species, which was based on a determination of Th. Reinbold, seems
clearly distinct from the 5. paniculatum J. Ag. and is probably the
"S. fuliginosum var. ? californica Grun." Since, however, it seems
equally distinct, primarily on account of its habit and apiculate
vesicles, from true 5. fuliginosum Kuetz., actually to be regarded
as a variety of S. Henslowianum C. Ag., it may be placed under a new
combination, as follows:
Sargassum californicum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Sargassum paniculatum Setchell and Gardner, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 12:
740, 1924, and Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 8 (3): 721, pi. 46, fig. 5, 1925 (non
S. paniculatum J. Ag.). 5. fuliginosum var. californica Grunow, Verb.,
k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell., Wien. 66: 173, 1916 (non S. fuliginosum Kuetz.).
In 1925, Setchell and Gardner (Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 8 (3): 711-
721, pi. 39, fig. 46; pi. 41, fig. 55, 56; pi. 45, fig. 81; pi. 46, fig. 5; pi.
92 and pi. 94), in descriptions, figures, and key, attempted to include
all information accumulated up until that time on the Sargassums
of the Pacific Coast of North America.
The Zaca collections of Sargassums made chiefly by John Thomas
Howell, as are those of the remaining marine flora, are extraor-
dinarily ample. Those taken on, or adjacent to, the North American
coast include three species, one of which seems to be undescribed,
while those which were collected from the Galapagos Islands repre-
sent five species of South American affinities. The full collections
from the Galapagos have presented difficulties of determination
both of themselves, and because of the lack of access to the scattered
authentic specimens of species already described from South Amer-
130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
ica, for comparison. It seems best, because of the distinctness of
each of the two assemblages, to describe the more northern group
first and then the more southern, the Galapagos group.
Northern Species
Of the northern American group of Pacific Coast Sargassums,
5. Agardhianum Farlow was not collected by the Templeton Crocker
Expedition nor did it occur among the rather considerable collections
of 1921 from the Gulf of California. It seems to be a subtropical
species, confined, so far as present information goes, to the coasts of
southern California and the immediately adjacent outer coast of
Mexico (Ensenada, Mexico!). Nor were there any specimens of
5. californicum (Grun.) Setchell, even in the collections from Guada-
lupe Island, where it is known to occur, although possibly in no great
abundance. Three species, however, were collected in the northern
waters: 5. Palmeri Grun., 5. Liehmannii J. Ag., and a species which
it seems best to describe as new, thus making five species of Sar-
gassum, presumably confined to the outer Pacific coasts of North
America, with two, possibly three, of the species more subtropical
and the other two more truly tropical.
1. Sargassum Liebmannii J. Ag. (orthogr. emend.)
Plate 28, figures 1-3
"Sargassum Liebmanni" J. G. Agardh, Nya Alger fran Mexico, in Oefvers. af. Kongl.
Sv. Akad. Handl., no. 1: 8, 1847, Spec. Alg., 1: 326, 1848, Spec. Sarg.
Austral., 91, pi. V, 1889; De Toni, Syll. Alg., 3: 52, 1895; Grunow, Add.
Cog. Sarg., 1: 398, 1915 (with var. nicoyana Grun.); Setchell and Gardner,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 12: 74, 1924, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 8(3):
716, pi. 45, fig. 81, 1925.
Carpacanthus Liebmanni Kuetzing, Spec. Alg., 624, 1849, Tab. Phyc, 11: 13, pi.
41. 1861.
The attachment is an irregular disk, from which arises a rather
stout primary axis (up to about 1-1.5 cm. in height) which is cylin-
drical, but with knobs representing the bases of the fallen spirally
arranged primary branches. The primary branches vary in number,
length and elongation of internode, presumably according to the
habitat. They may reach a length of at least 45-50 cm., with inter-
nodes up to 1.5-4 cm. long below, cylindrical and smooth, although
often twisted and seemingly angulate in dried specimens. The
branchlets and leaves are alternate and approximately two-ranked.
The leaves vary much in length and texture, according to habitat
and possibly also according to the sex-dominance of the plant bearing
them. The leaves in general have distinct but usually very short
petioles, vary in length up to about 4 cm., and in width up to from
4-6 mm.; their general shape is broadly to oblong lanceolate, the
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 131
tip from rounded to sharply acuminate, the margins undulate to
crispate, repandly spinose denticulate, and the whole leaf may be
from twisted and crisped to almost flat. The costa is almost but
usually not completely percurrent and rather heavy in the lower
portion. The leaves of the type specimen (see pi. 28, fig. 3) are,
seemingly, entirely devoid of cryptostomata and firm in texture,
but the Zaca material shows few to fairly frequent cryptostomata,
most abundant in the thinner leaves of antheridial plants and few
and irregularly spaced in the thicker leaves of the oogonial plants.
The vesicles are usually sparse, or even lacking in some specimens,
but in some they are abundant. They are nearly spherical, with
simple or compound, sharper or blunter apiculi, occasionally bi-
cornute or even very rarely foliiferous, apparently also at times
margined, 3-4 mm. in diameter, with rather stout, compressed
pedicel, slightly broadened above and shorter than the vesicle. The
"inflorescences" vary much in development, are in more loose or
more compact, more or less flattened cymes, solitary and axillary
or arranged in short terminal racemose panicles, 3-8 mm. high,
dichotomous, the separate divisions separated below and stipitate,
but confluent at the base above, ancipate to irregularly triquetrous,
dentate above or along the whole or portions of the wings, the teeth
sharp and short or long and bluntish, practically all androgynous,
but varying, in the proportions of oogonial to antheridial concept-
acles, usually one or the other dominant, but intermediates or "in-
tersexes" occurring. When the receptacles are predominantly an-
theridial they are ancipate and toothed only at the apices; when
predominantly oogonial they are triquetrous and strongly toothed
along each longitudinal wing; but intermediate (or "intersex") varia-
tions and "spotwise" modifications occur. The antheridial plants
are the more slender, with leaves more delicate (pi. 28, fig. 1) and
with the cryptostomata more numerous.
The type locality for the species is St. Augustin (near Pochutla
on the coast of Oaxaca, Mexico), whence a specimen collected by
Liebmann (cotype ?) is preserved in the herbarium of the University
of California. Grunow (loc. cit.) reports a collection from the Gulf
of Nicoya in Costa Rica, which he describes as "var, nicoyana," but
which is probably an antheridial plant of quiet waters with thinner,
more punctate leaves and less "spinulose" receptacles. The staff
of the Zaca collected it off San Jose del Cabo, Baja, California,
Mexico (Nos. 2, 5), at Manzanillo, Mexico (No. 740), both floating
and brought up on the anchor of a fishing boat in Banderas Bay,
Mexico {Nos. 109 and 735 A), at Port Parker, Costa Rica {Nos. 107,
797 and 799), and at Murcielago Bay, Costa Rica {No. 951).
Sargassum Liebmannii J. Ag. seems to be a true acanthocarpic
species, with polymorphism of sexes and intersexes. It is closely
related to 5. Hystrix J. Ag., originally described from the Campeche
Banks of Yucatan in the Gulf of Mexico, which seems to vary as to
presence or absence of cryptostomata in a way similar to what is
132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
being discovered in 5. Liehmannii J. Ag. Sargassum Hystrix J. Ag.
varies into the var. buxifolia (Cham.) J. Ag., and probably into
5. fluitans (Bory) Boerg., as a floating form, and possibly even into
5. natans (L.) R. Brown. At any rate typical 5. Liebmannii J. Ag.
and typical S. Hystrix J. Ag. constitute a vicarious (or supplemental)
pair of species, the one on the Pacific coasts of Mexico and of Central
America, the other on the Gulf of Mexico coasts of Mexico, Central
America, etc., the very evident closeness of the morphological char-
acters being readily seen from J. G. Agardh's illustrations of his
types (Spec. Sarg. Austral., pi. V and VIII, figs. 1-5, 1889). The
existence of such a pair of species, one on one side (Pacific), the other
on the other side (Atlantic) of Mexico and Central America suggests
harking back to the various epochs when the Caribbean Seas were
connected with the later separated Pacific waters.
2. Sargassum Howellii Setchell, sp. nov.
Plate 28, figures 7-10; plate 31, fig. 49
Sargassum frondibus e disco irregulari oriendis, usque ad 20 cm. altitudinem
attingentibus; axi primario usque ad 9 cm. alto, 2-4 mm. crasso, infero nudo,
cylindrico, sed crasse tuberculato per bases ramorum primariorum deciduorum
persistentes, supero ramis primariis multifariam vestito; ramis primariis vulgo
6-10, inferis usque ad 10 cm. longis, spiraliter in axi primario oriendis, moderate
congestis, suberectis, cylindricis, tuberculis basium ramorum secondorum spiraliter
ornatis; foliis alternis, quoqueversum et oblique superne radiantibus, sessilibus,
lanceolatis, basi abrupte, apice longe, attenuatis, apicibus obtusis, textura firma,
laete fuscis usque (exsiccatis) nigrescentibus, marginibus repandis, crasse et remote
denticulatis, percostatis, cryptostomatibus parvis inconspicuisque in utroque latere
costae sparsis, inferis usque ad 45 mm. longis et 5 mm. latis, superioribus 20 mm.
longis et 3 mm. latis; ramulis curtis, folia parva et inflorescentias ferentibus;
vesiculis deuntibus; inflorescentiis axillaribus, curtis (2-5 mm. altis), receptaculis
laxe usque ad dense glomerulatis, 3-4-plo dichotomis, cymosis aut, aetate provecta,
racemoso-paniculatis, apicibus subacutis, comparate robustis, lente compressis,
superficie inermibus, lente tuberculatis, dioicis (?) androgynis (?).
Type: No. 249,327, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., Clarion Island,
ReviUagigedo Group, col. Howell No. 104, Mar. 23, 1932.
Also Clarion Island, ReviUagigedo Group, col. Howell No. 102,
Mar. 23, 1932.
Two collections of this species were made by John Thohias
Howell, the one young and sterile, the other fruiting, but both from
Clarion Island in the ReviUagigedo Group, from which no specimen
of this genus has hitherto come to our notice (see Setchell and Gard-
ner, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 19 (11): 109-215, pi. 4-15, 1930).
It is distinctly of the habit of a group centering around Sargassum
lendigerum (L.) C. Ag. (as represented by the types of Linnaeus, well
depicted by Turner, Fuci, 1:108, pi. 48, 1808). Under this group
may possibly be included, not only the type plants of S. lendigerum
Vol. XXIIl SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 133
from Ascension Island, collected by Osbeck, but later collections
from the same island collected by J. D. Hooker in 1843 (Herb. Kew!),
as well as 2 sets of specimens, also from Ascension Island, collected
by Henry T. Gordon, July 1889 (Herb. Kew!). Sargassum lendi-
gerum (L.) C. Ag. was also collected on Ascension Island by the
Gazelle Expedition {see Grunow, in Askenasy, Forschungreise S.M.S.
Gazelle, IV, Th.:29, 1888). To these there may be added Nos. 224
and 225 of Welwitsch's "Iter Angolense Algae" from St. Vincent
Island of the Cape Verdes (Herb. Kew!). All these have the primary
axis persistent (up to about 5 cm. long), with the knobs, or tuber-
cules, representing the bases of the fallen primary branches arranged
multifariously. The leaves and very short ramelli are also multifa-
rious. The leaves are dense in consistency, costate, and with the in-
conspicuous cryptostomata scattered irregularly on both sides of the
costa. There are no vesicles in any of these specimens although
Kuetzing (Tab. Phyc, 11: pi. 19, II, 1861) in his figure of the species
(based on that of Turner) has seemingly represented the small,
rounded leaflets of the inflorescence as vesicles.
To Sargassum lendigerum (L.) C. Ag., which seems never to have
been a well understood species, J. G. Agardh in 1889 (Spec. Sarg.
Austral., 110) referred a Bermudan species collected by Farlow
(now 5. hermudense Grun.) and assigned it to a position near to
5. cymosum C. Ag., but differing in cryptostomata more abundant
and more conspicuous. J. G. Agardh {loc. cit.) says, moreover,
that this later (1889) conception was not his earlier one (Spec. Alg.,
1:340, 1848), which confined the species to its type locality and W.
African localities (Senegambia and Teneriffe). In his earlier (1848)
conception, J. G. Agardh stressed the occurrence of the cryptosto-
mata in a single series on each side of the costa. While in the type
and other seemingly definite plants of 5. lendigerum the upper leaves
show at times some approximation to such an arrangement, the
"single series" is seldom a regular series, and the majority of the
middle and lower leaves show the cryptostomata irregularly placed
and in no definite series at all.
Apparently following the 1889 diagnosis of J. G. Agardh for
5. lendigerum, various plants of the Caribbean Sea and adjacent
regions have been assigned to 5. lendigerum (L.) C. Ag. {see M. A.
Howe, in Britton and Millspaugh, The Bahama Flora, 592, 1920).
In 1889, J. G. Agardh referred certain floating plants to 5. brachy-
carpum J. Ag. (which Grunow refers as a variety under S. rigidulum
Kuetz. (Tab. Phyc, 11: pi. 27, II, 1861). The specimens from St.
Thomas, Danish West Indies (now the Virgin Islands), distributed
by F. Boergesen (Mar. Alg. Danish W. I., part 2, Phaeophyceae,
Dansk. Botanisk Arkiv., 2 (2): 221, 1914), are probably to be re-
ferred to Sargassum rigidulum Kuetz. (type locality: "American
tropics," probably Jamaica), rather than to 5. lendigerum (L.) C. Ag.,
and it also seems to be distinct from 5. cymosum C. Ag., as limited to
type.
134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Finally, Grunow, in his "Additamenta" (4th installment, 139,
1916) has seemingly shown his confusion of mind by placing 5. lendi-
gerum of Turner as a variety under 5. cymosum C. Ag. Now, the
plant of Turner as figured on plate 48 of his Fuci and described, is
the plant of the herbarium of Linnaeus! Grunow, however, cites
under his variety lendigerum plants not only from Ascension Island,
but also plants from Senegambia and the Canaries (as did J. G.
Agardh in 1848) and even plants from St. Thomas, W. I., Port
Natal, and La Guayra, Venezuela. The remarkable constitution
of the 5. cymosum of Grunow's account will come to our attention
later when the Zaca Sargassums from the Galapagos are under dis-
cussion. For the present and for purposes of inquiring into the rela-
tionships of S. Howellii, it may be borne in mind that it seems best
to think of 5. Howellii as a member of an assemblage including
5. lendigerum (L.) C. Ag. (verum!) and its southeastern Atlantic
variants, as well as 5. rigidulum Kuetz. and its Caribbean and west
Atlantic variants.
The Lendigerum-group of species are first of all fairly conspicuously
provided with a persistently conspicuous and more or less elongated
primary axis, laterally and closely beset with the primary branches
above, and tuberculoid below, with the knobs of the bases of those
primary branches which have fallen. In Sargassum lendigerum
(verum!) and in 5. rigidulum Kuetz., the primary axis, even of the
most mature plants known, is short as compared with that of well
developed plants of 5. Howellii. The primary branches at the tip
of the primary axes have a tendency to be erect, although this is
more pronounced in 5. Howellii than in either 5. lendigerum or 5.
rigidulum. The receptacles are cymose, more or less densely glom-
erulate, becoming cymosely paniculate as they grow older, the re-
ceptacular branches short and frequently dichotomous, compressed,
without spines or teeth, and blunt at the crowded apices. The leaves
are thickish, with a strong tendency to be opaque, sessile, percostate,
and with small, obscure, scattered cryptostomata, seldom, even in
the uppermost leaves, arranged strictly biseriately. Vesicles are
either absent or certainly very rarely developed. The three species
of the group, S. lendigerum (L.) C. Ag., of the southeast Atlantic,
5. rigidulum Kuetz. of the west Atlantic and Caribbean Sea, and
S. Howellii of the east Pacific area, are fairly close together, and
5. Howellii possibly resembles more closely the true 5. lendigerum
than either of the two do 5. rigidulum. Sargassum Howellii is of
more erect habit than true 5. lendigerum, its primary axis reaches a
greater length, the leaves seem thicker and more opaque and it is
widely separated in its distribution. The three species of the Lendi-
gerum-group seem like vicarious multiple species or, at least, mani-
festations.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE sargassums 135 :
i
3. Sargassum Palmeri Grun. I
Plate 28, figures 4-6
Sargassum Palmeri Grunow, Add. Cog. Sarg., (1), in Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, 65: 338, 1915; Setchell and Gardner, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, '
12: 739, 1924, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 19: 150, 1930; Univ. Calif. '•
Pub. Bot., 8 (3): 712, pi. 41, fig. 56, pi. 94, 1925. j
Sargassum dissectifolium Setchell and Gardner, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 6:386, 1917. i
Sargassum piluliferum, Farlow, Rept. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1875, 706, 1877, and in l
Farlow, Anderson and Eaton, Alg. Exs. Am. Bor., 3: No. 102; J. G. '
Agardh, Spec. Sarg. Austral., in Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., 23 (3):
55, 1889 p. p.; Collins, in Collins, Holden and Setchell, Phyc. Bor. Amer., ;
11: No. 537, 1898, (non Fucus pilulifer Turner, Fuci, 1: 145, pi. 65, 1808;
see also Yendo, Jour. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 22 (12): 57, 1907).
Setchell and Gardner, in the Melanophyceae of their Marine
Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America (1925), described and
illustrated this species, but omitted, unfortunately, to list the local-
ities. The species has certainly been found growing at Guadalupe
Island, off the coast of Mexico, and in Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina
Island. Grunow {fide specn. ! see also Grunow, loc. «7.) collected ..^
it at Santa Cruz, California (probably floating), and other collectors ' '
have found it cast ashore at Redondo, San Pedro, Laguna Beach, • '
La Jolla, and San Diego, California. When growing it forms masses . ^55*
from midlitoral down to upper sublitoral zones. The Templeton '<-;-.'! L I ^j
Crocker Expedition collected it at Guadalupe Island {Nos. 103 ^\ fuy
and 551) and at Clarion Island {No. J55, floating or not is not in- /^
dicated). ' '
The Zaca material does not add much to the already fairly ex-
tensive knowledge of the species (see Grunow, 1915, Setchell and
Gardner, 1917, 1930), but a general review of all the material^
especially in connection with the related species, Sargassum gala-
pagense var. setifolia Grun., has suggested some additional points
of inquiry. The plant is said to be dioecious. Grunow (1915,
loc. cit.) apparently saw only antheridial receptacles which he
describes as substipitate cylindraceous. Setchell and Gardner (1925)
speak of the species as dioecious, but do not indicate definite differ-
ences between the antheridial and the oogonial receptacles. ; Their
figure {loc. cit., pi. 41, fig. 56) seems to have been taken from an
antheridial plant. Both antheridial and oogonial plants occur in
the Zaca material and the receptacles of both sexes are represented
in figs. 5 and 6 on pi. 28. The oogonial receptacles are shorter and
thicker than the antheridial receptacles and ovoid (broader below).
Grunow places his Sargassum Palmeri in J. G. Agardh's subgenus
I, Phyllotricha, Tribe Dimorphae, along with 5. piluliferum (Turn.)
C. Ag. (with phyllodes), while he removes 5. galapagense var.
^
136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
setifolia to subgenus V. Eusargassum, series III, Malacocarpicae,
Tribe Racemosae, and near to 5. comosum (Poir.) Mont. (5. Des-
fontainesii Auctt.) with true leaves. Since the two last mentioned
species have with 5. Palmeri so much in common, it seems natural
to place the three species in one group. This matter will be discussed
later on in connection with the Galapagos plant. It may be said
here, however, that the lateral members seem to be true leaves of
the Eusargassum type, rather than phyllodes, in that they are
properl}"- horizontal and of limited growth, with inflorescences of
the ^^Cymosae'' type. The three species constitute, at least, a
subgroup and come near to that group of 5. cymosum Ag. variants
which have a strong tendency towards pinnatifid leaves.
Southern Species
Of the South American group of Pacific Coast Sargassums, some
thirteen (13) are listed, at least so far as recorded by Grunow in
the Additamenta. So far as present distribution is indicated, they
fall into two subgroups; the one, the more southern, described from
Chile, including 5. ilicifolium var. compacta (Bory) Grun., 5.
oocyste J. Ag., 5. pacificum Bory, 5. amhiguum var. americana
(Sonder) Grun., S. filiforme var. chilensis Grun., and 5. divaricatum
var.? chilensis Grun.; the other, the more northern, thus far credited
only to the Galapagos Islands, 5. cymosum var. foliosa Grun., with
two forms, f. subdelicatula Grun. and f. rigidiuscula Grun., S.
cymosum var. furcifolia Grun., with its form denticulata Grun.,
and S. galapagense Grun., with its variety setifolia Grun. As may be
seen from the foregoing enumeration, Grunow did not find (or does
not recognize) any intermingling of the two groups. Of the Chilean
group, 5. ilicifolium var. compacta (Bory) Grunow (5. compactum
Bory), S. oocyste J. Ag. (5, Esperi Bory, non aliorum), and 5.
amhiguum var. americanum (Sonder) Grun. belong, according to
description, among those species in which the dominantly oogonial
receptacles are spinulose or dentate. Sargassum pacificum Bory,
5. divaricatum var. chilensis Grun. (S. acinaria Bory, non aliorum),
5. filiforme var. Chilensis Grun., and all the Galapagos assemblage
show receptacles devoid of teeth or spinules.
Perhaps it may be well to mention here the list of algae from
the Galapagos Islands by W. G. Farlow {in B. L. Robinson, Flora of
the Galapagos Islands, Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 89-99, 1902) in
which, among the collections of the "Hopkins-Stanford Expedition
to the Galapagos Islands," made by Robert E. Snodgrass and
Edmund Heller, he found certain specimens of Sargassum which
he enumerated as follows:
S. cymosum Ag.
S. galapagense var. setifolia Grun.
IS. graminifolium J. Ag.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 137
Among the comparatively abundant Galapagos specimens, col-
lected by John Thomas Howell and other members of the expedi-
tion, careful study segregates five entities which seem worthy of
specific rank. There is one striking tendency running through this
group and that is the tendency to bear forked or laciniate leaves.
Four of the species show these peculiar leaves in abundance; in the
fifth, Sargassum pacificum Bory, they have been seen, but occur
very rarely. Cryptostomata, too, are either entirely absent or
sparse in the Galapagos species. The Galapagos species all seem
to belong to the Malacocarpicae of J. G. Agardh, even in the re-
stricted sense. They are also scattered through Agardh's three
tribes, the Fruticuliferae, the Cyntosae, and the Racemosae.
The three tribes of the series Malacocarpicae^ even when that
series is restricted to those members of the subgenus Eusargassum,
whose receptacles, irrespective of the dominance of either sex, are
always devoid of spines or teeth, are not to be segregated without
some difficulty. The members of the Fruticuliferae have low,
fairly compact inflorescences which tend usually towards racemose
arrangement of branchlets, but both the main axis and the secondary
axes should be continuous and entirely of receptacular tissue. The
Cymosae also have low and compact inflorescences with the branches
usually more or less deeply furcate and more cymose as to the in-
dividual clusters, but a terminal fertile branch or ramulus may have
the inflorescences more or less closely aggregated into a sort of
racemed panicle. The individual inflorescences, however, are sterile
at the base with the main divisions sterile below into a stipe, but
bearing forked branchlets entirely of receptacular tissue. The third
tribe, the Racemosae, when taken in the strictest sense, have the
receptacular divisions simple and each sterile-stipitate, the stipitate
divisions or branches are then arranged simply racemosely, or
racemosely paniculate on a sterile axis or series of axes.
There is usually a series of inflorescences in a plant, and these may
more or less readily be referred to one or other of the three groups,
the lowermost, or at least the lower, usually being the most charac-
teristic, while the terminal inflorescences of the series may be modi-
fied, particularly those of the racemose-type, becoming cymose or
fruticulose, or those of the cymose becoming fruticulose. Again,
it seems to happen, but the instances need more study, that the
dominantly antheridial receptacles may be the more characteris-
tically fruticulose or cymose or even racemose, while the domi-
nantly oogonial may be less characteristic and verging toward one
of the other states. The following species, comprising the "southern
group," as represented among the collections of Sargassum made
at the Galapagos Islands, will illustrate the three groups and
something of their variation in inflorescence.
138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
4. Sargassum zacae Setchell, sp. nov.
Plate 29, figures 13, 14, and plate 31, fig. 50
Sargassum 36 cm. altitudinem excedens; axi primario nondum viso; ramis
primariis usque ad 36 cm. altis, axi compresso folia ramulosque fertiles, moderate
curtos bifariam ferente; foliis tenuiter membranaceis, laete fuscis, elongato-lanceol-
atis, simplicibus aut superne inaequaliter furcatis aut pinnatifidis, usque ad 5 cm.
longis et 7 mm. latis, inferis longioribus, superis brevioribus, costatis, costis sub
apicibus evanescentibus, marginibus undulatis, remote crasseque dentatis, apice
obtuse plus minusve abrupte attenuatis, basi in petiolo curto attenuatis, crypto-
stomatibus vulgo paucis sparsisque; ramis secondariis comparate curtis (usque ad
5-6 cm. longis); vesiculis 1-3 mm. latis, sphericis, muticis usque ad longe apiculatis
in petiolo gracili fere longiori suppositis; inflorescentiis axillaribus, 2-3 mm. longis,
masculis singulis simplicibusque, usque ad cymoso-racemosis; receptaculis filiformi-
lanceolato-compressis, fruticulosis, obtusis, inermibus, dioico-androgynis.
Type: No. 249,326 Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., from Charles Island
at low tide, Howell Nos. 134B, 134C, May 15, 1932.
Also Charles Island at low tide, Howell Nos. 128, 134D, 134E,
May 15, 1932; Abemarle Island, Villamil, drift on beach, Howell
No. 133.
Three specimens seem to answer fairly well to Grunow's descrip-
tion of "Sargassum lendigerum var. furcifolia forma denticulata"
from Chatham Island {see Grunow, in Piccone, Alghe del viaggio di
circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani, 50, 1886), and strongly, but
superficially, resemble the next species which, both from the de-
scription as well as from an authentic fragment, seems to be the
5. lendigerum var. furcifolia of Grunow {loc. cit.). In his later work,
Grunow (Add. Cog. Sarg., (4): 139, 1916) placed 5. lendigerum (as
to Turner's plant), as a variety, under 5. cymosum C. Ag., as well
as his var. furcifolia (loc. cit., p. 41). As indicated earlier, the
5. lendigerum, both of Linnaeus and of Turner, are one and the same
plant (same type!), and very different from true 5. cymosum C. Ag.
The var. furcifolia of Grunow, however, is typically more slender,
more strict, and its more delicate and more slender leaves have
entire margins and are practically devoid of cryptostomata, while
his forma denticulata is more robust, with more rigid, darker-colored
leaves whose surfaces show scattered cryptostomata and whose
margins are definitely denticulate. The latter is the plant here
described as Sargassum zacae, while the former is described below
as S. Templetonii. The two species are close, but seemingly dis-
tinct as to vegetative organs. In receptacles they are very similar,
having the same sort of dimorphism in the intersexes. Those pre-
dominantly oogonial have shorter and more lax inflorescences,
forked below and sterile, but the forks are made up of receptacular
tissue, and are short and broadly ovate, and somewhat racemosely
once or twice laterally proliferous. The inflorescences dominantly
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 139
antheridial are slightly different in aspect, but constructed on the
same general plan. They are forked and sterile at the base. The
forks are elongated, slender, and racemosely (laterally) proliferous.
The figures of 5. zacae (pi. 29, figs. 13, 14) show both types of in-
florescences, as do those of 5. Templetonii (pi. 29, figs. 17-19).
The two species here described seem rather of Atlantic than of Pa-
cific relationship, both as regards vegetative structure and intersex
dimorphism of receptacles. Sargassum zacae resembles vegetatively
5. furcatum Kuetz. (Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, 11: pi. 32, II, 1861),
unfortunately sterile, while 5. Templetonii more closely resembles
5. raniifolium Kuetz. (Kuetzing, loc. cit., 11: pi. 32, I, 1861), which
is the 5. cymosum var. dichotomum Mont., (Montague, Voy. Bonite,
Bot., 41, 1844). Both these species were described from the tropical
Atlantic American coasts, the former, from the Island of St. Thomas,
is usually referred to 5. vulgare C. Ag., the latter to 5. cymosum
C. Ag., two species which have similar intersex dimorphism of the
receptacles and which characterizes a group of Atlantic-Caribbean-
Mediterranean species such as 5. Acinarium (L.) C. Ag. {verum!),
S. vulgare C. Ag. (verum!), S. cymosum C. Ag. (verum!), and S. fili-
pendula C. Ag. The occurrence of close relatives of these Atlantic
types in the Galapagos Islands must be not only of interest, but of
fundamental distributional importance and, of course, raises the
question as to the propriety of considering them autonomous
species. Sargassum zacae and 5. Templetonii may be thought of as
members of vicarious pairs of species, varieties, or forms, concern-
ing which much more information and experience are highly de-
sirable.
There is represented also in the Galapagos one other species of
Atlantic-East Pacific affinities, and that is Sargassum (galapagense
var.) setifolia Grun., which will be discussed later on. This plant,
really an autonomous species, is closely related to both 5. Palmeri
Grun. of the California and Mexican coasts and 5. comosum (Poir.)
Mont, of the Canary Islands and adjacent coasts. In this species-
group, the forking of the leaves has proceeded to a much greater
extent than in the various "furcate" species of the S. Acinarium-
vulgare-filipendula-cymosum group. In this latter group it is not
always clear as to the status of the plants showing this tendency.
The first of the series to be described was Fucus diversifolius Turner
(Fuci, 2: 86, pi. 103, 1809, excl. syn. Forskal), now assigned by
Grunow as a variety under S. vulgare, but seemingly likely to prove
a form of S. Acinarium (verum!) or of 5. salicifolium J. Ag., if this last
species prove to be other than an oogonially dominant form of
5. Acinarium (which, as usually described and figured, seems to be
the antheridially dominant form). "Furcate" leaves are described
under various species of Sargassum, either in connection with varie-
ties, forms, or even as characteristic of the type of the species itself.
As already implied, they are described as occurring at times under
5. Acinarium, S. vulgare, S. cymosum, and S. filipendula. They are
140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
characteristic of S. zacae, S. Tentpletonii, S. galapagense Grun, and
its var. setifolia Grun., S. Palmeri Grun., and 5. comosum (Poir.)
Mont. They are frequent in 5. polyporum Mont, and varieties of
5. polyphyllum J. Ag. They recall the branched "phyllodes" of the
species of the subgenera Phyllotricha and Schizophycus of J. G.
Agardh. While the species of the subgenera Bactrophycus, Arth-
rophycus, and Eusargassum show phyllodes or leaves normally sim-
ple, scattering species within them show, or may be expected to
show "furcate" or "pinnatifid" phyllodes or leaves. Both J. G.
Agardh (Alg. Medit., 41, 1842) and Montagne (Phytogr. Canar.,
134, 1840, and Voy. Bonite, Bot., 42, 1844) agree in not considering
pinnatifid leaved plants as constituting particular sections but as
usually constituting forms or varieties of known simple-leaved
species. The fact that all Sargassums of the Galapagos Islands show
furcate or pinnatifid leaves gives the discussion of this topic particu-
lar interest and possible, but unexplained, significance.
5. Sargassum Templetonii Setchell, sp. nov.
Plate 29, figures 15-19, and plate 31, figures 51-53
Sargassum 36 cm. altitudinem multo excedens; axi primario nondum viso;
ramis primanis 36 cm. et ultra longis (incompletis!), axi compresso folia
ramulosque fertiles comparate curtos bifariam ferente; foliis tenui-membranaceis,
pallide aut laetefuscis, elongato-lineari-lanceolatis, apice acute longe attenuatis,
vulgo profunde furcato-pinnatifidis, 2.5-7 cm. longis, 1-4 mm. latis, usque ad sub
apice costatis, cryptostomatibus fere nuUis; vesiculis sphericis, muticis, 1-4 mm.
diam., in pedicellis 2-4 mm. longis, gracilibus, suppositis; inflorescentiis axillaribus,
2-3 mm. altis, pauci-ramosis, androgynis usque ad dioicas approximantibus, mas-
culioribus basi furcatis, furcis basi breviter stipitatis, 1-3 racemoso-proliferis
cylindricis, gracilibus et frequenter plantas juveniles adhaerentes ostendentibus,
inermibus, feminioribus basi-furcatis, furcis l(-2) racemoso-proliferis, ovatis, lente
compressis, inermibus.
Type: No. 249,327 Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., Villamil, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos, in tide pools. Col. Howell No. 128B, April 27,
1932.
Also Villamil, Albemarle Island, Howell No. 134F; floating, Wreck
Bay, Chatham Island, Howell No. 137; Post Office Bay, Charles
Island, Howell No. 992 A, April 24, 1932.
Grunow, in his account of the Sargassums collected by Cesare
Marcacci during the circumnavigation of the world by the Italian
Corvette Vettor Pisani {see Piccone, Algh. de Viag. di circumnav.
della Vettor Pisani, 50, 1886), described a Sargassum lendigerum var.
furcifolia from Chatham Island in the Galapagos. From his de-
scription and from some fragments of his specimen in the herbarium
of the University of California, it seems possible to identify certain
plants of the Templeton Crocker Expedition as belonging to the
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 141
same variety. Later on (1916, p. 141) he placed this variety under
5. cymosum C. Ag., where it seems more logically located than under
true 5. lendigerum (L.) C. Ag. Although the plants may be variants
of 5. cymosum C. Ag., whose limits are as yet rather vague, the ex-
treme discontinuity of distribution as well as certain differences in
habit seem to justify considering them, for the present at least, as
constituting an autonomous species.
It may be questioned as to the desirability of giving independent
rank to both Sargassum Templetonii and 5. zacae. Grunow consid-
ered the latter (his forma denticulata) to be only a form of the former
(5. lendigerum var. furcifolia or 5. cymosum var. furcifoUa), distin-
guished by its broader denticulate leaves and its greater tendency
to have cryptostomata, while his var. furcifolia (as to type) had
much more slender leaves, with entire margins and practically de-
void of cryptostomata. It may be that the two are ecological
variants, but in the lack of more abundant series of plants of the
two, it seems best, for the present, at least, to consider the two
separately, the S. zacae tending rather toward the 5. vulgare com-
plex, the 5. Templetonii towards the 5. cymosum complex.
6. Sargassum galapagense Grun.
Plate 29, figures 20-27, plate 30, figures 28-30, and plate 32, figures 54-57
Sargassum galapagense Grunow was founded on a specimen (or
specimens?) collected by Cesar Marcacci of the Royal Italian cor-
vette Vettor Pisani in the circumnavigation of the world between
the years 1882 and 1885 {see Grunow, in Piccone, Alghe Vettor
Pisani, 48, pi. 1, figs. 2 and 3, 1886). The description and the brief
remarks, while they give a technical idea of the species, do not touch
upon some points which, in the absence of authentic specimens,
would have been most helpful towards recognition of the species.
Grunow {loc. cit.) compares it with 5. Acinarium (in the sense of
5. Swartzii and 5. divaricatum Grev.), but states that it differs in its
bifid, eglandulose leaves and its long apiculate vesicles. He also
speaks of the leaves as rigid and blackish-brown. It seems, there-
fore, to be a species with thicker, denser leaves than 5. zacae or S.
Templetonii. It has not been reported since the original collection,
for while the var. setifolia Grun. is mentioned by Farlow as collected
by the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, the species itself is noted only
on the authority of Grunow. Grunow, possibly, had only a frag-
ment, for he seems to have been uncertain as to whether his material
was of a branch or a branchlet. The inflorescences are entirely dif-
ferent from those of 5. zacae and 5. Templetonii {see Grunow's
figures), as they are also from those of his variety setifolia {see
Grunow, loc. cit., 48, 49, pi. 2, figs. 1 and 2). For this reason, which
will be amplified later on, it seems best to consider the variety as a
142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
distinct species, related more nearly to 5. Palmeri Grun. of the north
than to S. galapagense itself.
The Templeton Crocker Expedition brought back a comparatively
considerable material which seems to be closely related to, if not
identical with, Sargassum galapagense Grun., but of which no single
specimen agrees exactly with either Grunow's description or plate. Of
this material only one specimen {Howell, No. 15 IC, N. E. side of Nar-
borough Island, May 28, 1932) is provided (except exceptionally a
few specimens and then only at the very tip) with bladders. This
specimen (only a fragment of the uppermost portion of a plant)
agrees fairly well as to axis, leaves, and receptacles with Grunow's
description and figures. The bladders, however, while slightly and
often sharply apiculate, do not show any of the longer setaceous
projections figured by Grunow, although a few are tipped by a short
spine. The vesicles, otherwise, have the general shape and the
rather stout pedicel of the "Acinariae" of J. G. Agardh. The recep-
tacles, while androgynous, are overwhelmingly oogonial in this
specimen, are about 2 mm. high, in a close axillary glomerule of
forked receptacular branches, each inclining away from cylindrical
toward lanceolate-ovoid. They lead one to suspect that Grunow's
figure 3 {loc. cit., pi. 1) was drawn from an inflorescence dominantly
antheridial. The inflorescence seems rather towards those of the
Cymosae than those of the Racemosae, and the Zaca plant comes
nearer to 5. divaricatum var. chilensis Grun. than to any other. The
var. chilensis was founded on the 5. acinaria Bory (non Fucus acina-
rius L.) (see Bory, Voy. Coquille, Bot., 126, 1828), collected by
D'Urville at Concepcion, Chile, but that has, both according to
Bory and to the type specimen (in Herb. Bory, in Herb. Mus. Paris \)
large biseriate cryptostomata. It seems fairly safe to refer No. 15 IC
to 5. galapagense, notwithstanding the minor (?) differences, and
possibly as a plant of more quiet or perhaps deeper waters.
The majority of plants of the Templeton Crocker Expedition
referred here to this species, seem to have come from exposed shores.
They were collected at Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Galapagos,
on May 17, 1932, and were evidently growing in abundance "in tide
pools at the lowest tide." There is a considerable number of plants
under Nos. 385 and 969 (the one number in alcohol, the other dried),
but all of the same collection. They are mostly complete plants,
rather short (10 cm. to 35 cm. high), erect, of close habit, and very
dark after drying. The primary axes arise singly or in clusters,
range from 1 cm. up to 5 cm., covered with the multifarious knobs of
the bases of the primary branches which have been lost, and bear at
their tips several erect, strict, primary branches, clothed with simple
or pinnatifid, thick, and rather fleshy leaves, with very short branch-
lets (if any) in their axils. The leaves are multifarious, closely im-
bricate and erect, are 1.5 cm. to 3 cm. long, according to position
and as to plant. They are commonly pinnatifid (rather than prop-
erly furcate). At the tips they vary from long to short acuminate.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 143
When moist they are rather thick and opaque, and very dark in
color. When dried they seem thinner, although rigid, and show a
thick, almost percurrent costa. No cryptostomata have been ob-
served in these plants. Vesicles are wanting in the great majority
of the plants, but towards the tips of a very few of the most elongated
specimens a small number of small vesicles may be found, slightly
longer than broad and with distinct but short setiform apicula. The
receptacles are short, dense, flat-topped glomerules, cymose, with
the branches slender and almost exclusively antheridial, closely re-
sembling Grunow's figure 3 of his 5. galapagense. It seems as if
these plants from Charles Island are to be placed under 5. galapa-
gense Grun., as merely developmental stages or as tide-pool repre-
sentatives. Grunow's plants (collected by Marcacci) were gath-
ered on Chatham Island in March. The Narborough fragment
{Howell, No. 15 IC) is probably also a plant belonging to 5. galapa-
gense Grun., but possibly from deeper water.
[Since writing the above account the writer has had, through the
kindness and generosity of Professor Dr. Karl Keissler of the Natur-
historisches Museum at Vienna, the privilege of examining the type
sheet of Sargassum galapagense Grun. (Coll. Grunow, No. 701).
There are 4 larger fragments glued on to the sheet, none of which
shows any basal portion. These seem to belong rather to the var.
setifolia Grunow than to the species as described and illustrated.
Leaves are not well represented, but are slender and setiform. The
vesicles are rather those of the variety than those of the species and
the same is true of the receptacles. There are, however, in a small
envelope, four small fragments probably of a single plant, or prob-
ably a portion of a plant, which do agree with Grunow's figures in
leaf, vesicle, and receptacles. These must represent the true type,
the specimen from which they were separated possibly having been
returned to Piccone. Comparison with these fragments of the true
type fortifies the opinion that Grunow's species and variety are not
so closely related as he supposed and that the plants referred above
as belonging to the species are correctly assigned.]
7. Sargassum setifolium (Grun.) comb. nov.
Plate 28, figures 11, 12, and plate 32, figures 58, 59
Sargassum galapagense var. setifolia Grunow {in Piccone, Alghe-Vettor Pisani,
48, 49, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, 1886); Add. Cog. Sarg., in Verb. k. k. zool.-bot.,
Gesell. Wien, 66: 167, 1916; De Toni, Syll. Alg., 3: 19, 1895; Farlow in
B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 92, 1902.
Grunow seems to have experienced little doubt but that this plant,
which he compares to Sargassum teretifoHunt J. Ag., a member of the
S. Swartzii group {Acinariae, J. Ag., p. p.) as perhaps 5. galapagense
Grun., may well be as indicated above, was only a variant of his
5. galapagense. J. G. Agardh (Spec. Sarg. Austral., 122, 1889) says
144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
that from the description and specimen of var. setifolia he had seen,
he is inclined to place it near to 5. piluliferum (in tribe Dimorphae of
subgenus Phyllotricha) and does not think it closely related to either
5. acinaria (Turn.) C. Ag,, or 5. teretifolium J. Ag. De Toni {loc. cit.)
places both the species and the variety near to 5. comosum (Poir.)
Mont. (5. Desfontainesii (Turn.) C. Ag.), and Farlow {loc. cit.), who
had only the var. setifolia for study, agrees with Agardh. Both J. G.
Agardh and Farlow, however, were thinking of 5. piluliferum chiefly
in terms of what is now separated as 5. Palmeri Grun. In the "Addi-
tamenta," Grunow {loc. cit., 1916) places both the species and the
variety along with 5. comosum (Poir.) Mont., among the Racemosae
of the Malacocarpic and Cladocarpic Eusargassums. There are,
then, two questions concerning this plant; the one pertinent to its
relationship with the type of 5. galapagense, the other as to its rela-
tionship with other species and its consequent position within the
genus Sargassum.
First, it seems desirable to consider the relationship of Sargassum
galapagense Grun., type, to 5. galapagense var. setifolia Grun.
Grunow himself {loc. cit.) seems to have felt little, if any (?) doubt
that the variety was a singular form of the species, in which the
leaves are most narrow. The differences between the receptacles of
the two, he explains by assuming that that of the species was more
masculine and that of the variety more feminine. A careful examina-
tion of a considerable series of setifolia plants shows a remarkable
uniformity in both leaf and receptacular morphology. In the species,
the leaves and branchlets of the primary axis have a strong appear-
ance (due to torsion?) of being multifarious, while setifolia has an
equally strong appearance of being bifarious. The receptacles in
the two, the variety and the species, judging both from a comparison
of Grunow's figures and the fairly abundant material of the Zaca
collections referred to each, are of entirely different types. Both
are of the "dioico-androgynous" type, with dominance of one or the
other sex-conceptacle. The receptacles of S. galapagense, both of
oogonial and of antheridial dominance, form low, glomerulate in-
florescences of the Cymosae type, the oogonial receptacles tending
to be slightly compressed and also to be ovate-lanceolate, while
those of antheridial dominance are more slender and torulose cylin-
drico-lanceolate (compare pis. 28, 29, and 30, figs. 11, 12 and 26-29)-
The inflorescences of 5. galapagense resemble closely those of 5.
divaricatum Grev. {see Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, 3: pi. 10,
1849) and 5. Wightii Grev. {loc. cit., pi. 9). The receptacles of the
var. setifolia are more strikingly dimorphic, and both sex dominants
are distinctly racemose, with the individual receptacles, simple or
slightly branched, but well separated (pi. 28, figs. 11, 12), the
oogonially dominant (fig. 11) are shorter, while those of antheridial
dominance (fig. 12) are elongated. A very similar difference is to
be seen in the sex-differentiated receptacles of 5. Palmeri (pi. 28,
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 145
figs, 5, 6) and also of S. comosum (see Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, 11: pi.
35, I, 1861, oogonial).
The vesicles, also, of the two, Sargassum galapagense and the var.
setifoUa are very much more different than would seem from Gru-
now's figures. Those of the species are rounded-oblong to slightly
piriform, more or less strongly apiculate, while those of the variety
are broadly fusiform with usually fairly to very long setaceous
apicula. It seems that S. galapagense (species) is closely related to
the S. divaricatum var. chilense Grun. and belongs to the 5. Swartzii-
group of species, while the var. setifolia forms (with 5. Palmeri Grun.
and S. comosum (Poir.) Mont.,) a group of species of most interesting
distribution, possibly developed along the same lines as the pinnatifid
forms (?) of the 5. vulgare and 5. cymosum groups. The erection of
var. setifolia into an autonomous species seems reasonably justified.
Sargassum setifolium (Grun.) Setchell seems to be both abundant
and widespread among the Galapagos Islands, where it appears to
be endemic. The type was collected by Marcacci on Chatham
Island in March. Heller and Snodgrass of the Hopkins-Stanford
Expedition collected it at Tagus Cove and Turtle Point, Albemarle
Island, Feb. 1899. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1932
brought back specimens as follows: Albemarle Island, Tagus Cove
(No. 432, May 22, No. 121 A, May 26, H. W. Clark); Villamil (Nos.
132, 134 A, April 2, No. 150), Webb Cove (No. 960, deep water,
May 2, No. 981 B, at low tide); Indefatigable Island (No. 128 A,
Academy Bay, May 1, No. 470, May 1); Narborough Island, N. E.
side (No. 151 B, No. 872, H. W. Clark, May 28, No. 800, June 2);
Charles Island, Post Office Bay (No. 991, April 24): Chatham Island,
Wreck Bay (No. 1011, April 15).
8. Sargassum pacificum Bory (p.p.)
Plate 30, figures 31-40, and plate ZZ, figures 61-64
Sargassum pacificum Bory. Bory de Saint Vincent, Voy. Coquille, Bot., 123,
Feb. 16, 1828; Diet, class. d'Hist. Nat., 15: 171, May 1829; Montagne,
Flora Chilena {in Gay, Hist. fis. y polit. de Chile, Botanica, 8:)235, 236,
1852; Syll. gen. spec. Crypt., 387, 388, 1856; M. A. Howe, Algae of Peru
(Mem. Torrey Bot. Club, 15:) 67, pi. 25, 1914; Grunow, Verh. zool.-bot.
Gesell., Wien, 65: 438, 1915; non 5. pacificum A. Richard, Sertum Astrol-
abianum, in Voyage de dficouvertes de I'Astrolabe, Bot., 142, 1834 (5.
Desvauxii J. Ag., non Fucus Desvauxii Mertens, fide J. G. Agardh, Spec.
Alg., 1: 338, 1848).
One may think of the account of the genus Sargassum, written
by Bory for the Dictionnaire Classique, as expressing his general
idea of the composition of the genus, as composed of three species
(or groups of species). His first species, 5. Sargasso Bory, included
the more conspicuous floating forms and particularly the Fucus
natans L.; his second, S. atlanticum Bory, typified the Atlantic
146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sbr.
forms (5. vulgare C. Ag.); while the third, 5. pacificum Bory, typified
the Pacific forms.
In the Voyage Coquille, he enumerated with diagnoses and de-
scriptions some fourteen species of Sargassum from various oceans
and seas. His 5. pacificum is described as being based on specimens
from Chile, from Tahiti, and from Port Praslin in New Ireland.
There is little question, but that Bory had at least two and possibly
three species referred under his 5. pacificum: (1) Howe (loc. cit.) and
Grunow (loc. cit.) have both established the species on the plants
collected at Concepcion, Chile, by Dumont D'Urville; (2) the plants
from Port Praslin, referred by Grunow (loc. cit. p. 437) to S. oocyste
J. Ag., a species with spinulose oogonial receptacles; and (3) a speci-
men from Australia in Herb. Bory (seen by Grunow, Add. Cog.
Sarg. (3): 34, 1916) to be referred to 5. Desvauxii J. Ag. (non Fucus
Desvauxii Mertens).
Bory's diagnosis (Voy. Coquille) is brief and practically without
emphasis of specific characteristics, while his description indicates
a plant up to two feet long, very slender, provided throughout with
rather short branches not exceeding two to four inches in length at
any portion from the base to the apex (primary branch) ; with leaves
as much as one or two inches in length and two lines (about 4 mm.?)
in width, irregularly dentate on the margins, very minutely gland-
ular-punctate on the surfaces, the dots neither very easily seen, nor
arranged in regular lines as in the Atlantic species (5. vulgare) ; with
spherical and short-stalked vesicles, also very small, rarely exceeding
in size partridge or hare shot, the whole plant becoming brown-
yellow to blackish on drying.
The description of Montagne (loc. cit.), which was seemingly
drawn up with care, has been the one usually copied and relied upon.
Grunow, however, who had seen and studied the plants in Herb.
Bory, states (loc. cit., p. 437) that he does not venture to decide
what is the true 5. pacificum Bory, and again (loc. cit., p. 438), he
states that there is no specimen in Herb. Bory agreeing with the
description he quotes (from Montagne). There is, however, a
specimen (!) in Herb. Bory at Paris, labelled by Bory as being
"Sargassum pacificum N." and collected by D'Urville at Concepcion,
which has been taken by M. A. Howe (loc. cit.) for the veritable type.
There is, likewise, a specimen, also in Herb. Bory, and as definitely
labelled by him, but evidently collected by D'Urville on his first
voyage in the Astrolabe, on the shores of New Guinea, which has
dentate receptacles and is probably to be referred rather to the
5. Desvauxii as understood by J. G. Agardh, although J. G. Agardh
seems convinced that it is not the plant designated as Fucus Des-
vauxii by Mertens (Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., Paris, 5: 183, pi. 14,
1819). Grunow (loc. cit., p. 437) has referred the New Guinea plant
(inscribed also on specimen 1) to 5. oocyste J. Ag., which, in turn,
was founded (in part at least) on a specimen collected at Concepcion
by D'Urville and placed by Bory (Voy. Coquille, Bot., 124, 1828)
Vol. XXII]
SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 147
under 5. Esperi (non 5. Esperi C. Ag., fide J. G. Agardh), as well
as specimens collected by Lesson at New Guinea. It seems not
beyond reason to suspect that both J. G. Agardh's 5. Desvauxii
and his 5. oocyste may be sex forms of one and the same species.
It seems most convenient to adopt the idea of M. A. Howe {loc.
cit.) in "establishing" as the type of Sargassum pacificum Bory, the
plant so designated by Bory and collected at Concepcion, Chile, by
Dumont D'Urville in 1825. With this as a basis, the numerous
plants collected by the staff of the Zaca in the Galapagos may be
compared and placed. The type specimen is both slender and lax
in habit. The plant figured by Howe (Mar. Alg. Peru, pi. 25, 1914)
seems stouter and at least has the foliage much congested. Between
the two are many intermediate types. It seems best to attempt
segregation (although imperfect) among the lax and delicate, the
more dense or rigid, and the densely congested forms, presuming
that these are probably of environmental effect or reversible ecads
of this wide spread and seemingly more or less plastic species.
FORMAE LAXAE
Sargassum pacificum f. subdelicatulum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Plate 30, figures 31-33, and plate Zi, figure 61
Sargassum pacificum Bory, Voy. Coq., Bot., 123, 1828 (p. p.); 5. lendigerum var.
foliosa f. subdelicatula Grunow, in Piccone, Alghe-Vettor Pisani, 49,
1886; S. cymosum var. foliosa f. subdelicatula Grun., Verb, zool.-bot.
Gesell., Wien, 66:139, 1916; S. cymosum Farlow, Proc. Amer. Acad.,
38-92, 1902 (p. p.); 5. pacificum M. A. Howe, Mar. Alg. Peru, 66, 1914
(as to type).
The type of Sargassum pacificum Bory, as established by M. A.
Howe, is to be placed among the forms which Grunow has appro-
priately named "subdelicatula." Its primary axis is wanting in all
the Zaca specimens referable to this form. The primary branches
are smooth, slightly compressed below, becoming cylindrical above.
The leaves tend to lie in two distinct ranks, are thin, membranaceous,
light yellow-brown to somewhat darker, broad lanceolate, unequally
cuneate at the base into very short, broad petioles (almost sessile),
somewhat bluntly acuminate, at times almost emarginate at the
tip, 1-2 cm. long, 3-4 mm. broad, costate to just below the apex,
margins undulate and irregularly sinuate-dentate but basal margins
entire, devoid or almost devoid of cryptostomata. The secondary
branches are up to 8 cm. in length, alternate and much alike, whether
basal, middle, or upper. The vesicles are spherical, smooth, muti-
cous, 2-3 mm. in diameter, on smooth, slender pedicels, usually
thickening slightly upwards, from as long as, to decidedly shorter
than, the vesicles. The inflorescences are "axillary," in moderately
loose to fairly dense clusters, 2-4 mm. high, short pedicellate,
148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
their receptacles dichotomo-racemose, with branches smooth, an-
drogynous, without pronounced dimorphism as to sex dominance.
The type specimen of Bory, from Concepcion, Chile, belongs
here, as do Coker's Nos. 110 and 117 from Bay of Ferrol, Peru (see
M. A. Howe, Mar. Alg. Peru, 66, 1914), and also the type of Gru-
now's forma suhdelicatula from Chatham Island; likewise Snodgrass
and Heller's specimens from Tagus Cove on Albemarle Island and
from Wenman Island, both of December, 1898. While it is not
always easy to segregate this form from the next, the following speci-
mens collected by the Templeton Crocker Expedition may also be
referred here with confidence: — Chatham Island, Wreck Bay, April
15 {No. 138); Charles Island, Post Office Bay, April 23 (No. 160 A),
and rocky reef of same, April 24 {No. 992) ; Indefatigable Island,
Academy Bay, floating, May 1 {No. 130) ; Albemarle Island, Tagus
Cove, May 26, H. W. Clark {No. 120); Narborough Island, deep
tide pools, N. E. side. May 28 {No. 151 A). The plants seem clearly
those of deeper waters or at least of more quiet waters, and are in
great contrast as regards texture, color, and laxness to either of the
two sets of forms still to be distinguished.
FORMAE DENSIORES
Sargassum pacificum f. rigidiusculum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Plate 30, figure 34, and plate Zi, figure 62
Sargassum lendigerutn var. foliosa f . rigidiuscula Grunow, in Piccone, Alghe-Vettor
Pisani, 49, 1886; S. cymosum var. foliosa f. rigidiuscula Grunow, Verh.
zool.-bot., Gesell., Wien, 66: 139, 1916; S. cymosum Farlow, Proc. Amer.
Acad., 38: 92, 1902 (p. p. fide spec'n!).
The numbers of the Templeton Crocker Expedition to be referred,
with propriety, to Grunow's f. rigidiuscula show clearly that they
grew in exposed situations and were collected from the rocks on
which they grew. They are all provided with the primary axes and
holdfasts, are fairly short, strict, fairly densely clothed with leaves,
which are much more rigid, thicker, and cartilagino-chartaceous, as
well as turning black on drying. The primary axes are up to 2 cm.
high, moderately stout from an irregularly discoid holdfast, giving
off primary branches multifariously. The persistent primary
branches cluster at the tips of the primary axis and are of varying
lengths up to 30 cm. They are clothed with leaves and (in typical
forms) with extremely short (about 1 cm.) lateral branchlets, both
arranged practically bifariously, but being crowded and crisped,
often appear multifarious. The leaves are comparatively short
(0.5-1 cm.) and broad (5 mm.), are more crisped and deeper un-
dulate denticulate, but the unequally cuneate bases are not, in
typical forms, provided with long teeth or "ciliate" curved pro-
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 149
cesses. The vesicles also show only "smooth" pedicels. The in-
florescences are very much like those of f . subdelicatulum, but rather
more compact, and the receptacles are more branched. Altogether
the forma rigidiusculum has a very distinct habit, although at times
there are found intermediates between it and the f. subdelicatulum as
well as between it and the next form to be described. It seems clearly
to be an ecological variant, despite its fairly distinctive habit.
Besides the type of the variety, collected by Marcacci on Chatham
Island in March, the following specimens of the Templeton Crocker
Expedition seem proper of reference to it: — Charles Island, Post
Office Bay, April 23 {No. 160B); Albemarle Island, Webb Cove,
May 22 {Nos. 329, 346, 399, 961) and 5 miles N. E. of Webb
Cove, May 22 {No. 981C); Narborough Island, June 22 {No.
801), N. E. side. May 31 {Nos. 152B and 874, by Lanier)
and "CaHfornia Cove," May 28 {No. 373). It was also brought
back from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, by Heller and Snodgrass
(collected. Feb. 1899).
FORMAE CONGESTAE
Sargassum pacificum f. congestum Setchell f. nov.
Plate 30, figures 35-40, and plate 33, figures 63, 64
Sargassum pacificum, M. A. Howe, Mar. Alg. Peru, 66 (p. p. as to Lobos de Afuera
plant), pi. 25, 1914.
A forma typica in foliis abbreviatis, crassis rigidioribusque congestis et in ramis
secondariis comparate longioribus abludens; foliis vesiculisque vulgo cum dentibus
curvatis basalibusque adornatis.
Type: No. 249,324 Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., Narborough Island,
S. E. side, collected by /. T. Howell No. 149, June 1, 1932.
Also Narborough Island, N. E. side, Howell No. 873, less typical;
Albemarle Island, five miles N. E. of Webb Cove, Howell Nos. 959,
981; May 22, 1932; Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Howell No.
969B, April 23, 1932, less typical.
Also Lobos de Afuera, Peru, Coker, No. 279 {M. A. Howe, loc.
cit.).
The figure of M. A. Howe {loc. cit.) of the plant from "Lobos de
Afuera," Peru, is typical of what it seems best to regard as an ex-
treme in density of foliage and the crispness of leaves which is
associated with it. The primary axis is short (about 1 cm.) and
bears a number of primary branches. These are often fairly long
(up to 40 cm.), and they are densely clothed with short leaves
(about 0.5-1 cm.) and fairly long to very short secondary branches.
The longer-branched specimens seem the more characteristic. The
150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
leaves are thick and strongly, but irregularly toothed and crispate.
They commonly show a few rather long, stout and curved teeth at
the very base, and this seems fairly characteristic of the form.
Such teeth are also often found on the pedicels of the vesicles. The
inflorescences are very much like those of f. rigidiusculum. The
assumption of an appearance of a multifarious arrangement of
leaves is usually very strong in this form.
Before leaving Sargassum pacificum Bory, it seems only proper
to say something as to its possible relationship. The only species
at all closely resembling it from the South American coast is 5.
compactum Bory (Voy. Coq., Bot., 126, 1828), which Grunow (Verh.
zool.-bot. GeselL, Wien, 65: 405, 1915), after a study of the type,
has referred to 5. ilicifolium (Turn.) C. Ag. as a variety of the con-
duplicate-leaved group. The type of S. compactum (in Herb. Bory, in
Herb. Mus. Paris\) presents a very similar appearance to certain
of the longer branched forms of 5. pacificum Bory, but the leaves
(see pi. 30, figs. 41-48) (not conduplicate in the sense of double mar-
gins!), while closely resembling those of 5. pacificum, have abundant
small cryptostomata scattered over the surface and the costa
disappears well below the apex. The androgynous (dominantly
oogonial) receptacles are slightly compressed and denticulate above.
Its type locality is Concepcion, the same as for 5. pacificum Bory
(as established by Montague, M. A. Howe, etc.). While it seems
best, for the present, to consider S. compactum distinct from 5.
pacificum, yet the close resemblances balanced over against the
possibly minor differences, especially in the light of similar varia-
tions as to presence or absence of cryptostomata on leaves, and
intersex variation, not only in receptacular morphology but also in
vegetative characters, leads to association of the two species, at
least in the same group, which finds its possible relationships among
the "Ilicifolia" group of J. G. Agardh (Spec. Sarg. Austral., 37,
1889) and its nearer associates. Grunow (loc. cit., 400-418, 1915),
in his presentation of the Ilicifolia-grovLp, calls attention to two per-
tinent facts: (1) that in 5. ilicifolium (Turn.) C. Ag., both the dom-
inantly oogonial receptacles and those dominantly antheridial, are
ancipate and acutely spinose, while (loc. cit., 411-412) the anther-
idial (dominantly?) receptacles of 5. berberifolium J. Ag. are terete
and inerm. Grunow considers that true 5. berberifolium J. Ag.,
which is known only in the antheridial state, is similar to, perhaps is
only, the antheridial plant, of 5. droserifolium Bory and differs
from 5. ilicifolium (Turn.) C. Ag. solely in the very smooth "male"
receptacles. While it is not possible, or perhaps even desirable in
this place, to discuss the complexities, confusions, and possible
extreme variabilities of the Ilicifolia-gvoup until much more ma-
terial is available and much more study of its various members
is possible, the questions raised by Grunow are pertinent to any
suggestion of the proper place in the genus of Sargassum pacificum
Bory. The general habit of both the more lax and the more dense
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 151
forms, the obliquity (or inequality) of the bases of the leaves, the
tendency of the costa to fail to extend to the very apex, as well as
the general characters of the inflorescences when taken with inter-
sex and environmental modifications, tend towards arranging not
only S. compactum Bory, but also 5. pacificum Bory, with 5. ilici-
folium (Turn.) C. Ag., 5. berberifolium J. Ag., S. droserifolium Bory,
and others, in a polymorphous group, widespread in the tropics
of the Indo-Pacific oceans and adjacent seas.
9. Sargassum Skottsbergii Sjost . . (?) forma
Plate 32, figure 60
Sargassum Skottsbergii Sjostedt, in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez and
Easter Is., 2, Bot., 2(3):311, fig. 105, 1924(?); "?5. graminifolium" Farlow,
Proc. Amer. Acad., 38:92, 1902 (non Fucus graminifolius Turner).
It seems desirable to deal with one other set of specimens from
the Galapagos, although nothing like them is to be found among
the Zaca collections, in order that the account of the Sargassums
of the Galapagos may be the more complete. Farlow (loc. cit.)
refers to a single specimen, collected by Snodgrass and Heller, on
Wenman Island. This specimen, consisting only of the upper fruc-
tiferous portion, has been divided between the Farlow Herbarium
of Harvard University and the Dudley Herbarium {No. 158509)
of Stanford University. Farlow referred it with much doubt to
Sargassum graminifolium (Turn.) C. Ag., but it does not agree
well with the type of Fucus graminifolius of Turner's collection
at the Kew Herbarium (see Setchell, Hong Kong Nat., Suppl.
No. 4:17-19, pi. 12, fig. 2 and pi. 17, 1935) either in leaves or in
vesicles. The axes of the Wenman plant are compressed to com-
planate. The leaves (upper) are narrowly lanceolate, practically
sessile, up to 4 cm. long and 3 mm. wide, with margins provided
with spinulose teeth (up to 1 mm. or 1.5 mm. long), percostate,
but lacking cryptostomata. The vesicles are spherical, muticous to
blunt apiculate, 1 mm. to 1.5 mm. in diameter, borne on slender,
rather long pedicels (2-4 mm. long). The individual receptacles
are lanceoid-ovoid, up to 4 mm. high and 1-1,5 mm. broad, trun-
cately rounded at the base and abruptly attenuated at the tip,
usually simple but short-pedicellate and at times short-furcate
above, arranged a few together in short racemose cymes about 6-8
mm. high in successive axils, androgynous, the upper third to
one-half oogonial.
The placing of the material from Wenman Island can scarcely
be done with any satisfaction at present. The plants are light
yellowish, as if they had been growing in intense light or such as is
characteristic of floating plants. The materials differ particularly
from those from the type locality (Easter Island) in color and in
152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser
the lack of crj^ptostomata in the leaves. Sjostedt supposed that
his plants were dioecious, but an examination of the type collections
has indicated that the receptacles are androgynous, but with strong
dominance of either oogonia or antheridia, and a dimorphism as to
stoutness or slenderness and length or breadth. Floating forms from
near Easter Island collected by the non-magnetic ship Carnegie,
show a yellowish color and a tendency to be without cryptostomata.
The Galapagos plants may have been floating forms (Sargasso-
types?) and not growing there.
The question of adopting the designation Sargassum Skottsbergu,
Sjostedt's name, even for the aberrant plant of Wenman Island, is
connected with the identity of two species of J. G. Agardh, 5.
stenophyllum J. Ag. (non Martius) and 5. lanceolatum J. Ag. (non
Greville). Very possibly both the 5. lanceolatum and 5. stenophyllum
of J. G. Agardh may belong to one and the same species cycle, for
the tendency seems to be that the oogonially dominant plants have
more strongly toothed leaves than those of the antheridially dom-
inant plants, since the leaves of the latter may practically be en-
tire on the margins. The tendency of floating forms to take on a
yellow color (as in the case of S. natans (L.) R. Brown), and to cease
developing cryptostomata (which will be dealt with in another
paper treating of the pleuston of the non-magnetic ship Carnegie)
is certainly suggestive. Whether the fragments might better be
referred to 5. lanceolatum J. Ag. (1848, sed non 5. lanceolatum Grev.,
1849) or to 5. Skottshergii Sjost. may remain a question involving
the identity of the two species as autonomous or not. It seems
very possible that they may be. It is interesting, at least, to call
attention once more to the fact that the species of the Galapagos
are practically without cryptostomata (excepting, of course, 5.
zacae, in which they vary from few to many).
Vol. XXII SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 153
Plate 28
Sargassum Liebmannii J. Ag.
Fig. 1. Portion of a fructiferous ramulus of a cotype, dominantly oogonial
(Herb. Univ. Calif., No. 141,536).
Fig. 2. Same of intermediate between type and var. nicoyana Grun., dominantly
antheridial (Howell No. 109).
Fig. 3. Same of var. nicoyana Grun. (Howell No. 740), dominantly antheridial.
Sargassum Palmeri Grun.
Fig. 4. Portion of branchlet with receptacles dominantly antheridial (Guadalupe
Island, Mason No. 1).
Fig. 5. Inflorescence from branch of same plant as figure 4, dominantly anther-
idial.
Fig. 6. Portion of branchlet with receptacles dominantly oogonial (from plant
collected at Santa Cruz, California, by A. Grunow, Herb. Univ. Calif., No. 231,503).
Sargassum Howellii Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 7. Portion of a fructiferous ramulus of the Type No. 249,327, Herb. Cal.
Acad. Sci. (Howell No. 104), Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Group.
Fig. 8. Similar to figure 7 (Howell No. 104).
Fig. 9. Inflorescences (Howell No. 104).
Fig. 10. Leaf (Howell No. 104).
Sargassum setifolium (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 11. Portion of a ramulus dominantly oogonial (Howell No. 132).
Fig. 12. Portion of a ramulus with receptacles alternately and zonately oogonial
and antheridial (Howell No. 960).
All figures drawn by Roy W. Donley under the direction of W. A. Setchell,
and enlarged 2 diameters.
154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.
Plate 29
Sargassum zacae Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 13. Portion of a branchlet, with receptacles dominantly oogonial. Type
No. 249,326, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. (Howell No. 134B), Charles Island,
Galapagos.
Fig. 14. Portion of a branchlet, with receptacles dominantly antheridial. No
249,326, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. (Howell No. 134C), Charles Island, Galapagos.
Sargassum Templetonii Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 15. Portion of middle of a primary branch with young receptacles (Howell
No. 992 A).
Fig. 16. Upper portion of a primary branch (Howell No. 128 A).
Fig. 17. Portion of a branchlet with receptacles dominantly oogonial (Howell
No. 128 A).
Fig. 18. Fructiferous ramulus with receptacles dominantly oogonial (Howell
No. 992 A).
Fig. 19. Fructiferous ramulus with receptacles dominantly antheridial (Howell
No. 134E).
Sargassum galapagense Grun.
Fig. 20. Portion of a branchlet showing young vesicles (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 21. Fructiferous ramulus (Howell No. 151C).
Fig. 22. Inflorescence (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 23. Inflorescence (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 24. Inflorescence (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 25. Branchlet of younger, rarivesiculose plant (Howell No. 969).
Fig. 26. Fructiferous branchlet from same plant of same collection (Howell
No. 969).
Fig. 27. Inflorescence (Howell No. 969).
All figures drawn by Roy W. Donley, under the direction of W. A. Setchell,
and enlarged 2 diameters.
VOL.XXII1 SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 155
Plate 30
Sargassum galapagense Grun.
Fig. 28, Fructiferous ramulus (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 29. Inflorescence (Howell No. 15 IC).
Fig. 30. Leaf (Howell No. 15 IC).
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma subdelicaiulum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 31. Portion of a branch (Howell No. 160 A).
Fig. 32. Fructiferous ramulus (Howell No. 138).
Fig. ZZ. Portion of a branch (Howell No. 120).
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma rigidiusculum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 34. Tip of a primary branch (Howell No. 152B).
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma congestum Setchell, forma nov.
Fig. 35. Tip of a primary branch of Type No. 249,324, Herb. Cal. Acad, Sci,
(Howell No. 149), Narborough Island, Galapagos.
Fig. 36. Tip of a primary branch of type.
Fig, 37. Inflorescence of type.
Fig, 38, Inflorescence of type.
Fig. 39. Vesicle of type.
Fig, 40, Portion of a sterile primary branch showing curved fimbriae at bases
of leaves and vesicles (Howell No. 992 A).
Sargassum compactum Bory
Fig, 41, Fructiferous ramulus (type in Herb, Bory, Paris).
Fig, 42-47, Leaves from type specimen.
Fig. 48. Ramulus from type specimen.
All figures drawn by Roy W. Donley, under the direction of W. A. Setchell,
and enlarged 2 diameters.
156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 31
Sargassum Howellii Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 49. Type of species. No. 249,325, Herb. Cal. Acad. Sci. (Howell No. 104),
Clarion Island, Revillagigedo Group.
Sargassum zacae Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 50. Portion of a plant of the type material (Howell No. 133).
Sargassum Templetonii Setchell, sp. nov.
Fig. 51-53. Portions of the type material (Howell No. 134).
Photo W. C. Matthews, reduced to approximately 0.5 diameter.
Vol. XXII] SETCHELL—THE SARGASSUMS 157
Plate 32
Sargassum galapagense Grun.
Fig. 54. Portion of an ample plant with abundant vesicles (Howell No. 151 C).
Fig. 55. Young complete, sterile plant (Howell No. 385).
Fig. 56. Older complete, fertile plant (Howell No. 385).
Fig. 57. Well elongated fertile plant, with a few small vesicles toward the apex
(Howell No. 969 A).
Sargassum setifolium (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 58. Young plant showing basal leaves (Howell No. 432).
Fig. 59. Upper portion of a luxuriant specimen (Howell No. 132).
Sargassum Skottsbergii Sjostd.
Fig. 60. Fragment in Dudley Herbarium {No. 158,509) of Stanford University.
Photo. W. C. Matthews, reduced to approximately 0.5 diameter.
158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 33
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma subdelicatulum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 61. Portion of a typical plant (Howell No. 138).
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma rigidiusculum (Grun.) comb. nov.
Fig. 62. A small characteristic plant (Howell No. 373).
Sargassum pacificum Bory
forma congestum forma nov.
Fig. 63. A plant with unusually long branches (Howell No. 149).
Fig. 64. A most congested primary (?) branch (Howell No. 149).
Photo. W. C. Matthews, reduced to approximately 0.5 diameter.
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 5
[SETCHELL] Plate 28
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vo!. XXII, No. 5
ISETCHELL] Plate 29
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 5
SETCHELLl Plate 30
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series. Vol. XXII, No. 5
I SETCHELL. Plate 31
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 5
[SETCHELL] Plate 32
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 5
SETCHELLI Plate 33
PROCEEDINGS -•'^ ■ .^
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 6, pp. 159-178, pi. 34-35. December 31, 1937
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 35
NEW SPECIES OF RECENT MOLLUSKS FROM THE
COAST OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
BY
A. M. STRONG
AND
LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN
Assistant Curator, Department of Paleontology,
California Academy of Sciences
The Templeton Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos Islands in
1932 secured a large collection of marine mollusks. Many of the
species represented in that assemblage are comparatively rare in
conchological collections. Two papers^ dealing with portions of this
valuable collection have already appeared and the present one con-
tains descriptions of nineteen species which appear to be new to
science.
The writers wish to express their thanks to Mr. Templeton
Crocker whose generosity has made this paper possible. Gratitude
is also due to Dr. G. D. Hanna, Curator of the Department of Pa-
leontology of the California Academy of Sciences, for helpful sug-
gestions and criticism of the manuscript, and for the drawings of
the new species of Pleurodon. Acknowledgment is also made to
Mr. Frank L. Rogers, who has prepared the photographs. These
photographs are the result of work accomplished as a part of a Gov-
ernment Works Progress Administration project.
1 A. M. Strong, G. D. Hanna, and L. G. Hertlein. Marine Mollusca from Acapulco, Mexico, with notes
on other species. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 21, no. 10, Dec. 21, 1933, pp. 117-130, plates 5 and 6.
L. G. Hertlein. The Recent Pectinidae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 21, no. 25, Sept. 26, 1935,
pp. 301-328, plates 18 and 19,
December 31, 1937
160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seh
Nuculana lucasana Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 34, figures 9, 12, 13
Shell small, olivaceous, swollen, fairly thick with the beaks a little nearer the
anterior end; anterior end evenly rounded, with a shallow, radial depression extend-
ing from the beaks to the basal margin; posterior end narrowed by the broad, de-
pressed dorsal area, the end rounded, without rostra tion; basal margin evenly
rounded; posterior dorsal area concave near the beaks, the edge raised, giving the
appearance of an escutcheon, but not bounded by either angle or rib; entire surface
sculptured with close, uninterrupted, raised, concentric threads; inside white, pol-
ished; hinge with strong, projecting teeth, of which there are fourteen on the
posterior and sixteen on the anterior side of the small ligamental pit. The type
measures: length, 11.8 mm., height, 8.0 mm., diameter, 6.8 mm.
Holotype: No. 6966, and paratype: No. 6967, Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,584 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 03' to
23° 06' N., Long. 109° 36' to 109° 31' W., dredged about 10 miles
due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico, in
20 to 220 fathoms, Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 5,
1932. One hundred and seventy-five additional specimens were
dredged at the same locality.
In many ways this shell conforms to the description of the un-
figured Leda (Jupiteria) lobula DalP, dredged off Acapulco in 141
fathoms. Of this Dall states: "It is remarkable for its oval shape,
which, if characteristic of the fully adult, would hardly allow it to
be a member of this section of the genus." Ball's type measured:
length 4.7 mm., alt., 3.2 mm., diam., 1.5 mm. Our shell is much
larger, with the diameter nearly as great as the height. Also in
Ball's description no mention is made of the anterior radial depres-
sion, which is present in many, although not in all species in the
genus. Our shell is not typical of any subdivision of Nuculana
recorded from the west coast of North America, the shape being
more like that of some species of Tindaria. However the hinge
seems to be that of Nuculana.
Modiolus eiseni Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 34, figures 11, 14, 15, 16
Shell thin, elongate, inflated, smooth; hinge line oblique, long, straight, with the
beaks at about one third the distance from the anterior end; beaks hooked, rising
above the hinge line; dorsal margin nearly straight, meeting the hinge line at a
distinct angle and forming a wing-like projection; ventral margin slightly concave
near the middle with a small byssal gape; extremities rounded; interior iridescent.
The shell is covered with a thin, polished epidermis, colored in three zones radiating
from the beaks; the dorsal half of the shell, extending to the bulging portion along a
line from the beaks to the posterior end of the ventral margin, is claret brown of
Ridgway; the anterior third extending to a line from the beaks to the middle of the
2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 375. U.S.S. Albatross station 3422, in 141 fathoms,
mud, off Acapulco, Mexico, bottom temperature 53.5°.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 161
ventral margin is raw umber; between these two zones is a narrow whitish band.
The posterior portion of the shell is somewhat hirsute, holding a thin layer of sand
grains. The type measures: length, 29 mm., height, 13 mm., maximum diameter
of the two valves, 12 mm.
Holotype: No. 6968, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,583 (C.A.S.), Lat. 22° 44' N., Long. 105° 59' W., about 38
miles southeast of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, and about 8 miles
offshore, in 10 to 17 fathoms, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July
29, 1932.
A second specimen was dredged at the same locality, and another
at Loc. 27,584 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 03' to 23° 06' N., Long. 109° 31' to
109° 36' W., in 20 to 220 fathoms, about 10 miles due east of San
Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico.
The most striking characters of this species are the wing-like
expansion of the dorsal margin and the brilliant color pattern,
which easily distinguish it from such species as Modiolus rectus Con-
rad, or any other species described from western North America.
This species is named for Dr. Gustav Eisen, long a member of
the California Academy of Sciences, in recognition of his pioneer
zoological work in the southern part of Lower California.
Cardium (Papyridea) crocked Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 34, figures 1, 2, 7, 10
Shell ovate, a little longer than high, beaks nearly central; posterior gape dis-
tinct; anterior dorsal margin with a narrow depressed area; sculptured with forty-
eight low, flattened, radiating ribs with much narrower interspaces, strongest at
the posterior end, becoming narrower toward the anterior end; of these ribs twelve
on the posterior end and eighteen on the anterior end are imbricated by small,
pointed folds, more or less worn oflf toward the beaks, central ribs smooth; exterior
yellowish white with short patches of red arranged in irregular concentric zones on
the ribs; interior white, stained with reddish toward the beaks on the anterior side;
margins crenulated; ligament external, strong, short; hinge with one cardinal and
two laterals in each valve. The type measures: length, 46.8 mm., height, 41 mm.,
thickness of the two valves, 29 mm.
Holotype: No. 6969, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,588 (C.A.S.), dredged in Lat. 24° 14' to 24° 18' N., Long.
111° 28' to 111° 29' W., about 13 miles southeast of Cabo Tosco,
Santa Margarita Island, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton
Crocker Expedition, August 8, 1932. A second but much smaller
specimen was also dredged at the type locality.
The species differs from Cardium (Papyridea) aspersum Sowerby,
in possessing a more convex shell, which has a more rounded out-
line and it is ornamented by brighter colors. The anterior plate on
the hinge, which bears a groove and lateral tooth, is longer than the
corresponding plate in Cardium aspersum.
162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
This species is dedicated to Mr. Templeton Crocker, the enthu-
siastic leader of the expedition.
Pleurodon subdolus Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figures 14, 18, 19
Shell minute, obliquely ovate, smooth, white, translucent; beaks prominent,
hinge line short, straight, forming a small, flaring projection at each end; hinge
plate broad, continued as a shelf along more than half of the posterior side of each
valve, the inner margin turned up and, in the left valve, ending in a lateral tooth;
cardinal teeth small, indistinct, divided into a posterior and anterior series, three
or four in each, which meet at an angle, those in the posterior series being larger and
wider spaced. The type measures: length, 1.85 mm., height, 2.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6970, and paratypes: Nos. 6971 and 6972, Calif.
Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat.
23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in 12 fathoms, about five
miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Ex-
pedition, August 2, 1932. Three additional valves were dredged
at the same locality.
Pleurodon munitum Carpenter^, of which Nucula petriola Dall* is a
synonym, is the only West Coast species previously placed in this
genus. It is a more regularly oval shell with a very persistent, dark
epidermis, and the hinge plate is quite different. The hinge of the
present species is very similar to that of Pleurodon adamsi Dall^,
from the Straits of Florida, but the West American shell is consid-
erably narrower in proportion to the length.
Cuspidaria lanieri Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 34, figure 8
Shell minute, plump, white, with a pale epidermis, the left valve a little the
smaller, beaks a little nearer the anterior end; the anterior end rounded; the pos-
terior end produced, compressed, strongly rostrate, truncate; sculptured with
radiating ribs of which the one defining the beginning of the rostration and a second
some distance anterior to it are strongly raised and project a short distance beyond
the margin of the shell; these are followed anteriorly by ten smaller, closer spaced
ribs with some indications of intercalary threads; on the rostrum there are four
closely spaced radial threads near the dorsal margin; entire surface with microscopic
lines of growth, most prominent near the end of the rostrum. The type measures:
length, 4.5 mm., height, 2.9 mm., diameter, 1.2 mm.
» Cyrilla muniia Carpenter, Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 602. "from thirty
fathoms off Catalina Island, California." — Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, 1921, p. 14. "Santa Barbara
Islands, to Gulf of California." — I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser., Geol. Sci., vol. 1, no. 1,
1924, p. 36 (as Pleurodon munitum) , Dall's range cited.
« Nucula pelrida Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1916, p. 395. "off Santa Rosa Island, California,
in 53 fathoms, mud."
* Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 601, pi. 24, fig. 9. "Dredged seven miles east
of Fowey Rocks, Straits of Florida."
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 163
Holotype: No. 6973, and paratype: No. 6974, Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,584 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 03' to 23°
06' N., Long. 109° 31' to 109° 36' W., dredged in 20 to 220 fathoms,
about 10 miles due east of San Jose del Cabo, Lower California,
Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 5, 1932. Sixteen
additional valves were dredged in the same locality.
The outline of this shell is quite similar to that of Cuspidaria
dulcis Pilsbry & Lowe,^ represented in the Academy collection by
specimens from the Tres Marias Islands. The present species is
smaller, with more numerous ribs and lacks the twinning of the ribs
on the left valve. Except for the Albatross dredging at great depths,
records of species of this genus in west coast tropical waters are very
few. Two species, Cuspidaria costata Sowerby^ and Cuspidaria
didynta Hinds,^ have been described from Central America. Neither
have been recognized in the Academy collection, nor in the exten-
sive collection made by H. N. Lowe. The descriptions of both are
so brief that positive identification of the species would be difficult.
The sculpture of the present species is so striking that it would
hardly seem possible to refer it to either of them.
This species is named for Mr. Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Super-
intendent of the Steinhart Aquarium of the California Academy of
Sciences. He accompanied the Templeton Crocker Expedition to
the Galapagos Islands and assisted in the collecting of many marine
mollusks.
Poromya trosti Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 34, figures 3, 4, 5, 6
Shell small, rounded, thin, plump, smooth except for lines of growth; covered
with a thin, yellowish brown epidermis, Hghter toward the prominent umbones;
both valves having a narrow, posterior area defined by a shallow, radial groove;
interior pearly, hinge with a strong, rounded projecting cardinal tooth in one valve,
fitting into a notch in the opposite valve; and a small, oblique, internal ligament
and resilium set just behind the beaks. The type measures: length, 15.0 mm.,
height, 12.0 mm., thickness of the two valves, 8.7 mm.
Holotype: No. 6975, and paratype: No. 6976, Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,602 (C.A.S.), dredged in 40 to 60
fathoms, Cortes Bank, about 40 miles southwest of San Clemente
Island, California, Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 24,
1932.
6 Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) dulcis Pilsbry and Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932,
p. 104, pi. 17, figs. 20, 21, 22. "Acapulco, in about 20 fathoms." "Also San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua."
' Anatina costata Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 87. "Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam." In
sandy mud at a depth of six fathoms.
8 Neaera didyma Hinds, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, Moll., pt. 3, January, 1845, p. 70, pi. 20, fig. 19. "The
West Coast of Veragua, in twenty-six fathoms, mud; in society with N. costata."
164 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
This species is easily separated from Poromya tenuiconcha Dall
and other California species of the genus Poromya by the posterior
radial groove.
This species is named for Mr. Henry Trost of the De Young
Memorial Museum, San Francisco, California.
Volvulella panamica Dall
Plate 35, figure 3
Volvulella panamica dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, 1919, p. 298. "Panama
Bay at station 2799, in 29^ fathoms, U. S. Fish Commission."
Fifteen specimens, dredged at Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat. 23°
12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932,
are referred to this species. The Academy also has specimens
dredged in from 3 to 9 fathoms by L. G. Hertlein at Taboga Island,
Panama, in 1932, which appear to be the same.
Dr. Dall states in his description "aperture very narrow with an
apical sulcus." The specimens have the posterior end of the aper-
ture somewhat flaring, not extending along the side of the spire as
it does in other west coast species. This may be what Dall meant
by an "apical sulcus." On this basis this identification is made, and
the description of the new species, Volvulella lowei is published with
some hesitation. For many years Volvulella cylindrica Carpenter,
1865,^ type locality Santa Barbara, California, was the only species
in the genus recognized from the West Coast.
Dall in 1919^° added five new species, two from southern Cali-
fornia, and three from the Bay of Panama, dredged in depths rang-
ing up to 60 fathoms. The types of none of these have been figured,
and there are but slight differences indicated by the descriptions.
With the exception of the statement by DalP^ that the range of
V . cylindrica Carpenter is from Vancouver to the Gulf of California
and a citation by Lowe^^ of V. calif ornica Dall from Punta Penasco
in the Gulf of California, there is no published record for any species
in the genus between Scammon Lagoon, Lower California, and the
Bay of Panama.
Volvulella lowei Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 2
Shell minute, pale brown, subcylindrical, involved, with a short apical point;
smooth, except for twelve fine spiral grooves on the anterior and eight on the pos-
terior end, showing as darker brown spiral lines on the fresh specimen; aperture the
« Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 15, 1865, p. 179. "Sta. Barbara (Jewett)."
>» Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, 1919, pp. 297 to 299. The following are described as new by Dall in
this publication: Volvulella cooperi, from Scammon Lagoon, Lower California; V. calif ornica , off Santa Rosa
Island, California; V. panamica, Panama Bay; V. catharia, Panama Bay; V, callicera, Galapagos Islands.
" U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112. 1921, p. 62.
'2 Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 6, 1935, p. 29.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 165
full length of the shell, very narrow, the posterior end forming a groove in the
spine, the outer lip thin, parallel to the body of the shell, broadly rounding into the
columella at the anterior end; columella oblique, nearly straight, slightly raised,
leaving a shallow umbilical groove; body with a thin callus. The type measures;
length, 4.2 mm., maximum diameter, 1.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6978, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 23,805 (C.A.S.), Puerto Escondido, Gulf of California. Fred
Baker Collector, Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences
to the Gulf of California, 1921. One additional specimen was col-
lected at the same locality. Additional specimens were dredged in
from three to nine fathoms at Bahia Honda, Veragua, Panama, by
L. G. Hertlein in 1932. Also dredged at Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.),
Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., about five miles off Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, 1932.
Except for the type these specimens are all bleached a dull white
and show the spiral grooves without the color lines. In the type
the apical spine is broken, while many of the other specimens have
an elevated spine, in some cases distinctly curved. The species
differs from southern California specimens of Volvulella cylindrica
Carpenter in the more slender form, and in having the spiral grooves
more distinctly grouped at the posterior and anterior ends. All
other West Coast species are said to be smooth or with microscopic
spiral striae only.
This species is named for the late Mr. Herbert N. Lowe, of Long
Beach, California, in recognition of his contributions to the knowl-
edge of the conchology of western North America.
Fusinus zacae Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 10
Shell slender, fusiform, with a long, slightly twisted canal, dark brown, lighter
on the interspaces between the axial ribs of the lower whorls, base and canal reddish
brown; nuclear whorls smooth, followed by eight strongly sculptured whorls, angu-
lated in the middle; sutures strongly appressed; axial sculpture of eight, rounded
ribs, strong over the middle of the whorls, fading out toward the summit of the
whorls and on the base; entire surface with wavy lines of growth; spiral sculpture of
six cords, faint in the interspaces, strong over the axial ribs where they form nar-
row, spirally elongated nodes; of these cords the one on the angle of the whorls is
the strongest, while the two between the angle and the summit and the three be-
tween the angle and the suture become progressively weaker; base and canal with
about fifteen, faint, spiral threads; outer lip thin; columella smooth. The type
measures: length, 52 mm., length of aperture and canal, 25 mm., maximum diameter,
20 mm.
Holotype: No. 6979, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., dredged
in 20-220 fathoms at Loc. 27,584 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 03' to 23° 06'
N., Long. 109° 31' to 109° 36' W., about 10 miles due east of San
Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Ex-
pedition, 1932.
166 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
In some ways this species agrees with the description of the un-
figured Fusinus centrifugus Dall^' from the Galapagos, but the sur-
face of our west Mexican species can hardly be said to be sculptured
with "elevated lamellae," or the spiral cords to form "spade shaped
spines" where they cross the axial ribs.
This species is named for Mr. Templeton Crocker's yacht Zaca.
Nassarius gallegosi Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 11
Shell short, conic, pale brown, darker on the back of the body whorl; nucleus of
three, smooth, polished, rounded whorls; subsequent sculptured whorls seven, well
rounded, sutures distinct; axial sculpture of seventeen, low, rounded ribs, strongest
on the spire, fading out on the base; spiral sculpture of narrow cords which are
somewhat swollen when they cross the axial ribs, of these, three at the summit are
closely spaced, followed by three, somewhat stronger and wider spaces and two fine,
closely spaced threads at the suture; base with eight, moderately strong, spiral
cords; outer lip with a strong varix, inside with faint ridges corresponding to the
external sculpture; body with a whitish callous, overriding but not obscuring the
spiral sculpture, and a strong spiral ridge near the middle; columella broad, reflexed,
terminating in a strong keel; canal short, strongly recurved, with a rather broad,
spirally threaded, siphonal fasciole, separated from the base of the body whorl by a
deep groove. The type measures: length, 21.5 mm., maximum diameter, 13.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6980, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc.
27,574 (C.A.S.), Lat. 18° 33' N., Long. 103° 45' W., dredged in
52 fathoms, near Manzanillo, Colima, Mexico, Templeton Crocker
Expedition, 1932. One hundred and eighty-two additional speci-
mens were dredged at the same locality.
Specimens were also secured by the Templeton Crocker Expedi-
tion at the following localities:
Loc. 27,557 (C.A.S.), between Punta Arenas and Bat Island,
Costa Rica, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 1, 1932.
Loc. 27,566 (C.A.S.), Lat. 14° 15' N., Long. 92° 28' W., dredged
in 35 fathoms, about 28 miles west of Champerico, Guatemala, Tem-
pleton Crocker Expedition, July 11, 1932.
Loc. 27,569 (C.A.S.), Lat. 15° 40' N., Long. 93° 49' W., dredged
in 28 fathoms, about 15 miles south of La Puerta Light, Gulf of
Tehuantepec, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 12, 1932. H. W.
Clark Coll.
Loc. 27,568 (C.A.S.), Lat. 14° 52' N., Long. 93° 04' W., dredged
in 35 fathoms, about 23 miles west of San Simon Bar, Chiapas,
Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 11, 1932. H. W.
Clark Coll.
Loc. 27,571 (C.A.S.), Lat. 16° 38' N., Long. 99° 27' 30" W., to
Lat. 16° 39' N., Long. 99° 24' 30" W., dredged in 20 to 45 fathoms,
n Nautilus, vol. 29, no. 5, 1915, p. 56. "at the Galapagos Island in 33 fathoms, sandy bottom."
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSC A 167
33 miles eastward of Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico and about 32 miles
west of Dulce Bay, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 15, 1932.
Loc. 27,527 (C.A.S.), dredged in Acapulco Bay,^* Guerrero, Mex-
ico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, April 4, 1932.
Loc. 27,573 (C.A.S.), Lat. 18° 14' N., Long. 103° 23' W., dredged
in 60 fathoms, just off shore at Maruata, and about nine miles south-
east of Pt. Telmo, and about 74 miles southeast of Manzanillo,
Colima, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 17, 1932.
Loc. 27,580 (C.A.S.), dredged one half mile east of Isabel Island,
Templeton Crocker Expedition.
Loc. 27,581 (C.A.S.), dredged between Isabel Island and Mazat-
lan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 28, 1932.
Loc. 27,594 (C.A.S.), Santa Maria Bay, Lower California, dredged
in 10 to 16 fathoms, Templeton Crocker Expedition.
This species belongs to an off shore group of Nassarius containing
N. insculptus (Carpenter) ^^ of southern California coast, N. miser
Dall,^^ stated to range from Acapulco to the Gulf of Panama in from
141 to 322 fathoms, and N. catallus Dall,^^ reported only from the
Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms. In the large series of specimens
examined there is some difference in the relative strength of the
axial and spiral sculpture, but the species seems to be entirely dis-
tinct from any described form. It is probably nearest to N. catallus,
from which it differs principally in the larger size and finer sculpture.
This species is named for Professor Jose Maria Gallegos, formerly
Explorer for the Departmento de Agricultura y Fomento, Mexico.
Mitrella harfordi Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 15
Shell very small, solid, whitish, with a central band of large, irregular, brown
blotches on the body whorl and distant, brown, axial markings on the upper whorls;
whorls eight, including a small, undifferentiated nucleus; sutures distinct, narrowly
channeled; surface smooth except for twelve strong, spiral grooves on the base and
canal; aperture narrow, with a well defined hump just back of its thick outer lip,
distinctly sinated, the sinus bounded internally by a denticle, below which are five
indistinct, spiral ridges; body with a thin callus; columella thickened; slightly
grooved in accordance with the spiral sculpture; canal short. The type measures:
length, 3.4 mm., maximum diameter, 1.8 mm.
Holotype: No. 6981, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,571 (C.A.S.), Lat. 16° 38' N., Long. 99° 27' 30" W., to
Lat. 16° 39' N., Long. 99° 24' 30" W., dredged in 20 to 45 fathoms,
about 33 miles eastward of Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, and 32
" This species was listed from this locality as Nassarius miser Dall, in Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 21, no. 10, 1933, p. 119.
" Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1864, p. 223. "Catalina Island, 30-40 fm."
'« Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 307, pi. 4, fig. 1. Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms. ^-::''p \ .*"' 1
" Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 307, pi. 11, fig. 11. Gulf of Panama, in 182 fathoms. /v V^^- -^
lu.iJLiBRAi
168 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
miles west of Dulce Bay, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 15,
1932. Fifteen additional specimens were dredged at the same
locality. Fourteen specimens of the species were dredged in from
three to nine fathoms off Taboga Island, Panama bv L. G. Hertlein
in 1932.
In many ways this species resembles the northern shell commonly
known as Mitrella gausapata Gould, but it is much smaller.
The swollen hump on the body whorl, similar to that on many
species of Strombina, has not been noticed in any other species placed
in the genus Mitrella from the West Coast, although in all other ways
the species conforms to the definition of that genus.
This species is named for Mr. W. G. W. Harford, early Director of
the Museum and Curator of Conchology of the California Academy
of Sciences.
Anachis sinaloa Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 6
Shell small, ovate, solid; nuclear whorls three, pale brown, smooth, glassy; sub-
sequent sculptured whorls four, pale, slightly darker on the base and canal; sutures
distinct; axial sculpture consisting of twelve strong ribs, extending from suture to
suture, fading out on the base; spiral sculpture of incised grooves, strong in the inter-
spaces, but not visible on the top of the axial ribs on the spire, of these grooves there
are six on the spire and six on the base where they tend to cut across the feeble
extensions of the axial ribs, canal with eight spiral threads; aperture narrow, outer
lip thickened, slightly sinated near the posterior angle, inside with six spirally
elongated denticles; columella broad, obliquely truncated anteriorly; body with a
distinct callus more or less ridged in accordance with the spiral sculpture; canal
short, a little recurved. The type measures: length 4.2 mm., maximum diameter,
1.8 mm.
Holotype: No. 6982, Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., dredged
in 12 fathoms, about 6 miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico,
Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 2, 1932. Twenty-four ad-
ditional specimens were dredged in the same locality.
The sculpture of this species is similar to that of Anachis diminuta
(C. B. Adams), ^^ which is about the same length but much broader.
While none of these specimens contained the animal, some of them
look quite fresh. None of them show any indication of the very dark
base and canal, which are characteristic of A, diminuta. Anachis
rufotincta Carpenter^^ is also described as having similar sculpture,
but has "a deep orange-red stain at the base," and the measurements
indicate a smaller and proportionally broader shell.
** Columbella diminuta C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 5, 1852, p. 309.
"Panama."
"Anachis rufotincta Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells ,[185S-]1857 p. 511. "Mazatlan," off Chama
and Spondylus.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 169
Anachis guerreroensis Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 4
Shell small, ovate, solid, nuclear whorls four, smooth, shining, dark brown; sub-
sequent sculptured whorls four, bright brown, with a narrow, paler band on the
periphery of the body whorl; sutures distinct; axial sculpture of twelve rounded
ribs, extending from suture to suture, fading out on the base; spiral sculpture of
incised grooves in the interspaces between the ribs, of these grooves there are seven
on the spire between the sutures and fifteen on the base and canal; aperture narrow,
outer lip thickened, sinated near the posterior angle, inside with six spirally elon-
gated denticles; columella broad, obliquely truncated anteriorly, bearing five
rounded denticles; body with a strong callus; canal short, a little recurved. The
type measures: length, 4.2 mm., diameter, 1.9 mm.
Holotype: No. 6983, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,571 (C.A.S.), Lat. 16° 38' N., Long. 99° 27' 30" W., to
Lat. 16° 39' N., Long. 99° 24' 30" W., dredged in 20 to 45 fathoms,
about 33 miles eastward of Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, and about
32 miles west of Dulce Bay, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July
15, 1932. Nine additional specimens were dredged at the same
locality.
Anachis guerreroensis belongs to the same group as Anachis sinaloa
Strong & Hertlein, new species; it differs in the more numerous spiral
grooves, and in the distinctly different color pattern.
Strombina bonita Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 9
Shell slender, with a sharp, pointed spire; whitish, with a few, small, irregular,
brown blotches; consisting of two, smooth nuclear and nine, flattish subsequent
sculptured whorls; axial sculpture of eighteen, rounded, nearly vertical ribs, which
are moderately shouldered at the suture and fade out as they pass over the slightly
angulated periphery; spiral sculpture of about sixteen, slender threads on the base
and canal, and a few microscopic striations on the spire; aperture oblong, outer lip
thin at the edge, thickened a short distance back, with a slight hump on the outside
and eleven spiral ridges on the inside; canal short, recurved. The type measures:
length, 19 mm., diameter, 7.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6984, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,587 (C.A.S.), dredged in 20 to 25 fathoms off Cape San
Lucas, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
August 6, 1932. Two other specimens were dredged at the same
locality. One immature specimen was taken at the nearby locality
27,585 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 02' N., Long. 109° 32' W., in 25 fathoms,
a few miles offshore at Gorda Point, in San Jose del Cabo Bay,
Lower California, Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 5, 1932.
This species can best be compared with Strombina subangularis
Lowe,2i of which a number of specimens were dredged by the Tem-
21 Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 6, 1935, p. 21, pi. 3, fig. 2. "Carmen Island, Gulf of
California, dredged in 20 fathoms."
170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
pleton Crocker Expedition at Loc. 27,585 (C.A.S.). It is a smaller
shell with more numerous axial ribs, stronger spiral sculpture, less
angulated periphery and shorter canal. Strombina angularis
(Reeve)" from Panama is figured as a larger shell, with fewer axial
ribs and a much more strongly angulated periphery.
Trophon keepi Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 8
Shell thin, delicate, white; nuclear whorls two, smooth, rounded, tilted; subse-
quent sculptured whorls seven, with strongly tabulated shoulders; axial sculpture
of twelve sharp varices, sharply angulated and more or less spinose at the shoulder,
continuous over the entire whorl and extending to the canal, where they become
lower and closely crowded; spiral sculpture of close, microscopic striations; outer
lip thin, angulated at the shoulder of the whorl; body and columella with a coat of
white enamel; canal long, slightly twisted and strongly recurved. The type meas-
ures: length, 26.9 mm., length of aperture and canal, 14.5 mm., maximum diameter,
including varices, 10 mm.
Holotype: No. 6985, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,603 (C.A.S.), dredged in 30 to 50 fathoms off the west end
of San Nicolas Island, California, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
August 27, 1932.
In outline the single type specimen resembles that of Trophon
tripherus Dall,'^^ said to range from the Straits of Juan de Fuca to off
Piedras Blancas, Lower California. It differs in the much stronger
development of the varices and the lack of the spiral cords.
This species is named for Prof. Josiah Keep, conchologist and early
member of the California Academy of Sciences.
Eulimostraca bartschi Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 7
Shell minute, elongate conic, translucent, the internal structure showing through
and forming a distinct false suture, pale flesh color, with the base light brown, show-
ing through as a darker line between the true and false sutures on the spire; whorls
nine, the first three somewhat rounded, the latter whorls becoming flattened,
sutures very indistinct; periphery subangulated, base short, rounded; aperture oval
with the posterior angle acute; outer lip somewhat drawn forward in the middle;
inner lip curved, raised, with behind it a shallow groove in the umbilical region;
body with a thin, well defined callus. The type measures: length, 1.8 mm., maxi-
mum diameter, 0.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6986, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc.
27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in
« Conch. Icon., vol. 11, 1859, pi. 1, fig. la, lb.
s» Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, 1902, p. 545, dredged "off Destruction Island, State of Washington,
in 516 fathoms." Also "off Tillamook Bay, Oregon, in 786 fathoms." — U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, 1921,
pi. 15, figs. 8 and 9.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 171
12 fathoms, about five miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico,
Templeton Crocker Expedition, August 2, 1932. Seven additional
specimens were secured at the same locality.
This species is very similar to Eulimostraca galapagensis Bartsch,''*
dredged in 40 fathoms off the Galapagos Islands, the only species
previously described in the genus from the West Coast. It differs
principally in being much smaller with a less angulated periphery.
This species is named for Dr. Paul Bartsch, Curator of Mollusks
in the U. S. National Museum in recognition of his contributions to
conchology.
Epitonium (Nitidiscala) willetti Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 5
Shell small, white, thin, turreted; nuclear whorls four, strongly rounded, elevated,
smooth, changing abruptly to the sculpture of the succeeding whorls, of which there
are five in the type; normal whorls well rounded, sutures deep; spiral sculpture
absent; axial sculpture of eighteen, low, sharp, erect, strongly retractive varices,
continuous over the sutures where they make a marked curve to the left as they
ascend the spire; at the shoulder of the whorls there is sometimes a slight expansion
of the varices but no indication of a spine or coronation; on the base the varices
become lower and decidedly curved; aperture nearly circular; lip thin, continuous;
shell not umbilicated. The type measures: length, 3.2 mm., maximum diameter,
1.6 mm.
Holotype: No. 6987, paratypes: Nos. 6988, 6989, 6990 Calif. Acad.
Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.). Lat. 23° 12' N.,
Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in 12 fathoms, about five miles west
of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
August 2, 1932. Six additional specimens were dredged at the same
locality.
The type has lost the first two nuclear whorls but they are intact
in the paratypes, which have one or two less normal whorls and in
some cases twenty or more varices. These specimens are probably
young but are evidently quite distinct from the few west coast
species with numerous, close spaced varices. The nearest species
would seem to be Epitonium sawinae Dall,^^ which is more slender,
with the varices almost always showing spines at the shoulder of at
least some of the whorls.
This species is named for Mr. George Willett, Curator of Or-
nithology in the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia.
2< Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 333, pi. 43, fig. 1. "dredged off Galapagos Island, by the
United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer Albalross, at station 2813, in 40 fathoms, on coral sand bottom,
bottom temperature 80°."
" Scala sawinae Dall, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 16, December 31, 1903, p. 193; "from 16 fathoms,
off the isthmus harbor on the south side of Catalina Island, where it was dredged by W. H. Dall, in 1873."
— Strong, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 4, no. 7, 1930, pp. 194, 195, pi. 20, figs. 9, 10.
172 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) wetmorei Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 1
Shell minute, elongate conic, semi-translucent horn colored with two, narrow,
indistinct, brown, spiral lines on the last two whorls; nuclear whorls large, helicoid,
with the axis at right angles to that of the succeeding whorls, in the first of which
they are about one third immersed; normal whorls seven, flattened in the middle,
on the upper whorls strongly shouldered, less so on the later whorls; sutures distinct;
axial sculpture of low, moderately strong, nearly vertical ribs; slightly swollen at
the summit of the whorls; of these sixteen appear on the second whorl, increasing
to twenty on the last whorl; spiral sculpture of from twelve to sixteen incised lines,
varying in number, spacing and strength from whorl to whorl, crossing the rather
broad intercostal spaces, but not visible on the tops of the axial ribs; periphery of
the last whorl well rounded, base moderately long, rounded, marked by feeble
extensions of the axial ribs and six very fine spiral lines; aperture elongate oval,
outer lip thin, showing the external sculpture within, body with a thin callus;
columella raised, curving into the aperture as an oblique fold. The type measures:
length, 3.5 mm., diameter, 0.9 mm.
Holotype: No. 6991, paratypes: Nos. 6992, 6993, Calif. Acad. Sci.
Paleo. Type Coll., from Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 12' N.,
Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in 12 fathoms, about five miles west
of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
August 2, 1932. Forty-three additional specimens were secured at
the same locality.
Many of the specimens are bleached a dull, chalky white. The
species is similar in many ways to Turbonilla indentata Carpenter,^^
but is more slender and lacks the spiral threads and strong basal
sculpture.
This species is named for Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Assistant Sec-
retary, Smithsonian Institution, who on more than one occasion has
furnished the writers with needed photographs of certain specimens
in the U. S. National Museum.
Cymatium amictum Reeve 1844
Plate 34, figures 17, 18
Reeve stated in his description of the species^^ that it came from
the Philippine Islands, and the name appears in the Catalogue of
Marine Shells of the Philippine Islands by Faustino^^ as belonging
in that fauna. Our specimens seem to agree with the description
and figure in every way. We can find no previous record of this
species from the west coast of North America, but several other
species in this group have been generally recognized as occurring
'' Chrysallida indentata Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, [1855-]1857, p. 425. "Mazatlan, Mexico."
"off Spondylus."
" L. Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 2, Triton, June, 1844, species 62, pi. 15, fig. 62. "Philippine Islands; Cum-
ing."
^ Nyctilochus amictus Reeve, Faustino .Philippine Bureau of Science, Monogr. 25, 1928, p. 227. "Philip-
pines."
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 173
on both sides of the Pacific. The west coast specimens are char-
acterized by the long, curved canal, closely reticulated sculpture on
the upper whorls, lower whorls shouldered, sculptured with eight
rounded axial ribs crossed by alternating major and minor, flattened,
spiral cords below the shoulder and finer spiral threads above. The
specimen figured measures: length, 48.8 mm., maximum diameter,
24 mm. It was dredged at Loc. 27,568 (C.A.S.), Lat. 14° 52' N.,
Long, 93° 04' W., in 35 fathoms, about 23 miles west of San Simon
Bar, Chiapas, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, July 11, 1932.
Colubraria lucasensis Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figure 17
Shell rather slender, with two and a half, smooth, glassy whorls and eight,
subsequent sculptured whorls, each with strong varix; general color brownish, with
a few irregular, indistinct, darker spots and streaks, varices showing a lighter central
area, darker above and below; sculpture of fine axial riblets (about thirty-six on the
last whorl) crossed by equally fine spiral threads, of which six appear on the spire;
the intersections forming small rounded nodules; periphery rounded, base short,
rounded, sculptured with about 16 spiral threads and fainter extensions of the axial
riblets; aperture oval, outer lip thickened by a varix, inside with twelve, small
denticles, each with a corresponding brown dot on the edge of the lip; body with a
broad, thin wash of callus, and a faint, spiral rib a short distance below the posterior
end of the aperture, the callus continuous with the slightly expanded columella;
canal short, reflected. The type measures: length, 27 mm., maximum diameter,
10.5 mm.
Holotype: No. 6995, Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,587 (C.A.S.), dredged in 20 to 25 fathoms off Cape San
Lucas, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
August 6, 1932.
The single type specimen resembles the figure of Triton soverhii
Reeve,^^ but is much smaller, with much less expansion of the col-
umellar lip, and does not have "brown excavated lines ranged two
and two." The specimen is probably not fully mature and might
develop more similar characters with two or three more whorls.
However, it is very doubtful whether the name soverhii can be used
for a west coast shell. Reeve gave the locality as the Galapagos
Islands, Cuming Collection, and stated that it is the shell described
as Triton lineatus Sowerby, 1833^" (not Triton lineatus Broderip,
1833^0j also that the species is well figured by Chemnitz^^^
" Triton soverhii Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 2, Triton, June, 1844, species 65, pi. 16, figs. 65, 6Sa. "Gala-
pagos Islands, Pacific Ocean (found in sandy mud at a depth of six fathoms); Cuming."
*" Triton lineatus Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1833, p. 72 "Hab." [No locality cited. The species
placed in the group of T, maculosus Lamarck.]
" Triton lineatus Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, May, 1833, p. 6. "Hab. ad Insulas Galapagos."
"Found in coral sand, in six fathoms."
« Conchyl.-Cab., Bd. 10, 1788, p. 260, Tab. 162, figs. 1552, 1553. "Ostindischen Meeren und bei der
Insel St. Maurice."
174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
The localities recorded by Chemnitz were waters of the East
Indies and the Island of St. Maurice. Tryon'^ cited the locality
records for the species as Galapagos Islands by Cuming; Isle of
France, Chemnitz; and the Red Sea by MacAndrew and Tapparone-
Canefri. Carpenter^^ and DalP^ listed the species from the Galap-
agos Islands, probably following Reeve as they cited no other locali-
ties. Zetek^® cited the species as occurring in the Panamanian Zoogeo-
graphic Province. The only other reference to the species from the
West Coast that we have noticed is by Stearns," who discussed
under the name Tritonium (Colubraria) sowerhyi Reeve, a fragment
consisting of a basal whorl collected at Indefatigable Island, Galap-
agos Islands, which he compared with Triton reticulatus Blainville
and Triton testaceus Morch from the Antilles.
Natica colima Strong and Hertlein, new species
Plate 35, figures 12, 13, 16
Shell subglobose, rather thin, umbilicate, spire short, whorls rounded; covered
with a very thin, semi-transparent epidermis; nucleus of three, small, smooth,
polished whorls; normal whorls three, pale brownish, with two paler, narrow spiral
bands, one just below the suture and the other just below the periphery of the body
whorl, between these and on the upper portion of the base are faint indications of
darker axial stripes, more distinct near the spiral bands, base whitish near the
umbilicus; sculpture of fine, close, retractive axial grooves, most prominent just
below the sutures on the upper whorls; aperture semi-circular, outer lip thin, show-
ing the color markings within; columella thickened in the middle at the end of a
blunt, spiral ridge within the umbilicus; body with a distinct callus ending abruptly
at the umbilicus, notching the umbilical opening above the rib; operculum cal-
careous, white, slightly concave, the outer surface with eight, deep, square grooves.
The type measures: height, 21 mm., maximum diameter, 18 mm.
Holotype: No. 6996, CaHf. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll., from
Loc. 27,574 (C.A.S.), Lat. 18° i^ N., Long. 103° 45' W., dredged
in 52 fathoms, just offshore at Black Head (Pta. San Juan de Lima),
about 20 miles northwest of Point Telmo, and about 47 miles south-
east of Manzanillo, Colima, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
July 17, 1932.
The shell is quite similar to that of Natica scethra Dall,^^ dredged
in 153 fathoms, in the Gulf of Panama, U.S.S. Albatross Sta. 3391,
but the operculum is entirely distinct. In Ball's species the oper-
culum has but two grooves in comparison to eight in the species here
described.
«' Man. Conch., vol. 3, (pt. 9), Dec. 31, 1880, p. 26.
»< Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1856 (issued 1857), pp. 188, 337, 360.
« Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 213.
" Rev. Nueva, nos. 1 & 2, 1918, p. 49. Panamanian Province.
>' Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, 1893, p. 393.
»» Natica (Cochlis) scelhra Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 3i3, pi. 11, fi^. 5.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSCA 175
Plate 34
Fig. 1. Cardium (Papyridea) crcckeri Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length,
46.8 mm., height, 41 mm., thickness of the two valves, 29 mm. Left valve of holo-
type, No. 6969, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc. 27,588 (C.A.S.), dredged in Lat.
24° 14' to 24° 18' N., Long. 111° 28' to 111° 29' W., about 13 miles southeast of
Cabo Tosco, Santa Margarita Island, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton Crocker
Expedition, p. 161.
Fig. 2. Cardium {Papyridea) crockeri Strong and Hertlein, new species. Umbonal
view of same specimen as illustrated in figure 1. p. 161.
Fig. 3. Poromya trosti Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length 12.5 mm.,
height 10.3 mm. Right valve of paratype. No. 6976, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
Loc. 27,602 (C.A.S.), dredged in 40 to 60 fathoms, Cortes Bank, about 40 miles
southwest of San Clemente Island, California, Templeton Crocker Expedition.
p. 163.
Fig. 4. Poromya trosti Strong and Hertlein, new species. Left valve of the speci-
men illustrated in figure 3. p. 163.
Fig. 5. Poromya trosti Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 15 mm.,
height 12 mm., thickness of the two valves, 8.7 mm. Holotype, No. 6975, C.A.S.,
Paleo. type coll., from the same locality as specimen shown in figure 3. p. 163.
Fig. 6. Poromya trosti Strong and Hertlein, new species. Umbonal view of the
holotype shown in figure 5. p. 163.
Fig. 7. Cardium {Papyridea) crockeri Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of
the interior of the right valve of the holotype. p. 161.
Fig. 8. Cuspidaria lanieri Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 4.5 mm.,
height, 2.9 mm., diameter of both valves, 1.2 mm. Holotype, No. 6973, C.A.S.
Paleo. type coll., from Loc. 27,584 (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 03' to 23° 06' N., Long.
109° 31' to 109° 36' W., dredged in 20 to 220 fathoms, about 10 miles due east of
San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition.
p. 162.
Fig. 9. Nuculana lucasana Strong and Hertlein, new species. Umbonal view of
holotype. No. 6966, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the same locality as the specimen
shown in figure 8. p. 160.
Fig. 10. Cardium {Papyridea) crockeri Strong and Hertlein, new species. View
of the interior of the left valve of the holotype. p. 161.
Fig. 11. Modiolus eiseni Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 29 mm.,
height, 13 mm., maximum diameter of the two valves, 12 mm. Holotype, No. 6968,
C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc. 27,583 (C.A.S.), Lat. 22° 44' N., Long. 105° 59'
W., in 10 to 17 fathoms, about 38 miles southeast of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, and
about 8 miles offshore, Templeton Crocker Expedition. Umbonal view. p. 160.
{Concluded on next page)
176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 34 — Concluded
Fig. 12, Nuculana lucasana Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 11.8 mm.,
height, 8 mm., diameter of both valves, 6.8 mm. Holotype, No. 6966, C.A.S. Paleo.
type coll., from the same locality as the specimen shown in figure 8. p. 160.
Fig. 13. Nuculana lucasana Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 11 mm.,
height, 7.3 mm. View of the interior of the right valve of paratype No. 6967,
C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the same locality as the specimen shown in figure 8.
p. 160.
Fig. 14. Modiolus eiseni Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of left valve
of holotype. p. 160.
Fig. 15. Modiolus eiseni Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of the interior
of the right valve of the holotype. p. 160.
Fig. 16. Modiolus eiseni Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of the interior
of the left valve of the holotype. p. 160.
Fig. 17. Cymatium amictum Reeve. Length, 48.8 mm., maximum diameter
24 mm. Plesiotype, No. 6994, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc. 27,568 (C.A.S.),
Lat. 14° 52' N., Long. 93" 04' W., dredged in 35 fathoms, about 23 miles west of
San Simon Bar, Chiapas, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition. Apertural
view. p. 172.
Fig. 18. Cymatium amictum Reeve. Another view of specimen illustrated in
figure 17. p. 172.
Vol. XXII] STRONG AND HERTLEIN—NEW RECENT MOLLUSC A 177
Plate 35
Fig. 1. Turhonilla {Pyrgiscus) zyeiwom Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length,
3.5 mm., diameter, 0.9 mm. Holotype, No. 6991, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc.
27,584A (C.A.S. ), Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W., dredged in 12 fathoms, about
five miles west of Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
p. 172.
Fig. 2. Volvulella lowei Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 4.2 mm.,
maximum diameter, 1.5 mm. Holotype, No. 6978, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
Loc. 23,805 (C.A.S.), Puerto Escondido, Gulf of California. Fred Baker collector,
1921. Also dredged at Loc. 27,584A (C.A.S.), Lat. 23° 12' N., Long. 106° 29' W.,
about five miles off Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition,
p. 164.
Fig. 3. Volvulella pananiica Dall. Length, 3.1 mm., maximum diameter, 1.1 mm.
Plesiotype, No. 6977, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the same locality as the speci-
men shown in figure 1. p. 164.
Fig. 4. Anachis guerreroensis Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 4.2 mm.,
maximum diameter, 1.9 mm. Holotype, No. 6983, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
Loc. 27,571 (C.A.S.), Lat. 16° 38' N., Long. 99° 27' 30" W., to Lat. 16° 39' N.,
Long. 99° 24' 30" W., dredged in 20 to 45 fathoms, about ii miles sHghtly east of
Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, and about 32 miles west of Dulce Bay, Templeton
Crocker Expedition, p. 169.
Fig. 5. Epitonium {Nitidiscala) willetti Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length,
3.2 mm., maximum diameter, 1.6 mm. Holotj^pe, No. 6987, C.A.S. Paleo. type
coll., from the same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 171.
Fig. 6. Anachis sinaloa Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 4.2 mm.,
maximum diameter, 1.8 mm. Holotype, No. 6982, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
the same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 168.
Fig. 7. Eidimostraca bartschi Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 1.8 mm.,
maximum diameter, 0.5 mm. Holotype, No. 6986, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
the same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 170.
Fig. 8. Trophon keepi Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 26.9 mm.,
length of aperture and canal, 14.5 mm., maximum diameter including varices,
10 mm. Holotype, No. 6985, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc. 27,603 (C.A.S.),
dredged in 30 to 50 fathoms off the west end of San Nicolas Island, California,
Templeton Crocker Expedition, p. 170.
Fig. 9. Stromhina bonita Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 19 mm.,
maximum diameter, 7.5 mm. Holotype, No. 6984, C.A.S. type coll., from Loc.
27,587 (C.A.S.), dredged in 20 to 25 fathoms off Cape San Lucas, Lower California,
Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, p. 169.
Fig. 10. Fusinus zacae Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 52 mm., maxi-
mum diameter, 20 mm. Holotype, No. 6979, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from Loc.
27,584 (C.A.S.), dredged in 20 to 220 fathoms, about 10 miles due east of San Jose
del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico, Lat. 23° 03' to 23° 06' N., Long. 109° 31' to
109° 36' W., Templeton Crocker Expedition, p. 165.
^-» ^^"
{Concluded on next page)
fUj/LlBRAR Y
178 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 35 — Concluded
Fig. 11. Nassarius gallegosi Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 21.5 mm.,
maximum diameter, 13.5 mm. Holotype, No. 6980, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
Loc. 27,574 (C.A.S.), Lat. 18° 33' N., Long. 103° 45' W., dredged in 52 fathoms,
near Manzanillo, CoHma, Mexico, Templeton Crocker Expedition, p. 166.
Fig. 12. Natica colima Strong and Hertlein, new species. Height, 21 mm., maxi-
mum diameter, 18 mm. Holotype, No. 6996, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the
same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 11. p. 174.
Fig. 13. Natica colima Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of the exterior of
the operculum of the holotype. p. 174.
Fig, 14. Pleurodon subdolus Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 1.85 mm.,
height (beak to base), 2.5 mm. Holotype, left valve No. 6970, C.A.S. Paleo. type
coll., from the same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 162.
Fig. 15. Mitrella harfordi Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 3.4 mm.,
maximum diameter, 1.8 mm. Holotype No. 6981, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the
same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 4. p. 167.
Fig. 16. Natica colima Strong and Hertlein, new species. View of the interior of
the operculum of the holotype. p. 174.
Fig. 17. Colubrarialucasensis Strong and JleTtlem, new species. Length, 27 mm.,
maximum diameter, 10.5 mm. Holotype, No. 6995, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from
the same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 9. p. 173.
Fig. 18. Pleurodon suhdolus Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 1.55 mm.,
height, 2.05 mm. Paratype, left valve, No. 6971, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the
same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 162.
Fig. 19. Pleurodon suhdolus Strong and Hertlein, new species. Length, 1.65 mm.,
height, 2.3 mm. Paratype, right valve. No. 6972, C.A.S. Paleo. type coll., from the
same locality as the specimen illustrated in figure 1. p. 162.
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 5
[STRONG AND HERTLEIN 1 Plate 34
1
'5^.
17
]J
PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series. Vol. XXII, No. 6
[STRONG AND HERTLEIN ] Plate 35
PROCEEDINGS ;
I
I
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 7, pp. 179-185 September 1, 1938 '
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF 1934-35
No. 36
ADDITIONAL NEW FISHES
BY
H. WALTON CLARK
Curator of Ichthyology
California A cademy of Sciences
The Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1934-35 secured a number
of new species of fishes which are described in the following pages.
Two other species from the same voyage, Notocheirus hubbsi, repre-
senting a new genus and species, and Normanichthys crockeri, repre-
senting also a new genus and species, have been previously described
by the writer in Copeia, 1937 (2): 88-91. (Of. also Norman, Copeia,
1938 (1): 29-32.)
In the descriptions the actual measurements in' millimeters are
given in parentheses, followed by the proportions.
September 1, 1938
180 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Family Trachypteridae: The Deal Fishes
1. Trachypterus deltoideus Clark, new species
One specimen, 58 mm. long, Rurutu Island, Australs, Nov. 25,
1934. This species is unlike anything of which a description is avail-
able; some, but not all, the differences, may be due to stage of ma-
turity. The silvery, finely wrinkled surface gives the general im-
pression of a somewhat elongate triangle of tinfoil, and the body is
proportionally much shorter than any species of which we can find
a description. The dorsal fin is without any detached, anterior por-
tion such as is usual in other members of the genus, and has relatively
few rays or spines.
Total length 58 mm; body 45; head (11 mm.) 4.0 in body; depth (15) 3; eye (4)
2.75 in head; snout (3) 3.66; maxillary (4.5) 2.33, extending beyond middle of orbit;
D. 95, beginning before middle of eye, low at its origin, but gradually rising toward
its middle, from which point it remains nearly uniform in height until the end; no
anal; pectoral short, of about 13 rays, apparently rising out of a pit; ventrals thor-
acic, exceedingly long, projecting beyond caudal, very thin and membranous, having
a somewhat gauzy appearance; caudal peduncle long and slender, with a thin, ray-
less membrane on the ventral side, turning upward to the long, narrow, acute
caudal of about 9 more or less forked rays, which point almost directly upward.
Dorsal rays beset with minute tubercles which give the frail fin an appearance of
roughness. Forehead markedly declivous; mouth somewhat oblique; two large
nostrils in front of eye; lateral line represented b)'^ a depression along middle of side.
Apparently most closely related to T. trachypterus Poey, of Cuba. Color uniform
bright silvery. , ^ , ,
Holotype and only specimen: No. 5532, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ichthyol., Rurutu Island, Australs, Nov. 25, 1934.
Family Girellidae
2. Girella feliciana Clark, new species
Two specimens from tide pools, San Felix Island, off Chile, Feb.
18, 1935, Templeton Crocker Expedition of 1934-35, one 82 mm.,
the other 115 mm., total length.
Compared with our specimens of Girella nigricans the range of
which is given from Monterey, Calif., to Cape San Lucas, the San
Felix specimens are deeper, and markedly different in color, being
almost black with 7 or 8 rather narrow light bands separating the
broad interspaces. Certain specimens of Doydixodon Jreminvillei,
described as "dark uniform green, or banded with darker", may
resemble them in color, but the anatomical characters are those of
Girella. The following is a description of the larger specimen, chosen
as the holotype:
Vol. XXII] CLARK— ADDITIONAL NEW FISHES 181
Total length 115 mm.; body 88 mm., head (28 mm.) 3.14inbody; depth (38) 2.319;
eye (7) 4.0 in head; snout (10) 2.8; maxillary (8) 3.5; interorbital (9) 3.11; D. XIV,
13; A. Ill, 11; V. (19 mm.) 1.47, reaching to vent; pectoral 18 rays (20 mm.) 1.4;
scales 12-82-12, finely and sharply ctenoid, faint traces of scales on fin membranes;
most of the head naked, except a little roughness on cheek; traces of scales on
breast, belly naked, accessory scale at axil of ventral and of pectoral very small;
the rather deep preorbital nearly sheathing the small maxillary. Upper lip rather
thick, premaxillary slightly protractile. Teeth a row of trifid incisors in each jaw,
followed by a band of smaller teeth. Opercle and preopercle entire; a small, flat
spine back from margin of opercle; gill openings free from the isthmus, forming a
shallow, thin fold across it; iDranchiostegals about 5; pseudobranchiae well devel-
oped; gillrakers about as long as pupil, fairly numerous.
The smaller paratype, 82 mm. in total length, was partly dissected with the
following results; peritoneum jet black; stomach with numerous, very small caecae;
intestine elongate and capacious, much convoluted. No airbladder noted, although
in the description of the genus there is said to be an airbladder with posterior horns.
Holotype: No. 5567, and paratype: No. 5568, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ichthyol. San Felix Island, off Chile, from tidepool, Feb. 18,
1935.
Family Pomacentridae : The Demoiselles
3. Abudefduf tridentatus Clark, new species
Among the small pomacentrids in the collection were two about
25 and 24 mm. long, which were sufficiently developed to be identi-
fiable, but which were unlike anything of which an account could
be found. The following is a description of the holotype :
Total length about 25 mm., end of caudal somewhat frayed; body 19 mm.; head
(7 mm.) 2.62 in body; depth (12) 1.58; eye (2.1) 3.34; snout (1.9) 3.5; maxillary (2)
3.5, rather broad, reaching almost to a vertical of front edge of iris; interorbital
(2.5) 2.8, arching high above eyes; D. XIII, 16, spines strong and heteracanth;
A. II, 16; V. I, 5; the first ray attenuate, reaching almost to tip of first anal spine;
P. about 17; caudal frayed, apparently somewhat emarginate; scales 4-28-12. 23
pores, the well arched lateral line ending under the soft dorsal; scales ctenoid with
numerous fine, concentric growth lines, from 13 to 18 per scale; opercle covered by
a few, very large scales. A low sheath consisting of a row of small scales at base of
spinous dorsal, but all fin membranes naked. Opercle and preopercle entire; gill-
membranes free from the isthmus; pseudobranchiae well developed; gill-rakers
slender, about as long as eye. A striking character, unhke that of any pomacentrid
in our collection, is shown by the teeth, which are in one row, incisor-like, unusually
broad, and distinctly trifid. In the larger specimen the tips are black, contrasting
with the rest of the tooth.
Color: Larger specimen (holotype) general uniform brownish, except snout,
base of caudal, caudal, upper half of dorsal rays, tips of pectoral and anal rays,
which are colorless; a blackish area from nape and along base of dorsal, and a spot
about size of eye just behind dorsal. The smaller specimen shows 5 faint bars
on sides.
Holotype: No. 5533, and paratype: No. 5534, Mus. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Ichthyol., from Taiohae Bay, Nukuhiva, Marquesas, Oct. 6-15,
1934.
182 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OP SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Family Eleotridae
4. Ptereleotris letholepis Clark, new species
Three specimens, one from Hao Island, Paumotos, Oct. 31, 1931,
and the others probably from the same place, the specimens having
been separated during sorting. They varied little in dimensions,
and the specimen intermediate in size, which had its fins expanded
so that counts could be made accurately, was chosen as the holotype,
and is described as follows:
Total length 98 mm.; body 83 mm.; head (16 mm.) 5.19 in body; depth (13) 6.37;
eye (4) in head, snout the same; maxillary (6) 2.66; interorbital (5) 3.2, flattish;
D. VII, 27; A. 25 or I, 24; spine, if present, not distinguishable from ray, and both
dorsal and anal rays unbranched; V, I, 5, the fins close together, narrow, and a
little shorter than head; P. 23, broad, length about 1.33 in head; caudal longer
than head, somewhat forked, its end ragged, the upper lobe acute, and projecting
markedly beyond the lower. Mouth oblique, the lower jaw projecting, lips rather
thin, upper protractile; stout, conical canines in both jaws, behind which are about
3 rows of smaller teeth, none on vomer; branchiostegals 4. Gill membranes joined
to the isthmus well under throat. Partial dissection of a paratype showed pseudo-
branchiae well developed well forward; gillrakers rather long and slender, about
7+20; no airbladder, silvery peritoneum and short simple intestine.
Color: In spirits uniform light brownish-olive, the fins faintly dusky, a black
line at lower half of base of pectoral.
Holotype: No. 5529, and paratypes: Nos. 5530 and 5531, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., from Hao Island, Paumotos.
These elongate, moderately compressed fishes bear a considerable
resemblance to P. dispersus Herre of the Philippine Islands, but
differ in contour, the dorsal outline being gently arched from tip of
snout to caudal, the ventral outline being slightly concave. The
parallel, wavy wrinkles between the muscular bands are similar.
The minute, circular, apparently embedded scales can be made out
only under magnification after the specimen has dried well, and even
then only one is seen here and there, so that anything like an accu-
rate count is impossible. There are a few, scattered ones on the
membranes of the caudal.
Family Clinidae
5. Salarias chilensis Clark, new species
Six specimens, about 32 mm. long, from Valparaiso Harbor, Feb.
5-9, 1935, and one from Coquimbo Bay, Chile, Feb. 13, 1935.
The following is a description of the holotype, our largest specimen.
Total length 32 mm.; body 26 mm.; head (6.5 mm.) 4 in body; depth (6.0) 4.3;
eye (2.5) 2.6 in head; snout (1.5) 4.3; maxillary (2) 6.5; interorbital (2) 6.5; D. XIII,
16; A. 19; V. 2; P. about 12; branchiostegals 4. Profile rounded, the jaws about
Vol. XXII] CLARK— ADDITIONAL NEW FISHES 183
equal, gape short, not reaching to eye; body rather heavy forward, gradually taper-
ing to tail. Teeth a palisade of narrow, compressed incisors, set rather firmly but
movably in Ups; no canines nor vomerine teeth; gill-membranes attached to isthmus
near base of ventrals; lateral line barely perceptible, short, arched over pectoral; a
short, simple filament above eye. The dorsal spines gradually shorten to the last,
from which point the rays gradually lengthen, but there is hardly a distinct notch
in the fin.
Color: Top of head blackish; five round blotches across dorsal line, narrowing
at top of side, then widening to form a circular area at upper half of side. Narrow
lines extend from middle of gape, below middle of eye, and another back and down-
ward from eye, forming V-shaped marks with the apex posterior; lower half of pec-
toral black, ventrals plain; a narrow cross-line at base of caudal, which is a trifle
emarginate.
On account of the small size of these fish certain details were difficult to make
out satisfactorily. A dissected specimen showed the presence of small pseudo-
branchiae, gillrakers rudimentary, but sharply conical, about 8 in number; the
intestine short; no air bladder observed, peritoneum silvery, coarsely black-punc-
tate; the vertebrae about 16+22=38.
These fishes agreed with no available description, and differ
clearly from Salarias rubropunctatus, the only known species of the
genus from this region.
Holotype: No. 5535, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., from Val-
paraiso Harbor, Chile, Feb. 5-9, 1935. Paratypes: six, Nos. 5536
to 5541 inclusive, from same place, and one, No. 5542, from Co-
quimbo Bay, Chile, Feb. 13, 1935.
6. Ophioblennius xiphiodon Clark, new species
Saber-tooth Snake Blenny
The collections contained a number of little blennies representing
the genus Ophioblennius, of which few species have been described;
one, webbii, from the Canary Islands, one, steindachneri, from the
Tres Marias Islands and a third, pinchoti, from Black Beach An-
chorage, Charles Island, Galapagos, in 1932. In the Templeton
Crocker Expedition to the Galapagos of 1932 we obtained a con-
siderable number of the last named species about the various islands.
The present species is strikingly different from pinchoti in both
form and coloration, being much shorter and strikingly marked, in-
stead of relatively plain. It differs also in details from the other
species.
The following is a description of an average specimen, chosen as
holotype:
Total length 44mm.; body 36 mm., head (10mm.) 3.6 in body; depth (8) 4.5;
eye (3) 3.3 in head; snout (2.5) 4; maxillary (3) 3.3; interorbital width (2) 5 in head;
D. XI, i, 16; A. 17; V. 2, no scales. Branchiostegals 6; upper lip finely crenate; a
row of minute teeth attached loosely in bunches back of the lips and freely mov-
able; four strong, curved canines near symphysis of lower jaw, and four smaller
ones in upper jaw. A pinnately branched cirrus above eye, a short, palmately
branched one at anterior nostril, and a pair of filaments each side of the nape.
184 . CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
A paratype was dissected with the following results. Pseudobranchiae small,
well forward, the lining of the gill cavity silvery, coarsely punctate with black, as
was the outside of the gill cover; gillrakers about 2 + 11, minute, acute at tip; intes-
tine short; vertebrae about 10+20 = 30; no air bladder.
Color markings : Top of head dusky, spinous dorsal punctulate, a series of square,
minutely punctate blotches, about ten in number and somewhat wider than the
interspaces, each side of mid-dorsal line; a very narrow bar of minute dots across
base of caudal; anal, soft part of dorsal and ventral, plain; pectorals black, tipped
with coarse punctulations. All the specimens have the same general color pat-
tern, but some are paler, some darker, and some have additional small, dusky
blotches along the middle of the side.
Holotype: No. 5543, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., Callao,
Peru, Feb., 1935. Paratypes: seven, Nos. 5544 to 5550, from Callao;
two, Nos. 5551 and 5552, from Valparaiso, Chile; and four, Nos. 5553
to 5556, from Chinchas, Peru, all taken during Feb., 1935.
7. Ophioblennius fernandezensis Clark, new species
Eight specimens, taken at San Juan Bautista (Cumberland) Bay,
Juan Fernandez Islands, Jan. 31, 1935, were at first included with
0. xiphiodon, of which they were regarded as simply pallid examples.
In general shape, dentition, and other respects they are very similar
to that species.
They differ in all having a comb of filaments on each side of the nape, and in their
pallid coloration, there being a row of small, black blotches, about 10 in number,
along the dorsal line, and a narrow, black bar at the base of the caudal, the rest of
the body and all fins being plain. The differences between the species, though
slight, are markedly constant.
Holotype: No. 5557; paratypes: seven, Nos. 5558 to 5564, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ichthyol., from San Juan Bautista (Cumberland)
Bay, Juan Fernandez Islands, Jan. 31, 1935.
8. Ophioblennius phalacrus Clark, new species
One specimen, 32 mm. long, from Taiohae Bay, Nukuhiva, Oct.
2-15, 1934, is markedly different from the other species in our col-
lection in several respects, being unusually short and deep, and of
peculiar coloration. It fits the generic diagnosis given in Giinther's
Catalogue, but differs from all species of which we can find descrip-
tions by lacking cirri at nostrils, above the eye, etc. The following
is a short description of our specimen, only such features as could
be observed without mutilation being noted.
Total length 32 mm.; body 26 mm.; head (9 mm.) 2.88 in body; depth the same;
eye (3) 3 in head; snout (2) 4.5; maxillary (2.5) 3.6; gape hardly reaching to eye;
interorbital (2) 4.5; D. X. 13; A. 14; V. 2; P. 19; no scales, but lateral line short,
arched over pectoral, the pectoral rather short, but broad. Branchiostegals 5, gill-
Vol. XXII] CLARK— ADDITIONAL NEW FISHES 185
membranes forming a shallow fold across the isthmus; caudal truncate or slightly
emarginate. Teeth as usual in the genus, four stout, curved fangs about symphysis
of upper and lower jaws, a palisade of small incisors in sides of jaws.
Color: Posterior part of body cream color; head coarsely punctate with black
spots, the largest of which are larger than pupil, the spots extending backward
along base of dorsal.
Holotype and only specimen: No. 5566, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ichthyol., Taiohae Bay, Nukuhiva I., Marquesas, Oct. 2-15, 1934.
Name from Greek <^aXa/cpos, bald, from the absence of cirri on the
positions where usually found in members of the genus, and included
in some generic descriptions.
9. Ophioblennius sp. indet.
An additional specimen of Ophioblennius, sufficiently developed
to reveal generic characters but too immature to justify its descrip-
tion as a definite species, was taken at Taiohae Bay, Nukuhiva
Island, Marquesas, Oct. 6-15, 1934, and with it are a number of
young fishes, similar in general appearance, but too young to even
assign to any genus. In order that future investigators of that area
may be on the lookout for more mature specimens, the following
description is given:
Total length 32 mm.; body 26 mm.; head (9 mm.) 2.88 in head; depth (8) 3.25;
eye (3) in head; snout (2) 4.5; maxillary (2.5) 3.6; interorbital (2) 4.5; D. XI-13,
the spines long and slender, a short space between spinous and soft dorsal; A. I, 15;
V. 2, the rays long and slender; P. 16, base broad; C. truncate; branchiostegals
about 4, gill membranes forming a fold across the isthmus a little anterior to base
of ventrals; jaws about even. Two strong and markedly curved canines at sym-
physis of upper jaw, followed by two smaller ones; a pair of similar, strongly curved
canines at symphysis of lower jaw; no secondary canine immediately behind it,
but there appears to be a small one back at the posterior part of the jaw. About
27 muscular bands; no scales, but an arched lateral line of about 27 pores over the
pectoral and backward. No color except the usual black area over the occiput; a
small silvery patch on belly. A branched cirrus at nostril, a slender single one
above eye, and comb of filaments at nape.
<$6»C^
St^-
? V
PROCEEDINGS
c^sfc:^
V
OF THE 'ARY
w
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES V -. >
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 8, pp. 187-193 July 20, 1939
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 37
THE CYPERACEiE*
BY
H. K. SVENSON
Curator of the Herbarium
Brooklyn Botanic Garden
I. Galapagos Islands
With the exception of three peculiar endemic species of Cyperus
(C. galapagensis, C. Anderssonii and C. rubiginosus), only wide-
ranging tropical sedges are found on the Galapagos Islands. Six
new records for these islands [see notes following list of species] were
made by the Crocker Expedition — a remarkable number, considering
the extent of previous exploration. From the point of view of phyto-
geography, the species collected on the isolated humid summit of
Mt. Crocker are interesting. I have in mind such wide-spread tropi-
cal plants of moist forests as Rynchospora corymhosa, Scleria hirtella
and 5. pterota, because they occur in a region surrounded on all sides
by coastal deserts, and are at an altitude precluding the possibility
of human introduction. Between this humid area of Indefatigable
Island and the vicinity of the sea-coast itself, the Cyperacece seem to
be almost wholly lacking, the scrub-covered, dry terrain evidently
being not conducive to growth. Along the coast the sedges fall into
three ecological groups: (1) those with strong, drought-resisting root-
* Brooklyn Botanic Garden Contributions No. 88.
July 20, 1939
188
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
stocks, i.e., C. ligularis and C. Anderssonii; (2) annuals, i.e. Fim-
hristylis annua and F. ntiliacea, Hemicarpha micrantha, Stenophylhis
hirtellus, Eleocharis caribcea, Cyperus confertus, C. densiccBSpitosus,
C. piceus, C. inflexus, and probably C. ruhiginosus; (3) species some-
what tolerant of salt water, i.e. Cyperus IcBvigatus and Eleocharis
fistulosa. In the following list of Cyperacece known from the Gala-
pagos Islands, it will be seen that Cyperus (15 species) and Eleocharis
(6 species) are the largest genera:
Cyperus Anderssonii Boeck.
C. caracasanus Kunth.
C. compressus L.
C. confertus Sw.
C. densiccBSpitosus Mattf. et Kiikenth.
{Kyllinga pumila Michx.)
C. distans L. f.
C. esculentus L.
C. grandifolius Anderss.
C. inflexus Muhl.
C. IcBvigatus L.
C. ligularis L.
C. polystachyus Rottb.
C. ruhiginosus Hook. f.
C. surinamensis Rottb.
C. piceus Liebm. (C. tristachyus Boeck.)
Dichromena radicans Cham, et Schlecht.
Eleocharis carihcea (Rottb.) Blake
E. fistulosa (Poir.) Link
E. maculosa (Vahl) R. and S.
E. mulata (L.) R. Br.
E. nodulosa (Roth) Schultes
E. Sellowiana Kunth {E. galapagensis
Svenson)
Fimbristylis annua (All.) R. et S.
{F. laxa Vahl)
F. miliacea (Thunb.) Vahl
Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Britten
Rynchospora corymbosa (L.) Britton
R. tenuis Link
Scleria hirtella Sw.
5. pterota Presl
Stenophyllus hirtellus (Schrad.) Standi.
Cyperus Anderssonii Boeckl.
Cyperus Anderssonii Boeckl. Linnaea 36: 334, 1869-70.
C. brachystachys (Hook, f.) Anderss., not Presl, 1820.
Unquestionably the most widespread sedge in the Galapagos
Islands, often maintaining itself in dry rock crevices where there is
practically no other vegetation. The numerous collections by the
Crocker Expedition show admirably the great variation in length
of rays.
Cyperus caracasanus Kunth
Cyperus caracasanus Kunth, Enum. 2: 86, 1837.
Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, Howell No. 8579 (in part), with
C. esculentus. Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres.
Not previously reported from the Galapagos Islands.
Cyperus compressus Linne
Cyperus compressus Linnd, Sp. PI. 46, 1753.
Villamil, Albemarle Island, Howell No. 8938; Wreck Bay,
Chatham Island, Howell No. 8581. A weedy, pan-tropical species,
not before recorded from the Galapagos Islands.
Vol. XXII] SVENSON—THE CYPERACE^ 189
Cyperus distans Linne
Cyperus distans Linne f., Suppl. PI. 103, 1781.
Summit of Floreana Peak, Charles Island, Howell No. 9328.
Tropics of both hemispheres, not before recorded from the Gala-
pagos Islands.
Cyperus grandifolius Andersson
Cyperus grandifolius Andersson, Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 157, 1854.
Mt. Crocker, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9211. The
spikelets are compactly 10-20- flowered, whereas Andersson described
them as remotely 6-10-flowered, but No. 9211 agrees otherwise with
Andersson's specimens at Stockholm and in the Gray Herbarium.
The brown achenes are 2.0 mm. long, 0.6 mm. wide, with a lightly
papillate surface. Cyperus grandifolius somewhat resembles a gi-
gantic C. strigosus, but has a prominent horizontal woody rhizome
1 cm. thick, and except for Lehmann No. 8431 from Colombia (pos-
sibly the same species) I have seen nothing approaching it. C. gala-
pagensis Caruel, Rendic. Acad. Lincei, v: 621, 1889, is from descrip-
tion unquestionably C. grandifolius. Andersson's specimens of "C.
strigosus" which I examined at Stockholm are C. esculentus, and so
undoubtedly is Darwin's specimen from Charles Island.
Cyperus rubiginosus Hook. fil.
Cyperus rubiginosus Hook, f., Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 178, 1847.
Probably nearest to the Hawaiian species, C. trachysanthus Hook,
et Arnott, which likewise has prominent teeth just below the apex
of the scale, and an arrangement of spikelets superficially like those
of the Galapagos plants. The thick culms, drab (not red) scales,
and large non-papillate, spongy-reticulated achenes of C. trachy-
santhus show, however, that the relationship is not very close.
Dichromena radicans Cham, et Schlecht.
Dichromena radicans Cham, et Schlecht., Linnaea 6: 38, 1831.
Villamil Mt. above Santo Tomas, Albemarle Island, Howell No.
9000. Reported by Stewart from Chatham Island as D. colorata
(Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, 1:43, 1911). The species is widespread
in tropical America.
190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Fimbristylis annua (All.) R. et S.
Fimbristylis annua (All.) R. & S., Syst. 2: 95, 1817. F. laxa Vahl, Enum. 2: 292
1806.
The Crocker Expedition collections are undoubtedly the same as
F. diphylla (Retz) Vahl, reported previously from Hood Island
(Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 129, 1902). According to Kukenthal's in-
terpretation (cf. Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 23: 195, 1926), which I am
following, F. diphylla is the perennial form.
Fimbristylis miliacea (Thunb.) Vahl
Fimbristylis miliacea (Thunb.) Vahl, Enum. PI. 2: 287, 1805.
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9031. A
weed}^ tropical species of both hemispheres, not reported previously
from the Galapagos Islands.
Rynchospora corymbosa (Linne) Britton
Rynchospora corymbosa (L.) Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 2: 85, 1892.
Mt. Crocker, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9258. Tropical
regions of both hemispheres. Not recorded previously from the
Galapagos Islands.
Rynchospora tenuis Link
Rynchospora tenuis Link, Jahrb. 3: 76, 1820.
Villamil Mt. above Santo Tomas, Albemarle Island, Howell No.
9004. Abundant in American tropics. Not recorded previously
from the Galapagos Islands.
Scleria hirtella Sw.
Scleria hirtella Sw., Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 19, 1788.
Mt. Crocker, Indefatigable Island, Howell No. 9220. This wide-
spread species was reported from Indefatigable Island by Chris-
tophersen, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. 70: 71, 1932.
Stenophyllus hirtellus (Schrad.) Standi.
Stenophyllus hirtellus (Schrad.) Standi., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 8: 265, 1931.
All of the numerous specimens collected in the Galapagos Islands
by the Crocker Expedition have pubescent culms, and therefore be-
long, at least provisionally, under S. hirtellus. The citations of
Fimbristylis capillaris by Robinson (Proc. Amer. Acad. 38 (4): 129,
Vol. XXII] SVENSON—THE CYPERACEyE 191
1902) and by Stewart should likewise be referred to 5. hirtellus.
Representative achenes (of. Howell's No. 9519) are coal black when
mature, averaging only 0.8 mm. in length, with an acute tubercle
and a finel}^ beaded-tuberculate surface, the prominences not ar-
ranged in obviously transverse lines; in 5. capillaris the dull brown
achenes average 0.9 mm., with flattened tubercles, and with a surface
marked by shining transverse ridges and dull valleculas.
II. Cocos Island
The CyperacecB of this little island are extremely few, the only
species of interest being a Hypolytrum which forms enormous clumps,
resembling stands of Iris, along the watercourses. This species I
now believe is the same as a previously described Brazilian plant.
Hypolytrum Schraderianum Nees
Hypolytrum Schraderianum Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2: 65, t. 5, 1842. H. nica-
raguense Liebm., Dansk Vet. Selsk. Skrivt. v. 2: 235, 1851.
Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, Howell No. 10187. The illustration
in Flora Brasiliensis might just as well have been made (even as to
minute details of the spikelet) from Cocos Island material, which
is without question H. nicaraguense of the adjacent mainland. The
achenes of No. 10187 (averaging 2.5 X 1.4 mm.) are greenish with
prominent raised nervation on the lower half; in age becoming
opaque and brown, with corky tissue obscuring the nervation. Sur-
face-markings and length of beak are extremely variable. The
exact relationship to the Brazilian H. amplum has not yet been
worked out.
III. Mexico
It is especially interesting to see adequate collections, now made
by the Crocker Expedition, of the rare species Cyperus duripes and
Stenophyllus nesioticus, known only from the Revillagigedo Islands.
Cyperus aff. brunneus Sw.
Cyperus aff. brunneus Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 1: 116, 1797; I. M. Johnston, Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci. ser. 4, 20: 55, 1931.
Isabel Island, Mexico, Howell No. 10528; marine bluff, landing
cove, Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Howell No. 8415;
Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, Howell No. 10560; San Juanito, Tres
Marias Islands, Howell No. 10477. These collections from the
Revillagigedo Islands and the Mexican coast differ from C. brun-
192 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
neus as it occurs generally in Florida and the West Indies, in the more
compact inflorescence (only in part of No. 105Z8 is the inflorescence
radiate), shorter and more closely flowered spikelets, shorter and
smoother achenes, and somewhat narrower leaves with strongly
rugose margins. These plants probably represent C. glaucus Steudel,
a Guatemalan species described as having short rays densely and
irregularly aggregated, recently treated under C. planifolius var.
brunneus by Dr. Kiikenthal (Pflanzenr. IV 120: 448, 1935).
Cyperus duripes Johnston
Cyperus duripes I. M. Johnston, Proc. Cal. Acad. ser. 4, 20: 54, 1931.
Northern slope on summit of Clarion Island above Sulphur
Bay, Howell No. 8369; ocean bluffs, north anchorage, Socorro
Island, Howell No. 8433. Description of mature fruit (based on
Howell No. 8433): achene oblong (1.7 X 0.7 mm.) trigonous with
slightly concave faces, lustrous brown, the bead-like papillae more
prominent than in C. ligularis, which has smaller achenes averaging
only 1.5 X 0.6 mm.
Cyperus duripes appears to be closer to C. Anderssonii of the
Galapagos Islands than to C. ligularis, in fact the resemblance be-
tween Howell No. 8433 and his No. 9040 (from Indefatigable Island)
is striking. All the Galapagos material representing C. Anderssonii
shows, on a smaller scale, the same smoothness of leaves and the
same beaded type of achene-surface. Since the spikelets of C. An-
derssonii are single-fruited (achenes averaging 1.6 X 0.7 mm.) (cf.
Am. Journ. Bot. 22: 269, pl.l, f.l, 1934), while those of C. duripes
usually bear two achenes, I believe that C. Anderssonii is a reduced
derivative of C. duripes. Thus we see another prominent link be-
tween the flora of the Galapagos and Revillagigedo islands.
Stenophyllus nesioticus Johnston
Sienophyllus nesioticus Johnston, Univ. CaHf. Pub. Bot. 7: 438, 1922.
Northern slope on summit of Clarion Island above Sulphur
Bay, Howell No. 8368; dry rocky ridge west of landing cove, Braith-
waite Bay, Socorro Island, Howell No. 8388; dry rocky ridge west
of landing cove, Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Howell No. 8389;
dry slopes, north anchorage, Socorro Island, Howell No. 8454.
The mature achenes are broadly obovate (1.0 X 0.9 mm.), deep gray,
rather sharply trigonous, and with a hemispheric style-base. Their
small size removes S. nesioticus definitely from 5. junciformis and
Bulbostylis alpestris Kiikenthal, species having achenes 1.4 mm.
long, and I believe the relationship is exceedingly close to the wide-
spread Stenophyllus vestitus (Kunth) Britton.
Vol. XXII] SVENSON—J^HE CYPERACE^ 193
Probably because of the presence of leaf blades, which drop off
in most mature material, Howell considers No. 8389 to be a juvenile
form, but it has perfectly mature achenes. Except for its glabrous
culms this specimen is practically identical with No. 10394 (S. ves-
titus) from the Mexican coast. Townsend's specimens (at the herba-
rium of the New York Botanical Garden) are also of the "juvenile"
form.
Stenophyllus vestitus (Kunth) Britton
Stenophyllus vestitus (Kunth) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club 43: 446, 1916.
Punta Mita, Nayarit, Howell No. 10394. This collection is iden-
tical with Hinton No. 4754 (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) from Temas-
caltepic. State of Mexico, determined at Kew as Bulhostylis vestita.
Both of these collections probably represent Oncostylis hispida, de-
scribed by Liebmann from the middle part of Mexico and question-
ably differentiated by him from 0. vestita because of capitate (i.e.,
non-umbellate) inflorescence. All later writers have treated the
two names as synonyms.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 9, pp. 195-206; 2 text figures. July 20, 1939
4. } si »< A R ^
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 38
FUNGI FROM THE GALAPAGOS AND
OTHER PACIFIC COASTAL ISLANDS
BY
LEE BONAR
Department of Botany
University of California
Botanists and other members of expeditions from the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, Revillagigedos
Islands, Guadalupe Island, Cocos Island, and some points on the
west coast of Central America, have made certain collections of
fungi. The greater number of collections were made by Mr. John
Thomas Howell, botanist for the Templeton Crocker Expedition
in 1932. Dr. Alban Stewart made a number of collections with the
expedition to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-06, and Dr. H. L. Mason
made a few collections on the Revillagigedos and Tres Marias
Islands in 1925. These collections have been studied and such as
could be determined are herewith reported.
Relatively few fungi have been collected from these Pacific
coastal islands, since reports on the floras have dealt almost entirely
with other groups of plants.
J. M. Berkeley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9: 444, 1842, lists one fun-
gus, Polyporus igniarius Fr. var. scaber Berk., collected by Charles
Darwin, Galapagos Islands.
July 20, 1939
196 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4th Ser.
J. D. Hooker, Trans. Linn. Soc, 20: 164, 1847, also lists one
species, Schizophyllum commune Fr., from Darwin's collections in
the Galapagos.
W. F. Farlow, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci., 38; 82-83, 1902,
recorded three fungi from the Galapagos, viz.:
Favolus cibaris Mont.
Fotnes Incidus Fr.
Schizophyllum alneum Schroet.
Such Other collections as may have been made I have not found
reported, and it is of interest to record here the material that has
been under study. Seventy-five species have been identified, and
these are from collections distributed as follows:
Galapagos Islands 59
Revillagigedos Island;^ 18
Cocos Island . .'0 8
Tres Marias Islands 5
Guadalupe Island 3
Costa Rica 4
Nicaragua 5
Lower California 1
These records extend very considerably the known range of a
number of species, and three species are reported as new.
The writer wishes to express his appreciation to the mycologists
who have given aid and suggestions in this study, especially to
Dr. G. B. Cummins, Dr. C. J. Humphrey, Dr. G. W. Martin, Dr. J.
H. Miller, Dr. L. W. Miller, Dr. J. A. Stevenson, and Dr. E. M.
Wakefield.
Specimens of the material here reported are deposited in the
herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
and with the exception of species for which material was very lim-
ited, a complete set is deposited in the herbarium of the University
of California at Berkeley. Specimens determined, as noted in the
text, by the above named mycologists were in almost all cases re-
tained by them as a part of their collections. Duplicate material
will be available for distribution to a limited number of interested
students from a goodly number of the collections.
A small number of collections remain as yet undetermined, and
may be reported at a later date by students to whom they have
been submitted.
Vol. XXII] BONAR—GALA PAGOS AND COASTAL ISLAND FUNGI 197
MYXOMYCETES
Craterium leucocephalum (Pers.) Ditm. var. scyphoides List.,
Mycetozoa, 96, 1911. On living leaves, Abingdon Island, Galapagos,
Sept. 21, 1906, Stewart No. 8706. (Det. G. W. Martin). Previously
reported from the Galapagos Islands.
Diachsea leucopoda Rost., Sluzowce Monografia, 190, 1875. On
living leaves, Abingdon Island, Galapagos, Sept. 4, 1906, Stewart
No. 8526.
Physarum bogoriense Racib., Hedwigia, 37: 52, 1898. On living
leaves, Abingdon Island, Galapagos, Sept. 21, 1906, Stewart No.
8707. (Det. G. W. Martin).
Stemonitis fusca Roth. Roem. and Ust., Mag. Bot., 1: 26, 1787.
On dead bark. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Galapagos, May 17,
1932, Howell.
Stemonitis splendens Rost., Sluzowce Monografia, 195, 1875. On
dead wood, Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 2,
1932, Howell.
ASCOMYCETES
DOTHIDIALES
PhyllachoracecB
Ophiodothella Fici E. A. Bessey, Mycologia, 11: 55, 1919. On
Ficus cotinifolia Stokes, Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, March 26,
1932, Howell. Previously reported from Florida and Cuba.
Phyllachora Acalyphae Bonar, new species
Figure 1
Maculae amphigenae, superne atrobrunneae, inferne olivaceae, marginibus an-
gustis viridibus, orbiculares, 1-2 mm. diam., dein confluentes; stromata minuta, in
maculis mediis, subepidermalia, punctiformia, atra, plerumque hypophylla; loculi
4-12 in quoque stromate, saepe lateraliter applanati, membrana stromatica ad
epidermidem lateraque crassa, atra, intus obsolescente, 80-125 n lati, 125-150 y.
longi, poro aperti; asci fusoideo-clavati, octospori, 70-80 x 10-12 n, sporidiis
oblique uniseriatis vel biseriatis; sporidia navicularia, hyalina, continua, 19-22
X 5-6 n] paraphyses filiformes, simplices vel ramosae.
Spots amphigenous, blackish brown above, olivaceous below, with a narrow
green border, circular, 1-2 mm. diameter, or becoming confluent; stromata minute,
central in spots, subepidermal, punctiform, black, mostly hypophyllous; locules
4-12 in a stroma, often laterally flattened, with heavy black tissue toward leaf
surface and on sides, scarcely developed on inner side, 80-125 n wide x 125-150 y.
high, opening by a pore; asci fusoid-clavate, 8-spored, 70-80 x 10-12 /x, spores
obliquely uniseriate to biseriate; spores navicular, hyaline, 1-celled, 19-22 x 5-6 p.;
paraphyses filiform, simple or branched.
198
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Proc. 4th Ser.
Type: C. A. S. Herb. No. 261370. On leaves of Acalypha nmhrosa
Brandg., Socorro Island, March 29, 1932, Howell.
Fig. 1. Phyllachora Acalypha Bonar, new species. Left, section through leaf
showing stroma and locules; middle, ascus and paraphyses; right, ascospore.
Phyllachora Scleriae Rchm, Hcdwigia, 39: 232, 1900. On Cyperus
duripes Johnston, Clarion Island, March 23, 1932, Howell.
Spots somewhat larger than those reported on Scleria from Brazil.
The spores are slightly wider than stated in the original record, but
the occasional obpyriform spores reported by Rehm are regularly
found with the obtuse end occupying the distal end of the ascus.
Sph^riales
SphceriacecB
Zignoella truncata Rehm, Hedwigia, 40: 106, 1901. On dead
bark of Zanthoxylum Limoncello Planch, and Oerst., near Academy
Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 4, 1932, Howell.
Our material varies slightly from Rehm's characterization of the
species in that the ostiole is of a distinctly lighter shade than the
perithecial wall. However, this character does not seem sufficient
to warrant a different name.
PleosporacecB
Leptosphaeria Phoradendri Bonar, new species
Figure 2
Perithecia amphigena, in foliis dense disposita in zonulis remotis vel con-
fluentibus, maculis manifestis nullis, subepidermalia, cuticula tecta, punctulata,
atra, late pyriformia, circum ostiolum jjariete crasse carbonaceo, alibi membranaceo
et paulum carbonaceo, 250-300 m diam.; asci basilares, octospori.ampuUacei, stipite
brevo angustoque, parietibus ad apicem incrassatis, 150 x 30 juj ascosporidia
crebra, 3-4-seriata, in asco basilaria, ellipsoideo-cylindracea, 3-septata, ad septum
medium paulo constricta, castanea, 37-50 x 10-12 fi; parpahyses multse, copiosc
ramosse, irregularcs, anastamosantes, hyalinae.
Vol. XXII]
BONAR— GALAPAGOS AND COASTAL ISLAND FUNGI
199
Status conidicus pycnidia exhibens specie similia peritheciorum in foliis; pycnidia
amphigena, dispersa, subepidermalia, globosa, ostiolo poroideo erumpentia, 150-225
n diam., pariete carbonaceo, superne incrassato, inferne membranaceo; conidia
copiosa, bacilliformia, hyalina, continua, 6-9 x 0. 75-1 ju; conidiophora simplicia
vel ramosa, quam conidia longiora.
Fig. 2. Leptosphceria Phoradendri Bonar, new species.
A. Section showing structure and position of perithecium in leaf; below,
detail of ascus, paraphyses, and ascospore.
B. Section showing structure and position of pycnidium in leaf; below,
conidiospores and conidia.
Perithecia amphigenous, thickly scattered over leaves in small isolated or con-
fluent areas, not forming evident spots; subepidermal, remaining covered by cuticle,
punctate, black, broadly pyriform, wall heavy carbonaceous around ostiole, mem-
branaceous and slightly carbonized below, 250-300 m diameter; asci basal, flask-
shaped, with short narrowed stipe, walls thickened toward apex, 150 x 30 m;
ascospores crowded, 3-4 seriate, basal in ascus, elHpsoid-cyhndric, 3-septate,
slightly constricted at median septum, chestnut brown, 37-50 x 10-12 ix] para-
physes numerous, much branched, irregular and anastomosed, hyahne.
Conidial stage forming pycnidia similar to perithecia in appearance on leaves;
pycnidia amphigenous, scattered, subepidermal, globoid, erumpent by poroid
ostiole, 150-225 ^ diameter; wall carbonized, thickened above, membranaceous
below; conidia abundant, bacilliform, hyahne, 1-celled, 6-9 x .75-1 ju ; conidiophores
simple or branched, longer than conidia.
Type: C. A. S. Herb. No. 261369. On living leaves of Phoroden-
dron Townsendii Trel., Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, Hoivell.
ClypeosphcBriacecB
Peltosphaeria vitrispora (Cke. and Hk.) Bed., Icones Fungorum,
2: 109. On decorticated wood, Socorro Island, March 26, 1932,
Howell.
200 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
This organism was originally named Pleospora vitrispora Cke. and
Hk. from dead twigs from California. Many of the perithecia are
located in elliptic elevations on the surface of the wood, the sur-
rounding tissue being eroded away. This corresponds to the illus-
trations given by Berlese of the original material. The ascospores
are variable in size and septation with age.
DiatrypacecB
Diatrype microstega Ell. and Ev., N. Amer. Pyren., 574, 1892.
On dead wood, Socorro Island, March 26, 1932, Howell. Formerly
reported from a collection by Harkness from San Francisco Bay
Region, California.
XylariacecB
Camillea sagrseana (Mont.) B. and C, Exot. Fungi, Jour. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 2nd. ser. 2: 285, 1853. On dead wood, Post Office
Bay, Charles Island, Galapagos, May 17, 1932, Howell. (Det. W. W.
Diehl.)
Daldinia concentrica (Bolt.) Ces. and DeNot. var. microspora
(Starb.) Theiss., Ann. Myc, 7: 3, 1909. Near Fortuna, Indefatigable
Island, Galapagos, May 11, 1932, Howell.
Xylaria arbuscula Sacc, Mich., 1: 249, 1878. Academy Bay, In-
defatigable Island, Galapagos, May 6, 1932, Howell. (Det. J. H.
Miller). Duncan Island, Galapagos, June 7, 1932, Howell. (Det.
J. H. Miller).
Xylaria bulbosa (P. ex Fr.) B. and Br., Berk., Outlines Brit. Fun-
gology, 385, 1860. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos,
May 4, 1932, Howell. (Det. J. H. Miller).
Xylaria hypoxylon (L. ex Fr.) Grev., Flor. Edin., 355, 1824. Near
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 8, 1932, Howell.
(Det. J. H. Miller).
Xylaria sp. Five collections of Xylaria by Mr. Howell, from In-
defatigable Island, Galapagos, were found to be sterile and not de-
terminable as to species.
Vol. XXII] BONAR— GALAPAGOS AND COASTAL ISLAND FUNGI 201
BASIDIOMYCETES
USTILAGINALES
Mykosyrinx Cissi (DC.) G. Beck, Ann. Nat. Hofmus. Wien,
9: 123, 1894. On Cissus sicyoides L., Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906,
Alban Stewart No. 7170, 7171; Fortvma, Indefatigable Island, Galap-
agos Islands, May 8, 1932, Howell.
Uredinales
Bubakia Crotonis (Cke.) Arth., Res. Sci. Cong. Bot. Vienna, 339,
1906. On Croton Masonii Johnston, Braithwaite Bay, Socorro
Island, March 27, 1932, Howell.
Puccinia globosipes Peck, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 12: 34, 1885. On
Lychtni minimum L. C. Hitchcock, South Seymour Island, Gala-
pagos, June 10, 1932, Howell.
Puccinia heterospora B. & C, Jour. Linn. Soc, 10: 356, 1868. On
Abutilon calif ornicum Benth. {A. avicennce Gaertn.) Braithwaite
Bay, Socorro Island, March 26, 1932, Howell. On Sida spinifera L.,
Post Office Bay, Charles Island, Galapagos, May 17, 1932, Howell.
Puccinia Lantanae Farl., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci., 18: 83, 1883. On
Lantana sp.. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May
2, 1932, Howell.
Puccinia Lithospermi Ell. & Kell., Jour. Mycol., 1: 2, 1885. On
Evolvulus hirsutus Lam. (E. alsinoides L.), Tagus Cove, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos, May 26, 1932, Howell.
Puccinia notha Jack, and Holw., Bot. Gaz., 65: 305, 1918. On
Vernonia littoralis Brandegee, Socorro Island, March 26, 1932,
Howell.
Puccinia striolata Arthur, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 142, 1918.
On Irisene celosia L., Clarion Island, March 23, 1932, Howell No.
8366.
Uredo Scalesiae Bonar, new species
Uredia amphigena, dispersa, minuta, disciformia, pulverulenta, fusca, epidermide
folii rupta inconspicua; sporidia subglobosa, saspe lateraliter applanata, 18-24 x
20-26 n, pariete cinnamomeo, 1-2.5 n crasso, subtilissime verruculoso, poris 2,
subcequatorialibus, in lateribus applanatis dispositis; paraphyses plurimae, cum
sporidiis intermixtae, elongato-clavatas, 80-100 y. longae, apicibus usque ad 5 ju diam.
tumefactis.
Uredia minute, scattered, amphigenous, discoid, pulverulent, chocolate brown,
ruptured epidermis inconspicuous; urediospores asymetric globoid, often flattened
laterally, 18-24 x 20-26 n, wall cinnamon brown, 1-2.5 m thick, very finely ver-
202 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
rucose, pores 2, subequatorial, borne on the flattened sides; paraphyses very-
numerous, intermixed with the urediospores, elongate clavate, 80-100 yu long, the
tips swollen to 5 m diameter.
Type: No. 261371, C. A. S. Herb. On leaves of Scalesia gummifera
Hooker f., west side of Albemarle Island, 20 miles north of Iguana
Cove, Galapagos, May 22, 1932, Howell. This species seems close
to Puccinia oemulans Syd., but the abundant paraphyses are dis-
tinctive in this species on Scalesia.
Uromyces Blainvilleae Berk., Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot., 14: 92, 1875.
On Blainvillea dichotoma (Murr.) Cass., James Bay, James Island,
Galapagos, June 4, 1932, Howell.
Uromyces proeminens (DC.) Pass., Rab. Fungi Eur., 1795, 1873.
On Euphorbia thymifolia L., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, June 26,
1932, Howell.
Uromyces proeminens-euphorbiicola (Tranz.) Arthur, Man. Rust.
U. S., 309, 1934. On Eurphorbta pilifera L., near Villamil, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos, April 27, 1932, Howell. On Euphorbia pilifera L.
Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, Galapagos, April 15, 1932, Howell.
AURICULARIALES
AuriculariacecE
Auricularia polytricha (Mont.) Pat., Sacc. Syll., 6: 766, 1888. On
dead wood, Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, Howell.
Auricularia rosea Burt, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard., 8: 391, 1921. So-
corro Island, March 27, 1932, Howell. Slope of Coseguina Volcano,
Gulf of Fonseca, Nicaragua, July 6, 1932, Templeton Crocker.
Dacromycetales
DacromycetacecB
Guepinia fissa Berk., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 10: 383, 1842. On
dead wood, east side of Albemarle Island, Galapagos, May 30, 1932,
Templeton Crocker.
Agaricales
ThelephoracecB
Hymenochaete luteo-badia (Fr.) Wakef., Kew Bull., No. 1, 13,
1917. Fortuna, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 11, 1932,
Howell. (Det. E. M. Wakefield).
Stereum affine Lev., Ann. Sci. Nat., (Ill) 2: 210, 1844. Cocos
Island, Sept. 7, 1905, Stewart No. 143*^. (Det. E. M. Wakefield).
Vol. XXII] BO N A R— GALAPAGOS AND COASTAL ISLAND FUNGI 203
Stereum duriusculum B. and Br., Jour. Linn. vSoc, 14: 66, 1875.
Charles Island, Galapagos, Oct. 10, 1905, Stewart Nos. 966, 967,
975, 976. (Det. E. M. Wakefield).
Stereum lobatum (Knze.) Fr., Epicr., 547, 1838. Wafer Bay,
Cocos Island, June 28, 1932, Templeton Crocker. (Det. C. J. Hum-
phrey).
Stereum rimosum (Berk.) Hook., Kew Jour., 169, 1851. Cocos
Island, Sept. 12, 1905, Stewart No. 1529. (Det. E. M. Wakefield).
Clavariacece
Pterula capillaris Lev., Ann. vSci. Nat., (Ill) 2: 208, 1844. On
wood, Fortuna, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 13, 1932,
Howell.
HydnacecB
Hydnodon thelephorum (Lev.) Banker, Mycologia, 5: 297, 1913.
Charles Island, Galapagos, Feb. 28, 1906, Stewart No. 4190. (Det.
L. W. Miller).
Odontia uda (Fr.) Bres. ? Atti Accad. Rovereto, 3: 97, 1897. Cocos
Island, Sept. 12, 1905, Stewart Nos. 1520, 1536. (Det. L. W. Miller.)
Polyporaces
Fomes rimosus Berk., Fr. Nov. Symb. Myc, 66: 1851. On stump,
Maria Magdalena Island, May, 1925, Mason. Maria Madre Island,
May, 1925, Mason. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos,
May 25, 1932, H. W. Clark.
Fulvofomes melleicinctus Murr., Murrill, Tropical Polypores,
85, 1915. James Bay, James Island, Galapagos, Aug. 8, 1906, Stewart
No. 6078.
Ganoderma Curtisii (Berk.) Murr., N. Amer. Fl., 9: 120, 1908.
Jervis Island, Galapagos, Dec. 10, 1905, Stewart No. 3813.
Ganoderma flaviporum Murr., N. Amer. FL, 9: 116, 1908. Port
Parker, Costa Rica, July 3, 1932, H. W. Clark.
Ganoderma pulverulatum Murr., N. Amer. FL, 9: 121, 1908.
James Bay, James Island, Galapagos, June 12, 1932, Howell.
Ganoderma subincrustatum Murr. N. Amer. FL, 9: 122, 1908.
Charles Island, Galapagos, Oct. 5, 1905, Stewart No. 778.
204 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Polyporus abietinus (Dicks.) Fr., Syst. MycoL, 1: 370, 1821. On
dead pine, N. end Guadalupe Island, Nov. 15, 1931, Howell.
Polyporus Cowelii Murr., Bull, Torr. Bot. Club, 31: 39, 1904,
Cocos Island, Sept. 4, 1905, Stewart No. 1447.
Polyporus licnoides Mont., PI. Cell. Cuba, 243, 1845. Slope of
Coseguina Volcano, Gulf of Fonseca, Nicaragua, July 6, 1932, Tejn-
pleton Crocker.
Polyporus membranaceus (Sw.) Fr., Syst. MycoL, 1: 370, 1821.
Slope of Coseguina Volcano, Gulf of Fonseca, Nicaragua, July 6,
1932, Templeton Crocker.
Polyporus pavionius (Hook.) Fr., Epicr. Syst. MycoL, 477, 1838.
Slope of Coseguina Volcano, Gulf of Fonseca, Nicaragua, July 6,
1932, Templeton Crocker.
Polyporus porrectus (Murr.) Sacc. and Trott., Syll. Fung., 23:
374, 1925. Slope of Coseguina Volcano, Gulf of Fonseca, Nicaragua,
July 6, 1932, Templeton Crocker.
Polyporus sanguineus (L.) Fr., Nov. Symbol. Myc, 75, 1851. On
dead logs, Maria Madre Island, May 1925, H. L. Mason. On dead
wood, Braxillito Bay, Costa Rica, July 1, 1932, Howell.
Polyporus spathulatus (Hook.) Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat., IV, 1: 125,
1854. Near Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May
4, 1932, Howell. On ground, near summit of Tagus Cove Mountain,
elev., 3900 ft., Albemarle Island, Galapagos, May 26, 1932, Howell.
Polyporus tabacinus Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat., (II), 3: 349, 1835.
Cocos Island, Sept. 12, 1905, Stewart No. 1537. (Det. C. J. Hum-
phrey) .
Polyporus tricholoma Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat., (II), 8: 365, 1837.
South Albemarle Island, Galapagos, Aug. 23, 1906, Stewart No. 6701.
Cocos Island, Sept. 12, 1906, Stewart No. 1556. Near Academy
Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 8, 1932, Howell. James
Bay, James Island, Galapagos, June 4, 1932, Howell.
Trametes hispida Pass., Nouv. Giorn. Bot. ItaL, 4: 155, 1872.
Tres Marias Islands, May, 1925, Mason.
Trametes rigida Berk, and Mont., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Ill), 11: 240,
1849. On dead wood, Socorro Island, March 27, 1932, Howell. (Det.
C. J. Humphrey).
Vol. XXII] BONAR— GALAPAGOS AND COASTAL ISLAND FUNGI 205
A garicacecB
Lentinus orinocensis Pat., Bull. Soc. Myc, 4: 21, 1888. Tagus
Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, May 24, 1932, Howell.
Lentinus villosus Klotzsch, Linnaea, 8: 479, 1833. Socorro Island,
March 27, 1932, Howell. Maria Magdalena Island, May, 1925,
Mason. (Det. C. H. Kauffman).
Marasmius siccus (Schw.) Fr., Epicr. Myc, 382, 1838. Near
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 4, 1932,
Howell.
Montagnites argentina Speg., Fg. Arg. novi r crit., 160, 1899.
Lower California, Mexico, Cape San Lucas, Aug. 7, 1932, Howell.
Montagnites tenuis Pat., Jour, de Bot., 8: 219, 1894. On beach
sand, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos, April 20, 1932, H. W.
Clark. On sand, South Seymour Island, Galapagos, June 10, 1932,
Howell.
i
Schizophyllum commune Fr., Syst. Myc, 1; 330, 1821. On wood,
near Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 8, 1932,
Howell. On wood, James Island, Galapagos, June 4, 1932, Howell.
Abingdon Island, Galapagos, Sept. 21, 1906, Stewart No. 8779.
Basso Point, Chatham Island, Galapagos, Feb. 8, 1906, Stewart
Nos. 2119, 2120.
•
Tubaria sp. Near Fortuna, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos,
May 12, 1932, Howell.
GASTEROMYCETES
Bovista plumbea Pers., Syn. Fung., 137, 1801. Guadalupe Island,
March 17, 1932, Howell.
Bovistella sp. Near Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Gala-
pagos, May 4, 1932, Howell.
Calvatia cyathiformis (Bosc) Morgan, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
12: 168, 1890. Near Fortuna, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May
12, 1932, Howell. Near James Bay, James Island, Galapagos, Aug.
8, 1906, Stewart Nos. 6190-6197. South Albemarle Island, Gala-
pagos, Aug. 23, 1906, Stewart Nos. 6758, 6759.
Cyathus rugispermus (Schw.) DeToni, Sacc. Syll., 7: 42, 1888. On
rotting wood, Braxillito Bay, Costa Rica, July 1, 1932, Howell.
206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Geaster triplex Jungh., Tidskr. Natur. Geschiedenis, 7: 287, 1840.
Charles Island, Galapagos, April 25, 1932, Howell. Near Academy
Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 4, 1932, Howell.
Mycenastrum corium Desv., Ann. Sci. Nat., (II) 17: 147, 1842.
James Bay, James Island, Galapagos, Jan. 3, 1906, Stewart No. 3721.
Myriostoma coliforme (Pers.) Corda, Anleit., Tab. D., fig. 16-17,
1842. Near Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos, May 8,
1932, Howell.
Phellorinia inquinans Berk., Lond. Jour. Bot., 2: 421, 1843. South
Seymour Island, Galapagos, June 10, 1932, H. W. Clark.
Podaxis pistillaris (L. ex Pers.) Fr., Syst. Myc, 3: 63, 1829. Near
Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos, June 26, 1906, Stewart No.
7532.
Tulostoma granulosum Lev., Demidoff. Voy., 120, 1842. Guada-
lupe Island, March 16, 1932, Howell.
Tulostoma occidentale Lloyd, Mycol. Writings, 2: Tyl. 13, 1906.
South Seymour Island, Galapagos, June 10, 1932, Howell.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 10, pp. 207-220, pis. 36-39 July 20, 1939
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 39
TWO NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES
IN THE
GENERA CORONYMPHA KIRBY, AND METACORONYMPHA
KIRBY, NEW GENUS.
BY
HAROLD KIRBY, Jr.
Department of Zoology
University of California
During the cruise of the Zaca to Central America, Mexico, and the
Galapagos Archipelago, termites were collected by Dr. A. E. Larsen,
who also prepared smears of their intestinal Protozoa. A report on
these termites, by S. F. Light, has been published in this series. The
smears of Protozoa were submitted to the writer for study and
report. Among them are preparations from Kalotermes pacificus
Banks, which contains some unusually interesting multinucleate
flagellates. These were collected on James Island and Albemarle
Island of the Galapagos Archipelago.
The flagellates of K. pacificus are the same as those collected by
the writer in 1925 from termites on Taboga Island, Panama, deter-
mined by T. E. Snyder as Kalotermes tahogae. Light (1935) con-
cluded that K. tahogae is synonymous with K. pacificus, an opinion
which is not opposed by a study of the protozoan faunas.
July 20, 1939
208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
The same flagellates have been found in Kalotermes emersoni Light
and K. platycephalus Light, collected by Light in the State of Colima,
Mexico, in 1930 and sent to the writer for preparation of smears; and
in A', ligkti Snyder collected by Light at Ray, Arizona, in 1929,
The only other species of the subgenus Kalotermes sensu stricto, to
which all the above termites belong, that has been found on the
Galapagos Islands is K. immigrans Snyder; excepting K. galapa-
goensis Banks which, according to Light (1935), is a species in-
quirenda. Protozoa of Kalotermes immigrans were obtained by the
writer at Fanning Island in 1924, and by Dr. Larsen at Chatham,
Narborough, Jervis, South Seymour, James, and Tower Islands of the
Galapagos Archipelago. The genus Coronympha was established by
the writer (1929) for the species clevelandi in this termite of Fanning
Island, as well as in Kalotermes clevelandi Snyder of Panama and
in Kalotermes sp. of the Galapagos Archipelago. The last host
was doubtless also K. immigrans.
The flagellates found in these termites belong to a peculiar group
of the Calonymphidae. They differ from Stephanonympha and Calo-
nympha, the common genera of the family, in having conspicuous
crestas and axostyles that are not gathered into a bundle. Each
mastigont has essentially the structure of the mastigont of a deves-
covinid flagellate; they may, in fact, be regarded as polymastigont
devescovinids, in the same way that Microrhopalodina is a poly-
mastigont oxymonad.'
Each of the species K. pacificus, K. tabogae, K. lighti, K. emer-
soni, and K. platycephalus contains two species of these flagellates,
one a species of Coronympha, and the other of the new genus Meta-
coronympha. In addition, Tricercomitus and Oxymoyias are present
in all ; Trichonympha was found in all except K. lighti. The absence
of Trichonympha from the one colony examined does not, of course,
indicate that it is absent from the species. The six or seven species
of termites containing Coronympha and Metacoronympha are the
only ones of about a hundred members of the genus Kalotermes
sensu lato examined by the writer that were found to lack a repre-
sentative of the subfamily Devescovininae.
Reference was made to these Protozoa by Light (1933) in his ac-
count of Kalotermes emersoni and K. platycephalus, using data sup-
plied by the writer. Metacoronympha was incorrectly listed there as
Stephanonympha. The genus name Metacoronympha was given in a
list of genera prepared by the writer (1937) in a survey of host para-
site relations in the distribution of Protozoa in termites.
Financial assistance in preparation of the drawings illustrating
this paper has been given by the Research Board of the University
of California and the National Research Council.
' Duboscq and Grass6 (1933, p. 448) state that Coronympha is a " Eutrichomastix polyfinergide." The
more immediate relationship is probably to Devescovininae, and through that group to Monocercomonas
( = Eutrichomastix),
Vol. XXII] Tn-Q NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 209
Coronympha octonaria Kirby, new species
Plate 36, figures 1-8
Coronympha clevelandi (pi. 36, fig. 9) contains sixteen karyomasti-
gonts arranged in a circle. C. octonaria agrees with C. clevelandi in
every way except that there are only eight karyomastigonts. A few
specimens have been found with ten or twelve, but this is unusual.
None has been seen with sixteen, unless in a division stage.
The species is somewhat smaller, and especially more slender, than
C. clevelandi. Whereas that species has a range from 25 to 53 /; in
length, and 18 to 46 fj. in width, averaging 30 by 23 /x, fifty specimens
of C. octonaria from K. emersoni ranged from 19 to 40 ^ in length,
and 14 to 26 /x in width, averaging 28 by 18.6 n; and fifty from K.
lighti were 20 to 35 n in length, 12 to 22 ;u in width, averaging 27
by 16.4 n.
Each karyomastigont consists of a nucleus, blepharoplast, cresta,
three slender flagella and one stout flagellum, parabasal body and
axostyle.
The eight pyriform nuclei are arranged in a circle (pi. 36, fig. 2),
the longitudinal axis of each at an angle to the longitudinal axis of
the body, so that the circle formed by their anterior ends is smaller
than that formed by their posterior ends. A nucleolus can be dis-
tinguished in each nucleus in sufficiently destained material.
The blepharoplasts are arranged in a circle whose diameter is con-
siderably smaller than that formed by the inner ends of the nuclei.
The crestas (pi. 37, fig. 4A) are like those of many devescovinid
flagellates, subtriangular in form, the broader proximal end flat-
tened, the distal end slender. The cresta (chromatic rod) of C.
clevelandi (pi. 37, fig. 4B) is not rounded proximally, as stated in the
original description (Kirby, 1929). Reexamination of the material
has shown that the crestas are shaped like those of C. octonaria,
though somewhat smaller in size.
The trailing flagellum is a moderately stout cord except in its
anterior and posterior portions, where it is sleijder. The anterior
portion lies close against the outer edge of the cresta, which is at the
surface of the body. Usually it cannot be distinguished from it, so
that flagellum and cresta seem to be continuous, and the form and
length of the latter cannot be ascertained. Specimens can be found,
however, in which the two are at least partially separated. The
three long, fine, anterior flagella are ordinarily adherent, at least in
their proximal portion.
The bacilliform parabasal bodies (pi. ?>(), figs. 3, 4) are each situ-
ated against the peripheral side of a nucleus, and, when long, are
curved so that the concave side is outward. There is much variation
in size. Ordinarily the parabasals generally are almost or quite as
long as the nuclei; sometimes they exceed that length. They are
larger than those of Coronympha clevelandi. Material of C. clevelandi
was studied again to check the accuracy of the description published
210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
in 1929. In some the parabasals are more bacilliform than was in-
dicated then, but none was observed to equal or exceed the nucleus
in length.
The axostyles are like those of C. clevelandi, being broad enough
to permit the sheath and a clear interior to be distinguished. They
run through the endoplasm, but are not gathered into a compact
bundle, and often project posteriorly for a short distance. There is
no terminal enlargement.
A number of division stages were found in material from Kalo-
tertnes emersoni (pi. 36, figs. 5-7). At the onset of division the nuclei
leave their position in the anterior circle, and become distributed in
the peripheral cytoplasm. In all cases observed but one eight nuclei
were so distributed. This one had seven. In all division figures
observed a stout flagellum was attached at one end of the parades-
mose. Evidently as in Devescovina the trailing flagellum is not dis-
carded; the old flagella are distributed, and new ones grow out to
complete the supply.
When nuclear division has been completed the sixteen nuclei are
distributed in two groups of eight to opposite ends of the body, and
form into circles from which the now full-grown new crestas radiate
and the groups of new axostyles extend posteriorly (pi. 36, fig. 8).
Plasmotomy then occurs.
Abnormal numbers of nuclei would result if this distribution were
not equal. When there are ten, at the previous division six may have
gone to one end and ten to the other, assuming that the parent had
sixteen. Division and equal distribution of all the nuclei in a flagel-
late with ten or twelve would perpetuate the number. The very
small number of instances of such numbers of nuclei indicate that
unequal distribution seldom occurs.
There is no evidence that the nuclei divide in a flagellate that is
not as a whole undergoing binary fission. But since little division
material has been found, such a possibility cannot be denied.
It is probable that a species of Coronympha with four karyomasti-
gonts exists or has existed in Kalotermes. That is one thing to search
for in unexplored termites. The series would be completed by the
discovery of a flagellate with two karyomastigonts of this type.
Metacoronympha senta Kirby, new genus, new species
Plate 37, figures 1-6; Plate 38, figures 1-5; Plate 39, figures 1-10
Those hosts here studied which contain Coronympha octonaria also
have this larger flagellate. There is, however, no question of the
two being developmental stages of the same species. In Kalotermes
immigrans and K. clevelandi, Coronympha clevelandi is the only mul-
tinucleate flagellate.
Metacoronympha senta has a stout body that is more broadly
rounded anteriorly than posteriorly. The posterior end is often
Vol. XXII] TWO NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 211
more or less bluntly pointed. Fifty specimens from Kalotermes
emersoni ranged in length from 32 to 77 n, in width from 20 to 66 )u.
averaging 51 by 38 /i. Fifty from K. tahogae ( = K. pacificust) ranged
from 22 to 92 n by 15 to 67 n, averaging 40.5 by 30 m- There were
many more small forms, as well as some larger forms, in the material
from K. tahogae.
The anterior end of the body is occupied by the numerous karyo-
mastigonts in regular arrangement, located in the peripheral cyto-
plasm (pi. 38, fig. 1; pi. 39, fig. 1). There are always a great many
more than eight, and they are never arranged in a circle, nor in con-
centric circles. The number varies greatly. One of the largest speci-
mens from Kalotermes tahogae contained 345 karyomastigonts (pi.
37, fig. 6), and one of the smallest (pi. 37, fig. 2) had 66. Four speci-
mens from Kalotermes emersoni had 134, 127, 100, and 95 (pi. 38,
fig. 4). The one drawn from K. platycephalus (pi. 38, fig. 3) had 144.
The average number is under a hundred and fifty.
The karyomastigonts are arranged in dexiotropic spiral rows, turn-
ing over to the right as observed from the anterior end. The nuclei
in the rows are usually evenly and regularly spaced. Of fifty speci-
mens, seven had five rows (pi. 37, fig. 2), thirty-four had six (pi. 38,
fig. 4), seven had seven (pi. 38, fig. 3), and one each had eight and
nine (pi. 37, fig. 6). The last had only six rows at the center of the
spiral. Six, then, is the usual number.
In suitably stained material it can be observed that the chromatin
masses of the nuclei are situated within contiguous polygonal com-
partments (pi. 38, fig. 2) in an arrangement that calls to mind the
structure of the surface layer of a Volvox colony. That is, however,
merely an analogy. The polygonal boundaries are formed by the
nuclear membranes, which have expanded, leaving a considerable
area around the central chromiatin masses, and have become angular
as a result of being pressed together. That this is really the case
has been proved by observation of stages just after division (pi. 39,
fig. 10), in which the nuclei have not yet become organized into posi-
tion. The membranes are then spherical, or nearly so, and surround
the chromatin more closely, but in the specimen drawn some have
begun to expand. Certain of the drawings (pi. 38, fig. 4; pi. 39,
fig. 1) are not accurate in respect to the nuclear membranes, which
should be contiguous as described above.
In flagellates with a small or average number of karyomastigonts
the nuclei are usually all of approximately the same size (pi. 37, figs.
1, 2, 5 ; pi. 38, fig. 4) ; but in those with an exceptionally large number
the nuclei decrease in size toward the anterior end of the spiral rows
(pi. 37, fig. 6; pi. 38, fig. 3).
The crestas are the most conspicuous structures in a flagellate
stained in iron haematoxylin and destained to the point where they
alone remain black. They stain more intensely than the chromatin
of the resting nucleus. Their shape suggests that of thorns, so that
in such preparations the anterior portion has a thorny appearance.
212 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Of course, the crestas are imbedded in the peripheral cytoplasm, and
do not project. The specific name has been selected because of this
appearance in certain Heidenhain's iron haematoxylin material.
In shape the crestas have a general resemblance to those of
Coronympha. They are variable in size (pi. 37, fig. 4, C), and in some
the antero-medial edge is longer than in other crestas of the same
total length. In flagellates with a large number of karyomastigonts
the crestas of the anterior ones may be very small, the size increasing
in the more posterior ones. Figure 4, C, 5, 6, and 7 shows the crestas
in three karyomastigonts of a single specimen from Kalotermes
tahogae.
As in Coronympha, the more slender proximal part of the trailing
flagellum is usually indistinguishable from the cresta. The trailing
fiagellum is not so stout as those of C. clevelandi and C. octonaria
(pi. 37, fig. 4). The three anterior flagella of each karyomastigont
arise in one group, and are united proximally. In the fixed material
observed they were always separated in the distal portion, the separa-
tion sometimes beginning not far from the point of origin.
The axostyles show no tendency, as in Stephanonympha and
Calonympha, to collect in a bundle as they run through the body.
Each trunk runs separately from the others, and they are more peri-
pherally located than in Coronympha. Generally they are in the
outer endoplasm. They project when they reach the boundary of
the body. This may be at the posterior end of the flagellate, as is
usual, but only occasionally are they gathered close together here.
Certain axostyles may fall short of the length of some of the others,
and project before they reach the posterior end. It is seldom that
they do not project at all.
At the posterior end the trunk of the axostyle is enlarged in a
spearhead-formed cusp (pi. 39, fig. 2). Usually enlargement begins
before it reaches the boundary of the cytoplasm; the edge of the
cytoplasm is at the broadest point. Beyond is a comparatively long
tapering projection. The anterior portions of the axostyles, along-
side the nucleus, could not be studied satisfactorily. The slender
trunk runs to the posterior end of the nucleus without any noticeable
change in diameter.
The presence of this enlarged cusp at the posterior end of the axo-
style is a frequent characteristic in flagellates of termites. It does
not exist in certain genera of the subfamily Dcvescovininae, namely,
Devescovina, Macrotrichomonas, Caduceia, and Pseudodevescovina,
but it does occur in many undescribed species of Foaina and in
Metadevescovina. Outside of the Dcvescovininae it has been noted
in a number of other polymastigotes, and in some hypermas-
tigotes.
No such cusps are present in Coronympha octonaria. A reexami-
nation of Coronympha clevelandi was made, and the original descrip-
tion corroborated in respect to their absence in that species also. In
Coronympha the axostjdes taper gradually to the projecting tips.
Vol. XXII] TWO NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 213
which usually extend beyond the cytoplasm for a short distance, but
may be completely enclosed.
The cytoplasm of both Coronympha and Metacoronympha usually
contains an abundance of fragments of wood. Many particles are
relatively large, and these grade down to very small ones. All of
these seem to be imbedded directly in the cytoplasm. There are no
large food vacuoles. A narrow clear space surrounds each one, as is
true of other cytoplasmic inclusions. Among them, or instead of
them, there may be smoothly or unevenly rounded spherules of vari-
able size (pi. 38, fig. 5). These are of heterogeneous constitution. In
iron haematoxylin stained material granules, or less often bacilliform
bodies, for the most part peripherally located, stain deeply, the re-
mainder lightly or not at all. The deeply stainable components are
relatively more abundant in some spherules, less abundant in others.
Some smaller bodies stain deeply and uniformly. Such spherules,
which probably represent phases of wood digestion, were particularly
abundant in some material from Kalotermes tahogae, where there
were comparatively few particles of wood among them.
The outer surface of the body in Metacoronympha, as in Coro-
nympha, is not marked by any type of regularly adherent micro-
organism. Spirochaetes are usually present against the body as
well as in the vicinity, but they do not adhere in a definite tuft
or coat as in many other flagellates of termites.
Division
Among the Calonymphidae, nuclear division was observed by
Janicki (1915) in Stephanonympha silvestrii and Calonympha grassii.
He reported that division occurs simultaneously in all nuclei, and
the dividing nuclei are distributed irregularly throughout the peri-
pheral cytoplasm. The anterior parts of the axostyles are resorbed,
while the compact bundle composed of the posterior parts persists
for a while. An extranuclear spindle develops with granules at its
ends, to which flagella are attached. Chromosomes appear, which
are granular in form and of unknown number in 5. silvestrii, band-
formed and four or five in number in C. grassii. The old parabasal
body persists at one pole, while a new one develops at the other.
Janicki believed that the new axostyles originate by direct trans-
formation of the extranuclear spindle.
Considerably more division material of Metacoronympha senta has
been found than of Coronympha octonaria. It likewise occurred on
several slides from Kalotermes emersoni. No attempt has been made
to obtain conclusiA^e evidence on all points. The writer expects to
make a complete study of division of the Calonymphidae, based on
an abundance of material from many termites.
In Metacoronympha senta, as in other Calonymphidae, the nuclei
depart from their regular arrangement at the onset of division, and
214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
are distributed irregularly in the peripheral cytoplasm. They were
never observed deep in the endoplasm during nuclear division,
though after it is completed (pi. 39, fig. 10) some often do occur in
that position. Along with each nucleus go all other components of
the karyomastigont. The axostyles were not visible in any of the
stages of nuclear division.
Figure 3, pi. 39, shows nuclei in a very early prophase, the earliest
one seen. The paradesmoses are comparatively very short. The
nuclei have undergone no alteration in shape, but a granular struc-
ture in the central chromatin mass is more distinct than formerly.
The central chromatin mass consists of a matrix substance and rela-
tively large, peripherally located, deeply staining granules. In many
of the nuclei five granules are present, as is true in almost all cases
where the separate granules can be seen readily. In some of the
karyomastigonts the old cresta is attached to one pole; in others it
has been detached. The flagellate is evidently in a stage just at the
time of degeneration of the old crestas. Some of those still present
have a degenerate appearance, being somewhat misshapen, and in
some they are not attached at the usual point.
A granule is situated close to each end of the paradesmose, con-
nected by a filament, and to these granules flagella are attached in
pairs (pi. 39, fig. 3, e). The old flagella have been distributed. New
flagella and new crestas have not yet appeared.
Prophases with paradesmoses a little longer, and no trace of old
or new crestas, are more frequent (pi. 39, figs. 4, 5). Probably, as is
true in devescovinid flagellates, the old flagella persist at the two
poles. At what stage new ones grow out to complete the number
could not be determined because of the small size of the division
figures, and the usual presence of foreign organisms on the surface
of the body. During the anaphase and telophase additional flagella
are present.
New crestas, small in size and equal at the two poles, have ap-
peared by the anaphase (pi. 39, fig. 6). In certain prophases possible
new crestas, very small still, were seen, but it was difficult to be cer-
tain of the observation. Since they are present in the anaphase,
however, there is no doubt that they develop during the prophase,
after the old one has been discarded.
The crestas increase in size, and after the nuclei have divided
reach the maximum length (pi. 39, fig. 8). The nuclei are still
connected by the elongated paradesmose, which may have a
length of four or five times the nuclear diameter. In late telophase
nuclei, and sometimes in nuclei organized into spiral rows (pi. 39,
fig. 9) the chromatin mass is composed of a matrix and usually
five large, deeply staining granules, as in the prophase. The
Vol. XXII] TWO XEIV FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 215
usual presence of five granules in these stages may indicate the
existence of five chromosomes, but no chromosomes have been seen
in the anaphase.
The paradesmose eventually disappears. It does not give rise to
new axostyles, as Janicki supposed, in Devescovininae. Although
it has not been possible to determine this point conclusively in
Metacoronympha, there is no doubt that the situation is the same as
in Devescovininae.
The nuclei become grouped at opposite ends, though not in such
regular arrangement as in Coronympha. No stages of division of the
body were seen. In many specimens, however, on the slides on which
division stages were numerous, the nuclei were distributed irregu-
larly, not being arranged in spiral rows. It may reasonably be sup-
posed that some of these are stages after plasmotomy. In that stage
one would expect to find nuclei grouped without regular arrange-
ment toward one end. In a prophase, when nuclei are also irregularly
distributed, the paradesmose would be present. On this basis it may
be assumed that pi. 39, fig. 10, represents such a post-division stage.
The nuclear membranes are expanding in some mastigonts, and lie
more or less adjacent to one another. As remarked above, this stage
shows clearly the origin of the polygonal areas noted in vegetative
individuals.
There are interesting problems in reorganization that have not
been solved for lack of adequate material. The origin of the new
parabasal apparatus is one. Janicki's account of this probably is
correct. What factors determine that the nuclei shall usually be
arranged in six spiral rows, and, conversely, what behavior results
in a different number of rows? How does it happen that nuclei,
crestas, and parabasal bodies are often smaller in the anterior karyo-
mastigonts? In Metacoronympha senta, as in Coronympha octonaria,
no evidence was found for division of non-dispersed nuclei. In divi-
sion figures all dividing nuclei were of the same size in any one flagel-
late. How do differences in size arise, and how does it happen that
nuclei arrange themselves so that there is a gradation in size along
the spiral rows? What is the origin of the great diversity in number
of nuclei? In all cases observed all the nuclei were dividing. May
there be two or more successive divisions of nuclei, to increase the
number in a small individual? May nuclear division take place, and
rearrangement of nuclei occur, without being immediately followed
by division of the body? May fission occur without being immedi-
ately preceded by nuclear division?
It is hoped that these questions can be answered after study of
other Calonymphidae.
216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Diagnoses
It is necessary to revise the diagnosis of the genus Coronympha,
given by the writer (1929), in order to permit the inclusion of the
species described in this paper.
Coronympha Kirby, 1929
Multinucleate flagellates, with karyomastigonts arranged in a single circle in the
anterior portion of the body; each karyomastigont consisting of a nucleus, blepharo-
plast, cresta, three anterior flagella, a trailing flagellum, a parabasal body and an
axostyle; blepharoplasts in a small circle at the anterior end of the body; axostyles
double-contoured, not gathered into a bundle, often project slightly from the
posterior end; dividing nuclei become distributed generally in peripheral cytoplasm,
mitotic figure with paradesmose and other features like those of devescovinid
flagellates.
Genotype. — C. clevelandi Kirby, 1929.
Coronympha clevelandi Kirby, 1929
Dimensions of body: length 25-53 n, averaging 30 n, width 18-46 n, averaging
23 li.; sixteen karyomastigonts; nuclei clavate, containing one or more nucleoli and
finely distributed chromatin; crestas subtriangular, broader and flat in anterior
portion; trailing flagellum a moderately stout cord; parabasal body rounded or
bacilliform, situated peripheral and adjacent to nucleus, not exceeding its length;
axostyles without enlarged cusps posteriorly, projecting from body; xylophagous.
Type host. — Kalotermes clevelandi Snyder, Panama.
Additional host. — K. immigrans Snyder, Fanning Island, Gala-
pagos Islands.
Coronympha octonaria Kirby, new species
Dimensions of body^: length 19-40 ju. averaging 28 n, width 12-26 /i, averaging
18 m; eight karyomastigonts usual, exceptionally ten or twelve; nuclei clavate;
crestas somewhat larger, and broader anteriorly, than those of C. clevelandi; trailing
flagellum like that of C. clevelandi; parabasal body bacilliform, ordinarily almost or
quite as long as nucleus, sometimes exceeding length of nucleus, and incurved
toward periphery of body; axostyles without enlarged cusps posteriorly, projecting
from body; xylophagous.
Type host. — Kalotermes emersoni Light, Mexico.
Additional hosts. — K. pacificus Banks, Galapagos. K. tahogae
Snyder, Panama. K. platycephalus Light, Mexico. K. lighti Sny-
der, Arizona.
2 The dimensions here are for collective material from different host species; dimensions from individual
species are given elsewhere.
Vol. XXII] TWO NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 217
Metacoronympha Kirby, new genus
Multinucleate flagellates with numerous karyomastigonts arranged in spiral rows
meeting at the anterior end, averaging more than a hundred in the type species;
each karyomastigont with nucleus, blepharoplast, cresta, three anterior flagella, a
trailing flagellum and an axostyle; axostyles double-contoured as in Coronympka,
distributed usually in outer endoplasm, not gathered into bundle, usually project-
ing a distance from the posterior end; nuclear division as in Coronympha.
Genotype. — M. senta Kirby, new species.
Metacoronympha senta Kirby, new species
Dimensions of body: length 22 to 92 ju. averaging 45 ^i width 15 to 67 /x, averag-
ing 34 n; karyomastigonts 66 (or less) to 345 (or more), averaging about 150, ar-
ranged usually in 6 spiral rows, sometimes in 5, 7, 8, or 9 rows; nuclei ellipsoidal,
membranes in vegetative individuals at anterior end often expanded and pressed
together in polygonal form; crestas variable in size, some equal to those of Co-
ronympha octonaria, broadened and flattened anteriorly in subtriangular form;
trailing flagellum stouter than anterior flagella, but more slender than in Coronym-
pha clevelandi and C. octonaria; parabasal body rounded or bacilliform, varying in
size according to position of karyomastigonts; axostyles with enlarged cusps pos-
teriorly, the tapering portion usually projecting beyond cytoplasm; xylophagous.
Type host. — Kalotermes emersoni Light, Mexico.
Additional hosts. — K. pacificus Banks, Galapagos. K. tabogae
Snyder, Panama. K. platycephahis Light, Mexico. K. lighti Sny-
der, Arizona.
Summary
1. Two new calonymphid flagellates, Coronympha octonaria Kirb}',
n. sp. and Metacoronympha senta Kirby, n. g., n. sp., are described
from five termites of the genus Kalotermes, K. emersoni and K.
platycephalus of Mexico, K. pacificus of the Galapagos Islands, A'.
tabogae of Panama (probably a synonym of K. pacificus), and K.
lighti of Arizona.
2. Coronympha octonaria has eight karyomastigonts arranged in a
circle. Metacoronympha senta has a large, variable number, averag-
ing about 150, arranged generally in six spiral rows meeting at the
anterior end.
3. Each karyomastigont has the structures of a devescovinid
flagellate: three slender anterior and one stouter trailing flagellum,
a sub-triangular, flattened cresta, a parabasal body, axostyle,
blepharoplast and nucleus.
4. The axostyles run separately through the endoplasm, not being
gathered into a bundle, and they project from the cytoplasm for a
short distance. In Metacoronympha there is an enlarged posterior
cusp, as in certain devescovinids and other flagellates of termites.
218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
5. In division the nuclei lose their regular arrangement, to be dis-
tributed irregularly in the peripheral cytoplasm. The mitotic figure
is like that in devescovinid and trichomonad flagellates. The old
cresta is resorbed and new ones form de novo. After the telophase,
nuclei group at opposite ends and fission occurs.
6. Coronympha and Metacoronympha possibly have evolved from
devescovinid flagellates. They may be regarded as polymastigont
devescovinids, in the same way that Microrhopalodina is a poly-
mastigont oxymonad.
REFERENCES
Duboscq, O. and Grasse, P.
1933. L'Appareil parabasal des Flagelles. Arch. Zool. exp. gen., 73: 381-
621.
Janicki, C.
1915. Untersuchungen an parasitischen Flagellaten. II. Teil. Die Gat-
tungen Devescovina, Parajoenia, Stephanonympha, Calonympha.
tJber den Parabasalapparat. tjber Kemkonstitution und Kem-
teilung. Zeitschr. wiss, Zool., 112: 573-691.
Kirby, H.
1929. Snyderella and Coronympha, two new genera of multinucleate
flagellates from termites. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 31: 417-432.
1937. Host-parasite relations in the distribution of Protozoa in termites.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 41: 189-212.
Light, S. F.
1933. Termites of western Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 6: 79-164.
1935. The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences, 1932. No. 20. The Termites. Proc. CaHf. Acad.
Sci., 21: 233-258.
Vol. XXII] TWO NEW FLAGELLATES FROM TERMITES 219
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
Abbreviations for methods of preparation: A. P., acid fuchsin; B., Bouin's fluid;
D., Delafield's haematoxylin ; F. G., Gatenby's modification of Flemming's fluid;
H., Heidenhain's iron haematoxj'lin; S., Schaudinn's fluid.
Plate 36
Figs. 1-8. Coronympha octonaria n.sp. Figs. 1, 2, and 5-8 from Kalotermes
emersoni; fig. 3 from K. platycephalus ; fig. 4 from K. pacificus. X 1830.
Fig. 1. Entire, lateral view; crestas, axostyles, nuclei, and flagella. S.H.
Fig. 2. View from anterior end; blepharoplasts, nuclei, four flagella to each kary-
omastigont. S.H.
Fig. 3. Nucleus and long parabasal body. S.D.
Fig. 4. Nucleus and shorter parabasal body. B.D.
Fig. 5. Prophase, showing distribution of nuclei. S.H.
Fig. 6. Anaphase or early telophase. Old stout trailing flagellum attached at
one pole. S.H.
Fig. 7. Late telophase; elongated paradesmose, new flagella. S.H.
Fig. 8. Just prior to cleavage; nuclei have completed division, are in circles at
opposite ends. S.H.
Fig. 9. Coronympha clevelandi from K. clevelandi. S.H. X 1830.
Plate 37
Figs. 1-3, 5-6. Metacoronympha senta n.g., n. sp.
Fig. 1. From K. emersoni. Entire, of average size. S.H. X 970.
Fig. 2. From K. tahogae. End view of a small individual, showing 66 nuclei in
5 rows. S.H. X 1335.
Fig. 3. From K. platycephalus. Bacilliform parabasal bodies alongside nuclei.
S.D. X 1830.
Fig. 4. A, Three crestas of Coronympha octonaria; B, three of C. clevelandi; C,
crestas of Metacoronympha senta, showing size variations. S.H. X 1830.
Fig. 5. From K. tabogae. A small individual. F.G.H. X 1335.
Fig. 6. From K. tabogae. A very large flagellate, with 345 nuclei, showing size
variation in nuclei and parabasal bodies. S. D. X 880.
220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Plate 38
Metacoronympha senta n.g., n.sp.
Fig. 1. From K. platycephalus. B.H. X 1335.
Fig. 2. From K. emersoni. Anterior end, showing beginning of the six spiral
rows of nuclei, with polygonal compartments, formed by contiguous nuclear mem-
branes, around the nuclear chromatin. S.H.A.F. X 1830.
Fig. 3. From K. platycephalus. Anterior end, 144 nuclei in 7 rows; faintly
stained parabasal bodies alongside many of the nuclei, a blepharoplast beside each.
B.H. X 1335.
Fig. 4. From K. emersoni. Nuclei all of same size, 95 in 6 rows. The nuclear
membranes should, toward the center, be contiguous and somewhat polygonal, as
in fig. 2. S.H. X 1830.
Fig. 5. From K. tabogae. Endoplasmic inclusions of a crushed flagellate; frag-
ments of wood, and residues of wood digestion. F.G.H. X 1830.
Plate 39
Metacoronympha senta n. g., n. sp.
Fig. 1. From K. tabogae. An individual with an unusually large number of
karyomastigonts. Note variation in size of crestas. S.H. X 1335.
Fig. 2. From K. tabogae. Spearhead-shaped cusps at posterior ends of axostyles.
All axostyles of this flagellate are formed in this manner, with ends projecting from
the cytoplasm. F.G.H, X 1830.
Figs. 3-10. Division stages from K. emersoni, S.H. 23-29, X 1830; 30, X 1335.
Fig. 3. Early prophase; nuclei are distributed; all nuclei drawn are from one
flagellate; old crestas attached to Z», c, and </, absent from others; e showing granules
separate from, but connected by fibrils to the ends of the paradesmose; five granules
in each central chromatin mass.
Fig. 4. Prophase; paradesmose, granules and distributed flagella; no crestas.
Fig. 5. A little later prophase; no crestas.
Fig. 6. Anaphase; new crestas have developed.
Figs. 7, 8. Telophases; new crestas full grown.
Fig. 9. Two nuclei of late telophase, showing granules; five nuclei after arrange-
ment in spiral rows, with five granules each.
Fig. 10. Probably after division of the body; karyomastigonts not yet or-
ganized into spiral rows; a few of the posterior karyomastigonts lie deep in the endo-
plasm.
I
PROC. CALIF. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 10
[KIRBY] Plate 36
^^m^
%ii^ 0k
^^
8
PROC. CALIF. ACAD. SCi., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 10
[KIRBY] Plate 37
V
t. ^ *^
mf^S
I ' J t c*- « \
I % •• • % • • I
0
) (,^ I ! 1, ^
PROC. CALIF. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 10
[KIRBY] Plate 38
— •' >^
'•M'<
^•^^,
(o^% ^.^f
4
Q
® V «•<■ •■■■ '■ ■
<S''-*|i
©^.>
PROC. CALIF. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XXII, No. 10
[KIRBY] Plate 39
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series
Vol. XXII, No. 11, pp. 221-271 September 30, 1941
THE TEMPLETON CROCKER EXPEDITION OF THE
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 1932
No. 40
THE GENUS SCALESIA*
BY
JOHN THOMAS HOWELL
Assistant Curator, Department of Botany
California A cademy of Sciences
CONTENTS
Introduction
History and Materials 222
General Morphology 224
Generic Status and Relationship 229
Generic Subdivisions 232
Species Concept 235
Ecological Distribution 235
Scalesia and the Origin of the Galapagos Islands 237
Systematic Treatment
Generic diagnosis 240
Key to the Series 241
Series 1. Dentatee 241
Series 2. Pedunculatae 250
Series 3. Foliaceae 258
Series 4. Lobatae 261
Bibliography 269
* Printed from the John W. Hendrie Publication Endowment.
September 30, 1941
222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser-
INTRODUCTION
History and Materials
The genus Scalesia of the helianthoid CompositCB is the largest
genus of vascular plants in the Galapagos Islands, and is one of the
two genera of vascular plants which have been generally recognized
as endemic, the other being the helianthoid genus Lecocarpus Des-
caine. Scalesia was described by Arnott from a specimen collected
by Hugh Cuming in 1829,^ and the description of the genus with its
single species, 5. atractyloides, was published by Lindley in 1836
(p. 443). The genus was referred to the HelianthecB Heliopsidece,
that group in the classification of Lessing (1832, p. 223) containing
a number of genera later referred by Bentham and Hooker f . to their
subtribe Verbesinece; but no definite statement of the relationship of
Scalesia was made, although it might have been differentiated from
other genera in that group by such characters as the homogamous
heads and the compressed achenes without pappus. By De CandoUe
(1839, vol. 7, p. 308) the genus was placed among genera incertcB
sedis and his description is derived entirely from that of Arnott.
Two years later. Hooker and Arnott (1841, vol. 3, p. 312) published
a description of the genus and remarked: "A very distinct genus
unlike any with which we are acquainted." The position of Scalesia
is fixed by Bentham and Hooker f. in the Genera Plantarum (1873,
vol. 2, pp. 195, 367) in the subtribe Verbesinece oi the Helianthoidece
where Scalesia is placed between Wulffia Neck. ' and Mirasolia
(Schultz Bip.) Benth. and Hook. f. From the latter, Scalesia is
separated by the heads discoid or less amply radiate, by the in-
volucres narrower, and by the achenes thinner (op. cit., p. 368), and
from the former it is distinguished chiefly by the thinner achenes
without frequently fleshy pericarp (op. cit., p. 195). Hoffmann
(1894, p. 232) refers Scalesia to his Helianthece-VerbesinincB, but
places it in a seemingly anomalous position between Temnolepis
Baker, a monotypic genus of Madagascar, and the very natural
North American genus Rudbeckia L., which, in turn, is followed by
Wulffia and Gymnolomia HBK. The most recent generic description
of Scalesia is that of Lemee (1934, p. 996), in which the older generic
diagnoses are modified in the light of more recently described species;
but no suggestion of relationship is given.
Most of the references to Scalesia in the literature of the past half
century have related to reports on collections made in the Galapagos
Islands. Of these collections, the two most important are those of
Snodgrass and Heller, obtained on the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition
' This is the date generally accepted for Cuming's visit to the Galapagos Islands. The specimen of
Scalesia atractyloides Am. in Herb. Kew., however, bears a printed label with the date 1831 , but undoubtedly
this was not the year in which the specimen was collected but rather the year in which Cuming gave his
collections to Sir William Jackson Hooker. (Cf. Howell, Hugh Cuming's Visit to the Galapagos Islands.
In press.)
Vol. XXIIl HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 223
of 1898 and 1899, and of Stewart, obtained on the California Acad-
emy of Sciences Expedition of 1905 and 1906; and both were un-
usually rich in material of Scalesia. No fewer than five new species
were described by Robinson from the former collection, and in the
latter collection all the species then known from the islands were
represented except two (and they are still known only from the type
collections).
The present paper has grown out of an attempt to identify the
specimens collected by the author as botanist on the Templeton
Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences in 1932.
Although the collections obtained in Scalesia are not comparable in
number and diversity with those obtained by Snodgrass and Heller,
or by Stewart, enough difficulty was encountered in attempting
determinations to indicate the need of a revision of the genus with
keys and diagnoses to the species. While in Europe in 1935, the
author gave special attention to the genus, and the types of all
the earlier species were examined at the Royal Herbarium, Kew, at
the Herbarium of the University of Cambridge, and at the Herbarium
of the Museum of Natural History in Stockholm. In the more
immediate preparation of this paper, the collections of Scalesia in
the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, the Dudley Herbarium
of Stanford University, and the Herbarium of the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden have been borrowed; and these, together with the collections
in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, have con-
stituted as important and as adequate a working collection as may
be had at the present time. From the treatment that has been pre-
pared, it is hoped that not only will there result a better under-
standing of this remarkable genus taxonomically, but that also there
will be suggested a solution of certain phyto-geographic problems to
which it bears a definite relation.
Acknowledgments . For the assistance and many kindnesses given
in the preparation of this revision, the writer wishes to express his
appreciation and gratitude to his friends who have been helpful and
to the officers and assistants of herbaria from which specimens have
been borrowed, or at which they have been examined, particularly
to Dr. T. A. Sprague at Kew, and to Dr. Eric Asplund at Stockholm.
Dr. S. F. Blake, Washington, D. C, has answered questions of the
writer, and, from his critical and extensive knowledge of the
CompositcB, has offered helpful suggestions on several points. Miss
Veronica Sexton, Assistant Librarian of the California Academy of
Sciences, has given help in the bibliography, and Miss Ruth D.
Sanderson, Librarian at the Gray Herbarium, copied and sent the
original description of the genus. Library facilities at the University
of California, generously extended to the author at all times, have
been used for some works not in the Library of the Academy. The
writer is grateful to Mr. Templeton Crocker for the opportunities
offered on his expedition in 1932; and especially is he indebted to
Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of the Department of Botany of the
224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
California Academy of Sciences, not only for the opportunity to
study in Europe in 1935, but also for her help and sustained interest
in the preparation of this work.
General Morphology
Habit. The species of Scalesia are all woody and erect, but in
habit represent two distinct types, shrubs and trees. Although the
shrubs are usually 1 to 2 m. tall, occasionally they are as low as
0.3 m., and, under favorable conditions, they may become arbores-
cent and 3 or 4 m, tall. Usually the shrubs are rather openly few-
branched from near the ground and do not present a "twiggy" ap-
pearance. The arboreous species may attain a height of 20 m. and
are characterized by a single, well-developed trunk that is excep-
tionally clear of lower branches. At the upper and lower limits of
the forest belt where the Scalesia trees are found, they may be con-
siderably reduced in height and only 5 m. tall. Nothing is known of
the roots of Scalesia aside from their perennial character.
Although the arboreous 5. pedunculata Hook. f. is reminiscent of
Helianthus annuus L. grown to fantastic proportions, the scalesias
seem to represent growth forms that have lost all direct connection
with herbaceous antecedents. In this particular, there is a distinct
difference between the frutescent and arboreous members of Scalesia
and the rosette-trees or megaphytes, as they have been called, which
are found occasionally in other divisions of the Composites, in the
Lobeliacece, and in other families of flowering plants. These remark-
able plants, strikingly exemplified by the arborescent senecios and
lobeliads of East Africa, and by the Silver Swords and lobeliads of
Hawaii, appear to represent the exaggerated gigantism of herbaceous
rosette forms, and not, as in Scalesia, an essentially frutescent and
arboreous habit.
Stems. The stems are round and not striate, although the branch-
lets may be roughened by prominent scars left after the leaves fall.
The trunk of 5. pedunculata may become 2 to 3 dm. in diameter.
The bark of shrubs and trees is smooth or wrinkled and not corky,
and is brown or gray. The wood is soft, and even in the trees a
pithy center is evident (Svenson, 1935, p. 215). A gummy or resinous
sap seems to be common to all species in the genus, and is evident
in specimens especially about flowering branchlets where a clear,
amber-like bead will frequently form at broken places. Branching
is subdichotomous or rarely truly dichotomous.
Trichomes. The vesture of the stems and leaves in Scalesia is
varied in character, and has been described as sericeous, villous,
hirsute, scabrous, subvelutinous, and glandular. The trichomes are
essentially of two sorts, glandular and nonglandular. The glandular
hairs may be capitate-glandular, or they may be slender, shorter or
longer, viscidulous hairs. The nonglandular hairs may be stiff or
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 225
soft, appressed or spreading, dense or very sparse, short and conical
or very elongate. In several of the species that are so markedly
scabrous, the roughness is imparted chiefly by the hard, enlarged,
conical bases of the nonglandular hairs, which persist after the slender
elongate tips have broken off. No species of Scalesia is known to be
entirely glabrous, and although most species are noticeably and
distinctly pubescent, 5. Snodgrassii Rob. is more nearly glabrous
than any other. No species is known with only glandular hairs, but
in some species glandular hairs are very few, if not entirely lacking.
However, in some of those species which are without glandular hairs,
the branchlets and leaves may appear to be glandular-viscid be-
cause of the resinous sap in them. The character of the trichomes,
which in several entities impart a distinctive aspect that is reflected
in the specific names (cf. 5. aspera Ands. and 5. villosa Stew.), is
generally a reliable taxonomic character, and, together with other
characters, may be used to advantage in separating species and
varieties.
Leaves. When one considers the relative compactness of the genus
Scalesia from the point of view of inflorescence and flowers, the
diversity of leaf-form is exceptional, and exceeds even the great
variability that is characteristic of some of the largest helianthoid
genera on the mainland. Although the variation is so very great
when the genus is taken as a whole, several distinct leaf-types are
discernible, and in this work they have been used as the chief
criteria to limit four series of species. In general shape the leaves
vary from nearly linear to suborbicular, and from entire to deeply
bi- or tri-pinnatifid. In general the leaves are distinctly petiolate,
occasionally subsessile. Usually the blades are rather prominently
3-nerved from the base, but in those species with lobed leaves, the
blades are pinnately veined. In the triplinerved leaves, the lowest
pair of veins may be more or less confluent with the upper, lateral
veins or they may form a pair of definite, submarginal nerves that
extend to the apex. The former is more characteristic of wider
leaves, the latter of narrower leaves. The apex of the blade is us-
ually acute, though sometimes it may be obtuse or acuminate; the
base of the blade is cordate, truncate or cuneate. Sometimes the
base is decurrent and the petiole is bordered for a longer or shorter
distance or even to the base.
The bordered or "winged" petiole should here receive some special
attention. Heretofore the presence or absence of a border has been
used as a taxonomic character to which some importance has been
attached; and, in recognition of it, Andersson even adopted the
epithet decurrens for one of his species. In this work the develop-
ment of a wing on the petiole, striking as it generally is, has not been
regarded as a reliable taxonomic character, and has not been given
even varietal value. In S. gumniifera Hook, f., leaves on vigorous
shoots have been seen with petioles narrowly bordered to the base,
while on less vigorous branchlets the petioles were entirely un-
226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
winged; in 5. Crockeri Howell, the leaves produced during the ex-
ceptionally favorable season of 1932, when they were collected, had
broad wings which at the base were auriculate-enlarged, but on the
same shoot were withered leaves of an earlier season with petioles
unwinged. In the narrower leaves, the base of the blade is so gradu-
ally attenuate into the wing that it is scarcely possible to determine
where the blade ends and the petiole begins, and those leaves termed
"subsessile" in diagnoses belong to this type (cf. 5. villosa Stew.);
but in leaves with broader blades the petiole is usually very definite,
no matter how broad the wing. This sort of variation occurs in many
helianthoid genera, but it is doubtful if elsewhere the wings can be so
conspicuous a feature and so untrustworthy taxonomically as they
are in Scalesia. Blake (1918, p. 23) has already discussed the mor-
phology and venation of this type of leaf in his monograph of
Viguiera^ and what he writes there is equally applicable to Scalesia.
In texture there is some variation in the leaves of Scalesia, but
not as much as might be expected in a genus whose species range
from extreme desert conditions of a practically unweathered lava-
flow to the heart of a dense, tropical rain-forest. In all species the
leaves are well-developed. In vesture, however, there is great varia-
tion, and, while generally its character is relatively constant for a
species, there are several exceptions which will be discussed in the
taxonomic section later.
In Scalesia, variation in phyllotaxy is also anomalous. By both
Bentham and Hooker f. (1873, p. 367) and by Hoffmann (1894, p.
232), the alternate arrangement of the leaves was emphasized as a
character of generic importance; but with increased collections, what
was once considered so important a character is now not regarded
of even varietal value, unless supported by other differences. While
generally arranged alternately, one or two species, as they are now
known, have leaves opposite (cf. 5. Helleri Rob.). In many species
with leaves usually alternate, an occasional pair of leaves may occur
which appear to be opposite, but are not truly so. Sometimes such
pairs seem to develop after the close of the rainy season when the
growth of the plant is retarded, and a fore-shortening of internodes
results in a falsely opposite relation; but occasionally on shoots with
all or most other leaves alternately arranged, pairs have been seen
that are indubitably opposite.
Inflorescence. The heads are usually 1 or 2, or rarely 3 or 4, at
the ends of the branchlets, and, although they arise from the axils
of the uppermost leaves, the shoot which bears them usually termi-
nates with them, and one or more branches arise from axils im-
mediately below them. The peduncles are usually naked, rarely
with one or two leafy bracts, and vary from very short or almost
none in 5. Darwinii Hook, f., to as much as 15 cm. long in 5. pedun-
culata Hook. f. The relative length of leaves and peduncles has
been emphasized in the past, and is still a character that is useful
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESI A 227
I
in certain instances when correlated with other characters. In 5. ,
microcephala Rob., and probably also in the closely related 5. i
cordata Stew., the heads are several, and are arranged in a short, I
corymbose, leafy cluster, the only approach to an aggregate arrange-
ment of heads known in the genus. The heads are usually medium- '.
sized and 1 to 3 cm. broad, but in 5. microcephala they are some- ■
times only 0.5 cm. broad.
Involucre. Except for those species in the series Foliacece, the
character of the involucre and phyllaries has not exhibited dis-
tinctive variations which could be used to much advantage taxo-
nomically, except in certain species when correlated with other :
characters. This relative uniformity in the essential character of the
involucre, and a corresponding uniformity in flowers and fruits has
led to the conclusion that Scalesia is a genus in which fundamentally
divergent tendencies are lacking. In general shape, the involucre
varies from tubular-campanulate to broadly hemispheric-campanu-
late. The sides are straight or in some species are constricted,
especially in fruit, above a somewhat swollen base. The phyllaries
are usually loosely to closely imbricate in 2 to 4 series, and vary
from narrowly oblong to nearly orbicular in shape. In most species
the phyllaries equal or are a little shorter than the disk, but in the
series Foliacece the outer phyllaries are foliaceous and longer than
the disk. In age the phyllaries are usually indurate, at least at the
base, and somewhat veined. The vesture of the phyllaries does not
differ essentially in character from that of the leaves and stems.
Receptacle and Pales, The receptacle is flat or low-convex, and
nearly smooth. The pales are sharply folded or carinate, and closely
envelop the flowers before anthesis, and the fruit at maturity. At
the top, the pales are trifid or shallowly 3-lobed, and the variation
in the shape and size of the lobes has proved a useful character in
the separation of closely related varieties or species. Sometimes the
lobes are about equal in length and width, sometimes the lateral
lobes are shorter and narrower than the middle lobe; generally the
lobes are triangular-deltoid, and acute or acuminate, but in some
species they are more or less widened upward, and are obtuse or
emarginate. The margin of the pales varies from entire and glabrous
to ciliate or irregularly laciniate-cleft. The lobes of the outermost
pales frequently differ more or less in shape from those in the inner ;
part of the head, which are the ones described in the diagnoses.
Whether the pales are persistent or deciduous is not known for many ;
species because of the paucity of material, but it is probable that J
they are persistent, and fall only as the heads disintegrate. '
Corollas. In Scalesia the flowers are either neutral, ligulate ray-
flowers or fertile, tubular disk-flowers. The corollas of both kinds
are white. The rays are few in a single series, and occur in two, ^._
closely related species, 5. gummifera Hook. f. and 5. affinis Hook. f. /''f\SH
228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
The ligules are several-nerved and rather irregularl}'' 2- or 3-dentate
at the apex. The disk-corollas are tubular with a 5-toothed limb.
The throat is somewhat ampliate, and is generally longer than, and
well-differentiated from, the more slender tube. The disk-corollas
are straight and erect in the head, or frequently they are outwardly
curving. In four species of the series LobatcB, an interesting modifi-
cation of the corollas of some of the marginal flowers is an enlarge-
ment and ligule-like development of the limb. Although such
flowers seem to be sterile with styles and stamens abortive or lack-
ing, the various shapes assumed by the corolla-limb has led me to
interpret these flowers as modifications of disk-flowers. Sometimes
the limb is more or less oblique, with the limb palmately expanded
on the outer side, at other times the enlarged corolla is somewhat
bilabiate, and 3^et again it may be lobed with a separate distinct lobe
opposite the expanded, ligule-like part. This structure is not con-
spicuous, which may account for the fact that it has not been noted
heretofore. These corollas are only 5 to 7 mm. long, and are strongly
recurved.
There is a little variation in the character and distribution of
pubescence on the outside of the corollas, but the differences are
slight and not of taxonomic importance. Usually the lower sides of
the lobes bear a few, stoutish trichomes and the tube is more or
less hairy. Occasionally the nerves of the throat are pubescent, and
rarely the tube is glabrous.
Andrcecium and Gyncecium. The characters of the stamens and
pistils do not differ from those in related genera: the appendage of
the anthers is broadly lanceolate to ovate, and the bases are cordate
or sagittate; the style-branches vary in length in different species,
but, in all, the triangular-acute or more elongate appendage is
papillose. The anthers are purple.
Achenes and Pappus. The strongly flattened achenes of the genus
Scalesia appear to represent the chief character to which generic
importance can be attached and by which Scalesia may be most
definitely separated from its relatives. The pericarp is not thickened,
the sides are smooth or occasionally bear a low longitudinal rib, and
the edges are not at all winged. The achenes are oblongish, slightly
widened upward, rounded at base and sub-truncate above, and
glabrous. Usually there is no pappus, but in some species two, short,
slender, smooth bristles are borne at either end of the truncate top.
Sometimes when no bristles are present, pappus is represented by
two callous spots or stubby processes of horny texture.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESLA 229
Generic Status and Relationship
Although Hooker and Arnott wrote of Scalesia as a very distinct
genus (1841, p. 312), no such opinion has been expressed since Ben-
tham and Hooker f. in the Genera Plantarum aligned the nearly re-
lated genera of the VerhesinecB so that their close interrelation is readily
apparent. Of these numerous genera, "the great majority of them
American", Bentham in his masterly paper on the Composites has
written as follows: ". . .many of them natural enough, but dis-
tinguished by characters of comparatively small importance, some-
times passing into each other, and often very technical and very
difficult to group together except into very artificial series. . ." (1873,
p. 439). At several places in the same paper Bentham remarks on
the interrelation of Scalesia and other Galapagian CompositcB with
the CompositcB of the Mexican and Central American region of
North America. "In the insular genus Scalesia, eighteen or ten
Galapagian species, may be traced a connexion with . . . Mirasolia,
which belongs to the southern or Central American portion of the
Mexican region" (p. 444); and, again: the "affinity" of the Gala-
pagian CompositcB "seems to be rather with those of Central America
than of the more immediately opposite coast of Ecuador" (p. 556).
In "Table 14. Compositas of the Galapagos Islands", Bentham
writes opposite Scalesia under the heading "Connexions", "Mirasolia
and other Central American Wedelioid Helianthoidese" (p. 556) ; and
on the following page (p. 557) goes so far as to say of the two endemic
Galapagian genera he recognizes: "Lecocarpus and Scalesia might
without difficulty have been referred to Melampodium and Mirasolia
respectively as sections. ..."
Hoffmann and Robinson have also expressed opinions relative to
Scalesia and related genera, but only reiterate what Bentham wrote.
Hoffmann, after describing the subtribe Heliantkece-Verhesinince,
echoes Bentham's remarks of two decades earlier when he says,
". . .deren Gattungen zum Teil schwierig und nur durch kiinstliche
Merkmale zu unterscheiden sind" (1894, p. 226). Robinson, in his
analysis of the Galapagian flora, writes that "even Scalesia is not
a strong genus, as it is not easy to show very sharp, generic distinc-
tions between it and some allied Helianthoidece in Mexico and Central
America" (1902, p. 242); and later he writes of the "Mexican allies"
of Scalesia (p. 255). James Small (1919) in his studies on the Com-
posites says nothing pertinent to this aspect of our problem.
From this historical review, two questions emerge requiring at
least consideration, if not tentative answers: (1), should Scalesia
be maintained as a genus; and, (2), if it is so recognized, what appears
to be its probable relationship to other helianthoid Composites.
Because of Bentham's repeated references to Mirasolia as a near
relative of Scalesia, a brief history of that genus is appropriate in a
consideration of both these questions. Mirasolia was first described
as a subgenus of Tithonia by Schultz Bipontinus in Seemann's
230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Botany of the Voyage of the Herald (305, — 1856-7), where it was
distinguished by its glabrous, epappose achenes; and was later
raised to generic rank by Bentham and Hooker f. in Genera Plant-
arum (1873, pp. 367, 368), where it was related not only to Scalesia
but to Tithonia, Wulffia, and Balsamorhiza. Hoffmann (1894, p.
235) returns Mirasolia to Tithonia^ and Blake (1921, p. 424), in
his revision of the genus Tithonia, treats it likewise. While there is
no apparent similarity in habital appearance between the usual,
cultivated Tithonia, T. rotundijolia (Mill.) Blake, and Scalesia, the
dissimilarity between our genus and those species of Tithonia former-
ly referred to Mirasolia, especially T. scaberrima Benth., is reduced
to a more technical consideration. However, Tithonia, as now ac-
cepted and including Mirasolia, with its convex receptacle, usually
aristate-acuminate pales, and strongly thickened or subquadrangular
achenes, does not seem to represent a generic concept so near to that
of Scalesia as to those of Helianthus and Viguiera (cf. Blake, 1918,
p. 21), and to the same immediate relationship Balsamorhiza should
also be referred (cf. Sharp, 1935, p. 57). Gymnolomia, which is
grouped with Scalesia by Hoffmann (1894, pp. 228, 233), has now
been reduced to a few Andean species related to Aspilia (cf. Blake,
1918, p. 13), and the North American elements, some of which were
treated at one time under the generic designation Heliomeris Nutt.,
have been referred to Viguiera or related genera by Blake (1918,
pp. 13-21).
So disposing of these genera as more particularly a part of the
Helianthus group of genera, only the genus Wulffia remains of those
mentioned by Bentham in connection with Scalesia. Here, it would
seem, the relationship to Scalesia is much more definite. In Bentham
and Hooker f., Wulffia immediately precedes Scalesia, and by Hoff-
mann it is only once removed from Scalesia in the generic sequence.
It is a genus with only two species, one of which, W. baccata (L. f.)
O. Ktze., is widely distributed from the West Indies to subtropical
South America. Following O. E. Schulz (1911, p. 91), Wulffia may
be characterized by its woody, scandent habit, convex receptacle,
yellow-flowered heads with sterile rays, acute or acuminate pales,
and more or less quadrangular achenes, which become tumid and
succulent {"denique tumida et succulenta"). From this it is apparent
that for Scalesia such important characters as the trifid pales and the
strongly flattened, thinly coated achenes remain for differences of a
generic order, differences that are supported by such valuable
secondary characters as frutescent and arboreous habit, usually
alternate leaves, white flowers, and plane or low-convex receptacle.
So it would appear that Scalesia is sufflciently removed from Wulffia
and its cotribuals to be maintained as an insular genus and as such
it is here accepted. In theoretical support of our acceptance of
Scalesia, these lines from Robinson's address on the generic concept
in the classification of the flowering plants are apropos: "... few, if
any, genera carry conviction as natural groups, or, to be more
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 231
precise, naturally delimitable groups, unless they can be separated
by more than one feature. The ideal genus is certainly one in which
several distinguishing traits are constantly associated. When limits
are properly drawn it is certainly true that a very large number of
such ideal genera exist. Unfortunately for the peace of mind of the
systematist, however, there are considerable series of species in
certain families, which quite defy classification into genera of this
sort. They are groups in which we are forced into accepting a far
less satisfactory type of generic division, and in some cases it is
necessary to make the most of a single character ..." (1906, p. 87).
While it does seem likely that Scalesia jSnds in Wulffia a closely
related genus, it is highly improbable that the relatively unvarying
climber Wulffia gave rise to the highly diverse and variable series of
shrubby and arborescent species in Scalesia, or vice versa. Rather
it would seem that these two genera, and probably others about as
nearly related, have had a common antecedent, and that subsequent
generic differentiation has developed along lines more or less col-
lateral and parallel. The ancient type might well have resembled
the present-day group of genera which center in Wedelia and Aspilia,
a group marked by characters which are variable in themselves and
from which might easily have been derived such technical differences
in heads, flowers, and fruits as are used to distinguish Scalesia,
Wulffia, and related genera. This group is both herbaceous and
woody, leaves are both alternate and opposite, pales are entire,
ray-flowers are both fertile and sterile, and the thickened achenes
usually have well-developed pappus. Moreover, it is wide-spread
and occurs both in South America and Africa (which fact will help
explain the immediate proximity of the Madagascarene Temnolepis
to the Galapagian Scalesia in the generic sequence of Hoffmann).
The probability of Scalesia and Wulffia belonging to the Wedelia-
Aspilia group of genera had made a strong appeal to me even before
I knew that Bentham had expressed similar ideas. At several points
in his treatise on the Composites, Bentham refers to this wedelioid
complex and the relation of Wulffia and of Scalesia to it. Thus, as
has already been quoted, in his table on the Composite of the
Galapagos Islands, he gives the relations of Scalesia as "Mir-
asolia and other Central American wedelioid Helianthoidese"
(1873, p. 556), and before that, "the tropical Wulffia . . . and the
tropical and Mexican Perymenium . . . have their nearest connections
probably with Wedelia and with Melanthera" (p. 445). So it would
seem that Scalesia, Wulffia, and a half dozen or more genera that
are about equally interrelated may be definitely related to Wedelia
and Aspilia, and that all together they may have been derived from
an ancient African or South American wedelioid prototype. And, if
it is too much to imagine that close connection between South
America and Africa which present-day distribution suggests, a con-
nection broken eons ago either by the sinking of a long-lost Atlantis
or by the rifting and drifting of continents, a convenient center of
232 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
dispersal may, with much reason, be located on a warm Antarctica
of the preglacial Tertiary (cf. Scharff, 1912; Wegener, 1915; Skotts-
berg, 1925; Chubb, 1933).
Whether these wedelioid genera should be combined into a large,
all-inclusive genus as sections or subgenera is not a question to
consider here. Such a course has been pursued in certain asteroid
groups, and most floristic botanists are now following where the
synantherologists have led; but even there, as here, it seems as if
the nicer and finer generic distinctions are more useful in discussions
of relationships and matters of geographic distribution. As Blake
(1918, p. 14) has written in his monograph of Viguiera: "The aim of
generic limitations however is not merely to provide an easy index
to our real units the species, but to indicate their true genetic rela-
tionships so far as this can be done without too great a sacrifice of
clearness and precision." And finally, as Bentham has so ably and
concisely put it in discussing the smaller helianthoid genera of the
Mexican region {Rumfordia, Selloa, Axiniphyllum, Varilla, etc.):
"Small as they are, I do not think that any of these genera are
sufficiently connected with any of their large cotribuals to be incor-
porated with them, unless these again be much more consolidated;
nor do they form of themselves a separate group in the subtribe.
Like so many others of the same region, they may be considered as
the scattered remnants of various ancient races ..." (1873, p. 444).
Generic Subdivisions
It was early apparent in my study that the species in Scalesia
align themselves in four groups, and almost from the beginning I
have found it convenient to treat these groups as taxonomic sub-
divisions of the genus. It has been decided to designate them as
series, for, although they are usually quite distinct from one another,
they are not based on characters to which subgeneric importance
can be properly attached. The great differences in the shapes of
the leaves, which is one of the remarkable features of the genus,
afford the chief basis for the classification, and with the variation of
leaf-shape can be correlated distinctive venation patterns. In one
series the foliaceous enlargement and elongation of the outer phyl-
laries offer an additional criterion, which has proved a very natural
and convenient distinction.
The series have been designated as LohatcB (with seven species),
DentatcB (five species), Pedunculate^ (three species), and Foliacece
(three species). In the Lohatce the leaves are shallowly to deeply
lobed, or even bi- or tri-pinnatifid, and the lateral veins end in a
lobe on the margin. In all the other series the lowest pair of lateral
veins extend strongly forward toward the end of the leaf where they
are cither confluent with other lateral veins, as in the Dentatce and the
Pedunculated, or form a pair of distinct marginal nerves as in the
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 233
FoliacecB. In the Dentate the leaves usually have a conspicuously-
toothed, margin, and, in the Foliacem and Pedunculate, in which .the
leaf-margins are entire or nearly so, elongate, foliaceous phyllaries
distinguish the Foliacecs from the PedunculatcB.
Two further matters relating to the series should be briefly dis-
cussed, the distribution of these species-groups in the archipelago,
and their relative age. The series LobatcB with the largest number of
species is also represented on the greatest number of islands, seven
species on six islands, Chatham, Barrington, Indefatigable, Duncan,
Abingdon, and Wenman islands. These islands, except Duncan,
are roughly aligned southeast to northwest along the northeastern
side of the archipelago, and it would appear probable that the dis-
persal of the species in the series has taken place along the line of
the Southeast Trade Winds. Support to this theory of dispersal
comes from the fact that S. divisa Ands. on Chatham Island, the
southeasternmost island in this alignment, is the least differentiated
species in the series, and resembles more closely certain species in
the Dentat(B and PedunculatcB, the series which are regarded as
primitive, as will be pointed out later. Aside from 5. divisa and
5. Helleri Rob., the latter a very distinct species on Barrington
Island and adjacent Indefatigable, the other species of the series are
very closely related, and seem to represent variants isolated on
different islands.
In the Dentatce, with five species on five islands, Charles, Albemarle,
Narborough, Indefatigable, and North Seymour islands, a similar
tendency towards a southeast-northwest alignment is to be noted
extending from Charles Island to Albermarle and Narborough
islands, while Indefatigable and adjacent Seymour lie a little outside
the alignment to the north. In the Galapagian species of the genus
Mollugo a comparable evolutionary trend has been noted (Howell,
1934a). The Pedunculatce, represented by three species on the five,
large south-central islands (Chatham, Charles, Indefatigable, James,
and Albermarle islands), do not seem to be aligned as do the LohatcB
and the Dentatce, but rather to be encompassed by an arc whose
center is Chatham Island. However, a possible evolutionary se-
quence may be correlated with a southeast-northwest geographic
distribution in the PedunculatcB if a plant resembling 5. pedunculata
var. parvifiora Howell on Charles Island were the progenitor of
5. cor data Stew, in southern Albermarle Island; and if 5. micro-
cephala Rob. of central and northern Albemarle were derived from
5. cordata. The Foliacece is not only the most compact of the series,
but is known only from James Island.
The selection of the primitive form in the series Lohata from
Chatham Island, and the suggestion of evolutionary alignments in
the Dentatce and Pedunculated centering in Charles Island, may be
interestingly correlated with the theory that, geologically considered,
the islands of Chatham, Hood, and Charles are the oldest (Chubb,
1933, p. 21).
234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Bindloe and Hood islands are the only two of the larger islands on
which no Scalesia has been found; and, although Hood Island has
been rather well explored and problably has no Scalesia on it, we
may expect the discovery of a species of the LobatcB on the relatively
little-visited Bindloe if my theory of dispersal in that series is correct.
As to the relative age of the series in Scalesia, not much is to be
said. In a group as generically compact as Scalesia, it is not easy to
indicate primitive and advanced species, and especially is this so
in a genus in which so many species are highly specialized for a
particular environment. Of only one series, the Foliacece, can it be
said that it probably is of relatively recent origin, both because of
its narrow distribution, and because of the derived relation it seems
to bear to 5. affinis Hook. f. In each of the other series are species
which may seem to be advanced in certain characters, but primitive
in others. Thus, if radiate heads are primitive, 5. gitmmijera Hook, f ,
and 5. affinis of the Dentatce would form the base of an evolutionary
tree, but in their adaptation to a most rigorous environment, they
are among the most highly specialized. The arboreous habit in the
PedunculatCB may be counted as primitive, but the heads are discoid;
and a pair of similar species in the Lohatcs and Dentatce, S. aspera
Ands. and 5. divisa Ands., perhaps indicates a close, primitive re-
lation between those series. However, along with the Foliacece,
the Lohatce (except for 5. divisa) can probably be regarded as a
derived group of relatively recent origin, chiefly because of the
venation of the much-cut leaves, which is a distinct departure from
the usual helianthoid, triplinerved type. But whether one of the
several groups in the discoid and radiate Dentat<s, or in the Pedun-
culatce can be chosen as primitive is doubtful. Rather it would seem
that these groups are closely interrelated, and that the truly primi-
tive type from which they have been derived has been obliterated
in the process of adaptation or selection of variants for specialized
surroundings.
Relative to the development of a shrubby or arboreous habit in
the Composite as an indication of age, it is of interest, but perhaps
not of much moment, to quote James Small: "The shrubs peculiar
to so many oceanic islands are probably . . . the result of the direct
action of aridity, wet and cold, or hot and dry conditions. . . . The
large shrubs and trees are obviously the extreme development of
the shrubby condition. These trees usually occur as more or less
isolated specimens high up on the mountain sides where there are
open associations and consequently very little competition, and
where all the ecological conditions tend to slow growth and lignifica-
tion. The trees of the oceanic islands have long been objects of
interest, usually regarded as relics of an ancient flora, but in the
light of the new views on the origin and dispersal of species they are
to be considered as more or less recent species which have become
arborescent under the influence of external conditions. . . " (1919,
p. 22).
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 235
In Scalesia, the three-nerved leaves, the radiate heads of species
in the DentatcB, and the arboreous habit in the Pedunculatce should
undoubtedly be regarded as primitive characters.
Species Concept
In this revision some species have been given a more conservative
treatment than others, and to me the inconsistency seems especially
apparent; but in those cases where a less conservative treatment
has been followed, material is so scanty that it has seemed in-
sufficient on which to propose fewer and more conservative entities.
Sometimes, as in the cases of 5, incisa Hook. f. and S. retroflexa
HemsL, the species are known only from a single collection. In
other cases, as in 5. Hopkinsii Rob., where two or three collections
have been made, just enough material has been obtained to indicate
certain tendencies in variation, which, with the collection of more
material, may appreciably alter specific limits as I have accepted
them. Though not entirely satisfied with such species, I believe
there is not the least justification for attempting to change the
specific limits at present.
In contrast to these species are several which are more con-
servatively treated, and, because there is now available a number of
collections of each, I have felt it proper to realign specific limits
in the light of variations and inter-gradations disclosed. These
species are 5. pedunculata Hook, f., 5. gummifera Hook, f., and 5.
afflnis Hook, f., and to each has been reduced a variant which
heretofore has received specific recognition.
Besides these larger and more variable species, there are a few
which seem remarkable for their distinctness and consistency, and,
although they are known mostly from only a few collections each,
they are believed to represent fixed types which will not merge with
related species. The closely related but distinct species in the series
FoliacecB belong to this group, and 5. Helleri Rob. of the LobatcB,
and S. villosa Stew, of the Dentatce are others. With the collection
of further material, it seems likely that named varieties of several
species will be recognized; and, since Scalesia is part of an insular
flora in which many species are highly localized, and is itself remark-
able for distinct local species, the discovery of new species in the
genus is to be expected as the islands are intensively explored.
Ecological Distribution
Species of Scalesia are found from the hottest and driest lava
deserts of the lowlands to the cooler and damper forest belt in
middle altitudes of the higher islands, or to brushy slopes above
the forests. Such species as S. gummifera Hook, f., 5. affinis Hook, f.,
and 5. Stewartii Riley growing on lava flows which still look as
236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
fresh and unaltered as the day when they cooled, are especially
remarkable. On Albermarle Island at Tagus Cove 5. gummifera
and Cereus Thouarsii Weber are pioneers on the barren wastes.
Such species remain even after other hardy species have become
established and form a sparse scattered growth on the lava, but
the Scalesia is not known to persist in any brush formations which
develop as the lava disintegrates. Other species of Scalesia, such as
5. villosa Stew., and 5. Crockeri Howell near sea level, and, at higher
elevations 5. microcephala Rob., are found in this later succession of
plants. Unfortunately no collections in the series LobatcB were made
by the author, but from field notes on Stewart's collections it is
believed that most of the species of that series belong to this group
of species that grow with other shrubby plants on partly disinte-
grated lava. The arboreous species of the series PedunculatcB are
the only ones known to grow in deep soil, such as is found in the
rain-forest belt.
In his account of "botanical conditions on the Galapagos Is-
lands," Stewart (1915) describes the field occurrence of many of
the species of Scalesia on the different islands, and references to his
account are given under the different species in the taxonomic
section of this work.
The distribution of the species of Scalesia among the dift'erent
islands is highly characteristic of the distribution of other variable
groups on the Galapagos Islands. In this group, as in others, the
geographic isolation afforded by the different islands has not only
allowed the segregation of ecologic and morphologic variants, but
has also been effective in perpetuating them. In Scalesia these
segregates are sometimes regarded as specifically distinct, as in the
series Lobatce, or at other times they are interpreted as varieties of
a variable species, as in 5. pedunculata Hook. f.
Because of the diverse edaphic and climatic conditions on the
Galapagos Islands, which vary from barren lava-deserts to rain-
forests of almost tropical luxuriance, an ecological segregation has
also taken place in Scalesia and other variable phanerogams of the
islands, a type of segregation that affords an isolation no less real
than the truly insular type. By this type of segregation, which has
been recently discussed in detail by Turrill (1938), a species of
Scalesia which has become adapted to a highly specialized environ-
ment on unaltered lava is confined as definitely to fresh flows as if
it were on an island surrounded by water, and to such a species, a
forest belt or a patch of brush on disintegrated lava may be as
impassable a barrier as a mountain range. Undoubtedly this sort of
segregation has been an important factor in the development of the
three species in the series FoliacecB that are found on James Island;
first of all in the original divergence of the prototype of the series
from S. affinis Hook, f., and later in the segregation of the three
species within a few miles of each other.
Not uncommonly the same ecologic factors effecting segregation
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 237
are locally active in several, unrelated groups of plants, and, be-
cause of the peculiar geologic history or critical geographic position
of the particular district where they grow, an endemic area may
emerge in which unrelated entities exhibit parallel responses to some
specialized, ecologic condition. Such an area seems to occur in the
vicinity of Sulivan Bay on James Island, where several remarkable
and distinct species are found, such as Philoxerus rigidus (Rob. &
Greenm.) Howell, Mollugo Crockeri Howell, Coldenia nesiotica
Howell,^ and Scalesia Stewartii Riley; and another is that region
including the Seymour islands and adjacent Indefatigable, where
such local species as Paspalum redundans Chase, Alternanthera
Snodgrassii (Rob.) Howell, Bursera malacophylla Rob., Euphorbia
bisulcata Howell, Opuntia Zacana Howell, and Scalesia Crockeri
Howell are found.
It has seemed worthwhile to call attention to these aspects of
our study, although such ecologic studies as these properly require
a great amount of detailed information which is practically lacking
for the Galapagos Islands. This branch of botanical research,
however, is most important, and valuable data are likely to be
obtained in the Galapagos Islands, which have been called "Evolu-
tion's workshop and showcase" (Howell, 1934b, p. 515), and which
embrace so large an area but little affected by man. For as Turrill
(1938, p. 390) remarks at the close of his paper on "Ecological
Isolation", ". . . it is highly desirable that it {i. e., ecological isola-
tion) should be intensively studied in wild floras (and faunas)
before man's interference is carried so far that natural vegetation
becomes only a paleobotanical phenomenon."
Scalesia and the Origin of the Galapagos Islands
The origin of the Galapagos Islands, whether they are oceanic or
continental, has been considered in relation to these distributional
matters in the genus Scalesia. Georg Baur (1891) used the term
"harmonic" to designate the relation he found between varieties and
species in certain groups of plants and animals on the different
islands, a condition which to him indicated a former continental
connection followed by gradual subsidence. Baur, however, applied
the term in a strictly internal sense from the harmonic biologic
relations among the several islands, and drew his conclusions only
from this internal consideration. What he should have endeavored
to show also was whether the fauna and flora of the islands were
"harmonic" or "disharmonic" with the fauna and flora of the
continental mainland, a much more difficult problem requiring ex-
tended knowledge of the continental biota. Certainly Scalesia, with
the distribution of nearly related species on the different islands, is
2 Coldenia nesiotica Howell, nom. nov. Coldenia conspicua Howell, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 22:
105 (1937), not C. conspicua Johnston, Journ. Arn. Arbor. 16: 183 (1935).
238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
to be regarded as harmonic from a strictly insular or internal point
of view, as the term has been used by Baur. From a broader or
external point of view, the relation between Scalesia and the helian-
thoid Composite^ of both North and South America can also be
regarded as harmonic; for, although the genus is strictly insular and
therefore may be interpreted by some as a distinct break with main-
land relatives, in reality it bears the same relation to genera on the
mainland as they bear to one another. With time, however, the
disharmonic character of the faunas and floras of oceanic islands
becomes concealed or blurred as new insular forms evolve, and, on
the other hand, the fauna and flora of a continental island might
become disharmonic due to the extinction of numerous species,
genera, and even families (Gulick, 1932, pp. 418, 423).
In the present study of the genus Scalesia no new data have been
disclosed on the origin of the Galapagos Islands, but there is nothing
that has been learned which would conflict with a theory that
formerly there was a connection between an emerged region, where
the islands now are, and a continental mass to the northward or
eastward. On the other hand, there is perhaps nothing to conflict
with the theory that in the beginning the genus was accidentally
introduced by wind, birds, or float from the mainland on a Gala-
pagian island of oceanic origin. But to me it seems that the prob-
ability of the arrival of the genus by a land connection is greater
than the probability of successful transportation across a broad
expanse of ocean. The fruits are not susceptible of wind transporta-
tion, and the thinness of their pericarp would not preserve them
from ocean water on a long journey on driftwood, nor from digestive
juices during the flight of a bird. The physiological difficulties at-
tendant on the establishment of a fruit, even if it were to arrive,
also seem insurmountable when the peculiarities of growth require-
ments are considered. That the progenitor of our present species
may not have been so highly specialized is, of course, a fact to be
reckoned with; but a presumption of this sort is perhaps more highly
theoretical than the presumption that there was once a large land
mass with continental connections where now the Galapagos Islands
lie. My experience with the distribution of plants in continental
areas, such as California and the Great Basin, where endemism of
a marked insular character is very common, is perhaps a chief reason
why I place so low value on the probability of "accidental" trans-
portation. So, although I cannot positively say that data from my
study of Scalesia point to a former continental connection, the in-
dication from both morphological and physiological considerations
seems to be definitely in that direction.^
• The alignment of evolutionary trends in several of the series within the archipelago along lines parallel
with the direction of the Southeast Trade Winds, a phenomenon that has been briefly described in the
discussion of the series, does not ofTer the same degree of difficulty in matters of dispersal that is presented
by an expanse of ocean hundreds of miles in extent. Moreover, the distribution of Scalesia through the
Galapagian area may have been accomplished at a time when the islands were even less distantly separated
than now, or when only a single, inclusive Galapagian land existed.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 239
This theory which I favor finds further support, albeit weaker
than I would like, in maps like those of Scharff (1912, figs. 14-17),
which indicate the hypothetical distribution of land and water during
the Tertiary, and which show the Galapagian area connected either
with Mexican, Central American, or South American regions. Much
more plausible and definite evidence for a former land connection
with the Central American region comes from the study of sub-
oceanic topography and the existence of the so-called Galapagos
Plateau, which, when it is bounded by the 1500 fathom line, is
shown as a circular, equatorial area with a broad, northeastern ex-
tension that encompasses Cocos Island and approaches very closely
the coast of Panama southwest of Mariato Point. (See charts in
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. College, vol. 24, pi. 85, and Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. College vol. 23, no. 1, pi. 3). While an
orogenic disturbance of much less magnitude than that which re-
sulted in the Andean cordilleras would make dry land of this sub-
marine plateau, there is no lack of evidence, biological, geological,
and geographical, that the Panamanian region and adjacent seas have
had a varied history in the Tertiary (cf. Dickerson, 1917, p. 205;
Dacque, 1915, map). And perhaps to be correlated with these con-
tinental disturbances is the evidence to be found in different parts
of the Galapagos Islands that they have been subjected to elevations
and depressions, and that at least local, diastrophic movements have
taken place (Dall and Ochsner, 1928; Howell, 1932; Chubb, 1933;
Hertlein and Strong, 1939). This probable paleo-geographical re-
lation between the Galapagos Islands and Central America finds
still further support in the fact that the lava of the islands is pre-
dominantly basaltic, which is the North American lava-type, and
not andesitic, the South American type (Pilsbry, 1930, p. 121;
Richardson, 1933, p. 64; Hertlein and Strong, 1939, p. 368).
Present geological evidence is perhaps still insufficient for a
definite authoritative statement regarding the origin of the Gala-
pagos Islands, but it would appear that from insular studies in the
several branches of geology will eventually come the answer that
can only be theoretically approached in botany and zoology.
240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT
Scalesia Arnott
Heads homogamous and discoid, or rarely heterogamous with few neutral ray-
flowers. Involucres narrowly to broadly campanulate, the phyllaries closely or
loosely imbricated in 2 to 4 series, narrowly oblong to round-ovate, the innermost
plane, the outer coriaceous-thickened, becoming more or less indurate in age, occa-
sionally with herbaceous foliaceous tips. Receptacle plane or low-convex, the pales
trifid at apex and folded or carinate along the middle, enclosing the disk-flowers,
probably persistent. Corollas of the ray- flowers rather short, several-nerved and
irregularly 2- or 3-toothed at apex; corollas of the disk-flowers tubular-funnelform
with a 5-toothed limb, or occasionally the outermost oblique and radiate-enlarged.
Anthers cordate at base, not caudate, the apical appendage lanceolate to ovate.
Style-branches straight or coiled, the papillose appendage triangular and acute or
more elongate. Achenes of ray-flowers sterile, achenes of disk-flowers fertile, glab-
rous, obovoid-oblong, truncate, very strongly compressed, not winged, scarcely
nerved. Pappus usually none, occasionally represented by two short, slender
bristles or by a pair of callous thickenings. — Erect shrubs or trees commonly with
resinous or gummy sap, and with sericeous, villous, scabrous, or glandular foliage
and branchlets or rarely subglabrous. Leaves well-developed and more or less
clustered at the ends of branchlets, alternate or rarely opposite, sometimes both
alternate and opposite leaves on the same branch, varying from nearly linear to
suborbicular, and from entire to bi- or tri-pinnatifid, petiolate to subsessile, the
blade acute, obtuse, or acuminate at apex, cordate, truncate, or cuneate at base,
sometimes decurrent as a broad or narrow wing to the base of the petiole, the lateral
veins widely divaricate and ending in a marginal tooth or lobe, or the lowest pair
upwardly curved towards the apex of the leaf and either confluent with the other
lateral veins or forming a distinct, submarginal vein. Heads small or medium-
sized (0.5-3 cm. broad), pedunculate or rarely almost sessile, mostly solitary or few
at the ends of branchlets, or rarely several corymbosely arranged in a short leafy
cluster, the corollas white.
Scalesia Arn. in Lindl., Nat. Syst. Bot., 443 (1836); DC. Prod., 7: 308 (1839); Hook,
and Arn., in Hook., Jour. Bot. 3: 312 (1841); Benth. and Hook, f.. Gen.
PI. 2: 195, 367 (1873); O. Hoffm. in Engl, and Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.,
IV, 5: 228, 232 (1894); Lem6e, Diet. Gen. PL Phan6rog., 5: 996 (1934).
No satisfactory derivation of the name Scalesia has been found.
Translating Hooker and Arnott's description of the style-appendage,
Wittstein (Etymologisch-botanisches Handworterbuch, ed. 2, 1856)
gives the following, far-fetched derivation: "Von scala (Treppe),
uber den Griffel hinaus befindet sich ein spitzer Kegel, dessen Be-
haarung von der Basis an auf und ab steigt."
The following abbreviations indicate the herbaria in which speci-
mens have been studied: CAS, Herbarium of the California Academy
of Sciences; B, Herbarium of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden; DS,
Dudley Herbarium, Stanford University; G, Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University; K, Royal Herbarium, Kew; Cantab., Herbar-
ium of the University of Cambridge; Holm., Herbarium of the
Museum of Natural History, Stockholm.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 241
Key to the Series
a. Leaves mostly regularly serrate to entire, the lowest pair of lateral
veins curved strongly upward, either confluent with the
upper lateral veins or extending to the apex of the leaf
as a submarginal vein. (In 5. aspera in the Dentatce the
lateral veins sometimes end in a marginal tooth.)
b. Outer phyllaries equalling or shorter than the disk, if sHghtly ex-
ceeding the disk, then the leaves serrate and the heads
radiate.
c. Pubescence on branchlets villous or glandular and spreading,
or scabrous and subappressed; leaves serrate (sometimes
subentire in S.villosa, S. aspera, and 5. Crockeri), -petioles
winged or unwinged Series 1. Dentate (p. 241)
cc. Pubescence on branchlets sericeous or, if tomentulous or vil-
lous, the plants arboreous; leaves entire, undulate or
occasionally obscurely crenulate; petioles unwinged. ...
Series 2. Pedunculat^e (p. 250)
bb. Outer phyllaries foliaceous and exceeding the disk; leaves entire
Series 3. Foliages (p. 258)
aa. Leaves deeply and irregularly serrate to twice or thrice pinnatifid, the
lateral veins widely divaricate and ending in a tooth or
lobe on the margin. (In 5. divisa the lowest pair of
lateral veins extend upward, and either end in a lobe or
are confluent with the other lateral veins.)
Series 4. Lobat.,e (p. 261)
Series 1. Dentatse, ser. nov.
Frutices, ramulis pilis villosis glandulosisve patentibus vel scabris subappressis
vestitis; foHis anguste lanceolatis ad late ovatis vel rotundatis, trinervatis ex basi,
plerumque regulariter serratis, petiolis alatis vel exalatis; capituHs homogamis
discoideisque vel heterogamis radiatisque; phyllariis exterioribus disco brevioribus
vel pauUum longioribus. — Species typica, 5. affinis Hook. f.
Shrubs, the branchlets with villous or glandular spreading pubescence, or scab-
rous subappressed pubescence; leaves narrowly lanceolate to broadly ovate or
roundish, 3-nerved from base, usually regularly serrate, petioles winged or un-
winged; heads homogamous and discoid, or heterogamous and radiate; outer
phyllaries shorter than, or a httle longer than, the disk. — The type species, S. affinis .
Hook. f.
Key to the Species
a. Heads radiate.
b. Inner pales with triangular-deltoid lobes, the middle lobe not more
than twice as long as broad 1. S. affinis
bb. Inner pales with lanceolate to linear-lanceolate lobes, the middle
lobe usually more than twice as long as broad . . 2. S. gummifera
aa. Heads discoid.
c. Leaves lanceolate, sparsely to conspicuously villous, margin more
or less revolute; lobes of pales triangular-deltoid. . . .3. 5. villosa
cc. Leaves narrowly to broadly ovate, scabrous to subsericeous, mar-
gin not revolute; lobes of pales elongate, oblong or
linear.
d. Petioles not at all winged; phyllaries broadly ovate, imbricated
in 3 or 4 series 4. 5. aspera
dd. Petioles generally winged; phyllaries oblong, loosely imbri-
cated in 2 or 3 series 5. 5. Crockeri
242 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
1. Scalesia afl&nis Hook. f.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 212 (1847)
Shrub 0.3-3.5 m. tall with a main trunk and generally few branches with leaves
clustered near the ends, stems with brownish bark, the ends of the branchlets sub-
velutinous to villous, the pubescence sometimes sparse; leaves usually alternate or
sometimes opposite or nearly opposite, light to dark olive-green, ovate, or if wings
on the petiole are especially broad, rhomboidal, 7-18 cm. long, 3-12 cm. wide, ser-
rate, acute, decurrent in broad or narrow wings along the petiole, more or less semi-
amplexicaul at the very base, pubescent above and below, the pubescence sub-
sericeous or villous, sometimes scant, not becoming harsh in age, somewhat gland-
ular, the lowest pair of veins prominent and projected strongly forward; heads 1 to
3 at the ends of branchlets, radiate, broadly campanulate, 1.5-2 cm. broad, 1-1.5 cm.
long, exceeded by the leaves, peduncles 3-6.5 cm. long, hirsutulous and glandular,
apparently not leafy-bracted; phyllaries in about 3 series, the outer and middle
ovate to almost orbicular, or sometimes narrower and ovate-oblong, 5-9 mm. long,
2-8 mm. wide, equalling or much shorter than the disk, acute, thinly pubescent or
subvillous, indurate at base in age; pales 7-9 mm. long, 3-lobed at the apex, the
lobes broadly lanceolate to triangular-deltoid and bearing short stiff trichomes, the
middle lobe of the central pales not more than twice as long as wide; rays several,
about 8 mm. long, toothed at the apex; disk-flowers numerous, corolla 6 mm. long,
the lobes spreading, papillose-ciliate, the outside glabrous, except for a few hairs
near the tips of the lobes and near the base of the corolla-tube; anthers exserted,
the appendages about 0.5 mm. long; style-branches about 1 mm. long; achenes 2.5-4
mm. long, without pappus, rarely with callous rudiments.
References. Walp., Ann. Bot., 1: 414 (1848-9); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853:
89, 182 (1855); Ands., Bot. Eugenies Resa, 17 (1857), 71 (1861); Hemsl., in
Hook. Icon., pi. 2718 (1901); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216, 219 (1902);
Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 156 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 301
(1915); Riley, Kew Bull., 1925: 223.
5. decurrens Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 182 (1855); Ands., op. cit., 77, 89;
Walp., Ann. Bot. 5: 220 (1858); Ands., Bot. Eugenies Resa, 10, 17 (1857),
71 (1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 157 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 297 (1915); Christoph., Nyt
Mag. for Naturvid., 70: 95 (1932); Svenson, Amer. Jour. Bot., 22: 218, 259
(1935).
S. decurrens f. denudata Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 182 (1855); Ands.,
Bot. Eugenies Resa, 71 (1861).
Collections studied. Charles Island: Darwin (Cantab., type;
drawings, K) ; Andersson (Holm., type of 5. decurrens; G) ; Andersson
No. 94 (K; drawing, G) ; Snodgrass and Heller No. 410 (DS, G) ;
Stewart No. 671 (CAS, G); Stewart No. 661 in part (G); Hicks on
St. George Expedition No. 422 (K) ; Black Beach, Crocker in 1932
(CAS), Howell No. 8906 (CAS). Indefatigable Island: Academy
Bay, Svenson No. 239 (B), Schimpff No. 66 (CAS, Holm.); Conway
Bay, Chapin No. 1140 (B).
Scalesia affinis is very near 5. gummifera Hook, f., under which the
relationship is discussed.
Until now, 5. affinis and 5. decurrens Ands. have been maintained
as distinct species, but I have not found enough difference between
specimens referred to them even to recognize 5. decurrens as a variety.
When studying in Europe in 1935 I thought that "S. affinis and 5.
decurrens are probably separable as species on the characters of
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 243
leaf-bases (those of S. decurrens being so much broader and less
attenuate), the more ovate-oblong phyllaries in 5. decurrens which
in that species equal the pales, and the differently shaped tips of
the pales" (notes made in Stockholm, July 31, 1935). But after
studying the considerable number of specimens cited above, these
characters are not now regarded as decisive or critical. In a single
collection (Howell No. 8906) which was taken to Europe as a basis
for comparison with authentic specimens, the leaf-bases of one part
matched the leaf-bases of the type of 5. affinis while the leaf-bases
of another part matched those of the type of 5. decurrens. Tax-
onomic value has not been attached to the relative lengths of
phyllaries and pales, since these differences do not seem to be corre-
lated with any other variations, or with geographic distribution.
And the point noted in Stockholm about the differences in the lobes
of the pales has not been regarded as critical, since the different
shapes observed may be found between pales in the outer and inner
parts of the same head. In this work the shape of the pales in the
inner part of the head is taken as typical of a species.
No specimen has been seen which carries Andersson's designation
•5. decurrens f . denudata, and the plant so-named probably represents
only a trivial variant. Neither the leaves of the type in Stockholm nor
the leaves of the other Andersson collections examined can be de-
scribed as "dense incano-tomentosa" as was done by Andersson
in the original description of the species.
While I was working at Kew, Dr. T. A. Sprague borrowed from
the Herbarium of the University of Cambridge the types of those
species of Scalesia not represented at Kew, and so it was possible
to compare the type of 5. affinis with the drawings in Herb. Kew.,
and with the plate in Hooker's Icones, No. 2718. Unfortunately
certain details of foliage depicted in the plate are neither like the
corresponding parts in the plant specimen nor in the original sketches,
and these details were the very ones mentioned by Robinson (1902,
p. 219) when he discusses the relationship of his newly described
5. narhonensis to 5. affinis. In the plate the openly spaced leaves
are shown to be distinctly opposite and petiolate, and the lateral
veins of the blade are nearly or quite simple. In the type the leaves
are crowded, the arrangement is mostly alternate (although a pair
may seem to be opposite, due perhaps to the foreshortening of the
upper internodes), the base of the leaves is more definitely cuneate,
the wings on the petioles are even broader than the wings in the
type of 5. gummifera Hook, f., and the lateral veins of the blade
are branched in the manner typical of this series of the genus. The
original sketches depict the plant as it appears in the type, the
printed plate is a composite of details which give an inaccurate idea
of the type.
Two specimens in Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. collected by Stewart,
are here referred to 5. affinis, but they are not typical and may
represent varities worthy of recognition when they are understood
244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
more fully. Stewart No. 661 (in part) has the broad, dentate leaves
and radiate heads of 5. affinis, but the pubescence of the upper stems
and the phyllaries is more like that of S. villosa Stew. Since this
plant was collected with a typical aspect of 5. affinis (Stewart No.
661 in Herb. Gray.) in a region noted by Stewart for the occurrence
of S. villosa, we suspect that this plant, which is intermediate in
aspect between the two species, may be a seggregate of a cross be-
tween the two species.
The other atypical collection of S. affinis is Stewart No. 663
(CAS) from the southeastern side of Indefatigable Island. Though
the heads are radiate, and the petioles more or less bordered to the
base as in 5. affinis, the harshly pubescent and coarsely serrate leaves
and the small, ovate-lanceolate phyllaries are much more like the
corresponding parts in S. aspera Ands., to which Stewart referred
the collection (1911, p. 156). The material is entirely inadequate for
a proper estimate at this time, but the collection of further material
may disclose an entit}^ worthy of taxonomic recognition. (See
further discussion of this collection under 5. aspera).
Scalesia affinis is one of the early colonizers on new lava flows,
and has usually been found at low elevations not far distant from
the sea. Low leafy plants of 5. affinis are clearly depicted with
Cereus Thouarsii Weber in the picture of vegetation at Black Beach,
Charles Island, in Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, Harv. College, vol. 23,
no. 1, pi. 20.
2. Scalesia gummifera Hook. f.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 212 (1847)
Compactly or loosely few-branched shrubs 0.3-2 m. tall with brown branches and
villous or subhirsutulous branchlets; leaves more or less clustered at the ends of
branchlets, usually alternate, rarely opposite or even whorled by the foreshortening
of the upper internodes, light to dark olive-green, ovate to ovate-lanceolate or rhom-
boidal, 3.5-15 cm. long, 1-8 cm. wide, serrate, acute, cuneate-attenuate at base,
pubescent above and below and somewhat glandular, pubescence subsericeous at
first, becoming sparse and harsh in age, the lowest pair of veins prominent, projected
strongly forward toward the apex of the leaf where they are confluent with other
lateral veins, petiole either unwinged or narrowly to rather widely winged below
the cuneate base of the blade; heads one or two at the ends of branchlets, radiate,
cylindric to campanulate, 1-1.3 cm. long, 0.7-1.5 cm. wide, usually exceeded by the
uppermost leaves, peduncles 1-6 cm. long, frequently bearing a single reduced leaf
about the middle and occasionally a bract-like leaf just below the head; phyllaries
in 2 or 3 series, the outermost narrowly oblong to oblong-ovate, 8-12 mm. long, 2-5
mm. wide, equalling or a little shorter than the disk, subacute, indurate at base in
age, pubescence similar to that of the leaves; pales trifid, the middle division longer
than the lateral, the divisions narrow and acuminate, pilose and frequently appear-
ing like subplumose tails; rays about 10, 7-9 mm. long, somewhat irregularly 2- or 3-
lobed at apex; disk- flowers numerous, corolla 5-7 mm. long, the lobes spreading,
papillose-ciliate, the outside glabrous except for a few hairs near the tip of the lobes
and near the base of the corolla-tube; anthers conspicuously exserted, the appendage
0.75-1 mm. long; style-branches 1.2-1.6 mm. long; achenes without pappus, 2.5-3.5
mm. long.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 245
References. Walp., Ann. Bot., 1: 414 (1848-9); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. HandL, 1853:
83, 90, 182 (1855); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 13, 17, tafl. 7, fig. 2 (1857),
71 (1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 217, 244 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 157 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 282, 289 (1915); Riley,
Kew Bull., 1925: 223.
5. narbonensis Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 218, pi. 3, fig. 4-7 (1902); Stew., Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 158 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 335 (1915).
Collections Studied. Albemarle Island: Macrae {K: Herb. Hook.,
type; Herb. Benth.) ; Andersson (Holm.); Cheesman on St. George
Expedition No. 453 (K); Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller No. 150
(G), Howell No. 9520 (CAS); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller
No. 266 (DS, G); Cowley Bay, Stewart No. 673 (CAS, G) ; Black
Bight, Blair on St. George Expedition No. 447 (K); eastern side, 3
miles south of Equator, Howell No. 9627 (CAS) ; 5 miles northeast
of Webb Cove, Howell No. 9445 (CAS); Villamil, Stewart No. 674
(CAS, G), Howell No. 8943 (CAS). Narborough Island: northern
part, Snodgrass and Heller No. 297 (G, type of 5. narbonensis, the
first-cited specimen), Stewart No. 680 (CAS, G); southern side,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 341 (DS, G).
Scalesia gummifera is very closely related to 5. affinis Hook, f.,
and together they present one of the most puzzling aggregates of
variations in the Galapagos Islands. Very easily the aggregate
might be treated as a single species with one or more named varieties.
It has seemed better, however, to recognize two species, which may
be separated in a decided manner by the excellent character of the
pales, a character which is well correlated with the insular distribu-
tion of the entities. Besides this character, there are several differ-
ences in foliage and flowers, which, while they do not hold in every
instance, add weight to the opinion that the entities should be
accepted as species.
As indicated above, there are two specimens in Herb. Kew. col-
lected by Macrae, one in Herb. Hook., the other in Herb. Benth.
The former should be taken as the type. In it the leaf-blade is
decurrent along the petiole even to its base, although the foliar
border becomes very narrow and attenuate. In the other specimen,
which bears a printed label, "Herb. Soc. Hort, Lond. Macrae.
1925", the base of the blade is attenuate-cuneate, but below this is
a definite unwinged petiole. In Herb. Gray, there is a tracing of
this type of leaf which compared favorably with the leaves of
Howell No. 9520.
In 5. gummifera, the character of the unbordered petiole has not
been found definite enough for the segregation of a taxonomic
entity. For example, in Howell No. 9627 from eastern Albemarle,
which is represented by several branches from the same bush or
adjacent bushes, petioles both winged and unwinged are to be found,
the leaves on a vigorous, actively growing shoot having winged
petioles while those on smaller, less vigorous branchlets having
mostly unwinged petioles. In most collections only one type of leaf
246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
is shown (perhaps because most earlier collections are represented
by only a single branch), although successive collections from the
same locality may exhibit winged and unwinged petioles (cf. Stewart
No. 614 and Howell No. 8443 from Villamil).
The decision to treat as representative of a single entity specimens
with petioles narrowly winged or unwinged leads inevitably to the
reduction of 5. narhonensis Rob. When Robinson originally de-
scribed 5. narbonensis from Narborough Island, he did not relate
it to 5. gummifera, which grew on the closely adjacent island of
Albemarle, but rather to 5. affinis, which grew on the much more
distant islands of Indefatigable and Charles. The reason for this
was undoubtedly because of the broader campanulate heads of the
Narborough plant. More numerous recent collections from Albe-
marle Island have shown that the shape of the heads in 5. gummifera
varies from cylindric-campanulate to hemispheric-campanulate; and,
although the two extremes probably represent different genetic
strains, it would seem that no taxonomic line should be drawn be-
tween them at present. The emphasis placed on other characters
by Robinson when he compared 5. affinis and 5. narbonensis is not
of importance, when one appreciates the inaccuracies depicted in
the plate of S. affinis (Hook. Icon. pi. 2718) which Robinson used
as a basis for his comparision and discussion. The plate is discussed
under 5. affinis.
Probably the most significant variant to be noted in S. gummifera,
however, comes from Villamil on the southern shore of Albemarle
Island. The campanulate heads and the broad oblong-ovate or
ovate phyllaries are very similar to those of 5. affinis, but the pales
are distinctly those of 5. gummifera. Nevertheless this plant from
southern Albemarle is undoubtedly intermediate between the two
species. It may well be that the Villamil plant is the descendent of
that form of 5. affinis which first reached Albemarle Island from
Charles Island, borne thither in a direct line on the Southeast Trade
Winds and the Humboldt Current. Except for the plant from
Cowley Bay, on the eastern side of Albemarle Island, all the forms
of 5. gummifera that have been seen differ from the Villamil plant,
a divergence in character one might expect if the dispersal of 5.
gummifera took place from the south to the north. The plant from
Cowley Bay (Stewart No. 673) is more or less intermediate between
the Villamil plant and the typical form in the western and northern
parts of Albemarle. Variations in plants from different parts of
Albemarle and Narborough islands are such that these southern
plants are scarcely susceptible of taxonomic segregation.
As in the case of the closely related S. affinis, S. gummifera grows
on relatively fresh lava, generally near the coast. The collection
made by Snodgrass and Heller {No. 341) on the southern side of
Narborough Island is the most marked departure from the usual
lowland habitat, it having been collected at an elevation of 2000 ft.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 247
The less xerophytic character of this specimen is problably due to
the elevation at which it was collected.
At the locality on the west side of Albemarle Island 5 miles north-
east of Webb Cove, a fungus was collected on the leaves of 5.
gummifera. This has recently been described as Uredo ScalesicB
Bonar (1939, p. 201).
3. Scalesia viilosa Stewart
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 158, pi. 4, fig. 1-3 (1911)
Shrubs 2-3 m. tall, the stems with brownish-gray bark, the branchlets villous
with long, silky hairs; leaves grayish-green, clustered at the ends of the branchlets,
alternate, lanceolate, 3-10 cm. long, 0.5-2 cm. wide, attenuate at apex, at base
gradually narrowed to the short bordered or scarcely bordered petiole, the margin
narrowly revolute, entire or undulate, occasionally obscurely serrulate especially
on the larger leaves, sericeous-villous above and below and with short, glandular
hairs intermixed among the long, slender, silky ones, sometimes becoming more or
less scabrous, the hairs rather sparse except along the veins and margins, the apices
almost penicillate, the lowest pair of lateral veins prominent, extending nearly to
the end of the leaf very near the margin; heads one to several at the ends of branch-
lets, broadly campanulate, 12-13 mm. long, becoming subglobose in age and 1.5-2
cm. in diameter, peduncles villous-tomentose, 2.5-6 cm. long, usually surpassed by
the leaves; phyllaries loosely imbricated in 2 or 3 series, lanceolate-oblong, 8 mm.
long, 2-3 mm. wide, subacute, sericeous-villous; pales 8 mm. long, the lobes trian-
gular-deltoid and not more than twice as long as broad; rays none; disk- flowers
numerous, corolla 5-6 mm. long, the tube and lower part of the throat villous-hairy,
the upper part subglabrous or glabrous; anther-appendage lanceolate, acute, 1 mm.
long; style-branches about 1.5 mm. long; achene oblong-obovate, 2.5-3 mm. long;
pappus none.
References. Stew., Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 300, 301 (1915); Riley, Kew Bull., 1925:
224; Christoph., Nyt Mag. for Naturvid., 70: 95 (1932).
S. viilosa var. championensis Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 159 (1911).
S. Darwinii Rob. and Greenm., Amer. Jour. Sci., (3), 50: 146 (1895), not Hook. f. ;
Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216 (1902), in part.
Collections studied, all from Charles Island: Cormorant Bay,
Baur No. 107 (type, G), Stewart No. 692 (CAS); Hornell on St.
George Expedition No. 411 (K) ; 2 or 3 miles south of Post Office Bay,
Howell No. 9371 (CAS).
Scalesia viilosa is a very distinct species most closely related to
S. affinis Hook. f. but differing from it in excellent characters of
foliage and flowers. In appearance it looks more like the narrow-
leaved species endemic on James Island, but the venation and
serration of the leaves, the character of the heads and the phyllaries,
and the lobing of the pales are very distinctive and different. The
flowers of this species have not been described heretofore.
From a specimen collected by Mr. J. R. Slevin on Champion
Island, an islet northeast of Charles Island near Cormorant Bay,
Stewart described 5. viilosa var. championensis (type, CAS). The
material is scarcely adequate for determining the value of this
248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
entity, which is distinguished from the species on Charles Island
by the somewhat broader, more sparsely villous leaves with more
prominently revolute margins.
4. Scalesia aspera Ands.
Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1853: 180 (1855)
Shrubs 1-3.3 m. tall, the stems dark brownish, the branchlets scabrous with
short scattered upwardly appressed hairs; leaves dark olive-green, not densely clus-
tered at the ends of the branchlets, alternate or occasionally opposite, ovate, 3.5-10
cm. long, 1.5-6 cm. wide, scabrous above and below with short, stiff, subappressed
trichomes, serrate, crenulate-serrate, undulate or subentire, acute, at base broadly
to narrowly cuneate, or attenuate and decurrent along half the length of the
petiole or less, petiole 0.5-2 cm. long, scabrous with outwardly curved hairs, the
lowest pair of lateral veins not very prominent, extending forward, but frequently
ending in a tooth about the middle of the leaf; heads solitary at the ends of branch-
lets, broadly campanulate, 1-1.5 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm. broad, peduncles scabrous,
2.5-10 cm. long; phyllaries in 2 to 4 series, oblong, ovate-oblong or suborbicular-
ovate, acute or subobtuse, sparsely to densely scabrous-pubescent or merely hairy;
pales 8-11 mm. long, strongly compressed-carinate, the lateral lobes of the trifid
apex oblong-lanceolate, irregularly toothed or lacerate, a little wider than the mid-
dle triangular-lanceolate lobe; rays none; disk-flowers numerous, 6-7 mm. long, the
lobes papillose-ciliate and bearing a few trichomes on the lower side, the tube and
lower part of the throat with short, upwardly appressed hairs; anther-appendage
about 0.6 mm. long, narrowly ovate; style-branches short, 0.8 mm. long, triangular,
penicillate; achenes 4-5 mm. long; pappus reduced to two callous spots.
References. Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 81, 89 (1855); Walp., Ann. Bot.
5: 219 (1858); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 12, 17, tafl. 7, fig. 3 (1857), 70
(1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 156 (1911); Svenson, Amer. Jour. Bot., 22: 216 (1935).
Only two collections typical of 5. aspera have been studied, both
from Indefatigable Island: Andersson (Holm., type; G) ; north-
western side, Stewart No. 664 (CAS, G).
Although in this work 5. aspera is placed in the series DentatcB,
it appears to be more nearly related to 5. divisa Ands. of the series
LobatcB than to any other species. In both of these species the
venation of the leaves is sometimes irregular: in 5. divisa the veins
do not always branch widely and end in a marginal lobe, and in
5. aspera the lowest veins do not always extend up towards the end
of the leaf. Although each of these species is somewhat anomalous
in its respective series, 5. divisa with its leaves deeply and frequently
doubly serrate seems best referred to the series Lobatce nearest 5.
incisa Hook, f . ; and S. aspera with its leaves serrate or subentire
seems best referred to the series Dentatce as a remote, irradiate
relative of 5. affinis Hook. f. Lack of sufficient collections makes it
difficult to appraise these entities properly from the point of view
of possible relations and phylogeny.
A third collection is tentatively referred to this species, Stewart
No. 662 (CAS, G), from the southeastern side of Indefatigable
Island at 600 ft. This plant differs most markedly from typical
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 249
5. aspera in the vesture, there being none of that harshness on
branchlets and leaves that is so characteristic of the species. The
collection was originally reported by Stewart (1911, p. 156) as S.
affinis and this is not surprising since it is more like the plate of
5. affinis in Hooker's Icones (No. 2718) than is the type itself. This
plant from Indefatigable Island differs from real 5. affinis, however,
in the entirely unbordered petioles, the eradiate heads, the some-
what narrower phyllaries, and the more slender lobes of the pales.
Between the specimens in Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. and Herb. Gray,
there is some difference in appearance since in the latter specimen
the pubescence on the branchlets is more villous-tomentose and the
pubescence on the young leaves is sericeous and denser. There is
no doubt that the specimens are immediately related but they
probably came from different bushes.
This collection, with the homogamous heads of 5. aspera and the
villous or sericeous vesture of 5. affinis, is as anomalous in 5. aspera
as Stewart's No. 663, with the heterogamous heads of 5. affinis and
the harsh pubescence of 5. aspera, is in 5. affinis. Each is probably
worthy of nominal recognition, but since they grow near each other
on the southeastern side of Indefatigable Island, the possibility
that they are segregates from a hybrid complex derived from a
cross between 5. affinis and 5. aspera seems very probable. This
relation between these two forms is not one to be solved in the
herbarium with the examination of three specimens, but, as has been
pointed out in our discussion of Stewart No. 663 under 5. affinis,
must await detailed field work and the collection of adequate ma-
terial.
5. Scalesia Crockeri Howell, spec. nov.
Frutex humilis rotundatus 0.6-1 m. altus, caulibus fuscis, ramulis pilis paucis
multisve stipitato-glandulosis intermixtis trichomis patentibus elongatis albis
vestitis; foliis atrovirentibus, resinoso-fragrantibus, trinervatis, dense aggregatis
apicibus ramulorum, oppositis, ovatis ad suborbicularibus, 3-7 cm. longis, 1-6.5 cm.
latis, glandulosis et scabris, serratis ad tenuiter crenulato-serrulatis vel subintegris,
apice rotundatis mucronatisque vel acutis, basi abrupte vel gradatim attenuatis in
conspicue alatum vel exalatum petiolum; capitulis solitariis apice ramulorum, cylin-
draceo-campanulatis, 1.5 cm. longis, circa 1 cm. latis, pedunculis 2.5-4 cm. longis,
scabris glandulosisque, foliis equalibus vel brevioribus; phyllariis 2- vel 3-seriatis,
vix imbricatis, saepe oblongis, subacutis, glandulosis et scabris; paleis circa 8 mm.
longis, fere profunde trifidis, lobis acuminatis, in latitudine subaequalibus, in longi-
tudine lobo medio lateralibus paullum longiore, lacerato-scariosis vel serrulatis
infra, ciliatis pubescentibusve supra; radiis nuUis; floribus disci circa 20, coroUis
6-8 mm. longis, tuba glabra, M-3^ longitundine faucis, lobis recurvatis; acheniis
oblongo-oblanceolatis, 4.5-5 mm. longis; pappo nuUo.
Low, rounded, leafy shrubs 0.6-1 m. tall, the stems brown, the branchlets sparsely
to densely stipitate-glandular with scattered elongate, spreading, white trichomes
interspersed among the glandular hairs; leaves dark green, resinous-fragrant, densely
clustered at ends of branchlets, opposite, ovate to suborbicular-ovate, 3-7 cm. long,
1-6.5 cm. wide, serrate to shallowly crenulate-serrulate or subentire, rounded and
mucronate at apex or acute, at base abruptly or gradually narrowed to conspicuously
250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
winged petiole, the wing as much as 2.5 cm. wide, the base of the wings sometimes
auriculate-expanded or adjacent edges of the wings of opposite leaves shortly con-
nate, rarely petioles unwinged, vesture of leaves glandular and scabrous, the scat-
tered harsh trichomes interspersed among numerous stipitate glands, the lowest
pair of lateral veins prominent, directed forward towards the upper part of the
blade; heads solitary at the ends of branchlets, cylindric-campanulate, 1.5 cm. long,
about 1 cm. wide, peduncles 2.5-4 cm. long, scabrous with rough spreading tri-
chomes and shorter glandular hairs, equalling or shorter than the leaves; phyllaries
scarcely or loosely imbricated in 2 or 3 series, mostly oblong, subacute, glandular
and scabrous; pales about 8 mm. long, rounded but not carinate, rather deeply
trifid, the lobes acuminate, about equally wide, the middle a little longer than the
lateral, lacerate-scarious or serrulate below, ciliate and pubescent above; rays none;
disk-flowers about 20, corolla 6-8 mm. long, the tube 3^-3^ aslongasthe throat and
glabrous, the throat hairy below and on the veins above, the lobes recurved, hairy
on the outside at the tips; anther-appendage ovate, about 1 mm. long; style-branches
about 1.5 mm. long, the tip curved and hairy; achenes oblong-oblanceolate, 4.5-5
mm. long; pappus none.
Type: No. 272130, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., on marine bluffs on
the south side of North Seymour Island, Howell No. 9992, Templeton
Crocker Expedition, June 11, 1932, a single collection only.
So far as we know, this is the first Scalesia to be collected on either
of the Seymour islands, and it represents another of the distinctive
elements in the floral district comprising those islands and adjacent
northern Indefatigable Island. It combines in a most puzzling way
characters of 5. aspera Ands. and 5. affinis Hook, f., but from one
or the other of those species it may be separated by characters of
foliage and vesture, and from both it is different in the more slender
heads, the narrower more loosely imbricated phyllaries, and the more
acuminate lobes of the pales.
Stewart's collection from the northern side of Indefatigable
Island, No. 665 (CAS), is inadequate for proper study, but may be
either S. Crockeri, or a form intermediate between 5. Crockeri and
5. aspera. In this specimen, the leaves are either alternate or op-
posite and lack the broadly winged petioles so conspicuous in the
type from North Seymour Island.
Series 2. Pedunculatae, ser. nov.
Arbores vel frutices, ramulis pilis ssepe sericeis interdum scabris villosisve ves-
titis; foliis lanceolatis ad late ovatis, trinervatis ex basi, plerumque integris, petiolis
exalatis; capitulis homogamis et discoideis; phyllariis exterioribus et disco subaequali-
bus. — Species typica, S. pedunculata Hook. f.
Trees or shrubs, the branchlets usually sericeous, sometimes villous or scabrous;
leaves lanceolate to broadly ovate, 3-nerved from base, usually entire, petioles un-
winged; heads homogamous and discoid; outer phyllaries about equalling the disk.
— The type species, S. pedunculata Hook. f.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 251
Key to the Species
a. Leaves broadly to narrowly lanceolate, cuneate at base; peduncles
5-15 cm. long (or occasionally shorter in var. parvifiora);
heads 1-3 cm. broad 6. S. pedunculata
aa. Leaves ovate-lanceolate to ovate, at base subtruncate to cordate or
sometimes very shortly cuneate; peduncles 0.5-2.5 cm. long;
heads 0.5-0.7 cm. broad.
h. Arborescent shrub 2-4 m. tall; leaves rounded, subtruncate or very
shortly cuneate at base 7. S. microcephala
bb. Tree about 9 m. tall; leaves broadly cordate at base 8. 5. cordata
6. Scalesia pedunculata Hook. f.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 211 (1847)
Low to tall trees 5-20 m. tall with long straight trunks 2-3 dm. in diameter;
branchlets not glandular, appressed-pubescent and more or less sericeous, becoming
glabrate, or in var. pilosa, the hairs spreading, denser, and more persistent; leaves
alternate or sometimes nearly or quite opposite, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate and
ovate, 4-20 cm. long, 1-10 cm. wide, appressed-pubescent, dark or light green to
somewhat cinereous, nonglandular, the tip attenuate-acute, the base abruptly or
more gradually cuneate, margin entire or rarely minutely crenate-serrulate, petiole
0.5-5 cm. long; heads 1 to 3 near the ends of the branchlets, 1-3 cm. broad, usually
long-pedunculate, peduncles 5-15 cm. long, rarely a little shorter, thinly appressed-
pubescent and glabrate, or rarely persistently and rather densely villous; invo-
lucres campanulate, about 1 cm. long, the phyllaries rather thin, or becoming more
or less thickened and indurate in age, oblong-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute;
pales 6-12 mm. long, the lobes truncate or obtuse to subacuminate; rays none;
disk-flowers more than 20, corolla 5-6 mm. long, hairy on the tube and glabrous
above, or hairy on the veins of the upper part of the tube and throat; anthers ex-
serted, the appendage about 0.5 mm. long; achenes 3.5-7 mm. long, with or without
rudimentary pappus.
Scalesia pedunculata has the widest distribution of any species in
the genus and on account of its arboreous habit is one of the most
remarkable. It occurs on the four larger and higher central and
southeastern islands of the archipelago, and on each it is one of the
most numerous and important elements in the forest of the moist
zone. Darwin was the first who called attention to the forests of
5. pedunculata when he wrote: "Characteristic of the vegetation of
James Island, forming woods of straight trees in the alpine or damp
region" (Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 211); and Stewart has described
briefly the vegetation of what he aptly calls the ''Scalesia forests"
(1911, pp. 208, 209).
It was my privilege to visit the Scalesia forests on two of the
islands, Charles and Indefatigable. To collect in the luxuriant
"sunflower forest" on Indefatigable Island above Academy Bay was
a botanical experience as unique in its way as to explore the im-
pressive cactus groves of the arid lowlands. In the vicinity of
Fortuna on Indefatigable Island, Scalesia was the most abundant
tree in the rain-forest, and a distinctive note was imparted to the
vegetation by the rounded bunchy crowns, supported by the tall
252 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES LProc. 4th Ser.
slender trunks covered with buff-brown shallowly broken bark,
and clear of branches nearly to the top. The resemblance of the
leaves to the leaves of Helianthus has already been noted by Svenson
(1935, p. 215), and at the time of my visit I likened the entire tree
to a gigantic sunflower, 10 to 20 m. tall. On Charles Island, not only
did I collect in the Scalesia forest in the interior of the island be-
tween Floreana Peak and the spring, but I also viewed the top of
the forest from the grass-covered summit of Floreana Peak. From
this summit one looks down nearly a thousand feet into the crater,
the lower inner slopes and floor of which are covered with a rain-
forest of tropical luxuriance. In this forest the rounded, bright green
crowns of the Scalesia are conspicuous, and, from the vantage point
of the crater-rim, appear to be more abundant than any other tree.
A review of the material of this remarkable species has shown that
it is not uniform in character, and, as in other variable species in the
flora of the Galapagos Islands, the variations have become more or
less segregated among the several islands where the species occurs.
As a result of this study, five variants have been recognized and
named according to the key and diagnoses that follow.
Key to the Varieties of Scalesia pedunculata
a. Heads large, 2-3 cm. broad, 1.5 cm. long; phyllaries oblong-lanceolate;
achene 5.5-7 mm. long 6a. var. typica
aa. Heads smaller, 1-2 cm. broad, 1-1.5 cm. long; achene 3.5-5 mm. long.
b. Pubescence appressed or subappressed, sericeous on young parts,
the peduncles early glabrescent.
c. Phyllaries relatively thin and flat, not becoming conspicu-
ously indurate or thickened; achenes without
rudiments of pappus.
d. Heads 1.5-2 cm. broad; phyllaries ovate or oblong-
ovate; lobes of pales oblongish, subobtuse to
truncate 6b. var. Svensoni
dd. Heads 1-1.5 cm, broad; phyllaries oblong or oblong-
lanceolate; lobes of pales triangular-lanceolate,
acute 6c. var. parviflora
cc. Phyllaries conspicuously thickened, indurate, and bowed;
achenes with 2 rudimentary pappus callosities
6d. var. indurata
bb. Pubescence of stems, petioles, and peduncles conspicuously and
densely pilose-hirsutulous or villous, more or less persistent
6e. var. pilosa
6a. Scalesia pedunculata var. typica Howell, nom. nov.
Pubescence appressed, the stems and peduncles early glabrate; peduncles 1-1.5
dm. long, rather stout; heads 2-3 cm. broad, 1.5 cm. long; phyllaries oblong-lanceo-
late, the outer obtuse or all acute, not becoming noticeably thickened; pales 10-12
mm. long, the lobes acute, the middle longer and wider than the lateral; flowers
very numerous; achenes 5.5-7 mm. long; pappus none or represented by two small
callosities.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESLA 253
References. S. pedunculata Hook, f., Trans. Linn. See. 20: 211 (1847), in part;
Walp., Ann. Bot., 1: 414 (1848-9); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Hand!., 1853: 90,
181 (1855); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 17 (1857), 71 (1861); Hemsl., in
Hook. Icon., pi. 2717 (1901), in part; Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 219
(1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 158 in part, 208, 209 (1911),
Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 332 (1915).
Scalesia pedimculata in its typical form is known only from James
Island where it was first collected by Darwin (Cantab., type; draw-
ings, K), and later by Stewart {No. 688, CAS, G), who found "trees
25-40 ft. high" above 950 ft. at James Bay (1911, p. 158).
The only collection of 5. pedunculata made by Darwin is in
the Herbarium of the University of Cambridge, and consists of
two specimens mounted on the same sheet that carries a single
label. Although the two specimens obviously belong to the same
species, they are quite unlike in details of aspect and parts, and in
this treatment they are interpreted as two distinct varieties. The
upper specimen on the sheet has three heads and in it the pubescence
of the stems, petioles, and peduncles is rather densely hirsutulous-
pilose. The heads in this specimen are less than 1.5 cm. in diameter.
The lower specimen carries a single fruiting head, but near it in a
pocket are fragments from a head removed from a second headless
peduncle. In the lower plant the stems, petioles, and peduncles are
appressed-pubescent, the stems and peduncles becoming glabrate.
The head in the lower specimen is 2.5 cm. in diameter.
In his original description. Hooker covers about equally the
characters of both specimens, so that it is difficult to say that one
more than the other was in his mind as he wrote his description.
But of the two it has seemed that the lower specimen has critical
points in its favor and it has been chosen as the type of the species.
In the preliminary diagnostic description, the leaves are described
as "integerrimis." This applies to the leaves of the lower specimen
but not to the leaves of the upper, in which the margin is very slightly
undulate-crenate or serrulate, a serrulation now and again being
rather prominent. Also in the preliminary description, the head on
the lower specimen is better described by "late breviter campanu-
latis" than are those of the upper, in which the heads are not so
noticeably low and broad. In the longer description that follows,
first a character of one specimen and then of the other is described,
though again the size of the heads, "circa ^ unc. diametro," more
nearly fits the lower specimen than the upper. So in this work the
lower specimen is chosen as the type of 5. pedunculata Hook. f.
and the upper is named and described as var. pilosa.
The plate in Hooker's Icones Plantarum, No. 2717, is apparently
drawn from both specimens. The habit drawing is that of the upper
specimen and the enlarged details are undoubtedly taken from the
lower plant. The fragments of the dissected head from the lower
plant are in the pocket on the sheet.
254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
6b. Scalesia pedunculata var. Svensoni Howell, var. nov.
Adpresso-pubescenti, pedunculis brevi glabrescentibus, 6-14 cm. longis, crassius-
culis; capitulis 1.5-2 cm. latis, 1.5 cm. longis; phyllariis ovato-oblongis ad ovatis,
acutis vel abrupte et breviter acuminatis, nee conspicue crassiusculis nee induratis;
paleis 7 mm. longis, lobis in longitudine aequalibus et in latitudine subaequalibus,
medio subobtuso, lateralibus truncatis vel irregulariter emarginatis; acheniis 4.5-5
mm. longis; pappo nullo.
Pubescence subappressed, the peduncles becoming glabrate earl}''; peduncles
6-14 cm. long, rather stout; heads 1.5-2 cm. broad, 1.5 cm. long; phyllaries ovate to
ovate-oblong, acute or abruptly short-acuminate, not conspicuously thickened or
indurate; pales 7 mm. long, the lobes short and broad, equal in length and about
equal in width, the middle lobe subotuse, the lateral truncate or irregularly emar-
ginate; achene 4.5-5 mm. long; pappus-rudiments none.
References. S. pedunculata Hook, f., in part. Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1:
158 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 316, 326 (1915); Svenson, Amer. Jour.
Bot., 22: 215, 259 (1935).
Type: Herb. Brooklyn Botanic Garden, collected by H. K.
Svenson, No. 118, in the vicinity of the plantation, 6 miles north
of Academy Bay at 750 ft., Indefatigable Island. Duplicates in
Herb. Gray, and Herb. Holm. Other collections studied, all from
Indefatigable Island: northwest side above 700 ft., Stewart No. 687
(CAS, G); Conway Bay, Chapin No. 1139 (B); Academy Bay, "400
to probably 1500 ft.", Stewart No. 685 and No. 686 (leaves only,
CAS); Fortuna {i. e., "the plantation" of Svenson), Howell No. 9172
(leaves only, CAS); forest region at 300 m., Schitnpff No. 83 (leaves
only, CAS).
6c. Scalesia pedunculata var. parviflora Howell, var. nov.
Subappresso-pubescenti; pedunculis tenuiter pubescentibus demum glabratis,
4-10 cm. longis, gracilibus; capitulis 1-1.2 cm. longis, 1-1.5 cm. latis; phyllariis
oblongis ad oblongo-lanceolatis, acutis, nee crassiusculis nee induratis; paleis 6-7
mm. longis, lobis acutis, in longitudine aequalibus, in latitudine interdum inaequali-
bus; acheniis 4-4.5 mm. longis; pappo nullo.
Pubescence subappressed, the peduncles thinly pubescent and at length glabrate;
peduncles 4-10 cm. long, slender; heads 1-1.2 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. broad; phyllaries
oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute, not becoming indurate or thickened; pales 6-7
mm. long, the lobes equal in length, sometimes unequal in width, acute; achene
4-4.5 mm. long, without pappus.
References. S. pedunculata Hook, f., in part. Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1:
158 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad. 18: 299, 321 (1915).
S. ovata Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 181 (1855); Ands., op. cit., 79, 89;
Walp., Ann. Bot. 5: 219 (1858); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 11, 17 (1857), 70
(1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 219 (1902); Stew., Proc. CaHf. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 158 (1911); Svenson, Amer. Jour. Bot., 22: 219 (1935).
Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 12201, collected by Alban
Stewart, No. 683, on exposures of basaltic lava, 1000 to 1200 ft.,
Charles Island, Mar. 1, 1906. Duplicate in Herb. Gray.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 255 '
Other collections studied. Charles: upper wooded region, AwJ^r^-
son in 1852 (Holm., type of 5. ovata Ands.) ; exposures of basaltic
lava, Stewart No. 681 and 682 (CAS, G). Indefatigable: southeastern ,
side above 450 ft., Stewart No. 689 and 690 (CAS, G) ; vicinity of the
plantation, 6 miles north of Academy Bay, 550 ft., Svenson No. 71 \
(B, G). As deduced from geographic distribution, Lee's collection ,
(G) made in 1888 on Charles Island probably belongs here. It con- |
sists of a leafy twig without flowers. A fragmentary specimen in i
Herb. Kew., collected by Capt. Wood in the "Galapagos", would ;
appear to belong to var. parviflora. In it the leaves are lanceolate, \
small, 3 cm. long; the peduncle is 3 cm. long; and the head is a little
over 1 cm. broad. '
An examination of the type of 5. ovata Ands. showed it to belong I
to the small-headed variant of 5. pedunculata on Charles Island. i
The type is very fragmentary with only a single head, so in propos-
ing a new name for the arboreous Scalesia of Charles Island, it has
seemed best to take for the type of the entity a more adequate
specimen which would allow dissection and a more detailed study.
6d. Scalesia pedunculata var. indurata Howell, var. nov.
Adpresso-pubescenti, caulibus tarde pedunculis brevi glabrescentibus; pedun-
culis 8-12 cm. longis, crassiusculis; capitulis 1-1.5 cm. latis, circa 1 cm. longis;
phyllariis oblongo-lanceolatis, acutis obtusisve, conspicue crassiusculis, costatis et
induratis; paleis 8 mm. longis, lobis aequalibus, acutis vel subacutis; acheniis 4 mm.
longis, 2 rudimenta pappi ferentibus.
Pubescence appressed, the stems tardily and the peduncles more promptly gla- ;
brescent; peduncles 8-12 cm. long, rather stout; heads 1-1.5 cm. broad, about 1 cm.
long; phyllaries oblong-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, somewhat bowed, becoming
conspicuously thickened, ribbed and indurate; pales 8 mm. long, the lobes equal,
acute or subacute; achene 4 mm. long, with 2 rudimentary pappus-callosities.
References. S. pedunculata Hook, f., in part. Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1:
158 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 306 (1915).
Type: Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 12200, collected by Alban
Stewart, No. 684, on Chatham Island above 600 ft. at Wreck Bay,
Jan. 27, 1906. Duplicate in Herb. Gray.
This plant, known only from the single collection cited above, is i
very near the arboreous Scalesia on Charles Island, and may be
only a trivial form of it. However, in older heads the involucres are I
quite remarkable and it seems adequately distinct.
i
6e. Scalesia pedunculata var. pilosa Howell, var. nov. |
Foliis, ramulis et pedunculis piloso-hirsutulis vel villosis, pubescentia subad- j
pressa vel patente, haud glabrescentibus; pedunculis 10 cm. longis; capitulis circa j
1-1.2 cm. latis; phyllariis griseo-pubescentibus, ovato-lanceolatis, acutis; acheniis >■
3.5 mm. longis; setis pappi circa 1 mm. longis.
Pubescence subappressed to spreading, pilose-hirsutulous or villous, the parts .-♦"TTTipfc^--:
not glabrescent; peduncles 10 cm. long; heads about 1-1.2 cm. broad; phyllarie^^CVVjl t#.>4>
256 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
griseous-pubescent, ovate-lanceolate, acute; achene 3.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles
about 1 mm. long.
References. S. pedunculata Hook, f., Trans. Linn. Soc, 20: 211 (1847), in part!
Hemsl., in Hook. Icon., pi. 2717 (1901), in part.
Type: Herb. Cantab., collected by Darwin in 1835 on James
Island.
As noted in the discussion under var. typica, the type of var.
pilosa is mounted with the specimen selected in this work as the
type of 5. pedunculata Hook, f., and is the plant figured in the habit
drawing in Hooker's Icones, pi. 2717. A comparison of the specimen
in Herb. Cantab, with the figure disclosed that the peduncles in the
specimen are much more densely pubescent with somewhat ascend-
ing hairs; and, whereas the leaves in the drawing are shown to be
entire, those of the specimen are more or less crenulate or serrulate.
With further botanical collecting on James Island, it is hoped that
the distributional relation between var. pilosa and var. typica will
be learned.
7. Scalesia microcephala Rob.
Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 218, pi. 3, fig. 2, 3 (1902)
Arborescent shrubs or low trees with a single trunk and rounded crown, 2-4 m.
tall; branchlets pubescent or tomentulous, generally glabrescent, more or less resin-
ous-glandular; leaves broadly lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 3-12 cm. long, 1-5 cm.
wide, appressed-tomentose and pale below, thinly pubescent and yellowish-green
to olive-green above, entire, sinuate, or crenulate-serrulate, acute to acuminate,
rounded, subtruncate, or very shortly cuneate at the base, petioles 0.5-5 cm. long,
puberulent and gummy; heads 7-9 mm. long, 5-7 mm. broad, on shortly villous
pedicel-like peduncles 0.5-2.5 cm. long, arranged in leafy corymbose inflorescences
2-5 cm. long, at the ends of the branchlets and exceeded by the leaves, the short
rhachis simple or sometimes forked near the base; involucres campanulate, 0.5-0.6
cm. high, phyllaries lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, pubescent; pales 4-5 mm.
long, trifid, the lobes triangular, acute; rays none; disk-flowers 9 to 15, corolla 5 mm.
long, the outside puberulent; anthers nearly entirely exserted, the appendage rather
narrow, 0.5 mm. long; achene oblong, 3-4 mm. long; pappus-bristles 1 mm. long or
pappus and pappus-rudiments obsolete.
References. Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 158 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18:
283 (1915).
Collections studied, all from Albemarle Island: Tagus Cove,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 910 (type, G) ; Tagus Cove Mt., 2500 ft.,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 254 (DS, G) ; Tagus Cove Mt., 4000 ft.,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 875 (DS, G) ; Tagus Cove Mt. above 1200
ft., Stewart No. 678 (CAS, G, K); summit of Tagus Cove Mt., 4000
ft., Howell No. 9562 (CAS); Cowley Bay Mt., Stewart No. 679
(CAS, G).
The last collection cited above may prove to be a distinct variety
when adequate material is obtained. In Stewart's specimens, the
leaves are more resinous-glandular, the pubescence is thinner and
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 257
harsher, and the leaf-margins are more prominently serrulate than
in the specimens from Tagus Cove. The achenes are devoid of
pappus but since some achenes in specimens from above Tagus Cove
have been seen which have no pappus, this is scarcely to be counted
a diagnostic difference. It is of interest to note that in character of
pubescence the Cowley Bay plants are about intermediate between
the plants of Tagus Cove and S. cor data Stew., which comes from
still further south on Albemarle Island, a character difference which
seems to be correlated with distribution, and which indicates yet
again how closely 5. cordata is related to 5. microcephala.
On the south side of Narborough Island at 2000 ft., Snodgrass
and Heller {No. 343, DS, G) collected sterile specimens of a Scalesia
of this relationship and they are tentatively referred here until
flowering or fruiting specimens are obtained.
8. Scalesia cordata Stewart
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 156, pi. 4, fig. 4, 5, 6 (1911)
Trees up to about "9 m." tall; branches tomentulous-puberulent and resinous-
glandular at first, early becoming glabrate; leaves ovate, broadly cordate at base,
the basal lobes rounded, acute to subacuminate at the apex, 8-17 cm. long, 5-11 cm.
wide, paler and finely puberulent to thinly tomentulous below, olivescent and
sparsely scabrid-pubescent above, margin more or less crenulate-undulate, petioles
3.5-7 cm. long, thinly puberulent; inflorescence and heads similar to those of S.
microcephala Rob.; flowers unknown; achene oblong, 3-3.5 mm. long, with two
well-developed pappus-bristles 1-2 mm. long.
References. Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 209 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad.,
18: 285, 290 (1915).
Scalesia n. sp. ?, Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 220 (1902).
Collections studied, all from Albemarle Island: above Villamil,
Stewart No. 669 (CAS, type; G, K) ; Iguana Cove at 1000 ft. or less,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 856 (G); Iguana Cove, 1000 to 2000 ft.,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 869 (DS, G).
Adequate flowering and fruiting specimens of S. cordata have not
yet been collected. The fragmentary and partially broken heads of
Stewart's collection show that it is very near 5. microcephala Rob.,
and when it is better understood it will probably be interpreted as
a variety of that species. The distinctive leaf-base appears to be
the only real difference between the two entities, although from
Stewart's account 5. cordata would appear to be definitely more
arboreous than S. microcephala. In citing his specimen, Stewart
writes, "Villamil, occasional trees at 175 ft., abundant at 250-600
ft., smaller and less abundant at 1300 ft," (1911, p. 157). On the
Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences
I collected on Villamil Mt. on an overnight excursion to Santo
Tomas, but this remarkable tree was not seen; and at Iguana Cove
258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
where a brief stop was also made, time ashore was not sufficient to
get much beyond the flat where I landed.
Series 3. Foliaceae, ser. nov.
Frutices, ramulis foliisque pilis sericeis pilosis glanduloso-scabrisve vestitis; foliis
anguste ad late lanceolatis, trinervatis ex basi, integris, petiolis exalatis; capitulis
homogamis et discoideis; phyllariis exterioribus foliaceis et disco conspicue longiori-
bus. — Species typica, 5. atractyloides Arn.
Shrubs, the branchlets and leaves sericeous, pilose, or glandular-scabrous; leaves
narrowly to broadly lanceolate, 3-nerved from base, entire, petioles unwinged;
heads homogamous and discoid; outer phyllaries foliaceous and conspicuously ex-
ceeding the disk. — The type sepcies, S. atractyloides Arn.
Key to the Species
a. Leaves linear-lanceolate, cinereous, not scabrous except on margins,
not noticeably glandular; involucres becoming strongly con-
stricted above the swollen indurate base; lobes and sides of
the pales not lacerate.
b. Pubescence sericeous and appressed; heads about 1 cm. high, on
slender peduncles up to 1.5 cm. long; corollas 6.5 mm.
long; achenes without pappus-bristles or rudiments. . .
9. 5. atractyloides
bb. Pubescence pilose, the outer parts of the leaf-blades with shorter
subappressed hairs; heads about 1.5 cm. high,
nearly sessile; corollas 8-9 mm. long; achenes with
short pappus-bristles or with variously shortened
or obsolescent rudiments 10. 5. Darwinii
aa. Leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, olivaceous, very scabrous, con-
spicuously glandular; involucres not constricted, the base
not so indurate; lobes and sides of the pales lacerate-serru-
late 11. 5. Stewartii
9. Scalesia atractyloides Arnott
Lindley, Nat. Syst. Bot., 443 (1836)
Shrub 1.5-2.3 m. high, the foliage and young stems cinereous with a short, ap-
pressed, nonglandular pubescence, sericeous on the young parts, somewhat harsher
on old leaves; leaves loosely clustered at the ends of elongate, naked branches,
linear-lanceolate, to 10 cm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, caudate-attenuate, narrowing at
base into a petiole 0.5-1 cm. long, margin entire or somewhat undulate, in age
scabrous and more or less revolute, the lateral veins and midrib evident below, the
lateral veins confluent with submarginal veins; heads one or several at the ends of
branches, almost hidden among the leaves, rather loosely flowered, about 1 cm.
long, the peduncles slender, to 1.5 cm. long; phyllaries lanceolate, at base becoming
indurate-thickened and the involucre more or less constricted near the middle in
age, one or more of the outer phyllaries exceeding the head, elongate, foliaceous
and up to 2 cm. long; pales 8 mm. long, strongly carinate along the prominent mid-
rib, the lobes subulate-triangular, equal in width, 2-2.5 mm. long; rays none; flowers
about 20, the corolla 6.5 mm. long, gradually widening upward, the lower part
hairy, the upper part subglabrous or hairy on veins below sinuses and on lower
sides of lobes, lobes spreading-recurved; anthers nearly entirely exserted, the appen-
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 259
dage about 0.6 mm. long, triangular-lanceolate; style-branches coiled, a little more
than 1 mm. long, the tip thickened, hairy, triangular-pointed; achenes a little more
than 3 mm. long, mottled, without pappus-bristles or rudiments.
References. DC, Prod., 7: 308 (1839); Hook, and Am., in Hook., Jour. Bot., 3: 312
(1841); Walp., Repert. 2: 611 (1843); Hook, f.. Trans. Linn. Soc, 20: 210
(1847); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 90, 179 (1855); Ands., Bot.
Eugenics Resa, 17 (1857), 69 (1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38; 216 (1902);
Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 156, 207 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18:
331 (1915); Riley, Kew Bull., 1925: 223.
Collections studied. Galapagos Islands, Cuming No. 106 in 1831^
(type, K) ; James Bay, 3 miles inland, Cheesman on St. George Ex-
pedition No. 387 (K); James Bay, Stewart No. 666 (CAS, G, K).
Although S. atractyloides was the first species of Scalesia to be
known, it is one of the rarest and is one of the most local in distri-
bution. It is found "among lava rocks" (Riley), and "on borders
of recent lava flows where it grows to the exclusion of all other large
vegetation" (Stewart) at lower elevations on James Island in the
vicinity of James Bay. Scalesia Darwinii Hook, f., 5. Stewartii
Riley, and 5. atractyloides, all of which are endemic on James
Island, form a remarkably compact series in Scalesia characterized
by the foliaceous outer phyllaries and the entire, lanceolate or
linear -lanceolate leaves.
• 10. Scalesia Darwinii Hook. f.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 211 (1847)
Arborescent shrub 2.6-3.3 m. tall, pale and cinereous, the upper stems, bases of
leaves, petioles, and involucres with long, soft, pilose hairs, the outer part of the leaf-
blade with shorter, subappressed hairs; leaves clustered at the ends of branches,
narrowly lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, to 10 cm. long, 0.6-1.3 cm. wide, gradually
narrowing from below the middle into a long attenuate tip, gradually or more
abruptly cuneate at the base, margin entire or broadly undulate, venation evident
below, the lateral veins confluent in a submarginal vein, petiole 1-1.5 cm. long;
heads solitary at the ends of branches, almost sessile among the leaves and nearly
concealed, constricted near the middle, the base becoming swollen and indurate
in age, 1.5 cm. long without the foliaceous elongate phyllaries which are up to 2.5
cm. long and linear-lanceolate or lanceolate-attenuate; pales 8 mm. long, the lobes
triangular and about equal in width, ciliate, the lateral lobes 1 mm. long, middle
lobe 2 mm. long; rays none; flowers crowded, more than 20, corolla 8-9 mm. long,
the tube hairy from near the base to above the middle, subglabrous above or sparsely
hairy on veins or on the lower sides of the spreading-recurved lobes; anthers almost
entirely exserted, the appendage triangular-lanceolate, 0.6-0.7 mm. long; style-
branches about 1.5 mm. long'; achene 4 mm. long, mottled light and dark brown;
rudimentary pappus present or obsolete, or pappus of 1 or 2 bristles 1 mm. long.
References. Walp., Ann. Bot. 1: 414 (1848-9); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853:
90, 179 (1855); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 17 (1857), 70 (1861); Rob. and
Greenm., Amer. Jour. Sci., (3), 50: 146 (1895), in part; Hemsl., in Hook.
Icon., pi. 2719 (1901); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216 (1902), in part;
Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 157 (1911).
* It seems likely that the date of Cuming's visit to the Galapagos Islands was in 1829. James Island
was one of the islands visited by Cuming.
260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Collections studied, both from James Island: James Island,
Darwin (type, Cantab.); James Bay, around 1000 ft., Stewart No.
670 (CAS,'G, K).
Scalesia Darwinii, another rarely collected species, is closely re-
lated to 5. atractyloides Arn., but the differences between the two
do not seem to be the kind that will disappear or intergrade when
more extensive collections are obtained. Both species are found on
James Island adjacent to James Bay, but from Stewart's notes there
would appear to be a distinct break in the distribution of the two,
5. atractyloides being found at lower elevations, 5. Darwinii being
found "around 1000 ft." As Stewart has pointed out (1911, p. 157),
Darwin probably confused 5. pedunculata Hook. f. and S. Darwinii
when he described the latter as "forming woods of straight trees in
the alpine or damp region" (Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 211).
The soft, pilose hairs of 5. Darwinii are denser and much longer
on the petioles, the upper branches, and about the heads than are
indicated in the drawing in Hooker's Icones, pi. 2719; and the
pubescence on the leaf-blades is not uniformly distributed from base
to tip as is shown there, but rather the numerous long hairs near
the base of the blade pass into the shorter and more appressed hairs,
especially on the upper side.
11. Scalesia Stewartii Riley
Kew Bull. 1925: 223
Arborescent shrub with single trunk and generally with branches and leaves
forming a narrow crown, 0.7-3 m. tall, the young stems with stipitate glands and
long slender pilose hairs; leaves dark green or olivaceous, lanceolate to ovate-lanceo-
late, 5-11 cm. long, 0.7-2 cm. wide, acuminate, broadly or narrowly cuneate at
base, entire, very scabrous and stipitate-glandular on both sides, the base of the
leaves and the petioles sparsely set with long, slender, brittle white trichomes, the
petioles 0.3-1 . 5 cm. long, the venation evident below, the lateral veins confluent with
a submarginal vein; heads solitary among the leaves at the ends of branches on
short peduncles up to 1.5 cm. long, the head tubular-campanulate, not constricted
above the base, the outer phyllaries up to 3.5 cm. long, broad and spreading with an
expanded foliaceous limb, texture and pubescence as in the leaves; pales 9 mm.
long, the lobes triangular-acuminate, serrulate-lacerate, equal in width, the lateral
lobes 2 mm. long, the middle lobe 3 mm. long; rays none; corollas 40 or more, 7-8
mm. long, glabrous below, hairy about the middle, above subglabrous or hairy on
nerves and on the lower sides of the spreading lobes; anthers completely exserted,
the appendage lanceolate-ovate, 0.5-1 mm. long; sty^e-branches 2 mm. long, short-
hairy at the thickened, triangular cuspidate tips; achenes 3-4 mm. long, compressed,
light brown with darker mottling; pappus none.
References. S. atractyloides Stew., not Arn., in part, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1:
156 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 328 (1915).
Collections studied, both from James Island: northwestern side
on lava beds near the coast and above 700 ft., Stewart No. 667
(K, type; CAS, G) ; Sulivan Bay, on lava- flow where little else grows,
Howell No. 10020 (CAS).
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 261
Stewart's Scalesia is very distinct from its immediate relatives,
5. atractyloides Arn. and 5. Darwinii Hook, f., notably in the
scabrous and glandular trichomes on the broader leaves, the un-
constricted involucre, and the conspicuously expanded, foliaceous
tips of the outer phyllaries. It seems eminently fitting that this re-
markable species is dedicated to Dr. Alban Stewart to whom goes
the distinction of obtaining the most adequate and complete col-
lection of specimens in this genus yet to be prepared.
Series 4. Lobatae, ser. nov.
Frutices, ramulis foliisque plus minusve villosis glandulosisque scabris vel raro
subglabris; foliis variabilibus, profunde et irregulariter serratis ad bi- vel tri-pinna-
tifidis, venis lateralibus divaricatis et terminantibus in dente vel lobo marginali,
petiolis exalatis; capitulis discoideis, floribus similibus fertilibusque vel interdum
extremis sterilibus coroUis radiato-dilatatis et plus minusve obliquis; phyllariis ex-
terioribus et disco subaequalibus vel phyllariis paullum brevioribus. — Species typica,
5. incisa Hook. f.
Shrubs, the leaves and branchlets more or less villous and glandular, scabrous or
rarely subglabrous; leaves variable in shape, deeply and irregularly serrate to bi-
or tri-pinnatifid, the lateral veins divaricate and ending in a marginal tooth or lobe,
petioles un winged; heads discoid, the flowers all alike and fertile, or sometimes the
outermost sterile and with corollas radiate-enlarged and more or less oblique; outer
phyllaries about equalling the disk or a little shorter. — The type species, S. incisa
Hook. f.
Key to the Species
a. Leaves alternate or occasionally the upper nodes approximate and the
leaves opposite or subopposite, the blades grossly serrate to
prominently lobed, the primary sinuses rarely extending
more than H of the way to the midrib.
b. Vesture of upper stems, leaves, and peduncles scabrous, scarcely
villous or glandular, the trichomes not drawn out in an
elongate hair-like process; lobes and sides of pales
entire.
c. Leaves grossly serrate, the serratures entire or serrate; pedun-
cles equalling or longer than the leaves, 6-8 cm.
long; phyllaries oblong to ovate, 4-5 mm. broad
12. 5. divisa
cc. Leaves lobed, the lobes irregularly few-toothed; peduncles
equalling the petioles, 2-3 cm. long; phyllaries
linear-oblong, 1.5-2 mm. broad 13. S. incisa
bb. Vesture of upper stems, leaves, and peduncles slightly to markedly
viscidulous or glandular, villous or pilose, the base of the
trichomes sometimes scabrous-hardened, the pubes-
cence sometimes scant; lobes and sides of pales finely
serrulate to laciniate.
d. Pales with lobes similar, triangular and sharply acute to acu-
minate; heads 1.5-2 cm. across, the corollas straight
and bearing coarse trichomes on the lower side of
the lobes 14. 5. relroflexa
262 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
dd. Pales with lobes unequal in width, or, if nearly equal, then the
lobes obtuse or oblanceolate; heads about 1 cm.
across, the corollas strongly outwardly curving,
devoid of coarse trichomes on the lobes (the lobes
ciliate in S. Hopkinsii).
e. Pales with lobes oblong to triangular-oblong, widest at or
below the middle; peduncles 1.5-3.5 cm. long. 15. S. Baurii
ee. Pales with lobes oblanceolate to oblong-obovate, widest
above the middle; peduncles 2-8 cm. long.
/. Shrub 2-3 m. tall, the herbage pilose, the young parts sub-
sericeous, or the pubescence inconspicuous
with hairs fewer and shorter; lobes and teeth of
the leaves mostly sharply acute 16. S. Hopkinsii
//. Low shrub to 1 m. tall, the herbage subglabrous; lobes and
teeth of leaves mostly rounded and obtuse
17. S. Snodgrassii
aa. Leaves opposite, the blades finely dissected and twice or thrice pinnati-
fid, the primary sinuses extending nearly to the midrib. 18. S. Helleri
12. Scalesia divisa Ands.
Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1853: 179 (1855)
Shrub 1-2 m. tall, the upper part of the stems somewhat glandular and scabrous;
leaves alternate, pubescent when young, becoming scabrous, scarcely glandular,
ovate, 4-8 cm. long, 2-4 cm. wide, rounded or broadly cuneate at base, the margin
irregularly and coarsely serrate-lobed or serrate, the serratures entire or irregularly
serrate, the petiole slender, 1-4 cm. long; heads discoid, many-flowered, 1.5-2 cm.
broad, peduncles glandular and scabrous under the head, 6-8 cm. long, equalling or
exceeding the leaves; phyllaries in 2 or 3 series, oblong-lanceolate to oblong-oblan-
ceolate or narrowly ovate, about 1 cm. long, mostly 4-5 mm. wide, scabrous outside;
pales 7 mm. long, the lobes about a third as long, triangular, acute, ciliate; corollas
about 4 mm, long, those on the periphery curved outward in mature heads, the
lobes ciliate, the upper part of the tube glabrous, the lower part hairy; anthers be-
coming entirely exserted, the apical appendage about 0.5 mm. long, oblong-ovate;
achene 4 mm. long, with or without rudiments of 2 pappus-paleae.
References. Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853: 69, 72, 89 (1855); Walp., Ann.
Bot., 5: 219 (1858); Ands., Bot. Eugenics Resa, 7, 8, 16, tafi. 7, fig. 1 (1857),
70 (1861); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 217 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 157 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad. 18: 305 (1915).
Scalesia divisa is known from only two collections, the original
made by Andersson in 1852 on Chatham Island, and reported as
frequent in rocky places in the lower parts (Holm., type; CAS, G, K),
and the second by Stewart, No. 672 (CAS, G), collected on Chatham
Island at Sapho Cove from lava beds near the coast. The species
is closely related to 5. incisa Hook, f., also from Chatham Island,
but Hooker's species differs in its lobed leaves, shorter peduncles,
smaller heads with fewer flowers, and linear-oblong phyllaries. The
corollas in the only known specimen of 5. incisa are straight, but in
S. divisa the corollas are outward-curving in mature heads. Scalesia
divisa perhaps finds even a closer relation in 5. aspera Ands., as
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 263
has been indicated in the discussion under 5. aspera. A primitive
antecedent of these species might have been the first form to diverge
from that complex of which the radiate species in the series DentatcB
are believed to be modern representatives; and from such a form
not only have 5. aspera and 5. divisa probably been derived, but
also the series LohatcB.
13. Scalesia incisa Hook. f.
Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 210 (1847)
Shrub (?) with stems and leaves more or less scabrous, almost devoid of pilose
hairs and rarely glandular; leaves alternate, plane, narrowly ovate, about 5 cm.
long and 2.5 cm. wide, scabrous and with very few glandular hairs, irregularly pin-
nately lobed, the sinuses extending about half way to the midrib, the lobes approxi-
mate and irregularly few-toothed, the petiole slender, 2-3 cm. long; head discoid,
many-flowered, about 1 cm. broad, peduncle about equalling the petioles; phyllaries
in 2 series, linear-oblong, acute or subobtuse, 1.5-2 mm. broad, 8 mm. long, equalling
the pales; lobes of the pales triangular, shortly acute and beset with peculiar thick-
ish, conical trichomes; corollas straight, pubescent below the middle and very slightly
upward along the veins, the outside of the lobes with a few conical trichomes;
achenes 4 mm. long, oblong, with minute rudiments of 2 pappus-paleae.
References. Walp., Ann. Bot., 1:414 (1848-9); Ands., Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1853:
72, 89, 179 (1855); Ands., Bot. Eugenies Resa, 16 (1857), 70 (1861); Hemsl.,
in Hook. Icon., pi. 2716 (1901); Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 217, 219
(1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 158 (1911).
Scalesia incisa is known only from a single collection, that of
Darwin on Chatham Island in 1835 (Cantab.). The leaves are
more like those of 5. Baurii Rob. and Greenm. in shape, but the
pubescence is entirely different, and the two species can be readily
separated by the shape of the phyllaries. According to Hemsley,
5. retroflexa Hemsl. is most closely related to 5. incisa, but the two
species can be separated by vesture, leaves, and phyllaries, and may
not be so nearly related as stated. It would appear that 5. incisa
has its closest affinity in 5. divisa Ands., which also grows on Chat-
ham Island. For a time it was thought that 5. incisa and 5. divisa
might be varieties of a single species, but 5. divisa is adequately
distinct in its serrate leaves, larger heads, broader phyllaries, and
different pales.
A comparison of the plate of 5. incisa (Hook. Icon. pi. 2716)
with the type of the species discloses several details in the plate
which are not as accurate as might be desired for critical study. In
the type the leaves are more irregularly lobed and toothed, the
phyllaries are linear-oblong and acute or subobtuse, and, perhaps
most critical of all, the lobes of the pales are triangular and shortly
but definitely acute. The examination of the type and discovery of
the acute lobes of the pales brought 5. incisa into even closer re-
lationship with 5. divisa than with S. Baurii, where its affinity
would be sought if emphasis were placed on the character of the
264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
pales as illustrated. In the detail of the flower and achene in the
plate, there is no indication of the stubby rudiments of pappus
which were discovered in examining the type; but the neglect of
this minute detail in the drawing is rather to be expected, since,
before this, attention has not been directed to this character in any
species in this section of the genus.
14. Scalesia retroflexa Hemsl.
Hook. Icon. pi. 2715 (1901)
Shrub about 2 m. tall with villous hairs on stems, leaves, and peduncle, these
parts also with numerous glandular hairs; leaves alternate, noticeably retroflexed,
ovate to oblong, cordate at base, 6-10 cm. long including the slender petiole, pin-
nately lobed, the lobes finely and regularly toothed or cleft, margins crisped; heads
discoid, solitary on short peduncles in the axils of the upper leaves, many-fiowered,
about 1.5-2 cm. broad; phyllaries ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, equal-
ling the pales; lobes of the pales triangular, acute or acuminate, the margins of the
lobes serrate-ciliate with stout, spreading trichomes; corolla puberulent outside;
achene without even rudimentary pappus.
References. Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 217, 219 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 158 (1911).
Scalesia retroflexa is known only from the type specimen which
was collected on Indefatigable Island by Habel in 1868 (K). It
consists of a single branch, which is beautifully delineated in the
plate accompanying the original description.
15. Scalesia Baurii Rob. and Greenm.
Amer. Jour. Sci., (3), 50: 141 (1895)
Shrub, stems and petioles with villous hairs from more or less thickened conical
bases, which on the older parts becomes hardened and scabrous, the branchlets and
petioles also glandular; leaves alternate, or approximate below the heads, ovate,
3-10 cm. long, 2.5-7 cm. wide, cuneate at base, acute at apex, pinnately parted, the
primary sinuses extending half way to the midrib or a little beyond, the lobes irregu-
larly lobed and sharply serrate, the lobes and lobules generally acute, the blade
finely scabrous above with a few elongate hairs, below pilose-scabrous with elongate
tips on the trichomes, villous-hairy along the nerves, petiole about 3 cm. long; head
discoid, 1 cm. long and about as broad, peduncles 1.5 to more than 3.5 cm. long,
shorter than or equalling the leaves, scabrous under the head and subglabrous below
or glandular and villous; involucre 5-6 mm. high, the phyllaries in 3 series, cinereous
with short, scabrous trichomes, broadly elliptic-ovate to obovate, acute and tipped
with a short mucro; pales 5-6 mm. long, the outer variously cleft and irregularly
lobed, the inner trifid, lobes about 2 mm. long, acute, oblong-triangular, somewhat
laciniate, the two outer lobes nearly twice as broad as the middle lobe; the corollas
of the outer flowers enlarged, obliquely and palmately expanded, the tube outwardly
curved, the whole simulating a ray and 6-7 mm. long, these flowers with abortive
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 265
stamens and pistil, the other corollas 5 mm. long, more or less outwardly curved,
the tube hairy, the upper half and lobes glabrous; anther-appendage about 0.75 mm.
long; style-branches 1.5 mm. long, the tips acuminate-acute, the branches spreading
from about the middle; achene with 2 callosities indicating pappus-rudiments.
References. Rob. and Greenm., Amer. Jour. Sci., (3), 50: 146 (1895); Rob., Proc.
Amer. Acad., 38: 216, 219, 247 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1:
156 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad. 18: 311 (1915).
The above diagnosis has been drawn chiefly from the type speci-
men, which was collected by Baur on Duncan Island, No. 129 (G).
The only other collection which has been seen which may be re-
ferred to this species is a collection also from Duncan Island, Stewart
No. 668 (CAS, G, K). From the type it differs in the following critical
and important details: heads discoid, the outer corollas curving
outward, the limb oblique, but not at all enlarged; the pales oblongish
and about equally wide, the lateral lobes somewhat asymmetric and
denticulate-fimbriate at the obliquely subtruncate tip, the middle
lobe symmetrical and abruptly acutish. This collection seems to
approach 5. retroflexa Hemsl. but differs in the smaller leaves, less
glandular pubescence, shorter involucre, the blunter lobes of the
pales, and the more curving corollas.
The specimen called by Robinson 5. Baurii var. glabrata (Duncan
Island, Snodgrass and Heller No. 706, G) would seem to be nearer
5. Snodgrassii Rob., and it is referred to that species in this work.
This opinion can scarcely be regarded as decisive, since paucity of
material and lack of sufficient collections preclude a really adequate
treatment.
16. Scalesia Hopkinsii Rob.
Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 217, pi. 3, fig. 1 (1902)
Shrub 2-3 m. tall, the stems, leaves, and peduncles pilose, the young parts sub-
sericeous, some of the hairs viscidulous, or the pubescence scant; leaves alternate or
subopposite, ovate, acute, shortly cuneate or truncate to broadly cordate, 6-10 cm.
long, 4.5-8.5 cm. wide, irregularly pinnately lobed and serrate, the lobes and serra-
tions usually sharp, occasionally obtuse, the primary sinuses shallow, or extending
a little more than halfway to midrib, paler and more pubescent beneath, slightly
scabrous in age, petiole 1-3 cm. long, pilose; heads 1-1.3 cm. long, about 1 cm.
broad, flowers numerous; peduncles 2-6.5 cm. long, shorter than the leaves; in-
volucre 5-7 mm. high, the phyllaries in about 3 series, oblong to obovate or sub-
orbicular, obtuse or subacute, sometimes mucronulate, densely pilose on the out-
side and ciliate; pales 6-8 mm. long, the lobes oblong to broadly oblanceolate, gen-
erally obtusish or obcordate, the margin serrulate-ciliate; outermost corollas about
5.5 mm. long, the limb strongly recurved and folded, 3-toothed at tip or 4- or 5-lobed
and obliquely bilabiate, inner corollas about 5 mm. long, the tube thick and hairy, the
throat glabrous, the lobes ciliate and hairy on the lower side, or glabrous, the outer
corollas spreading; style-branches 1-2 mm. long, divergent or recurved-coiling, the
266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
tip somewhat enlarged, acute, hairy on lower side; achenes 3-4 mm. long, flattened
or trigonous, callous with pappus-rudiments which sometimes carry a bristle 1 mm.
long.
References. Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 219, 243 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 157 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad. 18: 275 (1915).
As is the case in all species of the series Lohatce, S. Hopkinsii is
inadequately known from insufficient material. Only three collec-
tions, all from Abingdon Island, can be definitely placed: the type
collection made by Snodgrass and Heller {No. 851, G, type, DS),
and two collections made by Stewart (No. 676 and No. 677 , CAS,
G, K). From Stewart's report on his collections, it can be inferred
with reasonable certainty that No. 677 , with smaller pinnatisect
leaves, came from near the shore and that No. 676, with broader
thinner leaves, came from above 330 m. (Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4),
1: 158). The variability shown by these two collections would in-
dicate that variations in the species may prove to be of such a nature
that lines between it and related species will disappear when further
collections are made.
In Herb. Kew. there is a fragmentary collection made by Habel in
1868 on Indefatigable Island. When this was examined by the
writer at Kew in 1935, it was noted as "seemingly near 5. Hopkinsii.
The leaves match Stewart's Abingdon plant in which the leaves are
less cleft {No. 676) and the pubescence is similar." The place of
collection of Habel's specimen may not be right. He collected on
Abingdon Island as well as on Indefatigable Island and it may be
suspected that the fragment in question originated, not on Inde-
fatigable Island where 5. Hopkinsii has not otherwise been collected,
but rather on Abingdon Island, where Stewart reports it as "common
bushes 6-8 ft. high from the vicinity of the shore to 1500 ft." {op.
cit., 157). There is a tracing of the Habel collection in Herb. Gray.
In the original description, S. Hopkinsii is described as "capituUs
eradiatis." A careful examination of specimens of the type collection
from both the Gray Herbarium and the Dudley Herbarium has dis-
closed no enlarged marginal corollas, which in Stewart's specimens
are not conspicuous but which are evident and unmistakable on
inspection.
17. Scalesia Snodgrassii Rob.
Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 219, pi. 3, fig. 8 (1902)
Shrub 0.6-1 m. tall, the stems subglabrous with very few scattered pilose and
viscidulous hairs; leaves alternate, ovate, narrowly ovate or oblong-ovate, acute or
obtuse, somewhat asymmetric and very shortly cuneate below the basal lobes, 5-10
cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, irregularly pinnately lobed, the lobes again shallowly
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 267
lobed or grossly dentate, the lobes and teeth obtuse or subacute, the primary sinuses
usually extending more than half way to the midrib, sparsely pilose-scabrous on
both sides, the petiole 1.5-4.5 cm. long, sparsely pilose and viscidulous; heads 0.8-1
cm. long and about as broad, peduncles 5-8 cm. long, somewhat puberulent with
long pilose and short glandular hairs, sometimes foliaceous-bracteate; involucres 5-6
mm. long, the phyllaries obovate-oblong, acute, pubescent and shortly ciliate; pales
5-7 mm. long, the outer asymmetrically lobed, the inner regularly lobed, the lobes
tending to be oblong-obovate, acute to obtusish, serrulate-ciliate; outermost
corollas strongly recurved, the limb 2-3 mm. long, shallowly or deeply 3-lobed, a
small fourth lobe present on the inner side of the mouth of the throat; inner corollas
5 mm. long, the tube heavy and hairy, the throat light and glabrous, except along
the nerves, the lobes glabrous, the corollas of the outer flowers strongly recurved;
style-branches slender, acute, 2 mm. long, coiling; achene of outermost flowers
trigonous, 3 mm. long, achene of inner flowers compressed, 3 mm. long, with 1 or 2
rudimentary pappus-bristles or the pappus reduced to obsolescent callosities.
References. Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216, 251 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., (4), 1: 158, 159 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 308, 338 (1915).
S. Baurii var. glabrata Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 216, 247 (1902); Stew., Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 1: 156 (1911).
Scalesia Snodgrassii was originally collected on Wenman Island
by Snodgrass and Heller {No. 10, type, G; DS), and it was re-
collected there by Stewart (No. 691; CAS, G, K). Scalesia Baurii
var. glabrata Rob., which is here referred to 5. Snodgrassii, is known
only from the type collection which was made on Duncan Island,
Snodgrass and Heller No. 706 (G, type; DS).
Scalesia Snodgrassii is very closely related to S. Hopkinsii Rob.
and 5. Baurii Rob. and Greenm., and with fuller knowledge derived
from further collections it may be found necessary to treat them as
subspecific entities of a single, polymorphic species. Because of
the variability in characters of foliage and vesture by which the
entities have been separated, there is at present insufficient material
on which to base a proper specific concept, either for each one sepa-
rately, or for a collective species. As pointed out by Robinson
(op. cit., 216), 5. Baurii var. glabrata is "very near 5. Snodgrassii,"
and we believe that it should be considered a part of the latter.
The following notes taken from the type specimen of 5. Baurii var.
glabrata will serve to indicate the close resemblances and minor
differences between 5. Snodgrassii and it:
Uppermost stems thinly villous with long silky hairs, and with a few, short glan-
dular hairs; leaves alternate, or appearing opposite below the peduncles, triangular-
ovate, obtuse or subacute, truncate or subcordate, 3.5-4.5 cm. long, 3 mm. wide,
pinnately lobed, the sinuses extending less than half the distance to the midrib, the
lobes broad and rounded, shallowly lobed or toothed, subglabrous above and below,
a few hairs and rigid trichomes on the midrib below, petiole 1 cm. long, with ascend-
ing, villous hairs and short, capitate glands; peduncle glandular-hairy, 4.5-7 cm.
long, the heads exceeding the leaves; heads 1 cm. long and about as broad; involucres
6-8 mm. high, the phyllaries in about 3 series, broadly elliptic-ovate to obovate,
268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
acute or the inner truncate or even subobcordate and abruptly acute, sparsely pubes-
cent on the backs, finely and closely ciliate; outermost enlarged flowers 5 mm. long,
3-cleft at apex, the lateral lobes longer and broader than the middle, pubescent on
the veins from end to end; inner corollas 4-4.5 mm. long, the tube hairy to about
the middle, glabrous above, corollas mostly straight or the outermost slightly
curved.
18, Scalesia Helleri Rob.
Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 217, pi. 1, fig. 9, 10 (1902)
Shrub, 2-2.7 m. tall, the upper stems, leaves, and peduncles conspicuously
villous and more or less glandular- viscidulous, or the villous hairs inconspicuous
and nearly lacking; leaves opposite, twice or thrice pinnatifid-dissected into linear
or narrowly oblong segments, the sinuses between the primary divisions extending
nearly to the midrib, glandular-scabrous, elliptical to ovate, 2-8 cm. long, 1.5-5 cm.
broad, petioles 1-2 cm. long; heads 1-1.2 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. broad, discoid, many-
flowered, peduncles slender, about 2 cm. long, equalling or shorter than the leaves;
involucre about 7 mm. long, phyllaries oblong, rounded above but usually shortly
and very abruptly acute; pales about 6 mm. long, lobes 2 mm. long, triangular, acute
or subacuminate, serrate-ciliate; corollas straight, about 5 mm. long, the lobes
spreading slightly from their middle, the tube slender and narrow at base, glandular-
encrusted and hairy below the lobes; anthers slightly exserted, the appendage 0.5-
0.6 mm. long, triangular-ovate; style-branches divaricate, thick and clavellate,
acute, 1 mm. long; achene oblong, 2-2.5 mm. long, without even rudimentary
pappus.
References. Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad., 38: 245 (1902); Stew., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
(4), 1: 157 (1911), Trans. Wise. Acad., 18: 293 (1915); Christoph., Nyt Mag.
for Naturvid., 70: 95 (1932); Lemee, Diet. Gen. PL Phanerog., 5: 997 (1934);
Svenson, Amer. Jour. Bot., 22: 213 (1935).
This very distinct species is known from only three collections,
the first two from Barrington Island (Snodgrass and Heller No. 466,
G, type, DS, and Stewart No. 675, CAS, G, K), and the third and
most recent from Turtle Bay on the southern side of Indefatigable
Island (Rorud No. 155). The last has not been examined by the
writer, but in the other two collections there appears to be diversity
in the vesture of the plants, the type collection being much more
conspicuously pilose, the Stewart collection being more noticeably
glandular.
The detailed drawing of a pale accompanying the original de-
scription {op. cit., pi. 1, fig. 10) does not show the usual sort of lobing
found in the pales. Usually the lobes are longer in proportion to the
full length of the pale, and characteristically the lobes are sharply
acute or even subacuminate. The drawing of the pale referred to is
probably taken from one in the outermost series of the head, where
occasionally they are not so deeply cleft or so acutely tipped.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESLA. 269
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Andersson, N. J.
1855a. Om Galapagos-oarnes Vegetation. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. [Stock-
holm] 1853: 61-120.
1855b. Enumeratio plantarum in Insulis Galapagensibus hucusque observa-
tarum. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1853: 121-256.
1858. Om Galapagos-oarnes Vegetation. Kgl. Sv. Freg. Eugenies Resa,
Bot., haft.l: 1-34, tafl. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9.
1861. Enumeratio plantarum in Insulis Galapagensibus hucusque observa-
tarum. Kgl. Sv. Freg. Eugenies Resa, Bot., haft. 2: 35-114, tafl. 2, 5, 8,
10-16.
Baur, G.
1891. On the origin of the Galapagos Islands. Amer. Nat. 25: 217-229,
307-326.
Bentham, G.
1873. Notes on the classification, history, and geographical distribution of
the Compositas. Jour. Linn. Soc. 13: 335-577, pi. 8-11.
Bentham, G., and Hooker, J. D.
1873. Genera Plantarum. . ., vol. 2.
Blake, S. F.
1918. A revision of the genus Viguiera. Contrib. Gray Herb., n. ser., 54:
1-205, tab. 1, 2.
1921, Revisions of the genera Acanthospermum, Flourensia, Oyedaea, and
Tithonia. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 383-436.
Bonar, L.
1939. Fungi from the Galapagos and other Pacific coastal islands. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 22: 195-206, 2 fig.
Chubb, L. J.
1933. Geology of Galapagos, Cocos, and Easter Islands. Bernice P. Bishop
Mus. Bull. 110: 1-44, fig. 1-8, pi. 1-5.
Christophersen, E.
1932. A collection of plants from the Galapagos Islands. Nyt Mag. for
Naturvid. 70: 67-96, 1 plate.
Dacqu6, E.
1915. Grundlagen und Methoden der Palaogeographie.
Ball, W. H., and Ochsner, W. H.
1928. Tertiary and Pleistocene MoUusca from the Galapagos Islands. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 17: 89-139, pi. 2-7, 5 text fig.
de CandoUe, A. P.
1839. Prodromus systematis naturaUs regni vegetabiUs. . ., vol. 7.
Dickerson, R. E.
1917. Ancient Panama Canals. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 7: 197-205.
Gulick, A.
1932. The biological peculiarities of islands. Quart. Rev. Biol. 7: 405-427.
Hemsley, W. B.
1901. In Hooker's Icones Plantarum , (4), vol. 8, pi. 2715-2719.
270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.
Hertlein, L. G., and Strong, A. M.
1939. Marine Pleistocene mollusks from the Galapagos Islands. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., (4), 23: 367-380, pi. 32.
Hoflmann, O.
189-i. Compositae in Engler and Prantl, Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien . . .
IV. Tail. 5. Abteilung.
Hooker, J. D.
1847a. An enumeration of the plants of the Galapagos Archipelago; vC-ith
descriptions of those which are new. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 163-233.
1847b. On the vegetation of the Galapagos Archipelago, as compared with
that of some other tropical islands and of the continent of America. Trans.
Linn. Soc. 20: 235-262.
Hooker, W. J., and Arnott, G. A. W.
1841. Contributions towards a flora of South America, and the islands of
the Pacific. Hooker's Jour. Bot., vol. 3.
Howell, J. T.
1932. Field note-books (ms.), vol. 25, p. 134, vol. 27, pp. 74 and 134.
1934a. Environment and evolutionary trends among some plants of the Gala-
pagos Islands (ms.).
1934b. Cacti in the Galapagos Islands. Cactus and Succulent Journal 5:
515-518, 531-532, fig. on p. 513, text fig. 1-9.
— . Hugh Cuming's visit to the Galapagos Islands. In press.
Lem6e, A.
1934. Dictionnaire descriptif et synonymique des genres de plantes phanero-
games, vol. 5.
Lessing, C. F.
1832. Synopsis generum Compositarum.
Lindley, J.
1836. A natural system of botany. . . . This is regarded as a second edition
of Lindley 's An introduction to the Natural System of Botany (1830),
and is generally cited as such.
Pilsbry, H. A.
1930. Notes on the Galapagos, in G. Pinchot, To the South Seas, pp. 117-
122.
Richardson, C.
1933. Petrology of the Galapagos Islands. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull.
110: 45-67.
Riley, L. A. M.
1925. Critical Notes on Galapagos Plants. ("St. George" Pacific Expedi-
tion, 1924.) Kew Bull. 216-231.
Robinson, B. L.
1902. Flora of the Galapagos Islands. (Papers from the Hopkins-Stanford
Expedition to the Galapagos Islands.) Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. no. 24.
Proc. Amer. Acad. 38: 75-270, pi. 1-3.
1906. The generic concept in the classification of the flowering plants.
Science, n. ser., 23: 81-92.
Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M.
1895. On the flora of the Galapagos Islands as shown by the collections of
Dr. Baur. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3), 50: 135-149.
Vol. XXII] HOWELL— THE GENUS SCALESIA 271
Rose, J. N.
1892. List of plants collected by the U. S. S. Albatross in 1887-91 along the
western coast of America. List of plants from Galapagos Islands. Con-
trib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 136-138.
Scharflf, R. F.
1912. Distribution and origin of life in America.
Schulz, O. E.
1911. Compositarum genera nonnuUa in I. Urban Sym. Antill. 7: 78-144.
Sharp, W. M.
1935. A critical study of certain epappose genera of the Heliantheas-Ver-
besininae of the natural family Compos'itae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 22:
51-148, pi. 1-6.
Skottsberg, C.
1925. Juan Fernandez and Hawaii, a phytogeographical discussion. Ber-
nice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 16: 1-47.
Small, J.
1919. Origin and development of the Compositae. New Phytologist, vol. 18.
On completion, the series of papers were issued (1919) as New Phytologist
Reprint No. 11.
Solis, M. A.
1937. Galapagos observado fitologicamente. 1-78, fotographfa 1-30, 1 map.
Stewart, A.
1911. A botanical survey of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
(4), 1: 7-288, pi. 2-19.
1915. Some observations concerning the botanical conditions on the Gala-
pagos Islands. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters 18: 272-340.
Svenson, H. K.
1935. Plants of the Astor Expedition, 1930 (Galapagos and Cocos Islands).
Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Contrib. No. 69. Amer. Jour. Bot. 22: 208-277,
pi. 1-9.
Turrill, W. B.
1938. Ecological Isolation. Kew Bull. 384-390.
Walpers, G. G.
1848-9. Annales botanices systematicse, vol. 1.
Wegener, A,
1915. Die Entstehung der Kontinente und Ozeane.
INDEX TO VOLUME XXII
FOURTH SERIES
New names in bold-face type
abdominalis, Eugnathodus, 126
Gnathodus, 125
abietinus, Polyporus, 204
Abudef duf tridentatus, 181
Abutilon calif ornicum, 201
Acalypha umbrosa, 198
Acaliphae, Phyllachora, 197
acinaria, Sargassuin, 128
acrostichalis, Homoneura, 36, 38
Lauxaiiia, 38
Actia hyalinata, 63
subaequalis, 63
Actocetor, 52
adamsi, Pleurodon, 162
adherens, Lyngbya, 68
aemulans, Puccinia, 202
aequalis, Parahippelates, 50
affine, Stereum, 202
affinis, Scalesia, 227, 234-236, 241, 242
Agallia, 123
mera, 123
modesta, 123
sinuata, 123
Agardhianum, Sargassum, 128
Agaricaceae, 205
Agaricales, 202
Agellus, Eugnathodus, 126
Agromyzidae, 45
(=albolineosa), Sogata furcifer, 120, 121
(Alexander, Charles P., by), Tipulidae, 2
Algae, A Preliminary Report on, by W. A.
Setchell and N. L. Gardner, 65-98
alium, Allotrichoma, 52
Allotrichoma alium, 52
alneum, Schizophyllum, 196
alpestris, Bulbostylis, 192
Alternanthera Snodgrassii, 237
ambiguum var. americana, Sargassum, 128
americana, Sargassum ambiguum var., 128
amictum, Cymatium, 172
amietus, Nyctilochus, 172
amplium, Hypolytrum, 191
Anachis diminuta, 168
guerreroensis, 169
rufotincta, 168
sinaloa, 168, 169
ananassae, Drosophila, 42
Anatina costata, 163
Anderssonii, Cyperus, 187, 188, 192
angularis, Strombina, 170
angulata, Borborus, 54
Leptocera, 54
angulatus, Xenococcus, 67
angustata, Callymenia, 77
annua, Fimbristylis, 188, 190
annulipes, Repipta, 115
Steganopsis, 32
annuus, Helianthus, 224
antillanum, Antithamnion, 86
Antithamnion antillanum, 86
sp., 86
sublittorale, 86
anuda, Desmometopa, 45, 46
Drosophila, 43
Homoneura, 36, 39
Aphanocapsa salinarum, 67
arbuscula, Xylaria, 200
areolata, Eugnathodus, 125
argentina, Montagnites, 205
Ascomycetes, 197
Asilidae, 14
aspera, Scalesia, 225, 234, 241, 248
aspersum, Cardium, 161
Cardium (Papyridea), 161
Aspilia, 230, 231
Atherigona matema, 56
nudiseta, 56
pallidipalpis, 55
Athyroglossa, 51
atractyloides, Scalesia, 222, 258, 260
atratula, Dichaetomyia, 57
Lonchaea, 30
aurantiaca, Limonia (Libnotes), 6
aurea, Lonchaea, 30
Auricularia polytricha, 202
rosea, 202
Aurieulariaceae, 202
Auriculariales, 202
australis, Helicobia, 59
Avicennia nitida, 119
(officinalis), 119
Axiniphyllum, 232
[273]
274
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th See.
baccata, Wulffia, 230
Bactrocera umbrosa, 27
baeckstroemi, Nysius, 114
Balsomorhiza, 230
bartschi, Eulimostraca, 170
Basidiomycetes, 201
basilaris, Eivellia, 23
Trypeta, 23
Baurii var. glabrata, Scalesia, 267
Scalesia, 262, 264
bicolor, Drapetis, 20
bicorne, Ceramium, 88
Bif urcaria galapagensis, 73
bilineatus, Hippelatua, 49
bioculata, Homoneura, 37
Lauxania, 37
bipartita, Limonia (Laosa), 5
bisulcata, Euphorbia, 237
Blainvillea dichotoma, 202
Blainvilleae, Uromyces, 202
bogoriense, Physarum, 197
Bombyliidae, 18
Bonar, Lee, Fungi from the Galapagos
and other Pacific Coastal Islands,
195-206
bonlta, Strombiua, 169
(Boraginaceae), Coldenia, 99
Borboridae, 53
Borborus angulata, 54
Bovista plumbea, 205
Bovistella sp., 205
Brachygonia, 89
brachystachis, Cyperus, 188
brevipes, Trentepohlia (Mongoma), 10
brunnea, Trentepohlia (Mongoma), 11
brunneopalpus, Sarcophaga, 60
brunneus, Cyperus aff., 191
Cyperus planifolius var., 192
Bubakia Crotonis, 201
bulbosa, Xylaria, 200
Bulbostylis alpestris, 192
vestita, 193
Bursera malacophylla, 237
Byomya nebulo, 58
vetustissima, 58
xanthomelas, 58
Caduceia, 212
californica, Sargassum fuliginosum var.,
128, 129
Volvulella, 164
californicum, Abutilon, 201
caUf ornicum, Sargassum, 129
callicera, Volvulella, 164
Calliphora, 58
melinda, 59
Callymenia angustata, 67, 77
Calobatidae, 30
Calonympha, 208, 212, 213
grassii, 213
Calonymphidae, 208
Calothrix Laurenciae, 72
Calvatia cyathiformis, 205
Camillea sagraena, 200
capensis, Ochtodes, 93
capillaris, Fimbristylis, 190
Pterula, 203
capsiformis, Nabis, 114
caracasanus, Cyperus, 188
(Cardiomya) dulcis, Cuspidaria, 163
Cardium aspersum, 161
Cardium (Papyridea) aspersum, 161
(Papyridea) crockeri, 161
caribaea, Eleocharis, 188
caribbea, Drosophila, 42
Carpacanthus Liebmanni, 130
catallus, Nassarius, 167
catharia, Volvulella, 164
celosia, Irisene, 201, i.e. Iresine
centrifugus, Eusinus, 166
Ceramium bicorne, 88
codiophila, 89
fimbriatum, 88
Howellii, 88
Ledermannii, 89
leptosiphon, 89
Templetonii, 90
zacae, 89
Cercopidae, 122
ceres, Steganopsis, 32
Cereus Thouarsii, 236
championensis, Scalesia villosa var., 247
Chermidae, 126
chilensis, Salarias, 182
chilensis, Sargassum filiforme var. t, 128
Tettigades, 118
Chloropidae, 46
Chlorops lithofrons, 46
Chondria pacifica, 84
Chlorophyceae, 66
Chrysallida indentata, 172
Chrysomya, 58
megacephala, 59
Chrysosarcophaga, 58
superba, 62
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
275
Chrysosoma divisum, 21
cibaris, Favolus, 196
Cicadellidae, 123
Cicadidae, 118
cinerea, Philatis, 119
Cissi, Mykosyrinx, 201
Cissus sicyoides, 201
clarionensis, Laurencia, 81
Polycystis, 66
Polyopes, 91
Clark, H. W., Additional New Fishes,
179-185
Clavariaceae, 203
clevelandi, Coronympha, 208-210, 212, 216
Kalotermes, 208, 210, 216
Clinidae, 182
Clinopogon nicobarensis, 15
Clovia f euestrata, 122
Clusiidae, 54
Clypeospliaeriaceae, 199
(Cochlis) scetra, Natica, 174
codicola, Lyngbya, 70
codiophila, Ceramium, 89
Codium fragile, 89
Geppii, 70, 71
Coelochondria, 84
Coenosia torrida, 56
tumidiventris, 56
Coldenia, 100, 102
(Boraginaceae), 99
conspicua, 103-105, 237
Darwini, 104
fusca, 103, 104, 106
Galapagoa, 102-104, 108
in the Galapagos Islands, The Plant
Genus, by J. T. Howell, 99-110
nesiotica, 237
paronychioides, 103
coliforme, Myriostoma, 206
colima, Natica, 174
Colubraria lucasensis, 173
(Colubraria) sowerbyi, Tritonium, 174
Columbella diminuta, 168
commune, Schizophyllum, 196, 205
compacta, Sargassum ilicif olium var., 128
compactum, Sargassum, 128
Compositae, 222-224, 229, 231, 234, 238
compressus, Cyperus, 188
concentrica, Daldinia, 200
confertus, Cyperus, 188
confusa, Drapetis, 20
Congestae, Formae, 149
congestum, Sargassum pacificum forma,
149
consocialis, Oechalia, 113
consociata, Lyngbya, 70
conspicua, Coldenia, 103-105, 237
cooperi, Volvulella, 164
coralllnae, Mastigocoleus, 72
cordata, Scalesia, 227, 233, 251, 257
Coreidae, 113
corium, Mycenastrum, 206
Coronympha, 208, 212, 215-218
clevelandi, 208-210, 212, 216
octonaria, 209, 210, 212, 216
corymbosa, Eyuchospora, 187, 188, 190
eostata, Anatina, 163
Cuspidaria, 163
cotinifolia, Ficus, 197
Cowelii, Polyporus, 204
Craterium leucocephalum, 197
Creontiades femoralis, 115, 116
fuscosus, 115
insularis, 115
willowsii, 115
(Cresson, Ezra T., by), Ephydridae, 50
crockeri, Cardium (Papyridea), 161
Drapetis, 20
Drosophila, 44
Euthiscia, 119
Homoneura, 37, 40
Lallemandia, 122
Leptogaster, 14
Crockeri, Mollugo, 237
crockeri, Normanichthys, 179
Crockeri, Ochtodes, 92
crockeri, Ehabdochaeta, 28
Crockeri, Scalesia, 226, 236, 237, 241, 249
Croton Masonii, 211
Crotonis, Bubakia, 201
cruzi, Limonia (Dicranomyia), 8
cuneata, Sarcodiotheca, 80
Curran, C. H., with the collaboration of
C. P. Alexander (Tipulidae) and
E. T. Cresson (Ephidridae), Dip-
tera, 1-63
Curtisii, Ganoderma, 203
curvinervis, Leptocera, 53
Limosina, 53
Cuspidaria eostata, 163
didyma, 163
lanieri, 162
Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) dulcis, 163
Cyathus rugispermus, 205
276
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
cyathif ormis, Calvatia, 205
Cydnidae, 112
cylindrica, Volvulella, 164, 165
Cymatium amictum, 172
Cymosae, 137
cymosum var. foliosa, Sargassum, 128
var. foliosa forma rigidiuscula,
Sargassum, 128, 148
var. foliosa forma subdelicatula,
Sargassum, 128, 147
var. furcifolia forma denticulata,
Sargassum, 128
var. furcifolia, Sargassum, 128
Sargassum, 136, 147, 148
Cyperaceae, 187, 188
The, by H. K. Svenson, 187-193
Cyperus, 187, 188
Anderssouii, 187, 188, 192
brachystachys, 188
aff. brunneus, 191
caracasanus, 188
compressus, 188
confertus, 188
densieaespitosus, 188
distans, 188, 189
duripes, 191, 192, 198
esculentus, 188
galapagensis, 187, 189
glaucus, 192
grandifolius, 188, 189
inflexus, 188
laevigatus, 188
ligularis, 188, 192
piceus, 188
plauifolius var. brunneus, 192
rubiginosus, 187-189
strigosus, 189
surinamensis, 188
trachysanthus, 189
Cyrilla munita, 162
Cystoseira osmundacea, 74
Czernyola plenralis, 54
Dacromycetaceae, 202
Dacromycetales, 202
Dacus umbrosus, 27
Daldinia concentrica, 200
Darwini, Coldenia, 104
Galapagoa, 99, 101, 102, 104
Darwinii, Scalesia, 226, 247, 258, 259
Dasya subsecundata, 85
decurrens forma denudata, Scalesia, 242
Scalesia, 225, 242
deficiens, Syneches, 19
Delphacodes, 121
Delphax, 121
deltoideus, Trachypterus, 180
densieaespitosus, Cyperus, 188
Densiores, Formae, 148
densisslma, Laurencia, 82
Dentatae (series 1 of the Genus Scalesia),
232-235, 241
denticula, Sargassum lendigerum var.
furcifolia forma, 128
denticulata, Sargassum cymosum var.
furcifolia forma, 128
denudata, Scalesia decurrens forma, 242
Dermocarpa simulans, 66
sphaerica var. galapagensis, 66
Desmometopa, 45
anuda, 45, 46
Desvauxii, Fucus, 145
Sargassum, 145
Devescovina, 212
Devescovininae, 212
Diachaea leucopoda, 197
Diatrypaceae, 200
Diatrype microstega, 200
Dichaetomyia atratula, 57
quadrata, 57
rufa, 57
Dicholinea, 89
dichotoma, Blainvillea, 202
Dichromena radicans, 188, 189
(Dicranomyia) cruzi, Limonia, 8
subsordida, Limonia, 9
didyma, Cuspidaria, 163
Neaera, 163
diminuta, Anachis, 168
Columbella, 168
diphylla, Fimbristylis, 190
Diptera, by C. H. Curran with the collabo-
ration of C. P. Alexander (Tipuli-
dae) and E. T. Cresson (Ephydri-
dae), 1-63
discolor, Stomorhina, 59
Discomyza maculipennis, 53
dispersus, Ptereleotris, 182
dissectifolium, Sargassum, 135
distans, Cyperus, 188, 189
distincta, Homoneura, 36, 38
Sapromyza, 38
divisa, Scalesia, 233, 234, 261, 262
divisum, Chrysosoma, 21
doddi, Limonia (Thrypticomyia), 10
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
2.11
dohrni, Ploiaria, 115
Dolichopidae, 21
Dothidiales, 197
Doydixodon freminvillei, 180
Drapetis bicolor, 20
confusa, 20
crockeri, 20
exul, 20
Drosophila auanassae, 42
anuda, 43
caribbea, 42
crockeri, 44
latif ascia, 43
metallescens, 45
mitis, 43
scaptomyzoides, 43
sp., 45
■willowsi, 42
Drosophilidae, 41
dulcis, Cuspidaria (Cardiomya), 163
duripes, Cyperus, 191, 192
duriusculum, Stereum, 203
Ectocarpus granulosoides var. pygmaeus,
73
Eddya, section of the Genus Coldenia, 103
eisenl, Modiolus, 160
elegans, Phycodrys, 92
Eleocharis earibaea, 188
galapagensis, 188
maculosa, 188
mutata, 188
nodulosa, 188
Sellowiana, 188
Eleotridae, 182
emersoni, Kalotermes, 208, 209, 211, 213,
217
Empidae, 19
endophyticus, Xenocoecus, 67
Engytatus geniculatus, 116
epMppiata, Limonia (Libnotes), 7
Ephydridae (by Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.), 50
Ephygrobia pollinosa, 53
Epiceia, 19
Epitouium (Nitidiscala) willetti, 171
epizooica, Lyngbya, 69
erecta, Heterosiphouia, 84, 85
ericoides, Laurencia, 83
erinaeeus, Themarohystrix, 27
Eristalis punctulata, 21
Esperi, Sargassum, 128
ethelia, Minettia, 35
Eugnathodus, 125, 126
abdominalis, 126
Agellus, 126
areolata, 125
hebe, 125
juventus, 125
neglectus, 126
Eulimostraca bartschi, 170
galapagensis, 171
Euphorbia bisulcata, 237
pilifera, 202
thymifolia, 202
Euprosopia fuscipes, 25
lepida, 25
Eupsilopa, 52
Europiella mella, 117
Eurphorbia pilifera, 202; i. e.. Euphorbia
as above
Euthiscia, 120
crockeri, 119
signata, 120
tuberculata, 119, 120
(=Eutrichomastix), Monocercomouas,
208
Evasa, 12
fortis, 13
incidens, 12, 13
indica, 13
maculifera, 13
solomensis, 12
whitneyi, 12, 13
Evolvulus hirsutus, 201
evulgatus, Sciapus, 21
exculentus, Cyperus, 188
excurrens, Ommatius, 18
exigua, Salduba, 14
exul, Drapetis, 20
exul, Themarohystrix, 27
f asciata, Lasiopsila, 55
falcata, Limonia (Laosa), 5
Fovolus cibaris, 196
f eliciana, Girella, 180
femoralis, Creontiades, 115, 116
f emorata, Stratiothyrea, 51
fenestrata, Clovia, 122
rapana, Lallemandia, 122
f ernandezensis, Ophioblennius, 184
ferruginosa, Laphria, 15
Smeringolaphria, 15
Fici, Ophiodothella, 197
Ficus cotinifolia, 197
278
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
filiforme var. ? chilensis, Sargassum, 128
fimbriatum, Ceramium, 88
Fimbristylis annua, 188, 190
capillaris, 190
diphylla, 190
laxa, 188, 190
miliacea, 188, 190
Fishes, Additional New, bj' H. W. Clark,
179-185
fissa, Guepinia, 202
fistulosa, Eleocharis, 188
Flagellates, Two New, from Termites in
the Genera Coronympha Kirby,
and Metacoronympha Kirby, New
Genus, by Harold Kirby, 207-220
flavipalpis, Limonia (Libnotes), 6
Phyllomyza, 46
flaviporum, Ganoderma, 203
Foaina, 212
Foliaceae (Series 3 of the Genus Seale-
sia), 227, 232-236, 241, 258
f oliosa forma rigidiuscula, Sargassum
cymosum var., 128, 148
forma rigidiuscula, Sargassum lendi-
gerum var., 128, 148
Sargassum cymosum var., 128
Sargassum lendigerum var., 128
forma subdelicatula, Sargassum
cj'mosum var., 128, 147
forma subdelicatula, Sargassum
lendigerum var., 128, 147
Fomes lucidus, 196
rimosus, 203
Formae Congestae, 149
Densiores, 148
Laxae, 147
f ortis, Evasa, 13
fragile, Codium, 89
franciseanus, Oliarus, 118
freminvillei, Doydixodon, 180
Fruticuliferae, 137
Fucus Desvauxii, 145
graminifolius, 151
pilulifer, 135
fuliginosum var. califoniica, Sargassum,
128, 129
Sargassum, 129
Fulgoridae, 118
Fulvofomos nielleicinctus, 203
Fungi from the Galapagos and Other Pa-
cific Coastal Islands, by L. Bonar,
195-206
furcifer (=albolineosa), Sogata, 120, 121
furcifolia forma denticula, Sargassum
lendigerum var., 128
forma deuticulata, Sargassum cymo-
sum var., 128
Sargassum cymosum var., 128
Sargassum lendigerum var., 128
fusea, Coldenia, 103, 104, 106
Galapagoa, 99-102, 106
Herina, 23
Eivellia, 23
fuscana, Megistocera, 2
Nematocera, 2
fuscifacies, Euprosopia, 25
fuscolata, Limonia (Pseudoglochina), 9
fuscosus, Creontiades, 115
Fusinus centrifugus, 166
zacae, 165
galapagense, Sargassum, 128, 141
var. setifolia, Sargassum, 128, 136,
143
galapagensis, Bifurcaria, 73
Cyperus, 187, 189
galapagensis, Dermocarpa sphaerica var.,
67
galapagensis, Eleocharis, 188
Eulimostraca, 171
galapagensis, Ilildenbrandtia, 91
Lyngbya Willei var., 69
galapagensis, Oliarus, 118
galapagensis, Ralfsia pangoensis var., 74
Galapagoa, 99, 102
Darwini, 99, 101, 102, 104
fusca, 99-102, 106
Galapagoa, Coldenia, 102-104, 108
galapagoensis, Jassus, 124
Kalotermes, 208
gallegosi, Nassarius, 166
gamma, Sarcophaga, 60
Ganoderma Curtisii, 203
flaviporum, 203
pulverulatum, 203
subincrustatum, 203
Gardner, N. L., and Setchel, W. A., see
Setchel, W. A.
Gasteromycetes, 205
gausapata, Mitrella, 168
Geaster triplex, 206
Gelidium Okamurai, 92
Gelidium (Pteroclaudia) Okamurai, 75
geniculatus, Engytatus, 116
Geomyza laticosta, 37
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
279
Geotomus pygmaeus, 112
Geppii, Codium, 70, 71
Geron simplex, 18
Gerridae, 118
gibbosa, Leucopheuga, 41
Girella, 180
feliciana, 180
nigricans, 180
Girellidae, 180
glabrata, Scalesia Baurii var., 267
Glaucias marcidus, 113
samoanus, 113
sulcatus, 113
venusta, 112
vitiensis, 113
glaucus, Gyperus, 192
globosipes, Puccinia, 201
Gnathodus abdominalis, 125
impictus, 125
Gracilaria secundata, 79
gracilis, Lyngbya, 69
graminifolium, Sargassum, 136, 151
graminifolius, Fucus, 151
grande, Ehizoclonium, 73
grandifolius, Cyperus, 188, 189
granuliferiim, Sargassum, 128
granulosoides var. pygmaeus, Ectocarpus,
73
granulosum, Tulostoma, 206
grassii, Calonympha, 213
guadalcanarana, Nephrotoma solomonis,
3,4
Guepinia fissa, 202
guerreroensis, Anachis, 169
gummifera, Scalesia, 202, 225, 227,
234-236, 241, 244
guttipleura, Nephrotoma, 2, 3
guyanense var. marinum, Scytonema, 72
Gymnogongrus martinensis, 78
Gymnolomia, 222, 230
Gymnopa, 51
Halobates robustus, 118
harfordi, Mitrella, 167
Harpamerus (subgenus), 19
hebe, Eugnathodus, 125
Heteroptera, 112
Heterosiphonia erecta, 84, 85
subsecundata, 85
lieterospora, Puccinia, 201
Herina f usca, 23
Hertlein, L. G., and Strong, A. M., see
Strong, A. M.
Hemicarpha micrantha, 188
Hemiptera of the Templeton Crocker Ex-
pedition to Polynesia in 1934-1935,
The, by E. P, Van Duzee, 111-126
Heliantheae Heliopsidae, 222
Heliantheae-Verbescininae, 222, 229
Helianthoideae, 222, 229, 231
Helianthus, 230
annuus, 224
Helicobia australis, 59
Helina propinqua, 57
Heliomeris, 230
Heliopsidae, Heliantheae, 222
Helleri, Scalesia, 226, 233, 235, 262, 268
hibisci, Mesohomotoma, 126
Hibiscus tiliaceus, 126
Hildenbrandtia galapagensis, 91
Hippelates bilineatus, 49
matema, 49
nigricornis, 48
tenuifacies, 48
hirsutisetus, Kliagoneurus, 21
hirsutus, Evolvulus, 201
hirtella, Scleria, 187, 188, 190
hirtellus, Stenoph5dlus, 188, 190
hispida, Oncostylis, 193
Trametes, 204
Holdenii, Lyngbya, 68
Homalura maculipennia, 53
Homoneura, 36
acrostichalis, 36, 38
anuda, 36, 39
bioculata, 37
crockeri, 37, 40
distincta, 36, 38
kerteszi, 37
laticosta, 36, 37
monticola, 37, 38
orientis, 36, 37
punctipennis, 36, 37
signatifrons, 36, 37
sikaiana, 37, 40
viatrix, 36, 37
whitneyi, 36, 39
Homoptera, 118
Hopkinsii, Scalesia, 235, 262, 265
Howell, J. T., The Genus Scalesia, 221-271
The Plant Genus Coldenia in the
Galapagos Islands, 99-110
Howellii, Ceramium, 88
Microcoleus, 71
Sargassum, 132
280
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
Howellii, Spatoglossum, 74
Weeksia, 77
hubbsi, Notocheirus, 179
hyalinata, Actia, 63
hyalinus, Liorhyssus, 113
hybueri, Piezodorus, 113
Hydnaceae, 203
Hyduodon thelephorum, 203
Hymenochaete luteo-badia, 202
Hypnea, 93
Hypolj'trum, 191
amplum, 191
nicaraguense, 191
Schraderianum, 191
hypoxylon, Xylaria, 200
Idia quadrinotata, 59
igniarius var. scaber, Polyporus, 195
ilicifolium var. compacta, Sargassum, 128
illecebrosa, Limonia (Libnotes), 6
immigrans, Kalotermes, 208, 210, 216
impictus, Gnathodus, 125
incidens, Evaza, 12, 13
ineisa, Scalesia, 235, 261, 263
indentata, Chrysallida, 172
Turbonilla, 172
indica, Evaza, 13
indurata, Scalesia pedunculata var.,
252, 255
indusa, Notochaeta, 61
infestus, Jassus, 124
inflexus, Cyperus, 188
iuquiuans, Phellorinia, 206
insculptus, Nassarius, 167
insularis, Creontiadea, 115
insularis, Poeciloscytus, 116
intrusa, Tylana, 120
Irisene celosia, 201; i. e. Iresine
irregularis, Psilopa, 124
Jassus galapagoensis, 124
infestus, 124
javanensis, Pipunculus, 22
javanica, Sepsis, 31, 32
junciformis, Stenophyllus, 192
(Jupiteria) lobula, Leda, 160
juventus, Eugnathodus, 125
Kalotermes, 217
clevelandi, 208, 210, 216
emersoni, 208, 209, 211, 213, 217
galapagoensis, 208
immigrans, 208, 210, 216
lighti, 208, 209, 216, 217
pacificus, 207, 216, 217
platycephalus, 208, 211, 216, 217
tabogae, 207, 211-213, 216, 217
keepi, Tropbou, 170
kerteszi, Homoneura, 37
Sapromyza, 37
Kirby, Jr., Harold, Two New Flagellates
from Termites in the Genera Coro-
nympha Kirby, and Metacoronym-
pha Kirby, New Genus, 207-220
Kuetzingiana var. pacifica, Lyngbya, 69
Kyllinga pumila, 188
laevigatus, Cyperus, 188
Lalleniandia crockeri, 122
fenestrata rapana, 122
lanieri, Cuspidaria, 162
Lantaua sp., 201
Lantauae, Pucciuia, 201
(Laosa) bipartita, Limonia, 5
falcata, Limonia, 5
riedelella, Limonia, 5
Lapliria ferruginosa, 15
spectabilis, 16
Lasiopsila, 54
f asciata, 55
Lathyrophthalmus punctulatus, 21
laticiucta, Limonia (Pseudoglochina), li
laticosta, Geomyza, 37
Homoneura, 36, 37
latifascia, Drosophila, 43
Laurencia clarionensis, 81
densissima, 82
ericoides, 83
mediocris, 83
paniculata, 83
pannosa, 83
turbinata, 82
virgata, 83
Laurenciae, Calothrix, 72
Lauxania acrostichalis, 38
bioculata, 37
mouticola, 38
viatrix, 37
Lauxaniidae, 32
laxa, Fimbristylis, 188, 190
Laxae, Formae, 147
Lecocarpus, 222, 229
Leda (Jupiteria) lobula, 160
Ledemannii, Ceramium, 89
Leiblenia (section of the genus
Lyngbya), 69
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
281
lendigerum var. foliosa forma rigidius-
cula, Sargassum, 128, 148
var. foliosa, Sargassum, 128
var. foliosa forma subdelicatula,
Sargassum, 128, 147
var. f urcifolia forma denticula,
Sargassum, 128
var. furcifolia, Sargassum, 128
Lentinus orinocensis, 205
villosus, 205
lepida, Euprosopia, 25
Leptocera angulata, 54
curvinervis, 53
Leptogaster crockeri, 14
trifasciata, 14
Leptopsilopa poUinosa, 53
leptosiphon, Ceramium, 89
Leptosphaeria Phoradendri, 198
letholepis, Ptereleotris, 182
leucocephalum, Craterium, 197
Leucophenga gibbosa, 41
xanthobasis, 41
leucopoda, Diachaea, 197
Libnotes solomouis, 7
(Libnotes) aurantiaca, Limonia, 6
ephippiata, Limonia, 7
flavipalpis, Limonia, 6
illecebrosa, Limonia, 6
solomonis, Limonia, 7
willowsi, Limonia, 6
Liburnia sp., 121
Licium minimum, 201
licnoides, Polyporus, 204
Liebmanni, Carpacauthus, 130
Liebmannii, Sargassum, 128, 130
lighti, Kalotermes, 209, 216, 217
ligularis, Cyperus, 188, 192
Limnophora plumiseta, 57
Limnocello, Zanthoxylum, 198
Limonia (Dicranomyia) cruzi, 8
(Dicranomyia) subsordida, 9
(Laosa) bipartita, 5
(Laosa) falcata, 5
(Laosa) riedelella, 5
(Libnotes) aurantiaca, 6
(Libnotes) ephippiata, 7
(Libnotes) flavipalpis, 6
(Libnotes) illecebrosa, 6
(Libnotes) solomonis, 7
(Libnotes) "willowsi, 6
(Pseudogloehina) fuscolata, 9
(Pseudoglochina) laticincta, 10
(Thrypticomyia) doddi, 10
(Thrypticomyia) spathulata, 10
Limoniinae, 5
Limosia, sp., 57
tumidiventris, 56
Limosina curvinervis, 53
salatigae, 53
linearis, Sarcodiotheca, 80
lineatus, Triton, 173
lineolatus, Nerius, 30
Telostylinus, 30
Liodrosophila, 45
metallescens, 45
Liorhyssus hyalinus, 113
lithofrons, Chlorops, 46
Litliospermi, Puccinia, 201
littoralis, Vernonia, 201
Lobatae (Series 4 of the Genus Scalesia),
228, 232-236, 241, 261
lobatum, Stereum, 203
Lobeliaceae, 224
lobula, Leda (Jupiteria), 160
Lonchaea atratula, 30
aurea, 30
Lonchaeidae, 30
Lophoteles plumula, 14
lowei, Volvulella, 164
lucasana, Nuculana, 160
lucasensis, Colubraria, 173
lucidus, Fomes, 196
Lucillia, 58
sp., 59
luteo-badia, Hymenochaete, 202
Lygaeidae, 113
Lygus rubicundus, 116
Lyngbya adherens, 68
codicola, 70
consociata, 70
epizooica, 69
gracilis, 69
Holdenii, 68
Kuetzingiana var. paciflca, 69
prostrata, 68
sinuosa, 70
spiralis, 70
Willei var. galapagensis, 69
Macrotrichomonas, 212
mactans, Pedicella, 14
Sargus, 14
maculif era, Evaza, 13
maculipennis, Discomyza, 53
Homalura, 53
282
CALIFOBNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Peoc. 4th Ser.
maculosa, Eleocharis, 188
Maira, 15
sp., 16, 18
spectabilis, 16
whitneyi, 16
willowsi, 16, 17
major, Philatis, 119
Malacocaipicae, 137
malacophylla, Bursera, 237
malaita, Maquiliugia, 33
Plateusina, 29
malaitana, Nephrotoma solomonis, 3, 4
Maquiliugia, 33
malaita, 33
matema, 33, 34
Marasmius siccus, 205
marcidus, Glaucias, 113
marginalis, Nysius, 114
marinum, Scytonema guyanense var., 72
martinensis, Gymnogongrus, 78
Masonii, Croton, 211
Mastigocoleus corallinae, 72
testareum, 73
matema, Atherigona, 56
Hippelates, 49
Maquiliugia, 33, 34
Pipunculus, 22
Stratiothyrea, 51
Syneches, 19
mediocris, Laureneia, 83
mcgacepliala, Chrysomya, 59
Megistocera fuscana, 2
melacanthus, Platynopus, 113
Melampodium, 229
Melanophyceae, 66
Melanthera, 231
melinda, Calliphora, 59
mella, Europiella, 117
melleicinctus, Fulvof omes, 203
membranaceus, Polyporus, 204
mera, Agallia, 123
meridionalis, Sarcodiotheca, 79
Mesohomotoma hibisci, 126
Metacoronympha, 208, 213, 215, 217, 218
senta, 210, 213, 215, 217
Metadevescovina, 212
metallescens, Drosophila, 45
Liodrosophila, 45
Metopiidae, 58
micrantha, Hemicarpha, 188
microcephala, Scalesia, 227, 233, 236,
251, 256
Microcoleus Howellii, 71
subtorulosus var. pacificus, 71
Microrhopalodina, 208
microstega, Diatrype, 200
miliacea, Fimbristj'lis, 188, 190
Mimegralla, 30
Minettia, 34
ethelia, 35
surda, 35
minimum, Licium, 201
Mirasolia, 222, 229, 230, 231
Miridae, 115
miser, Nassarius, 167
mitis, Drosophila, 43
Mitrella, 168
gausapata, 168
harfordi, 167
Mixophyeeae, 66
mocsaryi, Telostyliuus, 31
modesta, Agallia, 123
modestus, Poeciloscytus, 117
Modiolus eiseni, 160
Mollugo, 233
Crockeri, 237
Mollusca from the Coast of Western
North America, New Species of
Recent, by A. M. Strong and L. G.
Hertleiu, 159-178
(Mongoma) brevipes, Trentepohlia, 10
brunnea, Trentepohlia, 11
solomonensis, Trentepohlia, 11
Monocercomonas (=Eutrichomastix), 208
Monospora, 86
pedicellata, 87
Montagnites argentina, 205
tenuis, 205
nionticola, Homoneura, 37, 38
Lauxania, 38
multilineata, Steganopsis, 32
raultiramosa, Neomonospora, 87
niunita, Cyrilla, 162
munitum, Pleurodon, 162
Musca neublo, 58
vetustissima, 58
xanthomelas, 58
Muscidae, 55
mutata, Eleocharis, 188
Mycenastrum corium, 206
Mycterodus productus, 119
Mykosyrinx Cissi, 201
Myriostoma colif orme, 206
Myxomycetes, 197
Vol. XXII 1
INDEX
283
Nabidae, 114
Nabis capsiformis, 114
punctipennis, 114
nana, Pteroclaudia, 76
narbonensis, Scalesia, 245
Nassarius, 167
catallus, 167
gallegosi, 166
insculptus, 167
miser, 167
Natica colima, 174
Natica (Cochlis) scethra, 174
Naupoda, 26
platessa, 27
ventralis, 26
Neaera didyma, 163
nebulo, Byomya, 58
Musca, 58
neglectus, Eugnathodus, 126
Nematocera fuscana, 2
Neomonospora, 86
multiramosa, 87
Nephrotoma guttipleura, 2, 3
opima, 3, 4
solomonis, 3, 4
solomonis guadalcanarana, 3, 4
solomonis malaitana, 3, 4
solomonis solomonis, 3, 4
Neriidae, 30
Nerius lineolatus, 30
striatus, 31
nesiotica, Coldenia, 237
nesiotieus, Stenopliyllus, 191, 192
Nezara viridans, 113
nicaraguense, Hypolytrum, 191
nicobarensis, Clinopogon, 15
Stichopogon, 15
nigricans, Girella, 180
nigricornis, Hippelates, 48
nitida, Avicennia, 119
(Nitidiscala) willetti, Epitonium, 171
nodulosa, Eleocharis, 188
Normanichthys crockeri, 179
notha, Puccinia, 201
Notoehaeta, 58
indusa, 61
Notocheirus hubbsi, 179
Nucula petriola, 162
Nuculana, 160
lucasana, 160
uudiseta, Atherigoua, 56
Nyctilochus amietus, 172
Nymphocixia unipunctata, 119
Nysius baeekstroemi, 114
marginalis, 114
obscurella, Steleocerus, 46
obscurellus, Steleocerus, 46
occidentals, Tulostoma, 206
Ochtodes capensis, 93
Crockeri, 92
secundiramea, 93
octonaria, Coronympha, 209, 210, 212-216,
217
Odontia uda, 203
Oechalia cousocialis, 113
(officinalis), Avicennia, 119
Okamurai, Gelidium, 92
Okamurai, Gelidium (Pteroclaudia), 75
Oliarus franciscanus, 118
galapagensis, 118
Ommatius excurrens, 18
Oncostylis hispida, 193
vestita, 193
oocyste, Sargassum, 128
Ophioblennius, 183
fernandezensis, 184
phalacrus, 184
pinchoti, 183
sp., 185
steindachneri, 183
webbii, 183
xiphiodon, 183
Ophiodotliella Fici, 197
opima, Nephrotoma, 3, 4
Opuntia Zacana, 237
orehidea, Sarcophaga, 60
orientalis, Sapromyza, 37
orientis, Homoneura, 36, 37
Sapromyza, 37
orinocensis, Lentinus, 205
Orthaea pacifica, 114
ventralis, 114
vincta, 114
Orthellia timorensis, 58
Oscinella solomensis, 48
vixen, 47
osmundacea, Cystoseira, 74
Otitidae, 23
ovata, Scalesia, 254
Oxymonas, 208
Oxyna parca, 29
pacifica, Chondria, 84
Lyngbya Kuetzingiana var., 69
pacifica, Orthaea, 114
284
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
pacificum forma congestum, Sargassum,
149
forma rigidiusculum, Sargassum, 148
Sargassum, 128, 145, 147, 149
forma subdelicatulum, Sargassum,
147
pacificus, Kalotermes, 207, 211, 216, 217
pacificus, Microcoleus subtorulosus var.,
71
palleus, Paromius, 113
pallidipalpis, Atherigona, 55
Palmeri, Sargassum, 128, 135
palmyra, Scholastes, 23, 24
pauamica, Volvulella, 164
pangoensis, var. galapagensis, Ealf sia, 74
paniculata, Laurencia, 83
paniculatum, Sargassum, 129
pannosa, Laurencia, 83
(Papyridea) aspersum, Cardium, 161
crockeri, Cardium, 161
Parabrunettia, 11
Paradrosophila, 43
Parahippelates aequalis, 50
variabilis, 50
parca, Oxyna, 29
Paroxyna, 29
Paromius pallens, 113
paronychioides, Coldenia, 103
Paroxyua parca, 29
parviflora, Scalesia pedunculata var., 233,
252, 254
Paspalum redundans, 237
pavionius, Polyporus, 204
Pedicella mactans, 14
pedicellata, Monospora, 87
pedunculata var. indurata, Scalesia,
252, 255
var. parviflora, Scalesia, 233, 252, 254
var. pllosa, Scalesia, 252, 255
Scalesia, 224, 226, 235, 236, 251,
253-256
var. Svensoni, Scalesia, 252, 254
var. typica, Scalegja, 252
Pedunculatae (series 2 of the Genus Sca-
lesia), 232-236, 241, 250
Peltosphaeria vitrispora, 199
Pentatomidae, 112
perditor, Thyanta, 112
Periclinia, 90
Perymenium, 231
petriola, Nucula, 162
Phalacrodiscus, 58
?whitneyl, 62
phalacrus, Ophioblenuius, 184
Phellorinia inquinans, 206
Philatis cinerea, 119
major, 119
productus, 119
Philoxerus rigidus, 237
Phoradendri, Leptosphaeria, 198
Phycodrys elegans, 92
Phormidium subtorulosum, 71
Phyllachora Acalyphae, 197
Scleriae, 198
Phyllachoraceae, 197
Phyllomyza flavipalpis, 46
Phyllomyzidae, 45
Physarum bogoriense, 197
piceus, Cyperus, 188
Piezodorus hybneri, 113
rubrofasciatus, 113
pilifera. Euphorbia, 202
Eurphorbia, 202; i. e. Euphorbia as
above
pilosa, Scalesia pedunculata var., 252, 255
pilulifer, Fueus, 135
pilulif erum, Sargassum, 135
pinchoti, Ophioblenuius, 183
Pipunculidae, 22
Pipuueulus javanensis, 22
matema, 22
synadelphus, 22
pistillaris, Podaxis, 206
placita, Sogata, 120
planifolius var. brunneus, Cyperus, 192
Platensina, 29
malaita, 29
zodiacalis, 29
platessa, Naupoda, 27
platycephalus, Kalotermes, 208, 211, 216,
217
Platymetopius retusus, 123
Platynopus melacanthus, 113
plebeia. Sepsis, 31
Pleospora vitrispora, 200
Plcosporaceae, 198
pleuralis, Czernyola, 54
Pleurodon, 159
adamsi, 162
munitum, 162
subdolus, 162
Ploiaria dohrni, 115
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
285
plumbea, Bovista, 205
plumiseta, Limnophora, 57
plumula, Lophoteles, 14
Podaxis pistillaris, 206
Poeciloscytus, 116
insularis, 116
modestus, 117
sp., 117
vegatus, 117
pollinosa, Ephygrobia, 53
Leptopsilopa, 53
Polycystis clarionensis, 66
Polymerus, 117
Polyopes clarionensis, 91
siiiicola, 92
Polyporaceae, 203
Polyporus abietinus, 204
Cowelii, 204
igniarius var. scaber, 195
licuoides, 204
membranaceus, 204
pavionius, 204
porrectus, 204
sanguiueus, 204
spathulatus, 204
tabacinus, 204
tricholoma, 204
Polysiphonia sp., 68
polytricha, Auricularia, 202
Pomacentridae, 181
Poroinya, 164
tenuiconcha, 164
trosti, 163
porrectus, Polyporus, 204
productus, Mycterodus, 119
Philatis, 119
proemiiiens, Uromyces, 202
proeminens-euphorbiicola, Uromyces, 202
propinqua, Helina, 57
Spilogaster, 57
prostrata, Lyngbya, 68
Protozoa, 207, 208
(Pseudoglochina) fuscolata, Limonia, 9
laticincta, Limonia, 10
Pseudodevescovina, 212
Psilidae, 54
Psilopa, 52
irregularis, 53
Psychodidae, 11
Ptereleotris dispersus, 182
letholepis, 182
Pteroclaudia uaua, 76
pterota, Scleria, 187, 188
Pterula capillaris, 203
Puccinia aemulans, 202
globosipes, 201
heterospora, 201
Lantanae, 201
Lithospermi, 201
notha, 201
striolata, 201
pulchripennis, Trypetomima, 52
l>ulverulatum, Gaiioderma, 203
pumila, Kyllinga, 188
punctipennis, Homoneura, 36, 37
Nabis, 114
Sapromyza, 37
punctulata, Eristalis, 21
punctulatus, Latliyrophthalmus, 21
Pygophora torrida, 56
pygmaeus, Ectocarpus granulosoides var.,
73
pygmaeus, Geotomus, 112
(Pyrgiscus) wetmorei, Turbonilla, 172
quadrata, Dicliaetomyia, 57
quadriiiotata, Idia, 59
Ehinia, 59
Stomorhiiia, 59
Bacemosae, 137
radicans, Dichromena, 188, 189
Ralfsia pangoensis var. galapagensis, 74
rapana, Lallemandia feiiestrata, 122
redundaus, Paspalum, 237
Reduviidae, 115
Repipta annulipes, 115
reticulatus, Triton, 174
retroflexa, Scalesia, 235, 261, 264
retusus, Platymetopius, 123
Rhabdochaeta, 28
crockeri, 28
Rhagoueurus liirsutisetus, 21
Rhinia quadriuotata, 59
Rhizoelonium grande, 73
riparium, 68
robustum, 66, 73
Rhodophyceae, 66
riedelella, Limonia (Laosa), 5
rigida, Trametes, 204
rigidiuscula, Sargassum eymosum var.
foliosa forma, 128, 148
Sargassum lendigerum var. foliosa
forma, 128, 148
rigidiusculum, Sargassum pacificum
forma, 148
286
CALIFOBXIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
rigidus, Philoxerus, 237
limosum, Stereum, 203
rimosus, Fomes, 203
riparium, Ehizoclonium, 68
Rivellia, 23
basilaris, 23
fusca, 23
robustiim, Ehizoclonium, G6, 73
robustus, Halobates, 118
rosea, Auricularia, 202
rotundifolia, Tithonia, 230
rubicundus, Lygus, 116
nibiginosus, Cyperus, 187-189
lubrofasciatus, Piezodorus, 113
rubropunctatus, Salarias, 183
Rudbeckia, 222
rufa, Dichaetomyia, 57
Spilogaster, 57
lufotincta, Anachis, 168
rugispermus, Cyathus, 205
Rumfordia, 232
Rynchospora corymbosa, 187, 188, 190
tenuis, 188, 190
sagraena, Camillea, 200
Salarias chilensis, 182
rubropunctatus, 183
salatigae, Limosina, 53
Salcicornia, 115
Salduba exigua, 14
salinarum, Aphanocapsa, 67
samoanus, Glaucias, 113
sanguineus, Polyporus, 204
Sapromyza distincta, 38
Kerteszi, 37
orientalis, 37
orientis, 37
punctipennis, 37
signatifrons, 37
singai)orcnsis, 37
Sarcodiotheca cuneata, 80
linearis, 80
meridionalis, 79
Sarcophaga, 58, 60
brunneopalpus, 60
gamma, 60
orchidea, 60
zethus, 60
Sargassum, 129, 130
acinaria, 128
Agardhianum, 128
ambiguum var. americana, 128
calif omicum, 129
compactum, 128
cymosum, 136, 147, 148
cymosum var. foliosa, 128
cymosum var. foliosa forma rigidius-
cula, 128, 148
cymosum var. foliosa forma subdeli-
catula, 128, 147
cymosum var. furcifolia, 128
cymosum var. furcifolia forma den-
ticulata, 128
Desvauxii, 145
dissectifolium, 135
Esperi, 128
filiforme var. ? chilensis, 128
fuliginosum, 129
fuliginosum var. californica, 128, 129
graminifolium, 136, 151
granuliferum, 128
galapagense, 128, 141
galapagense var. setifolia,
128, 136, 143
Howellii, 132
ilicifolium var. compacta, 128
lendigerum var. foliosa, 128
lendigerum var. foliosa forma rigidi-
uscula, 128, 148
lendigerum var. foliosa forma sub-
delicatula, 128, 147
lendigerum var. furcifolia, 128
lendigerum var. furcifolia forma
denticula, 128
Liebmannii, 128, 130
oocyste, 128
pacificum, 128, 145, 147, 149
pacificum forma congestum, 149
pacificum forma rigidiusculum, 148
pacificum forma subdelicatulum, 147
Palraeri, 128, 135
paniculatum, 129
piluliferum, 135
setlfolium, 143
Skottsbergii (?) forma, 151
Templetonii, 140
zacae, 138
Sargassums, Report on the, by \V. A.
Setchell, 127-158
Sargus mactans, 14
sawinae, Scala, 171
scaber, Polj'porus igniarius var., 195
scaberrima, Tithonia, 230
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
287
Scala sawinae, 171
Scalesia, 222-231, 234-238, 240
affiiiis, 227, 234-236, 241, 242
aspera, 225, 234, 241, 248
atractyloides, 222, 258, 260
Baurii, 262, 264
Baurii var. glabrata, 267
cordata, 227, 233, 251, 257
Crockeri, 226, 236, 237, 241, 249
Darwiuii, 226, 247, 258, 259
decurrens, 225, 242
decurrens forma denudata, 242
divisa, 233, 234, 261, 262
gummifera, 202, 225, 227, 234-236,
241, 244
Helleri, 226, 233, 235, 262, 268
Hopkinsii, 235, 262, 265
incisa, 235, 261, 263
microcephala, 227, 233, 236, 251, 256
narbonensis, 245
ovata, 254
pedunculata, 224, 226, 235, 236, 251,
253-256
pedunculata var. indurata, 252, 255
pedunculata var. parviflora, 233, 252,
254
pedunculata var. pilosa, 252, 255
pedunculata var. Svensoni, 252, 254
pedunculata var. typica, 252
retroflexa, 235, 261, 264
Snodgassii, 225, 262, 266
Stewartii, 235, 236, 258, 260
The Genus, by J. T. Howell, 221-271
villosa, 225, 226, 235, 236, 241, 247
villosa var. championensis, 247
Scalesiae, Uredo, 201
Scaptodrosophila, 43
scaptomyzoides, Drosophila, 43
scethra, Natiea (Cochlis), 174
Sehizophyllum alneum, 196
commune, 196, 205
Scholastes, 23
palmyra, 23, 24
solomensis, 23, 24
whitneyi, 23, 25
Schraderianum, Hypolytrum, 191
Sciapus evulgatus, 21
Sciaridae, 11
Sciopus evulgatus, 21
Scleria hirtella, 187, 188, 190
pterota, 187, 188
Scleriae, Phyllachora, 198
Scytonema guyanense var. marinum, 72
secundata, Gracilaria, 79
secundiramea, Ochtodes, 93
Selloa, 232
senta, Metacoronympha, 210, 213, 215, 217
Sepsidae, 31
Sepsis javanica, 31, 32
plebeia, 31
spectabilis, 31
Setchell, W. A., Eeport on the Sargas-
sums, 127-158
Setchell, W. A., and Gardner, N. L., A
Preliminary Eeport on the Algae,
65-98
setifolia, Sargassum galapagense var.,
128, 136, 143
setifolium, Sargassum, 143
siccus, Marasmius, 205
sicyoides, Cissus, 201
Sideroxjdoii, 120
signata, Euthiscia, 120
signatifrons, Homoneura, 36, 37
Sapromyza, 37
slkaiana, Homoneura, 37, 40
silvestrii, Stephanonympha, 213
simplex, Geron, 18
Stomorhina, 59
simulans, Dermocarpa, 66
sinaloa, Anachis, 168, 169
singaporensis, Sapromyza, 37
siuicola, Polyopes, 92
sinuata, Agallia, 123
sinuosa, Lyngbya, 70
Skottsbergii ? forma, Sargassum, 151
Smeringolaphria ferruginosa, 15
Snodgrassii, Alternanthera, 237
Scalesia, 225, 262, 266
Sogata, 121
furcifer ( = albolineosa), 120, 121
placita, 120
solitaria, Trypetomima, 52, 53
solomensis, Evaza, 12
Oscinella, 48
Scholastes, 23, 24
Steganopsis, 32
solomonensis, Trentepohlia (Mongoma),
11
solomonis, Libnotes, 7
Limonia (Libnotes), 7
Nephrotoma, 3, 4
Nephrotoma solomonis, 3, 4
guadalcanarana, Nephrotoma, 3, 4
288
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
solomonis malaitana, Nephrotoma, 3, 4
solomonis, Nephrotoma, 3, 4
soverbii, Triton, 173
sowerbyi, Tritonium (Colubraria), 174
spathulata, Limonia (Thrypticomyia), 10
spathulatus, Polyporus, 204
Spatoglossum Howellii, 74
spectabilis, Laphria, IG
Maira, 16
Sepsis, 31
Sphaeriaceae, 198
Sphaeriales, 198
sphaerica var. galapagensis, Dermocarpa,
67
Spilogaster propinqua, 57
rufa, 57
spiralis, Lyngbya, 70
splendens, Stemonitis, 197
Steganopsis annulipes, 32
ceres, 32
multilineata, 32
solomensis, 32
steindachneri, Ophioblennius, 183
Steleocerus obscurella, 46
obscurellus, 46
Stemonitis fusca, 197
splendens, 197
Stenophyllus hirtellus, 188, 190
junciformis, 192
nesioticus, 191, 192
vestitus, 193
Stephanonympha, 208, 212
silvestrii, 213
Stereum affine, 202
duriusculum, 203
lobatum, 203
rimosum, 203
StcAvartii, Scalesia, 235, 236, 258, 260
Stichopogon nicobarensis, 15
Stomorhina, 58
discolor, 59
quadrinotata, 59
simplex, 59
Stratiomyidae, 12
Stratiothyrea femorata, 51
matema, 51
striates, Nerius, 31
strigosus, Cyperus, 189
striolata, Puccinia, 201
Strombina, 168
angularis, 170
bonita, 169
subangularis, 169
Strong, A. M., and L. G. Hertlein, New
Species of Eecent MoUusca from
the Coast of Western North Amer-
ica, 159-178
subaequalis, Actia, 63
subangularis, Strombina, 169
subdelicatula, Sargassum cymosum var.
foliosa forma, 128, 147
Sargassum lendigerum var. foliosa
forma, 128, 147
subdelicatulum, Sargassum pacificum
forma, 147
subdolus, Pleurodon, 162
subincrustatum, Ganoderma, 203
sublittorale, Antithamnion, 86
subsecundata, Dasya, 85
Heterosiphonia, 85
subsordida, Limonia (Dieranomyia), 9
subtorulosum, Phormidium, 71
subtorulosus var. pacificus, Microcoleus,
71
sulcatus, Glaucias, 113
superba, Chrysosarcophaga, 62
surda, Minettia, 35
surinamensis, Cyperus, 188
Svenson, H. K., The Cyperaceae, 188-193
Svensoni, Scalesia pedunculata var.,
252, 254
synadelphus, Pipunculus, 22
Syneches deficiens, 19
matema, 19
Syrphidae, 21
tabacinus, Polyporus, 204
tabogae, Kalotermes, 207, 211-213, 216,
217
Tachinidae, 63
Telostylinus lineolatus, 30
mocsaryi, 31
Temnolepis, 222, 231
Templetonii, Ceramium, 90
Sargassum, 140
Weeksia, 76
tenuiconcha, Poromya, 164
tenuifacies, Hippelates, 48
tenuis, Montagnites, 205
Eynchospora, 188, 190
testaceus, Triton, 174
testareum, Mastigoleus, 73
Tettigades chilensis, 118
Vol. XXII]
INDEX
289
Thelephoraceae, 202
thelephorum, Hyduodon, 203
Themarohystrix, 27
erinaceus, 27
exul, 27
Thouarsii, Cereus, 236
(Thrypticomyia) doddi, Limonia, 10
spathulata, Limonia, 10
Thyanta perditor, 112
thymif olia, Euphorbia, 202
tiliaceus, Hibiscus, 126
timorensis, Orthellia, 58
Tindaria, 160
Tipulidae (by Charles P. Alexander), 2
Tipulinae, 2
Tithonia, 229, 230
scaberrima, 230
rotundif olia, 230
torrida, Coenosia, 56
Pygophora, 56
Trachypteridae, 180
Trachypterus deltoideus, 180
trachypterus, 180
trachypterus, Trachypterus, 180
trachysanthus, Cyperus, 189
Trametes hispida, 204
rigida, 204
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) brevipes, 10
(Mongoraa) brunnea, 11
(Mongoma) solomonensis, 11
Tricercomitus, 208
tricholoma, Polyporus, 204
Trichonympha, 208
taridentatus, Abudef duf , 181
trifasciata, Leptogaster, 14
tripherus, Trophon, 170
triplex, Geaster, 206
Triton lineatus, 173
reticulatus, 174
soverbii, 173
testaceus, 174
Tritonium (Colubraria) sowerbyi, 174
Trophon keepi, 170
tripherus, 170
trosti, Poromya, 163
truncata Zignoella, 198
Trupaneidae, 27
Trypeta basilaris, 23
Trypetomima, 52
pulchripennis, 52
solitaria, 52, 53
Trypetomina, 52
solitaria, 53
Tubaria sp., 205
tuberculata, Euthiscia, 119, 120
Tulostoma granulosum, 206
accidentale, 206
tumidiventris, Coenosia, 56
Limosia, 56
turblnata, Laurencia, 82
Turbonilla indentata, 172
(Pyrgiscus) wetmorei, 172
Tylana intrusa, 120
typica, Scalesia pedunculata var., 252
uda, Odontia, 203
umbrosa, Acalypha, 198
Bactrocera, 27
umbrosus, Dacus, 27
unipunctata, Nymphocixia, 119
Uredinales, 201
Uredo Scalesiae, 201
Uromyces Blainvilleae, 202
proeminens, 202
proemineus-euphorbiicola, 202
Ustilagiles, 201
Van Duzee, E. P., The Hemiptera of the
Templeton Crocker Expedition to
Polynesia in 1934-1935, 111-126
variabilis, Parahippelates, 50
Varilla, 232
vegatus, Poeciloscytus, 117
ventralis, Naupoda, 26
ventralis, Orthaea, 114
venusta, Glaucias, 112
Verbesinae, 222, 229
Verbesininae, Ileliantheae-, 222, 229
Vernonia littoralis, 201
vestita, Bulbostylis, 193
Oncostylis, 193
vestitus, Stenophyllus, 193
vetustissima, Byomya, 58
Musca, 58
viatrix, Homoneura, 36, 37
Lauxauia, 37
Viguiera, 226, 230, 232
villosa var. championensis, Scalesia, 247
Scalesia, 225, 226, 235, 236, 241, 247
villosus, Lentinus, 205
vincta, Orthaea, 114
virgata, Laurencia, 83
viridans, Nezara, 113
vitiensis, Glaucias, 113
vitrispora, Peltosphaeria, 199
Pleospora, 200
290
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
[Proc. 4th Ser.
vixen, Oscinella, 47
Yolvox, 211
Volvulella californica, 164
callicera, 164
catharia, 164
cooperi, 164
cylindrica, 164, 165
lowei, 164
panamica, 164
webbii, Opliioblennius, 183
Wedelia, 231
Weeksia Howellii, 77
Templetonii, 76
wetmorei, Turbouilla (Pyrgiscus), 172
wliitneyi, Evaza, 12, 13
Homoneura, 36, 39
Maira, 16
Phalacrodiscus ?, 62
Scholastes, 23, 25
Willei var. galapagensis, Lyngbya, 69
willetti, Epitonium (Nitidiseala), 171
willowsi, Creontiades, 115
willowsi, Drosophila, 42
Limonia (Libnotes), 6
Maira, 16, 17
Wulffia, 222, 230, 231
baccata, 230
xanthobasis, Leucophenga, 41
xauthomelas, Byomya, 58
Musca, 58
Xanthomyia, 29
Xenococcus angulatus, 67
endophyticus, 67
xiphiodon, Opliioblennius, 183
Xylaria arbuscula, 200
bulbosa, 200
hypoxylon, 200
sp., 200
Xylariaceae, 200
zacae, Ceramium, 89
Fusinus, 165
Sargassum, 138
Zacana, Opuntia, 237
Zanthoxylum Limoiicello, 198
zethus, Sarcophaga, 60
Zignoella truncata, 198
ERRATA
Page 1. Line 5 from top: for pp. 1-66 read pp. 1-63.
Page 34. Line 4 from bottom: for Minettia Desvoidy read Minettia Desvoidy.
Page 187. Line 15 from bottom: for {C. galapagensis) read (C. grandif alius) .
Page 201. Line 12 from bottom: for Irisene celosia L. read Iresine celosia L.
Page 202. Line 16 from top: for Eurphorbia read Euphorbia.
iJO
MBj JVHoi IIBRARY
WH ITHI fl
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11